qvqd(跑步的正确方法与技巧)
资讯
2023-11-22
121
1. qvqd,跑步的正确方法与技巧?
掌握科学和正确的跑步方法能够对人起到强身健体、愉悦身心的作用,而不科学和非正确的方法不但不能起到锻炼效果,反而会对人体健康产生一定的负面影响。所以,人们应根据自身的具体情况按照一定的要求进行跑步锻炼。
跑步姿势要正确
正确的跑姿对良好的运动习惯的养成很重要。培养正确跑姿的具体做法是:两肩微微提起,两只手臂弯曲成一定的角度,通常情况下,这个角度应为90度。手臂向前向后摆动,幅度不应过大,与此同时,要微微进行上下弹动,肩部稍抬高。
在跑步的过程中,大腿向前抬起应尽量高些,后蹬充分,步幅以大为宜,且有弹性。这样的跑姿可以让人的腹部肌肉紧张,内肚上提,呼吸均匀、细长、充分而有节奏,跑步中腹肌适当紧张,注意提气,这本身就是对呼吸器官功能的训练,也是对腹肌的锻炼,使腹肌的控制力增强,也是身体健美的有效方法。
头和肩
跑步动作要领:在跑步的过程中,人的头部和肩部应始终处于稳定状态。目视前方,除非跑动的道路不平坦,否则,不要使身体前倾。肩部要尽量放松,不应出现含胸现象。
动力伸拉:耸肩,肩部放松自然下垂,在跑动时,尽可能向上耸,并停留一下,还原后重复。
臂与手
跑步动作要领:人的手臂在摆动时应是以肩为轴的前后动作,左右动作幅度不超过身体正中线。手指应处于放松状态,与此同时,腕部与臂也要根据运动节奏做相应动作,肘关节的角度应控制在90度。
左右动力伸拉:跑步者在抬肘摆臂时,两只手臂一个处于前方,一个处于后方,成预备起跑姿势,后摆臂肘关节要尽可能的向高抬,然后放松前摆。随着跑步的速度加快,臂肘关节也越抬越高。
躯干和髋
跑步动作要领:跑步者从颈部到腹部要一直处于直立状态,错误的跑姿是身体向前倾或者向后仰,正确的跑姿能够让人呼吸顺畅,身体重心保持平衡。身体除不能向前后倾外,也不能向左向右摇晃以及向上向下起伏过大,腿向前摆时,送髋动作需积极主动,跑步时要注意髋部的转动和放松。
动力伸拉:弓步压腿,两条腿向前向后呈开立状,距离与肩保持同宽。身体的重心要慢慢向下压,直到使肌肉感到紧张,接着,放松还原。注意躯干要一直保持直立状。
腰
跑步动作要领:跑步者的腰部要始终处于直立状,但不能过于挺直。身体肌肉的状态要微微处于紧张,以使躯干能够维持正确的跑姿,与此同时,每跑一步都要注意脚部动作的缓冲。
动力伸拉:体前屈伸,跑步者呈自然站立状态,两只脚开立,距离保持与肩同宽。身体慢慢向前屈,直至双手下垂对应脚尖的位置,保持这一姿势片刻,然后复原。
大腿和膝
跑步动作要领:跑步者的大腿和膝部向前摆,力量稍大,这里需要注意的是,大腿与膝部的动作是向前摆而不是向上抬。腿的任何侧向动作都是多余的,而且容易引起膝关节受伤,因此大腿的前摆要正。
动力拉伸:前弓身,跑步者的两只脚站距同髋宽,两只手置于头后位置,从髋关节屈体向前,使腰背处于挺直状,直到股二头肌感到紧张。
小腿与跟腱
跑步动作要领:跑步者的脚应该落于身体前的位置,通常情况下,这一位置应在体前约1尺处,以靠近正中线为宜。小腿不应跨得太远,否则,跟腱可能会受到损伤。与此同时,跑步者还应该注意小腿肌肉和跟腱在着地时的缓冲,落地时小腿应积极向后扒地,使身体积极向前。
除此之外,小腿向前摆动时,方向要控制得准确,即前摆要正,脚朝前,切忌不能出现外翻或后翻现象,正确的小腿和脚的运动方向可以有效地保护膝关节和踝关节。可在沙滩上跑步时检查脚印以作参考。
动力伸拉:撑壁提踵,跑步者面向墙壁站立,与墙的距离可控制在1米左右,两只手臂向前伸,两手之间的距离与肩同宽,手稳稳撑于墙壁。提踵,再放下,感觉小腿和跟腱紧张。
脚跟与脚趾
跑步动作要领:跑步者要控制好跑动的步幅,如果过大,小腿向前伸出距离过远,则会以脚跟触地,产生制动刹车反作用力,这一力量对人体的骨骼以及关节的损伤是非常大的。正确落地应以脚的中部触地,并让冲击力快速分散至全脚掌。
动力伸拉:坐式伸踝,跑步者跪于地面,臀部与脚跟要贴近,上半身处于直立状。缓缓向下给踝关节压力,直到趾伸肌与脚前掌感到足够拉力,然后抬臀后重复,动作要有节奏,缓慢。
跑步健身要科学
在体育锻炼上应当循序渐进
进行跑步锻炼以后,每天最好要有一个运动记录,这样,有利于日后对自己的运动效果有一个全面的掌握。运动记录包括如下内容:
1、跑步锻炼的性质,每天跑步的具体内容,以及持续的日期和每次跑步时所用的时间。
2、每天在跑步之前,跑步的过程中,以及跑步后,身体都有哪些不同的感觉。
3、锻炼后,自己的食欲和睡眠方面有了哪些变化。
4、有无继续参加锻炼的愿望。
5、脉搏跳动情况。
除上述几项内容,跑步者还可以根据自身实际情况,增减内容,比如对于患有某种疾病或是跑步减肥的人,可以有针对性的进行信息积累。
人们可以从运动记录中分析出运动量的大小并及时对锻炼进行必要的调整。通常情况下,人在跑步时,前5分钟过后,脉搏跳动不应超过每分钟120次。10分钟后,不应超过每分钟100次。如果脉率大大超过了这一范围,或者出现身体不适现象,必须减少运动量。
基本原则
为了能够让跑步成为科学的健身方式,在跑步时还需要遵循一些基本的原则:
1、跑步并不需要天天进行。
2、每周可以抽出1天到2天的时间进行一些低强度的训练,比如在功率自行车上进行有氧、出汗的训练。
3、在跑步锻炼的计划中,最好加入一些步行活动。比赛应该少一点。
4、在没有比赛任务的情况下,可以进行适当的锻炼,以维护体能,人们可以尝试降低运动量的方法,保持成绩和坚持降低训练量。
5、有计划地进行深层组织按摩。
不同的跑步健身法
跑步健身的具体方法
一、慢速放松跑
慢速放松跑是一种比较悠闲,令人倍感舒适的运动方式。在跑步的过程中,身体不必过多发力,无疲劳感。跑步者的心率不会太高,通常情况下,在每分钟110次至130次之间。慢速跑时,人的呼吸保持自然、顺畅的状态,微微出现气喘现象属于正常。人的身体从静止状态到运动状态需要进行一段时间的适应,所以,在慢跑的最初,人们不可急于求成,不可以在只跑一小段路程后就开始加速。
正确的做法是循序渐进地加大强度。在跑步的过程中,对身体各部位的动作没有严格的要求,总体上说就是以跑步者感到舒适为佳。每次跑完步,跑步者应该感到身心放松和愉悦,相反,如果感到身体的某一部位有不适感,就要及时找出原因,并给予纠正,以免长期采用错误的跑步方法,有损自身健康。慢速跑每周可以进行2次到3次,每次跑步的时间控制在20分钟左右。长期坚持慢速放松跑,可以对人的呼吸系统、心血管系统等有明显的健身效果。
配速建议:一般情况下,女生7-9km/h,男生8-10km/h。
二、中速跑步方法
中速跑要求跑步者有一定的意志努力,速度较慢速跑有明显的提升,通常情况下,控制在每秒5米的状态。心率也随之有所提高,一般在每分钟140次至150次之间。中速跑是比较受人们欢迎的中等强度健身法。长期坚持中速跑,对人体心脏功能的增强有明显的效果,与此同时,它还对调节人体内脏平衡等有显著的效果。
跑步者在中速跑之前,要先进行一定量的热身运动,在跑动的过程中,如果身体产生不适感,要立刻停止跑步,做一些放松练习。专家建议每周练习1次至2次为宜。
配速建议:中速跑配速一般在5分30秒到6分。
三、快速跑步方法
快速跑需要跑步者有较大的意志努力,在跑步的过程中,保持高速动作,心率会处于人体最高水平,通常情况下,每分钟在170次至180次左右。它是一种高强度的运动,所以,持续的时间不宜过长,一般几秒钟,根据跑步者的具体情况,重复练习。每周练习快速跑1次至2次,每次重复3次至6次。
做快速跑练习要遵循循序渐进的方法,开始之前,跑步者要做好身体的预热活动,另外,还要防止过度疲劳。长期进行快速跑练习,对提高人体无氧耐受力、肌肉功能,以及心脏功能有一定作用。但有内脏慢性病、心血管、肝,肾病者,尤为不能练习,防止病情加重。
配速建议:快速跑配速一般在4分30秒到5分。
四、变速跑步法
所谓变速跑就是在跑动的过程中,跑动速度会有一定的变化。这种变化没有一个标准的规定,跑步者可以根据自身的具体情况,合理调整。调整的原则是跑步者身体未出现不适感。变速跑是快慢结合、走跑结合的运动方式。变速跑的运动强度中等,所以它比较适合于中年人。
一般情况下,身体素质较好的中年人,可快跑与慢跑相结合;身体素质较弱的中年人,可慢跑与走步交替练习。在跑动的过程中,密切注意自己的身体变化,当出现不适感时,必须停止跑步,进行休息。为达到一定的锻炼效果,变速跑需要坚持一定的时间,直到身体出现明显的疲劳时,再结束练习,接着,做一些放松活动,并循序渐进地提高练习标准。
五、定时跑步法
定时跑就是在固定的时间内进行跑步练习的方法。也可以进行一下变通,限定一定的跑程,以缩短跑步时间进行练习。比较常见的定时跑有12分钟跑和6分钟跑。跑步者可根据自身的情况,选择最适合自己的定时跑进行练习。
定时跑可以评定锻炼效果和身体功能水平。长期坚持定时跑的人,能够帮助自己了解身体状况,在定时跑的过程中,如果出现明显的疲劳,应及时调整运动强度,甚至停止练习,并做好跑步后的放松活动。无论进行何种健身运动,都要以循序渐进为原则,切不可急于求成。
六、原地跑练习法
原地跑练习就是练习者在固定的一小块区域进行跑步练习,比如在房间里或是跑台上。因为这种方法不受场地、气候等条件的约束,所以它更加便捷。原地跑练习应持续较长的时间才能收获到锻炼身体的效果。通常情况下,应至少进行10分钟以上,在练习的过程中,跑步者应将大腿高高抬起,重复次数加快些,锻炼效果就好些。原地跑练习适用于无法进行户外跑步的人群,它可以作为疾病康复保健练习之一。
除上述方法外,跑步锻炼还包括负重跑、障碍跑、变向跑等。练习者可根据自身的情况,有针对性的进行锻炼。但需要注意的是,在进行跑步锻炼之前,跑步者必须要进行准备活动,使身体由静止状态进入到运动状态,而且在跑步的过程中,也应该遵循由慢到快,再由快到慢渐渐放松的原则。对于环境的选择也是至关重要的,要尽可能的选择空气清新,无污染的地方进行跑步锻炼。
另外,人们还要坚持抗疲劳练习,这对于提高身体素质十分重要。跑步者要从自身的体质、健康条件出发,灵活掌握、选择跑步练习方法和运动量。坚持经常跑步锻炼,一定能取得满意的健康效果。
不同跑步方式的动作要领
一、小步跑
步者身体自然放松,上半身处于正直状,或者身体稍向前倾,切忌不可出现身体后仰现象,向后倾是一种错误的跑姿,尤其对于初期练习者,必须严格纠正错误跑姿,否则养成坏习惯后,纠正起来就会变得非常困难。
准备跑步前,将身体的重心向高抬,骨盆前挺,注意身体各部位的变化,以全身感到舒展为宜。膝关节放松,接着,两条腿交替屈膝抬举后,快速放松下落,小腿顺势向前迈一小步,用前脚掌着地,完成“扒”地动作,并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋关节。
与此同时,跑步者的两只手臂屈肘,此时,要掌握好身体的重心,注意肩部要处于放松状态,跑者的上下肢相协调配合,双臂动作与两腿动作保持一致,双臂前后摆动,初跑时摆动幅度不宜过大。跑步动作可以有效地增强人体关节的灵活性,同时,还会使人的动作频率得以提高,对改进跑的速度和技术有很大帮助。
二、侧身滑步跑
侧身滑步跑就是向身体的两侧进行跑动。跑步者身体呈自然放松状态,分别向左向右进行跑动。当向左跑时,其右脚应先从左脚之前向左移动一次,左脚则从右脚之后向左移动一步,右脚再从左脚之后向左跑一步,左脚则从右脚之前向左跑一步,如此为一复步。向右跑时,左右脚方向正好相反。
在跑动的过程中,跑步者应密切观察身体各部位的变化,如出现不适,立刻停止跑动,及时找出问题出现的原因,并给予纠正。完成侧身滑步跑时,应该牢记左右脚移动以在一条线上为宜。根据自身的具体情况,可以先向左边跑十几步,再反向右跑十几步。
侧身滑步跑可以缓解其他跑步方式的疲劳感,使人体的全身肌肉关节充分活动,增加机体的灵活性和平衡能力。
三、高抬腿跑
跑步者身体呈自然放松状态,上半身正直,或微微向前倾,但切忌不可出现向后倾现象。向后倾是一种错误的跑姿,尤其对于初期练习者,必须严格纠正错误跑姿,否则养成坏习惯后,纠正起来就会变得非常困难。
准备跑步之前,调整好身体重心,使之慢慢提高,骨盆前挺,动作幅度不宜过大,速度不宜过快,以全身感到放松舒展为宜。准备姿势就绪以后,跑步开始,跑步者先将一条腿的膝部进行弯曲,并向高抬起,大腿与躯干之间,形成一定的角度,角度以直角为最宜,接着,积极下压,用前脚掌着地,并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋三个关节,与此同时,两条手臂屈肘配合抬腿动作,完成向前向后的摆动动作。动作结束后,再换另一条腿,两脚交替进行。这种跑步方式可增强腿部肌群的力量,提高关节的灵活性、柔韧性和动作频率,对提高跑步成绩大有帮助。
四、旋转跑
这是一种方向随时发生变化的跑步运动,也被人们称为倒序运动。旋转跑之前,跑步者身体需呈放松状态,由于这是一个对重心平衡性要求非常高的运动方式,所以,在跑动之前,跑步者需做好准备,可以原地先进行几次旋转,熟悉调整重心时的方法,做好准备工作以后,跑步开始。
在进行旋转跑时,跑步者要将向前跑、侧身跑等几种方式结合起来。由于方向上的变化十分灵活,所以,跑步者的跑速不宜过快,切记自身安全,谨防摔伤。实践证明,旋转跑能够促进全身血液循环和脑部供氧功能,使各器官得到锻炼,有利于提高人体平衡能力。
五、原地支撑后蹬跑
练习者身体呈自然放松状态,骨盆向前倾,使身体姿势有利于后蹬动作,上半身向前倾,后蹬腿充分伸直。此时,人体的髋部、膝部和踝关节应处在同一条线上。注意保持重心稳定,接着,脚趾扒地腾空,另一条腿膝盖领先向前上方摆出。
长期坚持原地支撑后蹬跑可增强髋、膝、踝关节伸肌力量,提高跑步速度。在进行原地支撑后蹬跑时,练习者要注意动作的每一个要点,保持动作的正确性。由于没有过多的运动量,所以,该方式很少会造成练习者身体受伤的情况。
六、变速跑
跑步者在跑动的过程中,结合自身的实际情况,快跑一段距离,再慢跑一阵儿,使跑速始终处于快慢交替的状态。一般开始时采取较慢速度的变速跑,当身体慢慢适应了运动状态以后,再逐渐提高速度,增加运动量。长期采用变速跑锻炼,对人体的耐力发展有很大的好处,而且还能提高机体的速度耐力素质,提高各项生理机能。
跑步训练的基本要求
跑步训练有4个基本的要素:耐力、力量、速度和休息。
耐力
有人将提高跑步运动强度的过程比喻成金字塔式的,参加最高级的比赛是到达了金字塔的塔尖,而处于金字塔最底部的人就是初级跑步者,对于这部分人来说,耐力是极为重要的。
每一个追求健康的跑步者,都不能有急于求成的心理,特别是在提高运动强度时,要循序渐进,清楚基础的重要性。万事开头难,耐力练习对人的毅力是非常大的考验。现实生活中,很多跑步者会被耐力练习击败,从而结束自己的跑步锻炼计划。实践证明,没有良好的耐力基础,较大强度的力量工作和速度工作是不可能做到的。
力量
一、手臂
跑步运动是全身性运动,科学掌握两只手臂的摆动动作至关重要,它不仅能够使跑步者在跑动的过程中更加轻松,对其成绩的提高也有明显的促进作用。在日常训练中,练习者可以通过一些简单的俯卧撑练习增加上臂的力量。
在做俯卧撑的过程中,要注意控制速度,还要根据自身的情况,调整训练强度。在训练的过程中,若身体出现不适现象,必须马上停止运动,找出原因,有针对性地进行调整。在速度上,不宜过快,要以身体不感到疲惫为宜。与此同时,注意手臂摆动时两臂之间的宽度,加强背部、肩部和臂部之间的力量协调,它们将在长跑的最后阶段起重要的作用。
在训练强度上,跑步者要根据自身的实际情况,慢慢加大,切忌一口气做得太多。初学者练习俯卧撑可以进行两组,每组15到20下;有一定基础的运动者则可做3组,每组20下;高水平人士可以尝试4组30到50下的俯卧撑锻炼。而后,再根据实际情况和力量的增加而逐渐增加次数。
二、腹部
跑步时,腹部肌肉发挥着非常重要的作用。跑步者要针对腹部肌肉进行有效的训练,具体做法是:跑步者有计划、有规律地做仰卧起坐练习。该练习可使背部、腰部、腹部肌肉得到锻炼。
在最初的训练中,练习者要根据自身的情况,从低强度做起。推荐每组做10~20个,每次锻炼可以做3~5组,当熟悉这种运动强度以后,可以逐渐增加,以循序渐进的方式增加到每组为20~30个,每天做4~6组,组与组之间可休息一分钟左右,休息时间不宜太长,大概坚持三个月左右,可看到腹部有明显减小的效果,其实是腹部的肌肉群得到了锻炼,达到紧致作用。在练习的过程中,密切注意身体各部位的变化,如出现不适,必须马上停止练习,找出原因,及时地做出调整。随着时间的推移,再慢慢加大训练强度。
速度
速度训练的方法有很多。比如到一个适合跑步的场地,重复进行各种短距离跑。再如从高处快速跑向低处。又如参加不同类型的赛跑比赛。速度训练适用于各类以跑步为健身方式的人群,特别是对于老年人来说,其作用更为显著。
一、提高速度的方式
提高速度的方式有两种,一是增加步频,二是增大步幅。通常情况下,增加步频比增大步幅对人体更具安全性。这是因为步幅的增大会造成步幅过大,进而会引起某些生物力学上的问题和运动损伤。
二、寻找最佳配速
正确的配速可以帮助我们降低身体负担,同时达到最大效率的燃脂效果。无论对于减肥还是想增强体质的人来说,跑步速度都不宜过快,过高的跑步强度会增加无氧代谢的比例,还可能会对身体造成过重的负担,进而引起肌肉损伤、酸痛等结果;而如果跑得太慢,又很难达到期待的锻炼效果。
想要更好地控制配速,首先要弄清楚配速的概念。配速,即每公里所需要的时间。配速是马拉松运动的训练中使用的概念。比如一个人跑10公里用了1小时5分钟,那么他的平均配速就是6分30秒,也可以省略单位记为配速630。结合手机APP使用,配速并不需要我们去费心计算。
由于每个人的身体健康状况各不同,在选择配速的时候,要根据实际的身体状况来确定。
要想找到自己的最佳配速,还要根据自身跑步时的实际数据进行调整,需要参考的数据包括:
1、身体调节节奏:每个人都有自己的身体协调节奏,包括呼吸、步伐等,可以通过确保呼吸顺畅、能够连续说4-5个字等方式调节身体节奏。跑步过程中没有头晕、胸闷的话,说明跑步速度可以。
2、心率。心率是指正常人安静状态下每分钟心跳的次数,也叫安静心率,一般为60~100次/分,可因年龄、性别或其他生理因素产生个体差异。一般来说,年龄越小,心率越快,老年人心跳比年轻人慢,女性的心率比同龄男性快,这些都是正常的生理现象。
安静状态下,成人正常心率为60~100次/分钟,理想心率应为55~70次/分钟(运动员的心率较普通成人偏慢,一般为50次/分钟左右)。心率是身体对当前运动强度耐受程度的表现,保持在最大心率的60~80%,可以让身体处在脂肪的高效燃烧阶段。
3、跑步后身体状态。跑步后第二天如果身体疲倦、肌肉酸痛、乏力、关节不适、脉搏跳的快,说明跑步速度过快,应当适当降低配速。如果连续跑步一段时间后,没有感觉到身体有任何变化,可以适当提高配速。
休息
在跑步运动中,休息是一个非常重要的环节。但它却常被排除在跑步健身之外,没有引起人们足够的重视。有些跑步者在耐力方面和速度方面训练得都非常到位,但是,在坚持一段时间以后,却没有收到预想的效果。究其原因,大都是没有做好运动后的休息。所谓“张弛有度”才能达到事半功倍的效果。实践证明,休息环节与跑步运动中的各要素同等重要。
人在跑步时,身体的各部分机能得到了有效的锻炼,但是,与之相对应的,人体也会承受一定的负荷,这些负荷对人体会产生不同程度的消耗或损耗。所以,在跑步结束以后,肌肉组织必须要进行充分的休息,损伤由此减小,最后消失。
长此以往,人们会发现,身体承受负荷的能力在一点点增强,身体也变得越来越强壮,其原因就是运动后的损伤得到了有效的恢复,使身体能适应越来越大的运动强度,最终锻炼的效果也就出来了,故重视休息是每一个跑步者都必须关注的问题。一般来说,可以跑2天休息1天,或跑3天休息1天。
训练跑步的方法
中长跑训练法
一、跑前准备
1、跑步者要在起跑之前做好准备工作,特别是对室外气温的把握。若将跑步的时间选择为清晨,那么,穿着就不能太过单薄,尤其是上腹部要注意保暖,否则,有可能使脾胃功能受到不同程度的影响。
2、跑步者在临出门前,可以喝适量的白开水,能使干渴了一夜的身体得到水的滋养,各关节得以润滑,同时,还能够降低血浓度,促进血液循环和物质代谢。但切忌饮水过量,否则会不利于接下来的跑步运动。
3、一些跑步者习惯到达跑步地点后马上就跑起来,这是错误和不科学的做法。正确的做法是先做好热身运动,如果天气比较寒冷,则要先搓搓手和脸,轻揉两耳廓,戴好手套,以防止冻伤。接着,再对脚踝和膝关节进行充分的活动,最后,深呼一口气,调整好情绪,起跑。
二、跑步过程
跑步开始以后,跑步者的上半身要微微向前倾,目视前方,两只手臂有节奏地向前向后摆动,脚尖触地后,要始终朝向正前方,切忌不可形成“八”字,向后蹬时,腿部发力位置要准确。脚在落地的瞬间,需轻柔,注意动作的缓冲。
长跑时,跑步者脚部触地的方式有两种:—是脚前掌或外掌外侧着地;二是全脚掌落地过渡到前掌蹬地。第一种方法的特点是速度快、效果好,但它的缺点是比较浪费力气。此方法适用于提高成绩的专业运动员。第二种方法的特点是跑步者腿的后面肌肉比较放松,跑起来比较省力气,但它的缺点是速度比较慢。此方法适用于大多数人和初学者。
在中长跑的运动中,调整好呼吸是至关重要的。中长跑属于有氧代谢运动,参与人体各大器官的循环,特别是呼吸系统。跑动时,人体对氧气的需求量是巨大的,这种需求量会随着人运动量以及运动强度的提高而不断增加,所以,跑步者必须注意呼吸节奏,否则就会严重影响跑步的效果。通常情况下,跑步者可以2步一吸或3步一吸,在此期间,注意节奏起伏不宜过快过大。吸气时,可以采用鼻呼吸和口鼻混合吸,可用舌抵住上颚,以避免冷空气直接大量吸入而造成对胸部的刺激。
长跑无论对人的生理还是心理都是一种考验,跑动时,由于氧气供应落后于肌肉的活动需要,所以,身体可能会出现一些不适现象,比如腿发沉、胸发闷,呼吸困难等,这些负面的感受也许会影响到跑步者的情绪,导致人们产生出放弃继续跑下去的念头。此时,正确的做法是适当降低跑速,调节好呼吸节奏,并树立起坚持到底的信心。不久便会发现,那些负面的感受在慢慢缓解,最后消失。
三、跑步结束
跑步结束以后,跑步者要做好放松活动,这对人体的健康是非常必要的。比如,跑步结束后去做些踢腿、纵跳摸高、原地蹦跳等放松动作,在做放松活动的时候,注意两只手臂要适度抖动,这样做,可以放松手臂部的肌肉,使之从紧张状态过渡到放松状态。两个腿交替前后左右自然摆动。而后,将膝盖部抬起,俯身,两只手握拳或者成刀形,对大腿、小腿进行适度的捶打。在做过这些放松运动之后,你会发现,你的运动健身效果会有显著的提高。
短跑的训练方法
短跑一直被人们称为是极限强度运动。生理学、生物化学的理论认为极限强度运动属于由无氧代谢方式供给能量。人们在短跑时,对跑姿的要求非常高,正确的跑姿能够使人的身体各部分器官得到科学的锻炼,并使人们收获预想的效果。反之,不但不会起到锻炼的效果,反而会对身体造成不同程度的影响。
短跑技术要求人的身体微微向前倾,但一定要注意尺度,切不可出现低头弯腰的现象。人的两只手臂应处于弯曲状,并在身体两侧做向前向后摆动。短跑技术要求人体全身性配合,反应需快。在平时的训练中主要从以下几个方面入手。
一、发展爆发力练习
专家指出,爆发力由两部分内容组成,即速度与力量。针对这两部分,人们可采取有针对性的训练。如跳远、负重纵跳、负重深蹲等。
二、发展柔韧练习
柔韧性对跑步者来说是非常重要的素质之一,一个拥有良好柔韧性的跑步者,其身体的各个关节拥有较大的活动幅度,肌肉韧带的伸展能力也较强。特别是在短跑训练中,柔韧性的优越性体现得更为明显。在日常训练中,跑步者可以根据自身的实际情况选择适当的训练方法。如体前屈练习、身体前后快速屈伸等。
三、发展动作速度训练
动作速度是短跑项目的关键因素,对于动作速度的训练可采用多种方法,如重复法、比赛法和游戏法等。对于普通的练习者来说,比赛法是经常被采用的训练方法。在比赛法中,练习者能够保持高涨的情绪,对提高速度起到积极的推动作用。该方法与正式比赛产生的效果基本相同,所以深受人们的喜爱。与此同时,由于在比赛的过程中能引起各种动作变化,还可以防止因经常安排表现最大速度的练习而引起的“速度障碍”。
以上就是对跑步的正确方法与技巧的有关讲解,希望能对您进行跑步锻炼有所助益!
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"掌握科学和正确的跑步方法能够对人起到强身健体、愉悦身心的作用,而不科学和非正确的方法不但不能起到锻炼效果,反而会对人体健康产生一定的负面影响。所以,人们应根据自身的具体情况按照一定的要求进行跑步锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqck4SU0s644EAnaezomWih"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步姿势要正确","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGqscYG6Gs2Mw4cxhb6Xxed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的跑姿对良好的运动习惯的养成很重要。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"培养正确跑姿的具体做法是:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"两肩微微提起,两只手臂弯曲成一定的角度,通常情况下,这个角度应为90度。手臂向前向后摆动,幅度不应过大,与此同时,要微微进行上下弹动,肩部稍抬高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnweOg2ocu8cYKoJc4OchzYe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":870,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步姿势要正确","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0e188136dc42415aa5e7142dfa778cca","width":1024},"text":"","id":"doxcn26A4qkgUa8aiI5batrAcrX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑步的过程中,大腿向前抬起应尽量高些,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"充分,步幅以大为宜,且有弹性。这样的跑姿可以让人的腹部肌肉紧张,内肚上提,呼吸均匀、细长、充分而有节奏,跑步中腹肌适当紧张,注意提气,这本身就是对呼吸器官功能的训练,也是对腹肌的锻炼,使腹肌的控制力增强,也是身体健美的有效方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqss82IuQ6S0o69yfhOBlgf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyQ4Wc8yU8IcGWOcdeIhLqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:在跑步的过程中,人的头部和肩部应始终处于稳定状态。目视前方,除非跑动的道路不平坦,否则,不要","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"使","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"身体前倾。肩部要尽量放松,不应出现含胸现象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEKCy8KoeSG0CkRrLsP7m2b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":352,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ad160f93c18f44dbafa68ab1cfa6698f","width":578},"text":"","id":"doxcn2qyWI6YOm8w0SOhqEMF24e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:耸肩,肩部放松自然下垂,在跑动时,尽可能向上耸,并停留一下,还原后重复。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU6kcOigGyGCG4kjZqferlc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":525,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ae40c4089114a0d91c2d4fa32581020","width":776},"text":"","id":"doxcnwwGQKG4OCIE6esSmhrRAbg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm2I4Ou8UIQso2lehNS7XXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:人的手臂在摆动时应是以肩为轴的前后动作,左右动作幅度不超过身体正中线。手指应处于放松状态,与此同时,腕部与臂也要根据运动节奏做相应动作,肘关节的角度应控制在90度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng2Au2yEW8WmgCKKAlH5rHb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/86062753f2294fff887cca900b6e68bc","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnIiCags2g2WK4UJkwCIkjMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"左右动力伸拉:跑步者在抬肘摆臂时,两只手臂一个处于前方,一个处于后方,成预备起跑姿势,后摆臂肘关节要尽可能的向高抬,然后放松前摆。随着跑步的速度加快,臂肘关节也越抬越高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaACqwGOsEImOgLbpTgwbde"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":790,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2d01d56cce284a669400c7d8723be105","width":915},"text":"","id":"doxcnEIwuI4iaq420mSn6uo5rKe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0gW6GYC4w4wOS2o3pXglLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者从颈部到腹部要一直处于直立状态,错误的跑姿是身体向前倾或者向后仰,正确的跑姿能够让人呼吸顺畅,身体重心保持平衡。身体除不能向前后倾外,也不能向左向右摇晃以及向上向下起伏过大,腿向前摆时,送髋动作需积极主动,跑步时要注意髋部的转动和放松。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngG4c6amkC0wYWto30KGZn3"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":471,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c254e45027d149f49efda02e7a76a187","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnaaIakyMKaeOo1TnqL06Xfj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:弓步压腿,两条腿向前向后呈开立状,距离与肩保持同宽。身体的重心要慢慢向下压,直到使肌肉感到紧张,接着,放松还原。注意躯干要一直保持直立状。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwc60yGq6oAUgc19FhNQ8Mb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":430,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7fcc0db2fd7e42be901d2020ab22b353","width":638},"text":"","id":"doxcn6CSw40EYO8aAOAjdT58DVe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno8SouCcc04ak0IUEvBmpRe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者的腰部要始终处于直立状,但不能过于挺直。身体肌肉的状态要微微处于紧张,以使躯干能够维持正确的跑姿,与此同时,每跑一步都要注意脚部动作的缓冲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk8KucI0a8Au2CQSDHv4mVg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1067,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3d6474dec31a459c923e9454bb39f190","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnOEiUYskOEyg4QDNWnYTDPb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:体前屈伸,跑步者呈自然站立状态,两只脚开立,距离保持与肩同宽。身体慢慢向前屈,直至双手下垂对应脚尖的位置,保持这一姿势片刻,然后复原。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno6oECcOQICgaqYbShQXTJx"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":621,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9adcd2d489014d1295ad5641d28ef359","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnQiYEYOo4UyOIwClBmiKO0K"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQuiWuO0WSsickt3kp6Pkhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者的大腿和膝部向前摆,力量稍大,这里需要注意的是,大腿与膝部的动作是向前摆而不是向上抬。腿的任何侧向动作都是多余的,而且容易引起膝关节受伤,因此大腿的前摆要正。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAmUc2sqSuioQqVrIZ9eclb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":519,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/343f077ce9764c1fbf1eaaeaa6807b56","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnAKICuEsyIeQgm40DwcJlOc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力拉伸:前弓身,跑步者的两只脚站距同髋宽,两只手置于头后位置,从髋关节屈体向前,使腰背处于挺直状,直到股二头肌感到紧张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKewAsaEUsCOcUDB2TtfqIb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":509,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/214a343ab4d84a28ac68508d068e9d89","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnsU0QeAkyyq4m4q4WBtiaMe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMQ8squg2kaWw2LuMAA16rb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者的脚应该落于身体前的位置,通常情况下,这一位置应在体前约1尺处,以靠近正中线为宜。小腿不应跨得太远,否则,跟腱可能会受到损伤。与此同时,跑步者还应该注意小腿肌肉和跟腱在着地时的缓冲,落地时小腿应积极向后扒地,使身体积极向前。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4IAo42GgOIccrwZ8FskBKI"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除此之外,小腿向前摆动时,方向要控制得准确,即前摆要正,脚朝前,切忌不能出现外翻或后翻现象,正确的小腿和脚的运动方向可以有效地保护膝关节和踝关节。可在沙滩上跑步时检查脚印以作参考。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneSi2gCAAqC0ucVmldhdN1b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/242f28a7083f4a9d889e3b5d280e801e","width":960},"text":"","id":"doxcngcmaKcg8cOmYvOEd9R0NcE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:撑壁提踵,跑步者面向墙壁站立,与墙的距离可控制在1米左右,两只手臂向前伸,两手之间的距离与肩同宽,手稳稳撑于墙壁。提踵,再放下,感觉小腿和跟腱紧张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWMiy2WuUgkA0YdrVwCz9he"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":504,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/37d07d3f1f3546eea33e90355e5bc857","width":770},"text":"","id":"doxcnEkauEOgGCoiaAZpaB1D2pe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngcgSyQi22ouacDirCDPeLd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者要控制好跑动的步幅,如果过大,小腿向前伸出距离过远,则会以脚跟触地,产生制动刹车反作用力,这一力量对人体的骨骼以及关节的损伤是非常大的。正确落地应以脚的中部触地,并让冲击力快速分散至全脚掌。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOQaGsc8yIcMSqMppJJKsde"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":481,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/812c8723b00b44b7943e0af4bfc19b1f","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcn0mQ6ECIWWsO0gBCm2ddmhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:坐式伸踝,跑步者跪于地面,臀部与脚跟要贴近,上半身处于直立状。缓缓向下给踝关节压力,直到趾伸肌与脚前掌感到足够拉力,然后抬臀后重复","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",动作要有节奏,缓慢。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEce0g2s8SYowMxbcIVCSTb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":768,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b36c11e8d62e49c699784147c26d9493","width":1152},"text":"","id":"doxcnyUIEaKASEa4istF0cd1ggd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身要科学","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE40Sgq84Y06yEnsoRk4Msc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"在体育锻炼上应当循序渐进","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnes4mWyICKO8UKYeTRv4IWd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进行跑步锻炼以后,每天最好要有一个运动记录,这样,有利于日后对自己的运动效果有一个全面的掌握。运动记录包括如下内容:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8SwUus0kEkoyczejauEIb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步锻炼的性质,每天跑步的具体内容,以及持续的日期和每次跑步时所用的时间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniUCiakWEqeKCEv5L0Na1qd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、每天在跑步之前,跑步的过程中,以及跑步后,身体都有哪些不同的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngUQOCSMqY2gOWQx4wSrnre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、锻炼后,自己的食欲和睡眠方面有了哪些变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYyKomAIYyMYUOM7UCtp82c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、有无继续参加锻炼的愿望。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyyOA0IKuoMUySGaOca31ec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、脉搏跳动情况。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2m4u60E2EUeKOk32Ds6vGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"除上述几项内容,跑步者还可以根据自身实际情况,增减内容,比如对于患有某种疾病或是跑步减肥的人,可以有针对性的进行信息积累。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAOC6I6qAoYmCsZZbiZirPe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"人们可以从运动记录中分析出运动量的大小并及时对锻炼进行必要的调整。通常情况下,人在跑步时,前5分钟过后,脉搏跳动不应超过每分钟120次。10分钟后,不应超过每分钟100次。如果脉率大大超过了这一范围,或者出现身体不适现象,必须减少运动量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMucEMcuAUYQCaEdgdeMZ8g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基本原则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuOQeGQIGGagQiKiHCD72Ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了能够让跑步成为科学的健身方式,在跑步时还需要遵循一些基本的原则:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOK44syWGcWm6sne9abaved"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步并不需要天天进行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCQUg8mKuQook4Cbqun6p4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、每周可以抽出1天到2天的时间进行一些低强度的训练,比如在功率自行车上进行有氧、出汗的训练。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkGkOkc8kMyKy6DFNksMciL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、在跑步锻炼的计划中,最好加入一些步行活动。比赛应该少一点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqOSKGg0IQGwOyg2yrbYatc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、在没有比赛任务的情况下,可以进行适当的锻炼,以维护体能,人们可以尝试降低运动量的方法,保持成绩和坚持降低训练量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ6O8s482QKMkY52nrfH5Vf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、有计划地进行深层组织按摩。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUM2wCm8Aeyco40IGL4dZCd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"不同的跑步健身法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKKkuKEwCuQo2Ssm5HSmEXf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAa8cyCsMAyGQKQ274bKKWh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、慢速放松跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6qW6wkeQica8M3iH7bJSGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"慢速放松跑是一种比较悠闲,令人倍感舒适的运动方式。在跑步的过程中,身体不必过多发力,无疲劳感。跑步者的心率不会太高,通常情况下,在每分钟110次至130次之间。慢速跑时,人的呼吸保持自然、顺畅的状态,微微出现气喘现象属于正常。人的身体从静止状态到运动状态需要进行一段时间的适应,所以,在慢跑的最初,人们不可急于求成,不可以","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在只跑一小段路程后","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"就开始加速。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqEwagqMEmGucmQClHeRkLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"正确的做法是循序渐进地加大强度。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在跑步的过程中,对身体各部位的动作没有严格的要求,总体上说就是以跑步者感到舒适为佳。每次跑完步,跑步者应该感到身心放松和愉悦,相反,如果感到身体的某一部位有不适感,就要及时找出原因,并给予纠正,以免长期采用错误的跑步方法,有损自身健康。慢速跑每周可以进行2次到3次,每次跑步的时间控制在20分钟左右。长期坚持慢速放松跑,可以对人的呼吸系统、心血管系统等有明显的健身效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM8Iaa24E4eMIaIvADFk2Wg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议:一般情况下,女生7-9km/h,男生8-10km/h。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaECey0CYEIS8sdDyskWuBb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":560,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7c330928b1234529b98ad7888ef5fe77","width":823},"text":"","id":"doxcnsW2w2iCMiQgQKOBvQoJP8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、中速跑步方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAq2iYkyWI6EExUFJjCTyIZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中速跑要求跑步者有一定的意志努力,速度较慢速跑有明显的提升,通常情况下,控制在每秒5米的状态。心率也随之有所提高,一般在每分钟140次至150次之间。中速跑是比较受人们欢迎的中等强度健身法。长期坚持中速跑,对人体心脏功能的增强有明显的效果,与此同时,它还对调节人体内脏平衡等有显著的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQiEuuEGCCUmGqk42UjTaeV"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者在中速跑之前,要先进行一定量的热身运动,在跑动的过程中,如果身体产生不适感,要立刻停止跑步,做一些放松练习。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"专家建议每周练习1次至2次为宜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSymOYScUCw4ga8iNfTHqDg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议:中速跑配速一般在5分30秒到6分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM0seIaw6uI8UqKwpZ70Nae"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":450,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e1c7550d4b08487c97168a1b3e4cf53e","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnmC4cIMQKmoayAvb3LOj5Hb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、快速跑步方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8MGUQYS6cK02I4EXI00gu"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"快速跑需要跑步者有较大的意志努力,在跑步的过程中,保持高速动作,心率会处于人体最高水平,通常情况下,每分钟在170次至180次左右。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"它是一种高强度的运动,所以,持续的时间不宜过长,一般几秒钟,根据跑步者的具体情况,重复练习。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"每周练习快速跑1次至2次,每次重复3次至6次。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna6UMKGcAeYiEIVxGxpEaLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"做快速跑练习要遵循循序渐进的方法,开始之前,跑步者要做好身体的预热活动,另外,还要防止过度疲劳。长期进行快速跑练习,对提高人体无氧耐受力、肌肉功能,以及心脏功能有一定作用。但有内脏慢性病、心血管、肝,肾病者,尤为不能练习,防止病情加重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuykSQCeMyEmCS2A5rNbsnc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议:快速跑配速一般在4分30秒到5分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIoQus82KwMaYmC1mr7rajf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":540,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/444e7adbcbab4e888af200a6d28b0d2a","width":796},"text":"","id":"doxcnkqYiyaAOEsmsRNjhWidhsh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、变速跑步法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMgqeQ4AoICsyEnun4KdYEt"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓变速跑就是在跑动的过程中,跑动速度会有一定的变化。这种变化没有一个标准的规定,跑步者可以根据自身的具体情况,合理调整。调整的原则是跑步者身体未出现不适感。变速跑是快慢结合、走跑结合的运动方式。变速跑的运动强度中等,所以它比较适合于中年人。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIAcqoQCWYEaoWSGMIjRk4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般情况下,身体素质较好的中年人,可快跑与慢跑相结合;身体素质较弱的中年人,可慢跑与走步交替练习。在跑动的过程中,密切注意自己的身体变化,当出现不适感时,必须停止跑步,进行休息。为达到一定的锻炼效果,变速跑需要坚持一定的时间,直到身体出现明显的疲劳时,再结束练习,接着,做一些放松活动,并循序渐进地提高练习标准。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6EuGmoQowy2yYpT3sTrezg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":387,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/194ae20d38004208a83bc29675f717f9","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnEUa84kEWAqYYorlNoiBNDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、定时跑步法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna2aSgWOwo0o2YXWjVwxNRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定时跑就是在固定的时间内进行跑步练习的方法。也可以进行一下变通,限定一定的跑程,以缩短跑步时间进行练习。比较常见的定时跑有12分钟跑和6分钟跑。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"跑步者可根据自身的情况,选择最适合自己的定时跑进行练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnamcmiuA4yoymCeNnMtOtAe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定时跑可以评定锻炼效果和身体功能水平。长期坚持定时跑的人,能够帮助自己了解身体状况,在定时跑的过程中,如果出现明显的疲劳,应及时调整运动强度,甚至停止练习,并做好跑步后的放松活动。无论进行何种健身运动,都要以循序渐进为原则,切不可急于求成。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsUCUqi20MAE0mYyibQnyge"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":533,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d83e6874a4c142b2be21bcf87190f134","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnKUseOsQ2QwsISGvG5hHwLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、原地跑练习法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQquK4o0ya420Gi8klM7ymg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"原地跑练习就是练习者在固定的一小块区域进行跑步练习,比如在房间里或是跑台上。因为这种方法不受场地、气候等条件的约束,所以它更加便捷。原地跑练习应持续较长的时间才能收获到锻炼身体的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"通常情况下,应至少进行10分钟以上,在练习的过程中,跑步者应将大腿高高抬起,重复次数加快些,锻炼效果就好些。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"原地跑练习适用于无法进行户外跑步的人群,它可以作为疾病康复保健练习之一。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKmWsSwIAc8Ucyy68F4rPvb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":630,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/118a67355354460085771ea58ec9ab9d","width":950},"text":"","id":"doxcnUqW2y8gUS8k4VBD8jnMpK7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除上述方法外,跑步锻炼还包括负重跑、障碍跑、变向跑等。练习者可根据自身的情况,有针对性的进行锻炼。但需要注意的是,","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在进行跑步锻炼之前,跑步者必须要进行准备活动,使身体由静止状态进入到运动状态,而且在跑步的过程中,也应该遵循由慢到快,再由快到慢渐渐放松的原则","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。对于环境的选择也是至关重要的,要尽可能的选择空气清新,无污染的地方进行跑步锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwm2WmIg2IKcc6BdKvVK28d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"另外,人们还要坚持抗疲劳练习,这对于提高身体素质十分重要。跑步者要从自身的体质、健康条件出发,灵活掌握、选择跑步练习方法和运动量。坚持经常跑步锻炼,一定能取得满意的健康效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuiWyW0Q2Wi8qgNu4QuMNP3"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqwycKSCiS6O6qxFEh7Rr3A"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、小步跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSoKMiO2ikMkgIbkbKR4I3c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"步者身体自然放松,上半身处于正直状,或者身体稍向前倾,切忌不可出现身体后仰现象,向后倾是一种错误的跑姿,尤其对于初期练习者,必须严格纠正错误跑姿,否则养成坏习惯后,纠正起来就会变得非常困难。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGaacSi2cAA0IW2rZCag2Qd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备跑步前,将身体的重心向高抬,骨盆前挺,注意身体各部位的变化,以全身感到舒展为宜。膝关节放松,接着,两条腿交替屈膝抬举后,快速放松下落,小腿顺势向前迈一小步,用前脚掌着地,完成“扒”地动作,并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋关节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS8kMUceIsQcGUJ01G0FS4I"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"与此同时,跑步者的两只手臂屈肘,此时,要掌握好身体的重心,注意肩部要处于放松状态,跑者的上下肢相协调配合,双臂动作与两腿动作保持一致,双臂前后摆动,初跑时摆动幅度不宜过大。跑步动作可以有效地增强人体关节的灵活性,同时,还会使人的动作频率得以提高,对改进跑的速度和技术有很大帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUSo6kCw46W8E2ZAB7hwDnh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":562,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5995737af84c432b8a48b6226f415b0d","width":752},"text":"","id":"doxcnuWeGAsgo8UgSCMysFa3ADf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioKm2Go0WWWk6LMEr6YFjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、侧身滑步跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO4M6iEYEWW8yEBBjWCPcyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧身滑步跑","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"就是向身体的两侧进行跑动。跑步者身体呈自然放松状态,分别向左向右进行跑动。当向左跑时,其右脚应先从左脚之前向左移动一次,左脚则从右脚之后向左移动一步,右脚再从左脚之后向左跑一步,左脚则从右脚之前向左跑一步,如此为一复步。向右跑时,左右脚方向正好相反。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8qgOs8cSac2qAdJPDjVD9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑动的过程中,跑步者应密切观察身体各部位的变化,如出现不适,立刻停止跑动,及时找出问题出现的原因,并给予纠正。完成侧身滑步跑时,应该牢记左右脚移动以在一条线上为宜。根据自身的具体情况,可以先向左边跑十几步,再反向右跑十几步。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuWgIeA4SQ6QI2rnrbvJ1Rb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧身滑步跑可以缓解其他跑步方式的疲劳感,使人体的全身肌肉关节充分活动,增加机体的灵活性和平衡能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn82ga6skaoAgi8zV0mrZW3d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":911,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/154ec6e823f54f168ec45c4ce823c157","width":1620},"text":"","id":"doxcncCkiGeQGigsaeS7jRzQoJo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、高抬腿跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnguESi6oq88cuYr1Pn7WCKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者身体呈自然放松状态,上半身正直,或微微向前倾,但切忌不可出现向后倾现象。向后倾是一种错误的跑姿,尤其对于初期练习者,必须严格纠正错误跑姿,否则养成坏习惯后,纠正起来就会变得非常困难。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyCQ84I2sWusyW0wqfLl2Tc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备跑步之前,调整好身体重心,使之慢慢提高,骨盆前挺,动作幅度不宜过大,速度不宜过快,以全身感到放松舒展为宜。准备姿势就绪以后,跑步开始,跑步者先将一条腿的膝部进行弯曲,并向高抬起,大腿与躯干之间,形成一定的角度,角度以直角为最宜,接着,积极下压,用前脚掌着地,并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋三个关节,与此同时,两条手臂屈肘配合抬腿动作,完成向前向后的摆动动作。动作结束后,再换另一条腿,两脚交替进行。这种跑步方式可增强腿部肌群的力量,提高关节的灵活性、柔韧性和动作频率,对提高跑步成绩大有帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUo88KaMM4oI8l8puTyJcI1"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":560,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/da4891fd6a5e42af94923a15a3649548","width":894},"text":"","id":"doxcnsaM8KEGkIyuIeEmJbihe0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、旋转跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4qi8su2gyKQMS6WnYCvyIh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一种方向随时发生变化的跑步运动,也被人们称为倒序运动。旋转跑之前,跑步者身体需呈放松状态,由于这是一个对重心平衡性要求非常高的运动方式,所以,在跑动之前,跑步者需做好准备,可以原地先进行几次旋转,熟悉调整重心时的方法,做好准备工作以后,跑步开始。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnms26EGqIgyeM2L3VeNuHCg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在进行旋转跑时,跑步者要将向前跑、侧身跑等几种方式结合起来。由于方向上的变化十分灵活,所以,跑步者的跑速不宜过快,切记自身安全,谨防摔伤。实践证明,旋转跑能够促进全身血液循环和脑部供氧功能,使各器官得到锻炼,有利于提高人体平衡能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKiceqoqOEag22FPEhvQFgb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":502,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/db1c3ad5926643ad844c57946deefe32","width":672},"text":"","id":"doxcnCAKGKgcIkGSaam2uEgdX6b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、原地支撑后蹬跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioacKYc0SyMuAewrFsGgfU"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习者身体呈自然放松状态,骨盆向前倾,使身体姿势有利于后蹬动作,上半身向前倾,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬腿","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"充分伸直。此时,人体的髋部、膝部和踝关节应处在同一条线上。注意保持重心稳定,接着,脚趾扒地腾空,另一条腿膝盖领先向前上方摆出。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn666MgSOkeCcmwHlTZQm0bc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":452,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/08527cd0602949ccbba2c09c601d2cc1","width":802},"text":"","id":"doxcnoWI0k22QgAWsymO300inId"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长期坚持原地支撑","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬跑可","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"增强髋、膝、踝关节伸肌力量,提高跑步速度。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在进行原地支撑后蹬跑时","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",练习者要注意动作的每一个要点,保持动作的正确性。由于没有过多的运动量,所以,该方式很少会造成练习者身体受伤的情况。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne0IA8aOeMyUIMxSJMeWj9b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、变速跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Cg6mgWaMg6k6w6haLzisg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者在跑动的过程中,结合自身的实际情况,快跑一段距离,再慢跑一阵儿,使跑速始终处于快慢交替的状态。一般开始时采取较慢速度的变速跑,当身体慢慢适应了运动状态以后,再逐渐提高速度,增加运动量。长期采用变速跑锻炼,对人体的耐力发展有很大的好处,而且还能提高机体的速度耐力素质,提高各项生理机能。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUuUooUIS8aQqSijBKllYUe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步训练的基本要求","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI8OiewyCE0s6UrlXFlbYDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"跑步训练有4个基本的要素:耐力、力量、速度和休息。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsyOy4yiOmGMgIjpnewtomc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"耐力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqySSq4eiCq0CQfGYSkYeCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有人将提高跑步运动强度的过程比喻成金字塔式的,参加最高级的比赛是到达了金字塔的塔尖,而处于金字塔最底部的人就是初级跑步者,对于这部分人来说,耐力是极为重要的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuSkaMaGEuQ6SiwrbotlQ3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"每一个追求健康的跑步者,都不能有急于求成的心理,特别是在提高运动强度时,要循序渐进,清楚基础的重要性。万事开头难,耐力练习对人的毅力是非常大的考验。现实生活中,很多跑步者会被耐力练习击败,从而结束自己的跑步锻炼计划。实践证明,没有良好的耐力基础,较大强度的力量工作和速度工作是不可能做到的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2U0Egkk8MKcoii0bCDiQgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6uaAi42IoG4cYsdBYwDunb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、手臂","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneyYCISOqUGE0CS7HpSZJJe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步运动是全身性运动,科学掌握两只手臂的摆动动作至关重要,它不仅能够使跑步者在跑动的过程中更加轻松,对其成绩的提高也有明显的促进作用。在日常训练中,练习者可以通过一些简单的俯卧撑练习增加上臂的力量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsK08GOU0C4WOYHldB5RpJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在做俯卧撑的过程中,要注意控制速度,还要根据自身的情况,调整训练强度。在训练的过程中,若身体出现不适现象,必须马上停止运动,找出原因,有针对性地进行调整。在速度上,不宜过快,要以身体不感到疲惫为宜。与此同时,注意手臂摆动时两臂之间的宽度,加强背部、肩部和臂部之间的力量协调,它们将在长跑的最后阶段起重要的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnusUKGcUSAy8WSy92e5nfNf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e19a871f264b4ed4bf8b623584ebc4cf","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnUucE2eQig0ceWOcvwlmwkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在训练强度上,跑步者要根据自身的实际情况,慢慢加大,切忌一口气做得太多。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"初学者练习俯卧撑可以进行两组,每组15到20下;有一定基础的运动者则可做3组,每组20下;高水平人士可以尝试4组30到50下的俯卧撑锻炼。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"而后,再根据实际情况和力量的增加而逐渐增加次数。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniSqKGwC60gEG6YQM8g019f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、腹部","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniOCayQm0AW4qYZdV17QhPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步时,腹部肌肉发挥着非常重要的作用。跑步者要针对腹部肌肉进行有效的训练,具体做法是:跑步者有计划、有规律地做仰卧起坐练习。该练习可使背部、腰部、腹部肌肉得到锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqwKaaSQieKw64s5vvTj27c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在最初的训练中,练习者要根据自身的情况,从低强度做起。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"推荐每组做10~20个,每次锻炼可以做3~5组,当熟悉这种运动强度以后,可以逐渐增加,以循序渐进的方式增加到每组为20~30个,每天做4~6组,组与组之间可休息一分钟左右,休息时间不宜太长,大概坚持三个月左右,可看到腹部有明显减小的效果,其实是腹部的肌肉群得到了锻炼,达到紧致作用。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"练习的过程中,密切注意身体各部位的变化,如出现不适,必须马上停止练习,找出原因,及时地做出调整。随着时间的推移,再慢慢加大训练强度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIYIYWAG0WC2KkFUwAnC8ub"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":652,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b6f4567e92524aba8282c46493af9bfe","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnEGwWIKEc0OeSKefX5X9H3d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWqQaaUAYIqcmSqFO4sxryc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"速度训练的方法有很多。比如到一个适合跑步的场地,重复进行各种短距离跑。再如从高处快速跑向低处。又如参加不同类型的赛跑比赛。速度训练适用于各类以跑步为健身方式的人群,特别是对于老年人来说,其作用更为显著。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY8AKo8sQcYc4Xsic8Fc9LL"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":861,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/20eb6c3b749a4c1caf1cf63871a36292","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcniUEmySWQimwEeQoDNcjuce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、提高速度的方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSIGiOEOUSOYGOWse6SC2Of"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"提高速度的方式有两种,一是增加步频,二是增大步幅。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"通常情况下,增加步频比增大步幅对人体更具安全性。这是因为步幅的增大会造成步幅过大,进而会引起某些生物力学上的问题和运动损伤。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8Y64YMQyGw0m0cka5drlCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、寻找最佳配速","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEAemYKqEsISI2Pdkb6kSmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的配速可以帮助我们降低身体负担,同时达到最大效率的燃脂效果。无论对于减肥还是想增强体质的人来说,跑步速度都不宜过快,过高的跑步强度会增加无氧代谢的比例,还可能会对身体造成过重的负担,进而引起肌肉损伤、酸痛等结果;而如果跑得太慢,又很难达到期待的锻炼效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYI20KAOM0ocCyfiCUzeHVL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"想要更好地控制配速,首先要弄清楚配速的概念。配速,即每公里所需要的时间。配速是马拉松运动的训练中使用的概念。比如一个人跑10公里用了1小时5分钟,那么他的平均配速就是6分30秒,也可以省略单位记为配速630。结合手机APP使用,配速并不需要我们去费心计算。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMMmiIiMgguuYyK4P4NvhQ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"由于每个人的身体健康状况各不同,在选择配速的时候,要根据实际的身体状况来确定。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4yIG4c04CeQWATMb9E8Xgh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":230,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3bfa9946bda44447a8bb5ca6d4710213","width":692},"text":"","id":"doxcn2Ikkwcyc2CKGYlb4f7ZqRi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要想找到自己的最佳配速,还要根据自身跑步时的实际数据进行调整,需要参考的数据包括:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniciI2Imi0iOQs66uDAgSZ0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1、身体调节节奏:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"每个人都有自己的身体协调节奏,包括呼吸、步伐等,可以通过确保呼吸顺畅、能够连续说4-5个字等方式调节身体节奏。跑步过程中没有头晕、胸闷的话,说明跑步速度可以。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGkqC4GwWQugAgPXlxBLsbh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2、心率。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"心率是指正常人安静状态下每分钟心跳的次数,也叫安静心率,一般为60~100次/分,可因年龄、性别或其他生理因素产生个体差异。一般来说,年龄越小,心率越快,老年人心跳比年轻人慢,女性的心率比同龄男性快,这些都是正常的生理现象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6sCaa2AOq2KU7kUmNzy5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"安静状态下,成人正常心率为60~100次/分钟,理想心率应为55~70次/分钟(运动员的心率较普通成人偏慢,一般为50次/分钟左右)。心率是身体对当前运动强度耐受程度的表现,保持在最大心率的60~80%,可以让身体处在脂肪的高效燃烧阶段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyuS4AyUAswE89vVoamxCIO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3、跑步后身体状态。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"跑步后第二天如果身体疲倦、肌肉酸痛、乏力、关节不适、脉搏跳的快,说明跑步速度过快,应当适当降低配速。如果连续跑步一段时间后,没有感觉到身体有任何变化,可以适当提高配速。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneGuAEg0kaO6KW4BXluxkvb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"休息","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmAGcEYCyCOMk2bURbORkKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑步运动中,休息是一个非常重要的环节。但它却常被排除在跑步健身之外,没有引起人们足够的重视。有些跑步者在耐力方面和速度方面训练得都非常到位,但是,在坚持一段时间以后,却没有收到预想的效果。究其原因,大都是没有做好运动后的休息。所谓“张弛有度”才能达到事半功倍的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"实践证明,休息环节与跑步运动中的各要素同等重要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWawcuaM0kUQ8uezEkEgiXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"人在跑步时,身体的各部分机能得到了有效的锻炼,但是,与之相对应的,人体也会承受一定的负荷,这些负荷对人体会产生不同程度的消耗或损耗。所以,在跑步结束以后,肌肉组织必须要进行充分的休息,损伤由此减小,最后消失。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwMCSYW4MEsis234P3XLzLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长此以往,人们会发现,身体承受负荷的能力在一点点增强,身体也变得越来越强壮,其原因就是运动后的损伤得到了有效的恢复,使身体能适应越来越大的运动强度,最终锻炼的效果也就出来了,故重视休息是每一个跑步者都必须关注的问题。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一般来说,可以跑2天休息1天,或跑3天休息1天。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEKOiYyYySia6S9BkVyFEpb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"休息","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/78427d9b8edf41f08de596f012da68e8","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcnOcamKKIEuM26GyVe5VmM9b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"训练跑步的方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyeSgmwyGM4as4Ho8AOlxJh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUKaqyESsmayQIBrIt5DBUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、跑前准备","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni468IYmIMSm6ak3biSuNQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步者要在起跑之前做好准备工作,特别是","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"对室外气温的把握","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。若将跑步的时间选择为清晨,那么,穿着就不能太过单薄,尤其是上腹部要注意保暖,否则,有可能使脾胃功能受到不同程度的影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw0QOCyMQwYIA2njscX99of"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、跑步者在临出门前,可以","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"喝适量的白开水","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",能使干渴了一夜的身体得到水的滋养,各关节得以润滑,同时,还能够降低血浓度,促进血液循环和物质代谢。但切忌饮水过量,否则会不利于接下来的跑步运动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK2oqm84ck8o6GC45uOUqxd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":721,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fd01abce694f47f59e7cf29acc430c9a","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcngO08wWOSmokkEPbp1AqnRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、一些跑步者习惯到达跑步地点后马上就跑起来,这是错误和不科学的做法。正确的做法是","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"先做好热身运动","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",如果天气比较寒冷,则要先搓搓手和脸,轻揉两耳廓,戴好手套,以防止冻伤。接着,再对脚踝和膝关节进行充分的活动,最后,深呼一口气,调整好情绪,起跑。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCIocGcI0YCawALWgxl5vMg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":711,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2452c17c679a449a997d55207e93af54","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnSyCUM4WqKAuKQvyAGQRuld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、跑步过程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC6yUWAkECCGmWmGb3AWMtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步开始以后,跑步者的上半身要微微向前倾,目视前方,两只手臂有节奏地向前向后摆动,脚尖触地后,要始终朝向正前方,切忌不可形成“八”字,向后蹬时,腿部发力位置要准确。脚在落地的瞬间,需轻柔,注意动作的缓冲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkCWQ4S6C0YWk8jJvNrRFRh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":660,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bf028b30204545f4a3db5e7f93f283db","width":660},"text":"","id":"doxcnQkUYgcsYm6Q20OI4bHyhnB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长跑时,跑步者脚部触地的方式有两种:—是脚前掌或外掌外侧着地;二是全脚掌落地过渡到前掌蹬地。第一种方法的特点是速度快、效果好,但它的缺点是比较浪费力气。此方法适用于提高成绩的专业运动员。第二种方法的特点是跑步者腿的后面肌肉比较放松,跑起来比较省力气,但它的缺点是速度比较慢。此方法适用于大多数人和初学者。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIWW0aKka2UmuurwwlaVLZv"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在中长跑的运动中,调整好呼吸是至关重要的。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中长跑属于有氧代谢运动,参与人体各大器官的循环,特别是呼吸系统。跑动时,人体对氧气的需求量是巨大的,这种需求量会随着人运动量以及运动强度的提高而不断增加,所以,跑步者必须注意呼吸节奏,否则就会严重影响跑步的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"通常情况下,跑步者可以2步一吸或3步一吸,在此期间,注意节奏起伏不宜过快过大。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"吸气时,可以采用鼻呼吸和口鼻混合吸,可用舌抵住上颚,以避免冷空气直接大量吸入而造成对胸部的刺激。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQiUYQgeKOCysJDaHY9Xtg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c71eb87c64eb48b4bd2d8c39a8c63c95","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnoQkYoIyUg4qKIodbGIezif"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长跑无论对人的生理还是心理都是一种考验,跑动时,由于氧气供应落后于肌肉的活动需要,所以,身体可能会出现一些不适现象,比如腿发沉、胸发闷,呼吸困难等,这些负面的感受也许会影响到跑步者的情绪,导致人们产生出放弃继续跑下去的念头。此时,正确的做法是适当降低跑速,调节好呼吸节奏,并树立起坚持到底的信心。不久便会发现,那些负面的感受在慢慢缓解,最后消失。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWO0OmYgy2QgQYvCmkiZGpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、跑步结束","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQe4UEkAwGWs2kdd2IiXaSf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步结束以后,跑步者要做好放松活动,这对人体的健康是非常必要的。比如,跑步结束后去做些踢腿、纵跳摸高、原地蹦跳等放松动作,在做放松活动的时候,注意两只手臂要适度抖动,这样做,可以放松手臂部的肌肉,使之从紧张状态过渡到放松状态。两个腿交替前后左右自然摆动。而后,将膝盖部抬起,俯身,两只手握拳或者成刀形,对大腿、小腿进行适度的捶打。在做过这些放松运动之后,你会发现,你的运动健身效果会有显著的提高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkOyoCIe8sIwsas9qmpyp6g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":640,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/138ec872056648899b41c66010f135ed","width":1280},"text":"","id":"doxcnGuCYAQceweyGALoXRNpMuU"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQCISWUQqeqKuI1akOrJXPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑一直被人们称为是极限强度运动。生理学、生物化学的理论认为极限强度运动属于由无氧代谢方式供给能量。人们在短跑时,对跑姿的要求非常高,正确的跑姿能够使人的身体各部分器官得到科学的锻炼,并使人们收获预想的效果。反之,不但不会起到锻炼的效果,反而会对身体造成不同程度的影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4qMiAoAS20EawHl2ZmbpSf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑技术要求人的身体微微向前倾,但一定要注意尺度,切不可出现低头弯腰的现象。人的两只手臂应处于弯曲状,并在身体两侧做向前向后摆动。短跑技术要求人体全身性配合,反应需快。在平时的训练中主要从以下几个方面入手。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE6IMwmGEayWiwzIlKBVuhu"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":504,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0a70b39063a549b7bf49d4632067a3dc","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnASMoosgOS6s6wTSgwjqLcc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、发展爆发力练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoIIAIQyumqk2CQ8vNIFeGg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"专家指出,爆发力由两部分内容组成,即速度与力量。针对这两部分,人们可采取有针对性的训练。如跳远、负重纵跳、负重深蹲等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEkOyU2EwOKMAE32DRflb5f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":730,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9faa3be781584ad4a836f3071eefd301","width":1290},"text":"","id":"doxcnImemya8akMaqyMLX1XE2zc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、发展柔韧练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMKWsS6M6E806Dsi5gDmWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"柔韧性对跑步者来说是非常重要的素质之一,一个拥有良好柔韧性的跑步者,其身体的各个关节拥有较大的活动幅度,肌肉韧带的伸展能力也较强。特别是在短跑训练中,柔韧性的优越性体现得更为明显。在日常训练中,跑步者可以根据自身的实际情况选择适当的训练方法。如体前屈练习、身体前后快速屈伸等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniI2IwceCaaYo0i1CfQl7mc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":955,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c51bd93082be419da8bb5fec6351a6d9","width":1704},"text":"","id":"doxcnUW0AeM8yaSoygBaEjFlFAf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、发展动作速度训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneCi0CI8CIUMOc7vjYLDpDe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动作速度是短跑项目的关键因素,对于动作速度的训练可采用多种方法,如重复法、比赛法和游戏法等。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"对于普通的练习者来说,比赛法是经常被采用的训练方法。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在比赛法中,练习者能够保持高涨的情绪,对提高速度起到积极的推动作用。该方法与正式比赛产生的效果基本相同,所以深受人们的喜爱。与此同时,由于在比赛的过程中能引起各种动作变化,还可以防止因经常安排表现最大速度的练习而引起的“速度障碍”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOSQIWK0wKSUiA7o3ODRhBy"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":860,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9b68986f1f8348adb80789e55499c31e","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcnS2wK680UCWm02Ht7f1qEkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以上就是对跑步的正确方法与技巧的有关讲解,希望能对您进行跑步锻炼有所助益!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6W4gYoSMUqiWymabqrIN9r"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E2. 哪位高手能不能把所有的可能全部都列写出来?
AB,AC,AD,AE,AF,AG,AH,AI,AJ,AK,AL,AM,AN,AO,AP,AQ,AR,AS,AT,AU,AV,AW,AX,AY,AZ,BA,BC,BD,BE,BF,BG,BH,BI,BJ,BK,BL,BM,BN,BO,BP,BQ,BR,BS,BT,BU,BV,BW,BX,BY,BZ,CA,CB,CD,CE,CF,CG,CH,CI,CJ,CK,CL,CM,CN,CO,CP,CQ,CR,CS,CT,CU,CV,CW,CX,CY,CZ,DA,DB,DC,DE,DF,DG,DH,DI,DJ,DK,DL,DM,DN,DO,DP,DQ,DR,DS,DT,DU,DV,DW,DX,DY,DZ,EA,EB,EC,ED,EF,EG,EH,EI,EJ,EK,EL,EM,EN,EO,EP,EQ,ER,ES,ET,EU,EV,EW,EX,EY,EZ,FA,FB,FC,FD,FE,FG,FH,FI,FJ,FK,FL,FM,FN,FO,FP,FQ,FR,FS,FT,FU,FV,FW,FX,FY,FZ,GA,GB,GC,GD,GE,GF,GH,GI,GJ,GK,GL,GM,GN,GO,GP,GQ,GR,GS,GT,GU,GV,GW,GX,GY,GZ,HA,HB,HC,HD,HE,HF,HG,HI,HJ,HK,HL,HM,HN,HO,HP,HQ,HR,HS,HT,HU,HV,HW,HX,HY,HZ,IA,IB,IC,ID,IE,IF,IG,IH,IJ,IK,IL,IM,IN,IO,IP,IQ,IR,IS,IT,IU,IV,IW,IX,IY,IZ,JA,JB,JC,JD,JE,JF,JG,JH,JI,JK,JL,JM,JN,JO,JP,JQ,JR,JS,JT,JU,JV,JW,JX,JY,JZ,KA,KB,KC,KD,KE,KF,KG,KH,KI,KJ,KL,KM,KN,KO,KP,KQ,KR,KS,KT,KU,KV,KW,KX,KY,KZ,LA,LB,LC,LD,LE,LF,LG,LH,LI,LJ,LK,LM,LN,LO,LP,LQ,LR,LS,LT,LU,LV,LW,LX,LY,LZ,MA,MB,MC,MD,ME,MF,MG,MH,MI,MJ,MK,ML,MN,MO,MP,MQ,MR,MS,MT,MU,MV,MW,MX,MY,MZ,NA,NB,NC,ND,NE,NF,NG,NH,NI,NJ,NK,NL,NM,NO,NP,NQ,NR,NS,NT,NU,NV,NW,NX,NY,NZ,OA,OB,OC,OD,OE,OF,OG,OH,OI,OJ,OK,OL,OM,ON,OP,OQ,OR,OS,OT,OU,OV,OW,OX,OY,OZ,PA,PB,PC,PD,PE,PF,PG,PH,PI,PJ,PK,PL,PM,PN,PO,PQ,PR,PS,PT,PU,PV,PW,PX,PY,PZ,QA,QB,QC,QD,QE,QF,QG,QH,QI,QJ,QK,QL,QM,QN,QO,QP,QR,QS,QT,QU,QV,QW,QX,QY,QZ,RA,RB,RC,RD,RE,RF,RG,RH,RI,RJ,RK,RL,RM,RN,RO,RP,RQ,RS,RT,RU,RV,RW,RX,RY,RZ,SA,SB,SC,SD,SE,SF,SG,SH,SI,SJ,SK,SL,SM,SN,SO,SP,SQ,SR,ST,SU,SV,SW,SX,SY,SZ,TA,TB,TC,TD,TE,TF,TG,TH,TI,TJ,TK,TL,TM,TN,TO,TP,TQ,TR,TS,TU,TV,TW,TX,TY,TZ,UA,UB,UC,UD,UE,UF,UG,UH,UI,UJ,UK,UL,UM,UN,UO,UP,UQ,UR,US,UT,UV,UW,UX,UY,UZ,VA,VB,VC,VD,VE,VF,VG,VH,VI,VJ,VK,VL,VM,VN,VO,VP,VQ,VR,VS,VT,VU,VW,VX,VY,VZ,WA,WB,WC,WD,WE,WF,WG,WH,WI,WJ,WK,WL,WM,WN,WO,WP,WQ,WR,WS,WT,WU,WV,WX,WY,WZ,XA,XB,XC,XD,XE,XF,XG,XH,XI,XJ,XK,XL,XM,XN,XO,XP,XQ,XR,XS,XT,XU,XV,XW,XY,XZ,YA,YB,YC,YD,YE,YF,YG,YH,YI,YJ,YK,YL,YM,YN,YO,YP,YQ,YR,YS,YT,YU,YV,YW,YX,YZ,ZA,ZB,ZC,ZD,ZE,ZF,ZG,ZH,ZI,ZJ,ZK,ZL,ZM,ZN,ZO,ZP,ZQ,ZR,ZS,ZT,ZU,ZV,ZW,ZX,ZY
3. 如何学国画?
学国画是一件非常陶冶情操的事情,不仅能解放人的天性,给人带来满足感、成就感,而且还会在作品中实现对自我的肯定。学国画的人,随着自己的文化积淀、艺术修养的不断提升,所作的画作也如陈年老酒,愈发醇香,愈发动人。
工具
首先要熟悉工具,选择一套合适的工具来作画。
笔
国画使用的笔统称为毛笔,根据制笔的毫料不同可分为软毫、硬毫和兼毫三种。
软毫笔以羊毫为多,鸡毫次之。羊毫笔有长锋、中锋、短锋之别,各有不同的表现力。
硬毫笔一般弹力较强、劲健锋利,易于掌握和使用,其中狼毫笔和紫毫笔使用较多。
兼毫笔是两种以上不同质的毫料兼制而成,此笔软硬适中,适于勾线,也适于渲染用。
画工笔可以选择准备勾线笔(1-2根)、大中小号白云羊毫笔(约3根)。
画写意,准备硬毫笔(长锋短锋各备一支),如狼毫、猪鬃、兔毫等,兼毫备一支即可。
提示
笔一开始不要买太多,常用的基本永远都是那几支。画熟练了再添置,书法写废了的毛笔也可以用来染色或者画山水。
笔架
笔架就是架笔之物,是传统文房用具之一。在构思或暂息时用以置笔,以免毛笔污损他物。
调色盘
调色盘就是调和颜料的容器,是不可缺少的文房用具。其形状通常为圆形,呈梅花状,但也有方形或其他不规则形状,质地以陶瓷类较多,而小碟子形态的调色盘造价比较低廉,通常为初学者或业余人士使用。
墨汁
中国传统绘画尤重用墨,笔以达气,墨以生韵。用墨表现画面的气韵,求得生动是很重要的。中国之墨经用笔引发和水的渗化,可变化出浓、淡、干、湿、黑、白不同层次的色彩感。古人谓之“五墨六彩”。
以墨代色,力求单纯、明快、概括,是中国画的独特创造。以墨代色的不同变化,表现各种色彩感觉,富有浪漫主义的处理特色。中国画在设色方面突破了自然物固有的约束,代之以感情的意匠色彩。
推荐墨汁
墨有很多种,市场上常见的用于绘画的墨主要有株式会社墨运堂出品的玄宗墨汁,北京一得阁的云头艳,红星墨液,北京墨汁,中华墨汁,曹素功墨汁,珠江墨汁等等。不同墨对于绘画有直接影响。
1、进口玄宗墨汁有两种:一种是红星玄宗,一种是进口玄宗,其特点是浓墨显得很厚重,淡墨显得很润泽,不含混。下图是用进口玄宗墨汁绘制的国画效果图。
2、北京一得阁墨汁,百年老字号,价格低廉,性价比高。代表性产品为云头艳,其特点为,墨迹光亮、淡墨表现力强,层次感丰富、浓淡五色、书写流利等特点,美中不足的便是胶性比较大,易凝结。下图是用北京一得阁墨绘制的国画效果图。
3、红星墨汁,安徽红星墨液公司出品。代表产品有两种,一种是红星墨液,另一种是玄宗墨液(国产),玄宗墨液(国产)跟红星墨液最大的区别在于黑度,玄宗墨液(国产)的黑度优于红星墨液,淡墨的层次,表现效果差,笔锋交叉处,呈现糊状。
4、雄狮墨汁,台湾品牌,代表产品为雄狮书法墨汁,黑度强劲,层次感强、浓淡五色、书写流利,合成树脂胶(零下20℃凝结),四季适宜书画,宜书宜裱。适宜练习、出一般作品和出贵重作品用,是票友和专业人士的首选。
5、曹素功墨汁,国内老字号。产品价格低廉。代表性产品为墨块。
颜料
矿物颜料
矿物颜料有朱砂、赭石、石青、石绿、石黄、白粉、金粉、银粉等。除赭石等少数矿物颜料外,多数矿物颜料都具有渗化性差、不透明性、遮盖力强等特点。由于这类颜料源于矿物质,虽经千年亦可保持其鲜艳色彩。
植物颜料
植物颜料有花青、藤黄、胭脂、洋红。植物颜料和化学颜料渗化性较好,透明度高。除藤黄等少数颜料外,大多没有遮盖能力。故一般不宜以色盖色。这正是中国画必须下笔准确,忌反复修改的原因。
化学颜料
化学颜料有曙红、深红、大红、铬黄、天蓝。
特点及用途
赭石:矿物类,但其质较轻清,半透明,可单独使用,也可调和其他颜料后使用,是一种用途广泛的颜料。在淡彩山水中,常作为山石、树干主色,也可用于画夕阳反照下的远山。在花鸟画中,常与墨(调和后成为赭墨)或与其他色料调和,或混合使用,多用于画枝、干、翎毛。在人物画中,常用于人物皮肤底色。调入花青或绿色可用于画远山、老叶子。赭石加藤黄为赭黄,用于深秋黄叶、秋景中的土坡、草间细路。草绿中加入赭石调成苍绿,用于秋天石坡、土径。
朱膘:矿物类或人工合成。常与胭脂、洋红、藤黄调和使用。朱膘调墨可得厚重而偏亮的赭色。
朱砂:矿物类,为天然汞化物,近代也有人工合成的朱砂,遮盖力强,一般是单独使用,且多用浓重之原色点秋天红叶、花,亭台栏杆。不宜与石青、石绿调和使用。实际上,所有矿物颜料,除胭脂外,一般都不宜与植物色相调和。
石青:矿物类,遮盖力极强。在青绿山水中用于罩染突出部位的山石,是青绿山水之主色。在石青制作过程中,将石料研磨澄汰后,按其质地轻重,又可将石青分为头青、二青、三青、四青。一般山水画只用质地较轻的二青、三青,多用于点夹叶、醒点苔。因石青相对粗糙,染山石时,一般要分几次逐步上足色彩,待第一遍干后再着第二遍,忌在未干时反复涂抹。
石绿:矿物类,遮盖力较强。澄汰后也可分为头绿、二绿、三绿、四绿。头绿质地较重,颜色较深,山水画中较少使用。二绿、三绿在淡彩、重彩山水画中使用较为广泛。石绿可与草绿(如花青加藤黄所调成的草绿)结合使用,此时需用套色法(或用草绿打底,待干后罩石绿;或先用石绿平涂,待干后再染草绿)。
石黄:矿物类,在山水画中仅用于点秋景夹叶、秋景苔。画大片成熟的庄稼可先用赭石、藤黄染湿后再点石黄以示成熟。
金粉:矿物类,除一般进口金粉外,还有佛赤泥金和青赤泥金,系用金箔研成,前者色正偏暖,后者发青偏冷。用于重彩山水画和工笔、人物、花鸟画,一般在勾线时方使用。
银粉:矿物类,用途与金粉类同。
白粉:矿物类或人工合成,有铅白、锌白、蛤粉等,铅管所装的又称锌钛白。不透明。画云、雪、瀑布、花鸟、人物等均需用之。锌钛白还可与花青、藤黄、赭石乃至墨等调和使用,但其度较难把握。如画杨树干即可调入绿色。
花青:植物类或人工合成,半透明,可与藤黄、洋红、赭石、白粉等多种颜料调和,用途极为广泛,画山、石、草、木、云、水等均需用花青或其调和色。与藤黄调和,依据比例不同可调和各种绿色。青花调墨后称花青墨,其色为墨绿(螺青)。与曙红或胭脂调和后为紫色。
藤黄:植物类,是藤本植物的树脂所制,有毒不能入口。铅管装藤黄有一定遮盖能力。在山水、花鸟、人物画中,既可单独使用,又可与其他许多颜料或墨(可调成橄榄绿)调和使用,用途广泛。与洋红、朱膘或胭脂可调出橙色,与赭石调和可成檀色。
洋红:又称西洋红、曙红。植物类或人工合成,半透明,在花鸟画中,多单独或调和后,用于画花、红叶、蔬果,用途广泛。在山水画众多用于画亭台、屋顶、红叶等,在人物画众多用于面、唇、底饰等。
胭脂:植物类,为胭脂花制品,半透明。在山水画中用于春天的桃花与秋天的红叶,在花鸟画中可用于画紫红色蔬果、翎毛、花、叶、芽苞,也有用其点花心、勾叶筋的。在人物画中,可用于画人物、棉布、衣饰、花卉配景等。胭脂与曙红、朱膘可调出各种红色系的色相。调入墨则成紫色,调入赭则成赭色胭脂。
大红:与曙红色彩相近,略淡于曙红。用法与曙红类同。
颜色调配方法
颜料中任何一种颜色加入白色都会使之变为粉色或变淡颜色。本颜料与颜料之间可以任意调配使用,若要稀释时只要加少许清水即可。丙烯颜料在水分挥发后即干透,因此作画时对程序要心中有数,以使笔触衔接自然,达到预想效果。
1、草绿:约70%花青+30%藤黄调配而成,画工笔花卉的叶子最常用的色彩之一。
2、汁绿:约80%藤黄+15%花青+5%朱磦调和成的嫩绿色,常用来作为反叶的底色和嫩叶的底色。
3、老绿:草绿中微加墨或微加点胭脂,常用来罩染处于暗部的叶子色彩,薄薄的老绿也可用来渲染反叶。
4、檀香色:约70%藤黄+20%朱磦+10%三绿调配而成,加大量水以后常用来刷背景,也可作为嫩芽和托叶的底色。
5、米黄:约70%藤黄+30%赭石,主要用来刷背景,在重彩画的绘制中打一层米黄底色容易取得色彩和谐。
6、三绿:石绿+白色而得,白色加的越多则就变成四绿、五绿等。三青、四青等色彩也是同理。
7、老赭:朱磦+墨调和而成,接近熟褐色。常用来提染枝干或提染叶面被虫咬蚀的部分。
8、胭脂水:胭脂色+大量水调和而成。主要用来复勒线条,曙红水、花青水等说法同理
9、豆绿色(三绿+藤黄+少许酞青蓝)
10、墨红色(曙红+稍许墨)
11、赭绿色(赭石+草绿)。
12、古铜色(朱磦+墨+少许藤黄+少许曙红)
13、汁绿色(草绿+藤黄+少许朱磦)
14、灰绿色(三绿+少许墨)
15、芽绿色(汁绿+藤黄)
16、米黄色(藤黄+朱磦+少许墨)
17、桔黄色(藤黄+朱磦)
18、墨青色(花青+墨)
19、藏青蓝(酞青蓝+墨+少许石青)
20、绛红色(胭脂+朱磦+少许墨)
21、紫色(曙红+少许酞青蓝)
22、墨绿色(草绿+少许墨)
23、老绿色(草绿+少许胭脂)
24、翠绿色(酞青蓝+藤黄+少许翡翠绿)
25、褐色(赭石+墨)
26、檀香色(藤黄+朱磦+少许三绿)
27、蓝灰色(花青+白粉+少许三青)
28、豆沙色(胭脂+朱磦+少许花青)
29、土红色(朱磦+少许胭脂)
30、青绿色(草绿+少许酞青蓝)
31、四绿色(三绿+白色)
32、胭脂水(胭脂+大量水)
33、青灰色(花青+少许墨+白色)
34、蓝色(酞青蓝+三青)
35、朱红色(朱磦+曙红)
36、紫青色(胭脂+少许酞青蓝)
推荐颜料
目前,书画店中所售的国画颜料,从包装方式上也有两种:一种是传统手工制作的小纸盒包装的颜料片,质量较好,且加过胶,只要用水化开即可使用。另一种是颜料厂制作的铅管包装的颜料,挤出来即可使用,但质量不如片制颜料。初学绘画,多使用后一种。
初学者选择马利、樱花牌(樱花无沉淀更细腻)都可以。马利黄色包装的可能会有颗粒沉淀,蓝色盒子的颜料更细腻一点。要求高一点的可以去买吉祥牌,另外一开始不建议你们入瓶装或纸包的矿物质颜料,又烧钱又染色时掌握不好比较难出效果。(比如姜思序堂)
宣纸
写意画选生宣,工笔画选熟宣,生宣纸又分棉皮,净皮,特皮,檀皮含量多少而定。檀皮量多则是特皮,适合大写意,洇墨厉害,多画于山水画,更能突显水墨意境。小写意用净皮,适应画花鸟画,墨色浓淡相宜好掌握。
画国画的宣纸和卡纸都有生宣,孰宣之分,不同的是着色润染效果。写意画用宣纸画更能突显墨韵感,意境。卡纸晕染效果不及生宣,适应画小写意,浓淡相宜,墨色恰到好处。用卡纸可以画花鸟画,宣纸画山水画,卡纸一个好处是画好了不用裱画直接装框。
用宣纸画画的时可以重复叠色,而卡纸不行润染几次就会起毛边,所以形要准,着色一遍而过。涂背景时也是如此,不适应反复上色,深浅掌握好,两遍而过。初学者适合用宣纸画,花鸟画,山水画画个一遍,熟练生巧后换卡纸画。
推荐用纸
与中国画笔墨最为匹配的载体无疑要首推安徽径县出产的宣纸,这种纸在发挥中国画笔墨表现力方面很强,物理性能稳定。
徽州的宣纸最好,品牌有很多,名牌的初学者不适用,一般的就可以。除了红星,双鹿,汪同王的宣纸很好用,墨润效果还不错。用宣纸画画外还可以尝试用卡纸画画,不用裱画,直接装框就好。
在选择熟宣纸时一定要慎重,好纸不一定白,太白说明增白剂太多,不利久藏;好的熟宣纸纸白但不刺眼,反光柔和,纸内不能有草梗、沙粒、裂口、洞眼及其他附着物。
生宣纸
熟宣纸
镇纸
作画时维镇纸是中国古代传统工艺品。指写字作画时用以压纸的东西,常见的多为长方条形,因故也称作镇尺、压尺。
镇纸的材质多种多样,以玉、瓷、竹、木、铁、铜居多,上面通常雕刻有兰、菊、梅、竹并配以诗句的图案,也有动物和人物的立体形象。
推荐镇纸
现在市场上有各种各样的镇纸,可以根据自己的需求购买。
1、Noritake则武宫崎骏龙猫TOTORO站立水晶镇纸
2、青云笔社小鹅镇秦陵水禽系列镇纸
3、弘可手工铸铁小猫咪镇纸
4、臻言粉莲水晶镇纸
5、御宝阁纯手工景德镇手绘陶瓷镇纸
手工绘制的陶瓷镇纸有两款可选,一个是葫芦蟋蟀,还有是墨趣。
6、臻言加重款国画蓝图方镇纸
7、臻言原创加重款云山书画镇纸
笔洗
笔洗是一种传统工艺品,属于文房四宝笔、墨、纸、砚之外的一种文房用具,是用来盛水洗笔的器皿,以形制乖巧、种类繁多、雅致精美而广受青睐,传世的笔洗中,有很多是艺术珍品。笔洗有很多种质地,包括瓷、玉、玛瑙、珐琅、象牙和犀角等,基本都属于名贵材质。各种笔洗中,最常见的是瓷笔洗。
笔洗的作用是可以润笔,在绘画中,许多用水特技都是靠笔洗来实现。
初学者预算不够可以随便找个水桶代替。推荐几个笔洗的店铺荣宝斋、宝霆容山堂/RONGSHANGTANG、赋比兴等。
毛毡
制作书画毡的材料主要是羊毛或化纤,因材料和工艺的差别,而产出各式各样的书画毡。
用它衬在宣纸下面,防止画画时的墨汁、颜色等渗透到宣纸背面的桌面上、进而污染宣纸,弄得画面上一塌糊涂;衬了毛毡,因为毛毡不吸水,就不会发生上述现象了。画国画用的毛毡在国画用品商店里有售,大小不一,根据自己的画幅大小选购。
初学者用一块常见的带有米字格的书画毡就差不多,市面上这类书画毡有50厘米×50厘米的,也有50厘米×70厘米的。
购买之前,务必看清楚毛毡的大小。然后看毛毡上米字格的大小,一般毛毡上的格子大小为10厘米,小一点的毛毡的格子可能是9厘米的。可以看厚度,以这种印有米字格的书画毡来说,质量特别次的毛毡都不会太厚,有时候墨汁太多还真有可能透过去。厚度2毫米以上的毛毡,对于国画初学者来说就够了。
如果要画大幅的作品,那就需要买大的厚的毛毡,更大更厚的毛毡托墨性能和吸墨能力更强,显然也更合适。
砚台
砚台是用来磨墨和装墨汁的,初学者可用小碟子代替用来装墨。如果想拥有更好的砚台可以选购妙峰牌徐公砚。
其他
纸胶带/水胶带:绷宣纸用的;
喷壶:绷绢、做特殊效果时会使用;
底纹笔/底纹刷:用来刷底色的大刷子,羊毫做的,要很软才行;
美工钉、盘子(调色用)。
国画技法
国画技法的主要有构思、构图、用笔、用墨、设色、收拾等方面,其中用笔用墨为最基本的技法)。
构思——又叫立意,即作画之前的形象思维过程。
构图——即六法中的“经营位置”,又叫置陈布势等。亦即画面各种物象的位置、比例、墨色等的安排。
用笔——即六法中的“骨法用笔”,有线描、勾勒、皴、擦、点染,笔用中锋、逆锋、藏锋、露锋、拖笔、破点等。
用墨——经历代画家发展有:焦、浓、重、淡、清、退、埃、宿等各种墨色,运用时须各得其所。又有泼墨、破墨(即浓淡相生)等具体技法。
设色——白描:不设色,全用线条表现,或仅以淡墨、淡水色稍加渲染。重彩:一般指工笔重彩、勾勒填色、大青绿等。淡彩:以墨色为主调,敷以淡彩色。没骨:纯用色彩画,并不勾线。(纯用墨点染,不沟勒的亦叫没骨。)
收拾——画成以后再作整体收拾,使全画最后达到气韵生动的境界。
笔墨
中国画表现形象的基本手段。我国历代画家在长期历史发展的过程中,已经形成了一套完整的笔墨技法和创造技巧。
笔墨表现形式
有白描、工笔、写其细部,整个画面纯用墨色,有的再加淡墨渲染。
白描——用细线勾画出物象轮廓及其细部,整个画面纯用墨色。有的再加淡墨渲染。
白描从线条的粗细可分三类:较粗的线条叫琴弦,较细的线条叫铁线,极细的线条叫游丝。工笔画常常用这几种线条来表现作品,钉头鼠尾描、兰叶描、高古游丝描、铁线描、行云流水描。不论采用哪种线描,都突“写”字,使每一条线具有书法气韵。
工笔——勾勒细腻精巧的叫工笔,工即工整工细之意,敷色也层也渲染,显得浑厚浓重。
工笔画是通过线条去观察、反映事物的,根据事物在轮廓和外表上的明确特征来了解事物。线条连绵不断、细密均匀,贯穿着整个事物形体的始终,表现出蓬勃灵动而精工逼真的视觉外貌。因此,线条成为画面的统领者,其视觉观察的方式是客观而具体的。
写意——只写物象的大意,用笔简练流畅,笔墨自然,不用色的写意画,又称“水墨画”。
勾勒着色——亦称“单线平涂”。它用笔先勾出物象边线,中间用墨或用色平涂。
粗细相间——亦称“兼工带写”。它比工笔要粗,比写意要工。
粗中有细——如花草画得粗,但绕花飞动的小虫、蝴蝶、或蜻蜓等则画得很细。
没骨法——一般不用墨线勾轮廓。
泼墨法——是没骨法的扩展,用大块墨色,再运用自然形成的浓淡,加上较细的笔道,有的地方还露出飞白,这样才见精神。
界画——一部或大部分用直尺画墨线组成的画,主要表现庄严雄韦的建筑物,如宫殿、庙宇、楼阁、亭台、水榭等,以及整齐精致的家具陈设等。
设色
设色即六法中的“随类赋彩”。不同的色彩赋不同的感情,画家往往用色彩来表达他的感情。中国画常用的颜色有墨、藤黄、石黄、土黄、胭脂、洋红、朱砂、朱膘、赭石、花青、石青(可分头青、二青、三青等三种)、石绿(也分头绿、二绿、三绿等三种),白粉等。但基本颜色只有红、黄、蓝三种,即洋红、藤黄和花青。把上面的颜色加以配合,可以调出许多种颜色来。
墨彩
工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。即对形象勾线或不勾线,完全用墨的浓淡来表现的叫墨彩。墨彩以淡雅为佳,因它用浓墨的面积不宜过大、过多,因为重墨多易使画面产生沉浊之感,但亦不能淡而失神,要使浓淡相宜,才具有清新神韵的效果。
淡彩
工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。即先墨彩的方法把对象画到八九分,然后用淡薄的色彩稍作渲染的叫淡彩。淡彩要做到色不碍墨、墨不离色,既能融合一体,又能显示墨的韵味,才能产生一种淡雅、朴素的效果。
粉彩
工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。在表现方法上多用于勾染和没骨。在颜色运用上以植物颜色和白粉为主,以水彩和淡薄的矿物质色为辅。粉彩勾线切忌用一色的浓墨,而要施淡墨为主。因为墨丝过浓和粉彩相并,则容易显得枯僵,缺乏妍丽。调粉的色彩不宜过厚,但也不能太淡薄,过淡则无神,要做到薄中见厚。粉彩用粉是重要关键。粉和色要用到晕化自然,不露粉痕,不显料气,干净滋润,才能发挥粉彩鲜明娇丽的特点。
重彩
工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。重彩勾勒勾染的方法,并以服务态度和物质色为主,因用色比较厚重,所以色感较富丽带有装饰性称为重彩。重彩渲染要作到薄中见厚,厚中生津,染不露痕,深浅自然。切忌脏、花、斑、枯、火、腻等。这些毛病多出于顺序不对,用笔不轻顺,用色过厚或厚薄不匀。
线描
中国民族绘画的主要造型手段。是构成中国画民族风格的一个要素。线描是运用线的轻重、浓淡、粗细、方圆、转折、顿挫、虚实、长短、干湿、刚柔、疾徐等不同的笔法来表现物象的体积、形态、质感、量感和运动感的一种方法。它不着颜色,有时可有一些淡墨来略加渲染,具有独特的表现形式和造型规律,并富有韵味。用线的变化,要与造型的形式美紧密相连。其线或刚健、或婀娜、或轻灵、或凝重,由于用笔多变遂产生极为丰富的感觉。中国画用线造型的历史悠久,通过历代画家的长期实践和不断地创造,积累了大量的极为丰富的线描技法经验,仅画人物衣褶的描法就有“十八描”。
用线描来造型的特点是清晰、简练、富有装饰性,可以完美地刻划各种现象,表现出千变万化的各种物象的新的生命。
白描
中国画中完全用线条来表现物象的称“白描”。白描有单勾和复勾两种。用线一次成的单勾。单勾有用一色墨勾成的,也有根据不同对象用浓淡两种墨勾成的,例如花用淡墨勾,叶用浓墨勾。复勾是先用淡墨全部勾好,然后根据表面具体情况决定复勾一部分或全部。复勾的线不能依原路的线刻板地重迭地勾一道。复勾的目的,是加重质感和浓淡的变化,使物象显得更有神彩。复勾的线必须流畅自然,更防止受原线路的约束,否则复勾的线很易呆板。物象的形、神、光、色、体积、质感等关系就靠线条来表现,从某咱意义上说来,它比别的画法更不易掌握。白描要特别注意“朴素简洁”、“概括明确”的特点。在构图上的取舍力求单纯,对虚实、疏密要偏重于对比较强烈的安排,层次要分明,在线的处理上要带有装饰性、旋律性,防止碎乱、呆板、松散等毛病。
刘公华白描仕女图
皴法
国画表现技法之一。早期山水画的主要表现手法,是以线条勾勒轮廓,然后敷色。随着绘画的发展,为了表现山石树木的脉络纹路和(凸凹),因地质的结构不同,表现在山岳的外形上也各不相同。
石涛深山秋水图
皴法的种类
一般有(1)披麻皴、(2)乱麻皴、(3)芝麻皴、(4)大斧劈、(5)小斧劈皴、(6)卷云皴、(7)雨点皴(雨雪皴)、(8)弹涡皴、(9)荷叶皴、(10)矾头皴、(11)骷髅皴、(12)鬼皮皴、(13)解索皴、(14)、乱柴皴、(15)牛毛皴、(16)马牙皴、(17)斫皴、(18)点错皴;(19)豆瓣皴、(20)刺梨皴(豆瓣皴之变)、(21)破网皴、(22)折带皴、(23)泥里拨钉皴、(24)拖泥带水皴、(25)金碧皴、(26)没骨皴、(27)直擦皴、(28)横擦皴等。
墨法
古人说“墨即是色”,浓淡水墨可代替各种色彩。用墨要有浓淡干湿,只干不湿太瘠枯,只湿不干太臃肿,浓淡干湿结合起来,变化多,生动而有气韵。
用墨之法
一般有焦墨、积墨、破墨、擂墨等。焦墨是一种磨得极浓的墨,用焦墨的旁边须有浓淡墨为之晕浑,否则焦墨孤立,难见笔意。
积墨:用浓墨和淡墨连敷几次,有一种深厚的味道。
破墨:先用淡墨上纸,趁湿用湿墨加上,化出奇纱的韵味。拧在纸上捺转,略似鱼鳞,由浓渐淡,参差不齐,谓之擂墨。所以用墨和用笔不分不开的。
用笔六要
一要自然有力,切忌呆滞。
二要变化而有联系,要将粗、细、浓、淡、长、短、横、直、干、湿、轻、重根据物象参差需用,既有变化,还要互相联系。
三要苍老而滋润,苍老就显出含蓄的笔力,用笔光滑就显得雅嫩,过于苍老亦易枯燥,故须在苍老中滋润,也就是干湿并用。
四要松灵而凝炼,松灵比自然更进一步,要活泼轻松有生趣,切忌油滑、轻浮,轻松之中要有重厚,凝练是一笔画去到尽端有回锋。
五要刚柔相济,即在轻柔中有骨力。所谓“线棉裹铁”才能稳厚,刚健的锋中要参以巧运,“扛鼎中有妩媚。”故一笔中要能刚健婀娜兼有之。
六要巧拙互用,用笔朴质显得老实,故要在巧笔中夹几笔拙,在拙笔中夹几笔巧,应巧拙互用,方为得法。
国画笔法
讲基本运笔技法之前我们要先了解握笔的姿势。
国画的笔法有六种,分别是中锋、侧锋、逆锋、拖锋、折钗股与屋漏痕、飞白锋。
中锋
中锋即锥形毛笔笔尖在毛笔的运行过程中,始终处在用笔的中心位置。中锋用笔是中国画用笔方法的首要特征。其特点是:笔力饱满,内涵丰富。外柔内刚,极富表现力。
侧锋
侧锋的执笔是把笔管横卧或倾斜。与纸成各种角度,笔尖不在墨线中间,笔尖在墨线一侧,并出现飞白的效果。
逆锋
逆锋是相对于正手位置顺行方向的反方向毛笔运行方法。逆锋运笔阻力增大,笔锋聚散,松紧变化不同于顺笔意味。特点是笔力刚硬,力透纸背,但缺少柔劲。不可常用,适可而止。
露锋
于藏锋的运笔刚好相反,它以笔尖着纸,故意露出笔锋,收笔时渐行渐提笔杆。以这种笔法画出的线条灵活而飘逸。
藏锋
笔锋要藏而不露,画出的线条才沉着含蓄,力透纸背。
顺锋
运笔与逆锋相反,采用拖笔运行,画出的线条轻快流畅、灵秀活泼。
扩展资料
所谓笔法,写字作画用笔的方法,即中国画特有的用线方法。中国书画主要都以线条表现,所用工具都是尖锋毛笔,要使书画的线条点画富有变化,必先讲究执笔,在运笔时掌握轻重、快慢、偏正、曲直等方法,称为“笔法”。
国画有着自己明显的特征,讲究“气韵生动”,不拘泥于物体外表的肖似,而多强调抒发作者的主观情趣。中国画讲求“以形写神”,追求一种“妙在似与不似之间”的感觉。
讲究笔墨神韵,笔法要求:平、圆、留、重、变。墨法要求墨分五色,焦、浓、重、淡、清。
讲究“骨法用笔”,不讲究焦点透视,不强调环境对于物体的光色变化的影响。
讲究空白的布置和物体的“气势”。
国画分科
国画总分为工笔和写意两种,大致又分工笔花鸟,工笔山水,工笔人物,写意花鸟,写意山水,写意人物等。写意用生宣,工笔用熟宣,也有半生不熟的纸可以画一些兼工带写。
国画的细分科按形式分,工笔,写意;工笔讲究“工”,用笔细致,需要细细勾勒反复渲染的;写意讲“意”,用笔洒脱,以形写神,一笔到位。按题材分,人物、花鸟、山水。
工笔
工笔画步骤
起稿
可用铅笔在图画纸上对临起稿,或直接拷贝临本,用HB铅笔将画稿拷贝到绢或熟宣纸上,铅笔线要轻、淡。也可直接把画稿拷贝到白纸上,特别是用绢画时,这样可以避免画稿变形,铅笔线以绷稿后看清为准。
也可以去买个拷贝台,把起好的稿子或打印的图纸放在拷贝台上,再把熟宣/绢蒙在上面拷贝,这样拷贝的图精确度稍高一点。画熟练了就可以直接用勾线笔上墨线了!
绷稿
要求:先在画板上裱贴一张白纸,待干后将绢或熟宣纸绷到画板上。具体绷绢步骤可以看这个:如何绷娟
所需材料:图钉、浆糊、水。
1、首先,把框子装好,然后把绢放在框子上摆好。
2、然后,在绢的一头按上图钉,另一边喷水,慢慢展开。
3、喷湿后慢慢调整,差不多了可以涂浆糊,继续调整。不要特别紧,因为绢干了也会收缩,另外绢本身有织的纹路,拉扯变形了就不好了。
4、然后把最后一条边涂上浆糊,折好。绢的外部也可以再涂一层浆糊。
5、等干了就可以上色了,看看效果。
注意事项:
1、草稿:使用铅笔打草稿,纸张不要求。
2、过稿:将草稿放置在拷贝台上,上面覆一层熟宣,使用勾线笔(花枝俏、小叶筋等均可)将画稿勾在宣纸上,这样的作品称为白描。
3、渲:在画好的草稿上用墨来表现画面的明暗,方法是:使用两支较大的笔(一般为大白云)一支蘸墨,一支蘸水,先点墨,在墨没干之前用水渲开,造成一个自然的过渡。
4、染:方法和渲的步骤差不多,不过使用的是国画颜料,这一步较为麻烦。为了让色彩更加均匀厚实,一般要进行多次,有“三矾九染”之说。
勾线
勾线的用笔方法分为中锋和侧锋,工笔人物画中以中锋为主。
中锋:中锋即锥形毛笔笔尖在毛笔的运行过程中,始终处在用笔的中心位置。中锋用笔是中国画用笔方法的首要特征。其特点是:笔力饱满,内涵丰富。外柔内刚,极富表现力。中锋线圆润、浑厚、匀整,并且有弹性。也要注意墨线的浓墨变化,适当时加入清水调试。
侧锋:侧锋的执笔是把笔管横卧或倾斜。与纸成各种角度,笔尖不在墨线中间,笔尖在墨线一侧,并出现飞白的效果。
勾线用笔的起止很重要,每一条线无论长短都必须有起笔、行笔、收笔三个过程。要求“起笔藏锋、运笔中锋、收笔回锋”,这是线描的主要技法要点。画人物和花鸟都需要了解勾线技巧。
着染
传统工笔画的着染方法总体来说可以分为分染、罩染、勾填等方法,分染和罩染是传统工笔人物画和花鸟中最常用的技法。山水的话还要用到“皴”的技法,以体现山脉特有的肌理。
分染:是把平面的线描按其结构、纹理用色或墨渲染出一定的层次和体积关系。分染时,准备一支笔蘸色,一支笔蘸清水把颜色均匀地烘淡。分染法采用分层叠加的方法进行设色,它的优点是色彩厚重饱和,层次变化丰富,表现力强。
罩染:绘画,在着色时,先铺底,后罩色,这种方法就叫罩染。一般是先用渲染法铺上底色,颜色应厚重一些,可以层层复加。由深到淡,要表现出其明暗、层次。再根据需要再平涂一二次翠色,颜色要淡薄。底色和罩色的选择要根据所绘物体本身的特点,目的是使二者相得益彰,产生厚重、鲜明、复杂、丰富的色彩效果。画山水用水墨皴染,可罩染花青和赭石等。
背染:在绢的背面衬色以使正面的颜色更厚重,丰富画面层次。背面使用的是平涂的方法,植物色和矿物色均可。这几个步骤应该是交替进行的,要想画的细腻,这些动作可能要重复很多遍。
复勾
有些地方染完颜色后,之前勾线的部分变得不是很明显了,需要重新勾一遍。这时候勾千万要注意浓淡,颜色重了容易生硬呆板匠气,线条尽量保持流畅,毕竟是附在最上面的。
刷胶矾水
为了防止熟绢跑矾,在设色之前,要在绢的背面刷一遍胶矾水。古人把胶矾称作“伐绢之斧”。未刷胶矾水的绢和宣纸,称作生绢、生宣,是画写意画的材料。刷过胶矾水的绢和宣纸,其性能发生了改变,称之为熟绢、熟宣,适合画工笔画。
1、胶矾水有制作熟绢、固定颜色、保护画面的作用。
胶:黄明胶,又名广胶,颗粒状的效果比较好。使用时用冷水泡上几分钟,去掉浮灰,加入热水搅拌,胶粒全部溶解后即可,但不能用开水,开水会使粘度降低。
矾:又称明矾,主要产自安徽庐江,头天用凉水浸泡,第二天用。
2、胶矾水的混合比一般7:3较为适当,矾大胶小,染墨色时会颜色板滞、难以染匀。胶大矾小则会出现滑笔,墨、色易脱落等问题。
3、刷胶矾水,刷胶矾水的环境最好在温度25度左右的晴天,温度过低胶矾会很快凝固,不易刷匀。
装裱
古语有云:“三分字画,七分裱”,精致的装裱工艺不仅可以使字画得到更好的保护,同时也能起到烘托字画,突出神韵的作用。书画装裱的步骤一般是先用纸托裱在绘画作品的背后,再用绞、绢、纸等镶边,然后安装轴杆成卷轴或者装框条成镜框。传统的装裱是多种多样的,但其成品按形制可分为挂轴,手卷,册页三大类。原裱的绘画不论画心的大小、形状、及裱后的用途,都只有托裱画心、镶覆、砑装三个步骤。
第一步:观察字画
揣摩原作的气度,以利于更好地选择装裱材料烘托原作气质。
第二步:托裱画心
1、将画心反铺在干净的画案上,用喷壶在画心背面均匀喷洒水花;
2、待画心潮润且平整得贴附在画案上时,用排笔在画心背面均匀刷浆;
3、一手持特制的装裱棕刷,一手持略大于画心的托纸,对齐一边,用棕刷自上而下排扫托纸,逐渐使整张托纸平整贴附于画心背面;
4、用手指在托纸边缘均匀抹上浆糊;
5、待画心略干后,轻轻揭起,转贴至挣墙晾干。
第三步:镶条
1、待画心干透,用裁刀将其从墙面取下,裁去托纸不整齐的边角部分;
2、在画心四角均匀抹浆,镶上助条;
3、在助条边缘抹浆,镶上边条。
第四步:覆背
在已镶条的画作后重复第二个步骤。
第五步:装框
已制成的画作如需装框则在画作干透后进行平整,镶装画框;如做成卷轴,则应在画作上下装上天杆和地杆,并牵上挂绳,拴入绛色丝带。
注意事项
一般的装裱能够收藏的是手工的,浆糊的质量也是收藏时间的保证。裱画的糨糊不同于普通的糨糊,不仅黏稠度和透明度有所差别,并且在熬制时还要加入一些防治蠹虫的配料
推荐临摹书籍
人物
白描:《八十七神仙卷》练线描这一本完全够了。如果觉得难度大的,可以进行局部练习。
工笔设色
《簪花仕女图》、韩熙载夜宴图、《虢国夫人游春图》、《捣练图》、《洛神赋图》等
《簪花仕女图》局部
《虢国夫人游春图》局部
花鸟
宋代小品、宋徽宗、陈老莲花鸟集。
山水
山水小品、《千里江山图》、长桥卧波图、马远夏圭。
写意
国画的一种画法,用笔不苛求工细,注重神态的表现和抒发作者内心的情感。最初起源于绘画,兴起于北宋,要求在形象之中有所蕴涵和寄寓,让"象"具有表意功能或成为表意的手段。
分类
写意画分为小写意和大写意,所谓的小写意,更倾向于水墨画法写物象之实,上接元人墨花墨禽的传统;而所谓的大写意,更倾向于以水墨画法表现画家的主观感情,继承的是宋元的文人墨戏传统。
欣赏写意画
画写意首先要练审美。培养对美的感受力,学会欣赏。要对中国美术史上这些大量的作品进行阅读,至少要知道什么是经典什么是真的美。
古代写意画
现代写意画
绘画步骤
白菜、萝卜画法
①用中号长锋狼毫或羊毫调淡墨画菜的叶柄,趁湿马上蘸较浓墨画出菜根和根须。换用一支大号羊毫斗笔调淡墨画菜叶,注意笔腹含水要饱满,根据菜叶的结构、方向,分几笔画出菜叶,每笔菜叶的墨团形状大小浓淡要稍有区别,不能画成一样。笔与笔之间要注意衔接,既不能让它们模棱模糊,又不能搞得支离破碎。趁湿用长锋小狼毫勾出菜叶上的叶脉。
②用同一支笔蘸浓墨以中锋画缚菜的草束。要掌握画草束的时间,迟了叶柄水分已干,画上去的草束就会浮起来。如果太早,草束的墨色会漫糊开来,影响其质感。总之要干湿得当,渗化适度。
③根据红萝卜的圆形结构,用一支干净的短锋羊毫笔蘸胭脂调合一下,分左右两笔画出萝卜的球茎。同时注意适当地在中间留些空白,以表现萝卜的高光,然后又用较深的颜色点须画根。再用同一支笔洗一下,蘸朱磦底画胡萝卜。为了加强胡萝卜的质感,可在朱磦底里调点胭脂。画时,同样要注意胡萝卜的造型特点,依据结构运笔。
④再用同一支笔洗净后蘸藤黄加花青调成汁绿。为了色调和谐,可在汁绿里再少量调点朱磦底,画出红萝卜叶柄的基部,然后又添画上小小的萝卜叶。两片萝卜的叶子要注意稍分浓淡。最后用中羊毫笔调赭墨画上蘑菇,画时同样要注意几只蘑菇的不同方向和前后层次。
牵牛花画法
①先画藤蔓:用长锋小狼毫笔调淡墨去画,用笔要悬腕中锋,轻快舒缓之中见遒劲,墨色要稍有变化,笔尖含水要干一点,以表现枝蔓的坚韧柔软。枝蔓是全画的架子,因此,要注意全局的位置经营。
②次画叶子:用短锋大羊毫笔调次浓墨去画,注意在蘸墨时要使笔头各部位含墨含水分量不同,这样一笔下去叶片即有浓淡变化。画叶要依据牵牛花叶片特点,每叶分三笔画成。点叶要注意疏密大小和方向的区别。
③用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨勾出叶脉。换用一支干净的短锋中羊毫笔,用胭脂加花青调成紫红色画花冠。牵牛花花冠上部色深,基部呈白色,因此用笔时要根据这个特点在花心留出空白,花型要圆润,色泽要饱满。两朵花要分浓淡。又蘸较深的花色点出未放的花蕾,注意花蕾与主花间的呼应。
④用三绿加一点藤黄,调成淡绿色染花蕊底色,趁湿又用短锋羊毫调藤黄加白,一笔画上花蕊。然后用长锋小狼毫蘸浓墨画上花托,又添上浓浓淡淡的藤蔓,使全画完整起来。最后略加苔点,使画面增添变化。
花球画法
①先画花球:用长锋小狼毫调淡墨逐个勾出组成花球的一朵朵小花。用墨要略分浓淡,花形要有变化,使花球有立体感。接着用短锋大羊毫调成浓绿蘸墨分组画上叶子。
②用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨勾叶脉。勾时把叶子分成上下两组,上边一组的叶脉墨色较深,下面一组叶子的叶脉用墨稍淡,以分出前后两组的层次。换用一支长锋狼毫笔调淡墨画枝干。随画随加浓墨,用较干的墨色去画较小的枝干。
③再用较淡的绿添画几笔嫩叶,增加叶子的又一个层次。接着用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨画出花球里的花柄,用墨要较干,使浓重的墨色衬托出洁净的花球。接着在叶间添画一团掩藏着的花球,方法与前同。
④最后用长锋羊毫笔调藤黄加三绿。淡淡地染上花色。趁湿用藤黄调朱磦底点花蕊。渲染花球既要染出立体感,又要注意花色的洁净。
枇杷画法
①用大号斗笔浸些清水,又挤去笔肚里过多的水分,乘湿蘸上墨,稍微在调色盆里调合一下。注意不要调得太"熟",使笔肚中含的墨色浓淡不匀方好。这时开始顺笔画叶子,随画又要随时蘸点水,使画上去的几片叶子既有浓淡的变化,又有滋润丰厚的感觉。
②淡墨中锋勾出枇杷轮廓,注意用笔的圆正,以表现枇杷果实的立体感。接着用浓墨画完枝干。待叶子略干,换一支叶筋笔蘸上浓墨趁潮在叶子上勾出叶脉。勾叶脉时,笔端要稍干些,可用废纸把笔上蘸的墨吸去少许后再勾。前后几片叶子的叶脉要分浓淡,故画后面叶子时,可调点清水后去画,但注意笔端仍须稍干,以免漫糊。
③等枇杷的墨色已干,用一支干净的羊毫笔蘸藤黄调点朱磦上枇杷圆形的结构用笔,以表现枇把的立体感。
④趁色尚湿,用浓墨点上果蒂。果蒂要点得稍大,用笔稍重,使笔尖稍微叉开,以表现枇杷蒂毛茸茸的质感。最后用调进少许藤黄的淡螺青点染枝干,加上苔点,使画面更丰富完整。
玉兰画法
①先画花瓣:用长锋小狼毫笔调淡墨色花瓣。墨色要洁净,用笔要爽快。为表现玉兰花瓣比较厚重的白色,可趁勾勒花瓣的墨色未干之际,再在瓣尖上加上小小的两点浓墨。接着用短锋大羊毫笔调淡墨染花底,染时要见笔。
②趁湿用短锋狼毫蘸浓墨点花蕊,花蕊的墨色会在刚染上去的淡墨花底上稍稍渗开。又用长锋大狼毫蘸浓墨画主干。用墨要稍干,用笔要苍劲,使枝干与洁白圆润的花瓣产生强烈的对比。然后再蘸清水化成次浓墨画横卧着的另一组枝干,画时要注意整幅画面的气势。趁湿再用浓墨点苔。
③接着调淡墨画花蕾和花托。画花蕾不仅要强调与主体花冠的呼应,还应配合整幅画的全局气势。花蕾与枝干的连接要合理,要符合玉兰的生长规律。④趁湿赶紧在花托上用小狼毫笔蘸浓墨点绒毛斑点。这一步要十分注意水分的的掌握,不能等干了再画,否则无论如何也画不出花托绒毛这种茸茸的感觉。最后点苔收拾整理。
推荐临摹书籍
山水
董源《潇湘图》、巨然《万壑松风图》、李成《寒林平野图》、范宽《溪山行旅图》、郭熙《早春图》、李唐《万壑松风图》、马远《踏歌图》《寒江独钓》、夏圭《溪山清远图》、黄公望《富春山居图》、倪瓒、吴镇《渔父图》、王蒙《青卞隐居图》、沈周、石涛、査士标。
花鸟
恽寿平、八大山人、徐熙、徐渭、文同、金农、法常、赵孟頫、管道升、王冕、赵之谦、齐白石等画家的花鸟作品。
人物
梁楷、唐伯虎、任伯年、陈洪绶等画家作品。
学习步骤
临摹
临摹是学习中国画技法的一种便捷方法,对范画可以先局部临摹,也叫分解练习,然后再临摹整幅作品,这样可以学得深秀。临摹尽量要象,“察之者尚精,拟之者贵似”,要通过临摹反复体会其造型方法、用笔方法、墨色变化等。临摹整幅作品时再体会构图特点、主次虚实关系、层次关系、呼应关系、色调变化等等。从临摹中掌握了一定的技法以后再试着进行变化和创造,心中就有数了。
临摹的目的是学习、借鉴他人的技法。临摹与写生相较,写生为主,临摹为次,写生是源,临摹是流。
临,把画放在桌上,对着画。摹,则是用一张透明的薄纸盖在画上,用笔墨描摹。摹画也叫拓画。临摹要防止犯“结壳”“游魂”“附影子”等弊病。“结壳”,即是学习古人或老师的技法,而被之束缚,不能变化、发展。“游魂”,就是东学一点,西学一点,浅尝辄止,不能融会贯通。“附影子”,即只能依赖前人的稿子或一家一派的门户,一离开,便寸步难行,作不出画。
临摹要和默写结合起来,中国画的创作方法很重视默写。提高默写能力要靠深入掌握物象的造型特点和规律及运笔用墨的规律。因此,临摹一定要认真体会。
结合临摹平时要注意多欣赏名家名作,可以反复欣赏品味,此外还要多参观画展,汲取各家之长,开阔眼界,开拓思路,丰富技法手段,提高修养。在观摩和学习时可随时记录一下构图、技法特点、题款内容和自己的感受。只要认真扎实地学习,肯定会有大的进步。
写生
通过写生可以进一步了解自然山水、花鸟和结构及动态规律,可以大量搜集创作素材,锻炼造型能力,进一步丰富知识和绘画技巧,在大自然中得到新鲜的感受。这是提高绘画创作水平必不可少的重要环节。
写生之前要多观察、多分析。写生的工具不必过于讲究,铅笔、钢笔、毛笔都可以,纸张随便,关键是要画得严肃、认真。写生的过程就是学习、观察大自然的过程,达到搜集创作素材提高创作能力的目的。
画外功
与绘画技巧相适应,还需具备多方面的知识。如书法技巧和文学修养都需作相应的提高。这是培养审美观念、增进鉴别能力的基础。只有多读书(小说、散文、诗歌及绘画理论都需要读)、勤练书法才能满足学习绘画的要求。练习书法不仅仅是为了适应题字落款的需要,更重要的是书法也是国画的基本功。要通过练习书法,提高笔线的表现能力,加强墨晕的风骨,以书入画格调情趣自然更高。
创作
初学国画不必急于创作,应先在以上三方面打下扎实的基础,苦练基本功。有了一定的基础后,可以慢慢试着进行创作。
创作阶段
第一阶段可以参考资料,借助别人作品的造型或笔墨技法,按照自己的创作意图去试着创作。这个阶段也叫初级阶段。通过这一阶段可以初步摸索到创作方面的规律。
第二阶段,待掌握了一定的技法之后,便可以较自由地进行创作。这一阶段是巩固和灵活运用技法阶段,通过这个阶段的练习,可使技法更熟练,构图变化更丰富。
第三阶段——成熟阶段。技法的成熟的标志不是按照一个模式的纯熟,而是根据不同意境、感觉、情趣的要求不断变化技法,体现出随机应变、运用自如而又不断创新。这一阶段的追求是情趣的表现及创作内涵的深化,是既有“法”度而又不为法度所束缚。以法作画,千篇一律,以情作画,变化万千。这是高超的技法和高深修养的结合,是我们追求的目的。初学者只要得法,用功,是会达到这一目标的。
学国画素材
花鸟素材
竹子
1、蘸淡墨勾画竹叶,用相同的笔法画出三片为一组的竹叶。依次增加叶子,注意竹叶方向、大小等要有变化,下笔时两头轻中间重。
2、淡墨勾画竹子的主干,待半干后浓墨勾画竹节。最后用淡墨勾画竹子的分支。
牡丹
1、整笔蘸粉色,笔尖蘸曙红画花瓣,依次增加花瓣。画出整朵花头,注意整朵花的形状要错落有变。
2、整笔蘸粉色,笔尖蘸曙红点出花苞,画出左右相邻的小花瓣。最后用淡绿色加胭脂画出花尊。
3、整笔蘸淡绿色,笔尖蘸淡墨侧锋画出整组牡丹叶子。浓墨勾叶筋,墨绿加胭脂画枝条。
麻雀
1、蘸赭石加淡墨侧锋点出鸟的头部,中锋画背羽,侧锋画上下翅。浓墨点斑纹、飞羽、尾羽、眼睛嘴,最后以淡墨画胸腹。
2、赭石加淡墨侧锋画出头部,中锋画背羽,侧锋画上下翅,浓墨画嘴,点眼睛。淡墨画胸腹,浓墨点斑纹、飞羽和尾羽,浓墨中锋画腿,浓墨画爪子。
小鸡
1、蘸中墨侧锋画出头部,侧锋点出翅膀,随后用干墨勾画尾部。浓墨画嘴和眼睛,淡墨画胸部和大腿,待半干时用浓墨勾画脚。
2、蘸浓墨,行侧锋画出头部,侧锋画翅膀,淡墨画胸部和大腿,最后浓墨勾画嘴、脚。
翠鸟
1、蘸三青点出鸟的头部,运侧锋画出身子和上下翅。采浓墨画嘴、尾羽、飞羽并点上眼睛。用钛白点鸟身斑纹,淡赭石染胸部,朱砂染嘴与鸟爪,最后用藤黄染眼珠。
2、三青加花青点出头部,用浓墨画出眼睛并勾画嘴巴,再画出头上的毛。三青加花青画鸟毛,用淡赭石画出腹部,浓墨勾画轮廓,朱砂染嘴和勾画鸟爪,藤黄染眼珠。
喜鹊
蘸浓墨勾画嘴和眼睛,浓墨画头部和颈羽。蘸中墨侧锋行笔画胸腹,画背羽留白羽,浓墨画翅羽,并为其添加尾羽。淡墨中锋行笔画胸腹,腿爪用浓墨勾画,鹅黄染眼珠。
学国画的好处
学国画是一件非常陶冶情操的事情,不仅能解放人的天性、给人带来满足感、成就感,而且还会在作品中实现对自我的肯定。
1、学国画是人生良伴。人的一生分为很多阶段,少年时,可以以画言志;青壮年时,生活压力巨大,可以以画解压;等到年过中年,孩子都已成家立业,自己也临近退休,内心难免会有孤独之感,此时可以画画消遣。学国画的人,随着自己的文化积淀,艺术修养的不断提升,他的画作也如陈年老酒,愈发醇香,愈发动人。
2、学国画能陶冶情操。学习国画讲求的是意境,讲究内涵,真、善、美。通过笔墨抒发感情,培养艺术气息,陶冶情操。艺术气息会一直伴随着你,生活中有了艺术,你会感觉到自己的世界都是带着诗情画意。
3、学国画能提高审美。中国画具有简练、概括的特点,在学国画时,注意力集中,执笔、行笔要运气用力,这样就养成了良好的学习习惯,不仅可以培养学习能力、理解能力,而且还可以提高审美能力和学习兴趣。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学国画是一件非常陶冶情操的事情,不仅能解放人的天性,给人带来满足感、成就感,而且还会在作品中实现对自我的肯定。学国画的人,随着自己的文化积淀、艺术修养的不断提升,所作的画作也如陈年老酒,愈发醇香,愈发动人。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WCwKdeaU2oYWQwxMHRQc7iL2nAg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QqEmdewuQoIgmSxaSWqcdS3Pncf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先要熟悉工具,选择一套合适的工具来作画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"C4IGdya6CoMGQgxhcABcLHvJnqH"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LuAOdEcaCoYqoMxQLs5cTQPqn4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画使用的笔统称为毛笔,根据制笔的毫料不同可分为软毫、硬毫和兼毫三种。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I2uadM2GwoomCUxK2KVcW1FNnLg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"软毫笔以羊毫为多,鸡毫次之。羊毫笔有长锋、中锋、短锋之别,各有不同的表现力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IC2ydCGgIoiKM8xa0eDcAS6xn5b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬毫笔一般弹力较强、劲健锋利,易于掌握和使用,其中狼毫笔和紫毫笔使用较多。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HCiodwcWkokoksx65wRcYGOMnhf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"兼毫笔是两种以上不同质的毫料兼制而成,此笔软硬适中,适于勾线,也适于渲染用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Bm4sd4iGOoCumyxm4zWcnKlSnBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画工笔可以选择准备勾线笔(1-2根)、大中小号白云羊毫笔(约3根)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R8eKdU6y0o0WmcxIuYkcTDcxnUj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画写意,准备硬毫笔(长锋短锋各备一支),如狼毫、猪鬃、兔毫等,兼毫备一支即可。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AuaEdQiySo6gckx29jyc06RHnHf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"提示","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Wig4dQMkaoEogox4ghocp1vcnmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔一开始不要买太多,常用的基本永远都是那几支。画熟练了再添置,书法写废了的毛笔也可以用来染色或者画山水。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NkKydQMc8oAo0sxMPzscUvMdnWc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":788,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"提示","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/aa31073262e7435891b0079bf9d26f4e","width":720},"text":"","id":"RU4odeAoGo62qSxWO8Ac3BpenNh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":613,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"提示","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ca29c9bf9874c70ab5f446996d49441","width":720},"text":"","id":"Pk0GdaOGkoWcWMxegMMcVpmZnNd"}],"text":"","id":"TE4idYMkAowaoaxIJ9WcF0cUnse"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔架","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TE4idYMkAowaoaxIJ9WcF0cUnse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔架就是架笔之物,是传统文房用具之一。在构思或暂息时用以置笔,以免毛笔污损他物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IqGydqQkwokWkQxQMaDc4SA5n1F"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":213,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔架","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b7c497564bfe491dbc9a1950bceb7656","width":419},"text":"","id":"Qkkgd4CEaoEssAxg9XScyqiUnYf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"调色盘","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W8C4d82mSoIcgQxYz7dcuLy0nJc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"调色盘就是调和颜料的容器,是不可缺少的文房用具。其形状通常为圆形,呈梅花状,但也有方形或其他不规则形状,质地以陶瓷类较多,而小碟子形态的调色盘造价比较低廉,通常为初学者或业余人士使用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VI6adUiEoo0SSsxmEgAcDSJxnod"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":319,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"调色盘","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/58843f4ce362446ba7b0c94bb58ad6f6","width":326},"text":"","id":"My42dgooQocAQKxWqUJc01KIntg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":276,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"调色盘","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/aa1ac610435f490eb1fb6300d006a9ac","width":284},"text":"","id":"VE8edAEWGo4yQ8xotmbc5Q9en7b"}],"text":"","id":"WymadYAguoY60yx23W9cjxAYnNh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"墨汁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WymadYAguoY60yx23W9cjxAYnNh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国传统绘画尤重用墨,笔以达气,墨以生韵。用墨表现画面的气韵,求得生动是很重要的。中国之墨经用笔引发和水的渗化,可变化出浓、淡、干、湿、黑、白不同层次的色彩感。古人谓之“五墨六彩”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Uc0admkGEoAyymxkD8Rc2ooUnYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以墨代色,力求单纯、明快、概括,是中国画的独特创造。以墨代色的不同变化,表现各种色彩感觉,富有浪漫主义的处理特色。中国画在设色方面突破了自然物固有的约束,代之以感情的意匠色彩。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PGeEd6IsOo2Q0uxsHJSc3HLyn1b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UKqAdyiGko4ueAxSADSceZvqnKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"墨有很多种,市场上常见的用于绘画的墨主要有株式会社墨运堂出品的玄宗墨汁,北京一得阁的云头艳,红星墨液,北京墨汁,中华墨汁,曹素功墨汁,珠江墨汁等等。不同墨对于绘画有直接影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SU2gdSM2IowaYsxOuqJckHY0nNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、进口玄宗墨汁有两种:一种是红星玄宗,一种是进口玄宗,其特点是浓墨显得很厚重,淡墨显得很润泽,不含混。下图是用进口玄宗墨汁绘制的国画效果图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XiAKdg0y6o4ycMxmqwecFJ1fn4b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":518,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/97efa27fcaba4da0b72938b8850e1458","width":335},"text":"","id":"RSGedeCGwoKiqqx8uRVciWVunIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、北京一得阁墨汁,百年老字号,价格低廉,性价比高。代表性产品为云头艳,其特点为,墨迹光亮、淡墨表现力强,层次感丰富、浓淡五色、书写流利等特点,美中不足的便是胶性比较大,易凝结。下图是用北京一得阁墨绘制的国画效果图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WaqideCGIoiUSyx4qfScwXEtnTg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":518,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1a77679774424deebee047dbd80de3a4","width":340},"text":"","id":"LAeodAAkmo4wOgxqY5cciFDBncg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、红星墨汁,安徽红星墨液公司出品。代表产品有两种,一种是红星墨液,另一种是玄宗墨液(国产),玄宗墨液(国产)跟红星墨液最大的区别在于黑度,玄宗墨液(国产)的黑度优于红星墨液,淡墨的层次,表现效果差,笔锋交叉处,呈现糊状。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HY6Cd24Eyoas46xGrUXcpzhsnfb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":343,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4067fae8ce954b9d8bfcdcc4d10c1d96","width":456},"text":"","id":"LgWSdIEaWow0MWxQdPXcCfS8n7g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、雄狮墨汁,台湾品牌,代表产品为雄狮书法墨汁,黑度强劲,层次感强、浓淡五色、书写流利,合成树脂胶(零下20℃凝结),四季适宜书画,宜书宜裱。适宜练习、出一般作品和出贵重作品用,是票友和专业人士的首选。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GGUsdwWowoUSC6xqQDgcQLdZnHh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9b519c8acb494c4f950d04600a430101","width":300},"text":"","id":"Lwqwd2iGUo0u88xqbEVcDwGxn8n"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、曹素功墨汁,国内老字号。产品价格低廉。代表性产品为墨块。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IQCgdQAGYo4o0axSQIwcTioGnLb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":470,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ec0d74204739466988315d9a98adc9a0","width":467},"text":"","id":"I6YSdyicOoYKAexE1lScQPCYnwg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CIkudAqIkoEKwuxWk0AcD1Xtnwb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"矿物颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H0gWdkw40o8i4kxgT22cz0YEnic"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矿物颜料有朱砂、赭石、石青、石绿、石黄、白粉、金粉、银粉等。除赭石等少数矿物颜料外,多数矿物颜料都具有渗化性差、不透明性、遮盖力强等特点。由于这类颜料源于矿物质,虽经千年亦可保持其鲜艳色彩。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PI04dcOywo0giExaqAvc1ITYnwf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"植物颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PQCcdQa2co8W4CxWMHlcAZOMnug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"植物颜料有花青、藤黄、胭脂、洋红。植物颜料和化学颜料渗化性较好,透明度高。除藤黄等少数颜料外,大多没有遮盖能力。故一般不宜以色盖色。这正是中国画必须下笔准确,忌反复修改的原因。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HgKedyU2EogG8sxuWfXc1PvNnpg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"化学颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LAaCdomgWoes4Ex4Vr8cfh36nTf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"化学颜料有曙红、深红、大红、铬黄、天蓝。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VowGdeOKMoUoAyxshKvcKTljnFc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"特点及用途","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q0YudI62SoaW4Cx4i4Jc2EBTnDe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"赭石:矿物类,但其质较轻清,半透明,可单独使用,也可调和其他颜料后使用,是一种用途广泛的颜料。在淡彩山水中,常作为山石、树干主色,也可用于画夕阳反照下的远山。在花鸟画中,常与墨(调和后成为赭墨)或与其他色料调和,或混合使用,多用于画枝、干、翎毛。在人物画中,常用于人物皮肤底色。调入花青或绿色可用于画远山、老叶子。赭石加藤黄为赭黄,用于深秋黄叶、秋景中的土坡、草间细路。草绿中加入赭石调成苍绿,用于秋天石坡、土径。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Iq4edcGiCoGY0ix6wAlck0MdnMf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"朱膘:矿物类或人工合成。常与胭脂、洋红、藤黄调和使用。朱膘调墨可得厚重而偏亮的赭色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TsWWd8smOoO2sGxi0gLc21VmnFf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"朱砂:矿物类,为天然汞化物,近代也有人工合成的朱砂,遮盖力强,一般是单独使用,且多用浓重之原色点秋天红叶、花,亭台栏杆。不宜与石青、石绿调和使用。实际上,所有矿物颜料,除胭脂外,一般都不宜与植物色相调和。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XQ2GdKOIQoEiGgxkJ5NcTVPinTh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"石青:矿物类,遮盖力极强。在青绿山水中用于罩染突出部位的山石,是青绿山水之主色。在石青制作过程中,将石料研磨澄汰后,按其质地轻重,又可将石青分为头青、二青、三青、四青。一般山水画只用质地较轻的二青、三青,多用于点夹叶、醒点苔。因石青相对粗糙,染山石时,一般要分几次逐步上足色彩,待第一遍干后再着第二遍,忌在未干时反复涂抹。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FWmCdEQkio6UgwxEZ0CcuCXWnVd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"石绿:矿物类,遮盖力较强。澄汰后也可分为头绿、二绿、三绿、四绿。头绿质地较重,颜色较深,山水画中较少使用。二绿、三绿在淡彩、重彩山水画中使用较为广泛。石绿可与草绿(如花青加藤黄所调成的草绿)结合使用,此时需用套色法(或用草绿打底,待干后罩石绿;或先用石绿平涂,待干后再染草绿)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NoYUdQYweoScoMxiGYYcRUcKn2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"石黄:矿物类,在山水画中仅用于点秋景夹叶、秋景苔。画大片成熟的庄稼可先用赭石、藤黄染湿后再点石黄以示成熟。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Kss4de8OIomieqxGoZvco02Fn9e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"金粉:矿物类,除一般进口金粉外,还有佛赤泥金和青赤泥金,系用金箔研成,前者色正偏暖,后者发青偏冷。用于重彩山水画和工笔、人物、花鸟画,一般在勾线时方使用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GYUkd4yYioGC6ExiohJcsbS7nrd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"银粉:矿物类,用途与金粉类同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AaymdsuKSoogoOxqYv4cTYFFnUg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"白粉:矿物类或人工合成,有铅白、锌白、蛤粉等,铅管所装的又称锌钛白。不透明。画云、雪、瀑布、花鸟、人物等均需用之。锌钛白还可与花青、藤黄、赭石乃至墨等调和使用,但其度较难把握。如画杨树干即可调入绿色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UOIyduE8oouUY8xPHgIcdr6tnwz"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"花青:植物类或人工合成,半透明,可与藤黄、洋红、赭石、白粉等多种颜料调和,用途极为广泛,画山、石、草、木、云、水等均需用花青或其调和色。与藤黄调和,依据比例不同可调和各种绿色。青花调墨后称花青墨,其色为墨绿(螺青)。与曙红或胭脂调和后为紫色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EIwEdo6Ygo8kCoxsvMIcl6TDncg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"藤黄:植物类,是藤本植物的树脂所制,有毒不能入口。铅管装藤黄有一定遮盖能力。在山水、花鸟、人物画中,既可单独使用,又可与其他许多颜料或墨(可调成橄榄绿)调和使用,用途广泛。与洋红、朱膘或胭脂可调出橙色,与赭石调和可成檀色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EaOodkQqgoI0y2xA7ybcGu09nri"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"洋红:又称西洋红、曙红。植物类或人工合成,半透明,在花鸟画中,多单独或调和后,用于画花、红叶、蔬果,用途广泛。在山水画众多用于画亭台、屋顶、红叶等,在人物画众多用于面、唇、底饰等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DEYmdSmecoqa0OxC4uFcNBIHnqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"胭脂:植物类,为胭脂花制品,半透明。在山水画中用于春天的桃花与秋天的红叶,在花鸟画中可用于画紫红色蔬果、翎毛、花、叶、芽苞,也有用其点花心、勾叶筋的。在人物画中,可用于画人物、棉布、衣饰、花卉配景等。胭脂与曙红、朱膘可调出各种红色系的色相。调入墨则成紫色,调入赭则成赭色胭脂。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MqamdsEyUoy0EExeyTdciiMdnGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"大红:与曙红色彩相近,略淡于曙红。用法与曙红类同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EUekd2Cy0oSWikxQIsncubArn8P"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"颜色调配方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TGCcdgeWkoKigkxWYGzcmPM9nVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"颜料中任何一种颜色加入白色都会使之变为粉色或变淡颜色。本颜料与颜料之间可以任意调配使用,若要稀释时只要加少许清水即可。丙烯颜料在水分挥发后即干透,因此作画时对程序要心中有数,以使笔触衔接自然,达到预想效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BaKWd64syoMwK4xNdTDcdTXEnOY"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、草绿:约70%花青+30%藤黄调配而成,画工笔花卉的叶子最常用的色彩之一。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YMYmdMig2oYqSYxSybPc4ANcnoc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、汁绿:约80%藤黄+15%花青+5%朱磦调和成的嫩绿色,常用来作为反叶的底色和嫩叶的底色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SkGgdskm0oKwmyxqoxUc3OT3nwg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、老绿:草绿中微加墨或微加点胭脂,常用来罩染处于暗部的叶子色彩,薄薄的老绿也可用来渲染反叶。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YskEd2SeMoiWCcxyoVtcczeznic"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、檀香色:约70%藤黄+20%朱磦+10%三绿调配而成,加大量水以后常用来刷背景,也可作为嫩芽和托叶的底色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VeuGdwsqoogS0SxSuz4cnXYsncf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、米黄:约70%藤黄+30%赭石,主要用来刷背景,在重彩画的绘制中打一层米黄底色容易取得色彩和谐。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SwU6dGcaqo6iIyxIDfyclf0anac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、三绿:石绿+白色而得,白色加的越多则就变成四绿、五绿等。三青、四青等色彩也是同理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Omeodi0UAoAeYQxs49QczWDSnGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、老赭:朱磦+墨调和而成,接近熟褐色。常用来提染枝干或提染叶面被虫咬蚀的部分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WYQ0dC6WsosKkIxcFhkccU28ngf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、胭脂水:胭脂色+大量水调和而成。主要用来复勒线条,曙红水、花青水等说法同理","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DgYad2C6YoiEmGxUbxRcu1aMn7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9、豆绿色(三绿+藤黄+少许酞青蓝)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z6QgdwA86oOakixQ5CjcmteAn1f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"10、墨红色(曙红+稍许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TGuIdcUAkoEiwExozZLc5FWHntg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"11、赭绿色(赭石+草绿)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EgcqdUgm4oeSq6xS26NcFNLbnpf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"12、古铜色(朱磦+墨+少许藤黄+少许曙红)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E8yOdM6s8oGsAkxqy0gcAwZHnFg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"13、汁绿色(草绿+藤黄+少许朱磦)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HOSSdiIeUouqU0xxGhncfMdQnv0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"14、灰绿色(三绿+少许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IGeCdOWU2oQmCuxUVsecJfYPn1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"15、芽绿色(汁绿+藤黄)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BiumdsQUMoyg0KxAt1dcoOKIntg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"16、米黄色(藤黄+朱磦+少许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IyAwdiUI6oYY0ExQxLwcjug4nmb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"17、桔黄色(藤黄+朱磦)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Miq2dMcwKoo8GQx48E6cl93JnDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"18、墨青色(花青+墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M2AqdEO0qoMasUxsb0OclJ1NnDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"19、藏青蓝(酞青蓝+墨+少许石青)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M4KAde8scosaOSxAZnXc99oknNh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"20、绛红色(胭脂+朱磦+少许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YiuQdagysoaGAKx2bN0cyTu0nTg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"21、紫色(曙红+少许酞青蓝)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Nu0idIeeYomUwsxukW6cI9lznzh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"22、墨绿色(草绿+少许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F48sduamyoWuikxQf6rcAIGXnNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"23、老绿色(草绿+少许胭脂)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Pi26dmoCyoMSIuxcjCjcH1a9ncd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"24、翠绿色(酞青蓝+藤黄+少许翡翠绿)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OwIudC8UCogwaMx9z2OczONDncp"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"25、褐色(赭石+墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W8QudCUQsoMoGSxKOlAcEwGXnIg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"26、檀香色(藤黄+朱磦+少许三绿)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DG4qdQcC2o2eQKx8ZCTcDtAOnjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"27、蓝灰色(花青+白粉+少许三青)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GCWCdqU6Ioe8SYxMj95cQxcfnBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"28、豆沙色(胭脂+朱磦+少许花青)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DUMCdq4eCoyMQMxagD5cfqklnVh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"29、土红色(朱磦+少许胭脂)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ta4kdyqQMosc8qxe2urcxAgnnkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"30、青绿色(草绿+少许酞青蓝)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I6YUd28Cioyieyx6Gzec3RYynQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"31、四绿色(三绿+白色)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ug6od4Umyo84coxEXJecopO7nMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"32、胭脂水(胭脂+大量水)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BcmgdWYcooyiO2xILldc5mc1nVf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"33、青灰色(花青+少许墨+白色)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QiI4dO4GKoOcOIx7DWTc58lTnhD"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"34、蓝色(酞青蓝+三青)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Dy0sdSgAyoka8Uxwn70czXkXnsd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"35、朱红色(朱磦+曙红)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NkYsdUWAGo44uCxS8fBcCbZan7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"36、紫青色(胭脂+少许酞青蓝)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YCgmde406oSogGx2xMscGWFNn8d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":398,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"颜色调配方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/41e1d95b6acf409292978e4241f53b42","width":533},"text":"","id":"GUowdK8sqomYOwxWE24cSjBcnuc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I0Aad80AeosIkOxWwr3cAZVdnzf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"目前,书画店中所售的国画颜料,从包装方式上也有两种:一种是传统手工制作的小纸盒包装的颜料片,质量较好,且加过胶,只要用水化开即可使用。另一种是颜料厂制作的铅管包装的颜料,挤出来即可使用,但质量不如片制颜料。初学绘画,多使用后一种。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K2I6dE8wOoaY4KxcRPacyCD6nGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学者选择马利、樱花牌(樱花无沉淀更细腻)都可以。马利黄色包装的可能会有颗粒沉淀,蓝色盒子的颜料更细腻一点。要求高一点的可以去买吉祥牌,另外一开始不建议你们入瓶装或纸包的矿物质颜料,又烧钱又染色时掌握不好比较难出效果。(比如姜思序堂)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YmYQdy8SWoCCOexyaN0c5V4gnsc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":277,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐颜料","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d67ca780bafb49768ce6ec5abe21e67d","width":661},"text":"","id":"NuOadAwKSoc4c8xop6Xc3hnWn0e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":309,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐颜料","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ff72111d3cad4e8aaddb9e9ca384cfcb","width":679},"text":"","id":"TkCQd4AcAoGk6AxWfWDcXP9vnZs"}],"text":"","id":"UgGSdEuuSooaCSxwYzkcD4rZnbb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"宣纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UgGSdEuuSooaCSxwYzkcD4rZnbb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写意画选生宣,工笔画选熟宣,生宣纸又分棉皮,净皮,特皮,檀皮含量多少而定。檀皮量多则是特皮,适合大写意,洇墨厉害,多画于山水画,更能突显水墨意境。小写意用净皮,适应画花鸟画,墨色浓淡相宜好掌握。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RomedeSscoGK6qxIjKFcyLwQntb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画国画的宣纸和卡纸都有生宣,孰宣之分,不同的是着色润染效果。写意画用宣纸画更能突显墨韵感,意境。卡纸晕染效果不及生宣,适应画小写意,浓淡相宜,墨色恰到好处。用卡纸可以画花鸟画,宣纸画山水画,卡纸一个好处是画好了不用裱画直接装框。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NQ8kdeU8coYkesxAtnBcIgz3ndh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用宣纸画画的时可以重复叠色,而卡纸不行润染几次就会起毛边,所以形要准,着色一遍而过。涂背景时也是如此,不适应反复上色,深浅掌握好,两遍而过。初学者适合用宣纸画,花鸟画,山水画画个一遍,熟练生巧后换卡纸画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M6MQdWueCoMAiKxiEP6cLBHinUh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐用纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Cmeydi622oo62axc5GCc5KqvnGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"与中国画笔墨最为匹配的载体无疑要首推安徽径县出产的宣纸,这种纸在发挥中国画笔墨表现力方面很强,物理性能稳定。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MoEqdAwUOoOa8ExeQOMc3HCensd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"徽州的宣纸最好,品牌有很多,名牌的初学者不适用,一般的就可以。除了红星,双鹿,汪同王的宣纸很好用,墨润效果还不错。用宣纸画画外还可以尝试用卡纸画画,不用裱画,直接装框就好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LWAQdyi0Go2qOcxQRz9cjK2Lnch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在选择熟宣纸时一定要慎重,好纸不一定白,太白说明增白剂太多,不利久藏;好的熟宣纸纸白但不刺眼,反光柔和,纸内不能有草梗、沙粒、裂口、洞眼及其他附着物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FqMmdESYooE2Ksxy3AXcw22rnZS"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":216,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐用纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4e629ba2e44842e399767d287b8a873c","width":328},"text":"","id":"Am4ed0uoYomggExQVbucUBarnZc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"生宣纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IyECdag2koYssQxWWOKcKLzpnHg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":208,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐用纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c31bba533585492cafc91b26446c78d7","width":463},"text":"","id":"Fi4ydYQuqo2Ek0xEAg3c3fqxnUp"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"熟宣纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SuaedKyesokyOKxmr4BcooLNnrb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QWG6daIQGoQQ86xIpfPclO68nhf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"作画时维镇纸是中国古代传统工艺品。指写字作画时用以压纸的东西,常见的多为长方条形,因故也称作镇尺、压尺。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JkqEdgEMeoMGgSxCok2cWHeEnkc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"镇纸的材质多种多样,以玉、瓷、竹、木、铁、铜居多,上面通常雕刻有兰、菊、梅、竹并配以诗句的图案,也有动物和人物的立体形象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZOKSdSmMSoMka4x2F05cAup6nSg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DqmwdS4mWo0aEAx4GOlchOIBnnd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现在市场上有各种各样的镇纸,可以根据自己的需求购买。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RYC8dYWK8occIkxeSHMcWRu6nUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、Noritake则武宫崎骏龙猫TOTORO站立水晶镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Zkimd8eCsoqIKyxYjKwcv0WPnmf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":282,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/57243f0c12ac4ac2a2d4f06ca9f30184","width":305},"text":"","id":"OYqQdyqw2oioi4x6BHXc87uvnje"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、青云笔社小鹅镇秦陵水禽系列镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H8wGdqcWKoaU0gxETpkcLPljnVf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":308,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0b5898d8282046db82d471464c2fb4cd","width":289},"text":"","id":"Imk4daag2o6EwmxeKnVcfm49nSe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、弘可手工铸铁小猫咪镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ayeydg28soweKixOoZOcnzBAnkf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":227,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/20c06990d731480aacfe82d517c892de","width":243},"text":"","id":"KcmIdOyWaogmmgx2BbKc2vWTnzc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、臻言粉莲水晶镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TGCQdaIy8ougQ4xiAkycMsi1npb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":295,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3a58f33ef43a4205ad248c4132fd7f0f","width":476},"text":"","id":"LscAdyscGoACsix64rMcsswPnZf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、御宝阁纯手工景德镇手绘陶瓷镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TImydQeIIoC4wwxSKgqcLlapnzb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"手工绘制的陶瓷镇纸有两款可选,一个是葫芦蟋蟀,还有是墨趣。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VOqidQW0Io4cYAxuq9jcl35Gnzd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":289,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e914f07368d245248e45ac3d19b562b3","width":430},"text":"","id":"Q44SdguKCoqs6ex6dmmceKZQnYb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、臻言加重款国画蓝图方镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LKgGdiCwQoMqKoxc5AEceJRKn8b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":201,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/394dffaedd0b4c2f83a8ef9448a78c16","width":474},"text":"","id":"J8uAdCYwYo6EEaxkrilc9yXunTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、臻言原创加重款云山书画镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NqcYdgOIqoAaO2xaMLic5nOUnre"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":364,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b55ab0ed8ab445a4aa200f10913b4b60","width":493},"text":"","id":"YQEydyi42ogEcKxaTBUc5AgFnP0"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔洗","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AwskdcgCKo6uYcxaoFwcbPi8n7g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔洗是一种传统工艺品,属于文房四宝笔、墨、纸、砚之外的一种文房用具,是用来盛水洗笔的器皿,以形制乖巧、种类繁多、雅致精美而广受青睐,传世的笔洗中,有很多是艺术珍品。笔洗有很多种质地,包括瓷、玉、玛瑙、珐琅、象牙和犀角等,基本都属于名贵材质。各种笔洗中,最常见的是瓷笔洗。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ca0wdKqaAoyk4OxBD5ecz7TTnxT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔洗的作用是可以润笔,在绘画中,许多用水特技都是靠笔洗来实现。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HSu8dmoacouEUex6IgycJGgInMh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学者预算不够可以随便找个水桶代替。推荐几个笔洗的店铺荣宝斋、宝霆容山堂/RONGSHANGTANG、赋比兴等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W8YqdIoKmoOCkqxy2B6ccbJvnUe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":323,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔洗","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f7532f28ee394cd9b403dfb752bf910b","width":422},"text":"","id":"GYISd6ew4oUiggxfl3hcCB2knqI"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛毡","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OW40dKaswoiwAqxuIiqcOFGVn4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"制作书画毡的材料主要是羊毛或化纤,因材料和工艺的差别,而产出各式各样的书画毡。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RQ6kd8gMMoGgIuxsnEPcGD0dnre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用它衬在宣纸下面,防止画画时的墨汁、颜色等渗透到宣纸背面的桌面上、进而污染宣纸,弄得画面上一塌糊涂;衬了毛毡,因为毛毡不吸水,就不会发生上述现象了。画国画用的毛毡在国画用品商店里有售,大小不一,根据自己的画幅大小选购。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZaOWdqUmuoGcKAxKImqcuPcqnhg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学者用一块常见的带有米字格的书画毡就差不多,市面上这类书画毡有50厘米×50厘米的,也有50厘米×70厘米的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HwSgdC6y8o2qMQxiaidc6Woln8f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":342,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"毛毡","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5c331930a1624282be0d17bd4a607c02","width":600},"text":"","id":"E2CMd2ewUoOCiKxEpVpcZ5znnAb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"购买之前,务必看清楚毛毡的大小。然后看毛毡上米字格的大小,一般毛毡上的格子大小为10厘米,小一点的毛毡的格子可能是9厘米的。可以看厚度,以这种印有米字格的书画毡来说,质量特别次的毛毡都不会太厚,有时候墨汁太多还真有可能透过去。厚度2毫米以上的毛毡,对于国画初学者来说就够了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QIUadsS04oAKkUxQvg1cGyrUnkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果要画大幅的作品,那就需要买大的厚的毛毡,更大更厚的毛毡托墨性能和吸墨能力更强,显然也更合适。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZcoGdYiiCoAWK2xALqZcwtN0n3e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":342,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"毛毡","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/27d7901b4e3546fcb514d974743cdcf2","width":600},"text":"","id":"B2yYd8mSco6Ikox6kaXcGIhLn2g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"砚台","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TaksdSigSouCu8xcd1McGILnn8f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"砚台是用来磨墨和装墨汁的,初学者可用小碟子代替用来装墨。如果想拥有更好的砚台可以选购妙峰牌徐公砚。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YKY4dYA08o6OuUxSyJoc8d4Hnie"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"其他","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WEiSdysasoe4scxYCe3cfuwCnab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"纸胶带/水胶带:绷宣纸用的;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RYccdUoQwo6IksxUd4AcpyPBnJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"喷壶:绷绢、做特殊效果时会使用;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RqeMdcMiCo4K28xUk1OcpKGfn9L"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"底纹笔/底纹刷:用来刷底色的大刷子,羊毫做的,要很软才行;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CuIid8SUGoQMOqxclVmc6P4Jnhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美工钉、盘子(调色用)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YK8edSoAAocScyxQFg1czNXdn3b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":385,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"其他","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/789fbf32554a4600b69c7bf35bbb982a","width":195},"text":"","id":"DGSIdGQu2o2woGx6ZtIcu0SsnWa"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画技法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O6sOdyMAmoKQWAxBrTwcSZconnn"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画技法的主要有构思、构图、用笔、用墨、设色、收拾等方面,其中用笔用墨为最基本的技法)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T2k4dWseQoyUQuxoe9OcPKhHnR3"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"构思——又叫立意,即作画之前的形象思维过程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"D6widwik6o0Ys6xKAQhcQqHmn9g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"构图——即六法中的“经营位置”,又叫置陈布势等。亦即画面各种物象的位置、比例、墨色等的安排。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JyYcdIieso4M8kxgnXGcZeyEnpg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用笔——即六法中的“骨法用笔”,有线描、勾勒、皴、擦、点染,笔用中锋、逆锋、藏锋、露锋、拖笔、破点等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TgwAdSiw0oY0IexelRLcbM9Znib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用墨——经历代画家发展有:焦、浓、重、淡、清、退、埃、宿等各种墨色,运用时须各得其所。又有泼墨、破墨(即浓淡相生)等具体技法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DMe6dYSYioUogUxUDXEcRIAMn7c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"设色——白描:不设色,全用线条表现,或仅以淡墨、淡水色稍加渲染。重彩:一般指工笔重彩、勾勒填色、大青绿等。淡彩:以墨色为主调,敷以淡彩色。没骨:纯用色彩画,并不勾线。(纯用墨点染,不沟勒的亦叫没骨。)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TkyAdqi0YoWACaxq0qfcYtmFnpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"收拾——画成以后再作整体收拾,使全画最后达到气韵生动的境界。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MuoKdU4wsoOu20x25jqcRY9mnre"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SMgudEEOiocaAOx0ItHcooQbn3b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国画表现形象的基本手段。我国历代画家在长期历史发展的过程中,已经形成了一套完整的笔墨技法和创造技巧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QMC2dUKUWowI66x4UJPc2kwLnYd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NAK8dyyU2owqwMxWGUFcSkTonWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有白描、工笔、写其细部,整个画面纯用墨色,有的再加淡墨渲染。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BWiKd42gMoiceGx4pDMcz7QXnuh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"白描——用细线勾画出物象轮廓及其细部,整个画面纯用墨色。有的再加淡墨渲染。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LC0UdgCkuoaQswxwfq6cJbaunPS"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"白描从线条的粗细可分三类:较粗的线条叫琴弦,较细的线条叫铁线,极细的线条叫游丝。工笔画常常用这几种线条来表现作品,钉头鼠尾描、兰叶描、高古游丝描、铁线描、行云流水描。不论采用哪种线描,都突“写”字,使每一条线具有书法气韵。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IyKqdYcSIoSQEOxgvxjcK5N3nOf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":552,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a17d188e11e74dbb8a5a8c5e1d042a7a","width":419},"text":"","id":"MkWOdKg8womiE0xNUegclekznzB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔——勾勒细腻精巧的叫工笔,工即工整工细之意,敷色也层也渲染,显得浑厚浓重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XYqsdo6cGoQQ8WxaQbdcSqLun5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔画是通过线条去观察、反映事物的,根据事物在轮廓和外表上的明确特征来了解事物。线条连绵不断、细密均匀,贯穿着整个事物形体的始终,表现出蓬勃灵动而精工逼真的视觉外貌。因此,线条成为画面的统领者,其视觉观察的方式是客观而具体的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ci4AdekCCoQoOOxOUTZczfhxn2d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":464,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/83f4ec74e2274ab896eb97716b139b2b","width":503},"text":"","id":"HISYdccQGouIqMxMTZDcMfJUnwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写意——只写物象的大意,用笔简练流畅,笔墨自然,不用色的写意画,又称“水墨画”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N2akdo4cKoa46sxgbH3ciPnZnjg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":418,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7ab4a9407042489d9cfaee0597cf3fda","width":615},"text":"","id":"BQo2dWOSyoYiGmxUjBfcqRQInRg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"勾勒着色——亦称“单线平涂”。它用笔先勾出物象边线,中间用墨或用色平涂。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZysYd8QGWo8OMExoT1HcfN9RnPc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f95bbf90a263427abe21e98eeaa39848","width":400},"text":"","id":"UIasduq0yo6scixyKIrc70Cxnag"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"粗细相间——亦称“兼工带写”。它比工笔要粗,比写意要工。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TUI0dyKScoIwgyxU7QKctpDYnYe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1159,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4b6a43c83c5f499892d8fd5bd085b460","width":640},"text":"","id":"B0mQdgwuQoYMOMxe07FcgU7bn8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"粗中有细——如花草画得粗,但绕花飞动的小虫、蝴蝶、或蜻蜓等则画得很细。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VyI6dEeaqomQA8xoLb3cX0W0nZc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":549,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7c53e5df871044d9ae06de6690b34c71","width":375},"text":"","id":"KC8udSOq0oSQamxqaGYcoVLVnLf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"没骨法——一般不用墨线勾轮廓。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CIcgdQw0GoCQEgxCYzvcFE7tn6b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":895,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/aa45b0531e1b4882906302a75b418c63","width":640},"text":"","id":"B2uUdW2qKoQwKwxIrOncf7K8ntd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"泼墨法——是没骨法的扩展,用大块墨色,再运用自然形成的浓淡,加上较细的笔道,有的地方还露出飞白,这样才见精神。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RA4OdWIE4oi62mxIphHcLLZPnMd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":641,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c449c22ed9db49f7a92b956127ca3ae5","width":640},"text":"","id":"ZEk0d022wokGukxYjuhcpaJ9npd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"界画——一部或大部分用直尺画墨线组成的画,主要表现庄严雄韦的建筑物,如宫殿、庙宇、楼阁、亭台、水榭等,以及整齐精致的家具陈设等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Xw66dUWu6oQqwmxoNoWcZ5Cnn3e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":658,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/39e9f26ad9df4720b0dccf043134bf3d","width":658},"text":"","id":"FgGydEcwiossIYxCJf6cOqtUnmI"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"设色","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IekIdUsMcosIAAxSoM5cNlxzn7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"设色即六法中的“随类赋彩”。不同的色彩赋不同的感情,画家往往用色彩来表达他的感情。中国画常用的颜色有墨、藤黄、石黄、土黄、胭脂、洋红、朱砂、朱膘、赭石、花青、石青(可分头青、二青、三青等三种)、石绿(也分头绿、二绿、三绿等三种),白粉等。但基本颜色只有红、黄、蓝三种,即洋红、藤黄和花青。把上面的颜色加以配合,可以调出许多种颜色来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FaAodeGyooCYAyxMn81cG5NFnhr"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1200,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"设色","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/538d351861514acb9ac7514b0dcda515","width":800},"text":"","id":"PyAkdqAMyo4Ai2xyaQEclA37nKf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"墨彩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WcGidW0WCoGAGExqglEcvp1tn8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。即对形象勾线或不勾线,完全用墨的浓淡来表现的叫墨彩。墨彩以淡雅为佳,因它用浓墨的面积不宜过大、过多,因为重墨多易使画面产生沉浊之感,但亦不能淡而失神,要使浓淡相宜,才具有清新神韵的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QiGodSk2eoM288xVE7Ic9tbcnxf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":493,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"墨彩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a6860a91fc0444f3b6688f5dbf80bdb3","width":524},"text":"","id":"CguEdamw0o8gmCx4rEwcVs2Unqb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"淡彩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZgwadAyWioOiQixqigXc1jJgn9f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。即先墨彩的方法把对象画到八九分,然后用淡薄的色彩稍作渲染的叫淡彩。淡彩要做到色不碍墨、墨不离色,既能融合一体,又能显示墨的韵味,才能产生一种淡雅、朴素的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IaucdcImyoKUwsxQP8ccHfl2nkd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":463,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"淡彩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/41fe9b515ef54a3da7b98adaf6d0a955","width":640},"text":"","id":"Q0eadwC88oomeQxCOuDc2LZgnEc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"粉彩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WIgidM648okMeqxKgQZcClkBnsd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。在表现方法上多用于勾染和没骨。在颜色运用上以植物颜色和白粉为主,以水彩和淡薄的矿物质色为辅。粉彩勾线切忌用一色的浓墨,而要施淡墨为主。因为墨丝过浓和粉彩相并,则容易显得枯僵,缺乏妍丽。调粉的色彩不宜过厚,但也不能太淡薄,过淡则无神,要做到薄中见厚。粉彩用粉是重要关键。粉和色要用到晕化自然,不露粉痕,不显料气,干净滋润,才能发挥粉彩鲜明娇丽的特点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EE88dWiWgo8EEaxuUircxgkQnT8"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"粉彩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f1b7cdb4942648cca37ed66f43cb449a","width":1280},"text":"","id":"YGa8deIEkosOyCxkFDGcfOKRnye"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"重彩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K2w4diuQWoGgskx67jScG3jqnGe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。重彩勾勒勾染的方法,并以服务态度和物质色为主,因用色比较厚重,所以色感较富丽带有装饰性称为重彩。重彩渲染要作到薄中见厚,厚中生津,染不露痕,深浅自然。切忌脏、花、斑、枯、火、腻等。这些毛病多出于顺序不对,用笔不轻顺,用色过厚或厚薄不匀。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K8cqdYAKYoKO28x4MBDc3GIanNe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":487,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"重彩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/763fe3f55b10419ab0b5788a953e50d3","width":491},"text":"","id":"Wg0adkugComCEKxAVNRcdNhvnAf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"线描","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DOo4dCiayo8SMwxeO9Ycv4U7nme"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国民族绘画的主要造型手段。是构成中国画民族风格的一个要素。线描是运用线的轻重、浓淡、粗细、方圆、转折、顿挫、虚实、长短、干湿、刚柔、疾徐等不同的笔法来表现物象的体积、形态、质感、量感和运动感的一种方法。它不着颜色,有时可有一些淡墨来略加渲染,具有独特的表现形式和造型规律,并富有韵味。用线的变化,要与造型的形式美紧密相连。其线或刚健、或婀娜、或轻灵、或凝重,由于用笔多变遂产生极为丰富的感觉。中国画用线造型的历史悠久,通过历代画家的长期实践和不断地创造,积累了大量的极为丰富的线描技法经验,仅画人物衣褶的描法就有“十八描”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VuwSdgy8QoiuEQxWfQ7cEN6sn66"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用线描来造型的特点是清晰、简练、富有装饰性,可以完美地刻划各种现象,表现出千变万化的各种物象的新的生命。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EAuWdO04yoo66SxWqGlcUIqMn0b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":725,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线描","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d5798f6f71eb41f6961cd2daddf656a4","width":581},"text":"","id":"HuIgdesUKouG0OxslVicyP2PnTd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"白描","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DO8qdswg4oOmIKxchB0clfHtnyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国画中完全用线条来表现物象的称“白描”。白描有单勾和复勾两种。用线一次成的单勾。单勾有用一色墨勾成的,也有根据不同对象用浓淡两种墨勾成的,例如花用淡墨勾,叶用浓墨勾。复勾是先用淡墨全部勾好,然后根据表面具体情况决定复勾一部分或全部。复勾的线不能依原路的线刻板地重迭地勾一道。复勾的目的,是加重质感和浓淡的变化,使物象显得更有神彩。复勾的线必须流畅自然,更防止受原线路的约束,否则复勾的线很易呆板。物象的形、神、光、色、体积、质感等关系就靠线条来表现,从某咱意义上说来,它比别的画法更不易掌握。白描要特别注意“朴素简洁”、“概括明确”的特点。在构图上的取舍力求单纯,对虚实、疏密要偏重于对比较强烈的安排,层次要分明,在线的处理上要带有装饰性、旋律性,防止碎乱、呆板、松散等毛病。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VgiGdMa4wouaKaxsvefcpHYznEC"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1025,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"白描","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8381750d01824193bcccd16eceb4163c","width":708},"text":"","id":"GgKedkqsAouqy0xyl8lckvFznpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刘公华白描仕女图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TUUedwEMYoyKmGx5YnBcszIPnyK"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"皴法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KeWudmeuAooYmgxF6AccWkZWnJH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画表现技法之一。早期山水画的主要表现手法,是以线条勾勒轮廓,然后敷色。随着绘画的发展,为了表现山石树木的脉络纹路和(凸凹),因地质的结构不同,表现在山岳的外形上也各不相同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HcQ4dgmQsomiUux05AmcqsMLnS6"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1215,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"皴法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/76985dc552b247529e286cda5a55b53b","width":614},"text":"","id":"Ju8udkKcUogGUMx8S0WcqwepnBb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"石涛深山秋水图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MMoId6GyUoKWicxuqb1cPOHMnze"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"皴法的种类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SIeUdE0okouyYOxAnY1cdmS9nig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般有(1)披麻皴、(2)乱麻皴、(3)芝麻皴、(4)大斧劈、(5)小斧劈皴、(6)卷云皴、(7)雨点皴(雨雪皴)、(8)弹涡皴、(9)荷叶皴、(10)矾头皴、(11)骷髅皴、(12)鬼皮皴、(13)解索皴、(14)、乱柴皴、(15)牛毛皴、(16)马牙皴、(17)斫皴、(18)点错皴;(19)豆瓣皴、(20)刺梨皴(豆瓣皴之变)、(21)破网皴、(22)折带皴、(23)泥里拨钉皴、(24)拖泥带水皴、(25)金碧皴、(26)没骨皴、(27)直擦皴、(28)横擦皴等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Aq8cdKc4koa2y4xKM2ec7Hkhn9g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"墨法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WecAdyeUoosiWUxqSyac6C5mnwq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"古人说“墨即是色”,浓淡水墨可代替各种色彩。用墨要有浓淡干湿,只干不湿太瘠枯,只湿不干太臃肿,浓淡干湿结合起来,变化多,生动而有气韵。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QMi4de24moCG0oxARHscb9KmnOe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"用墨之法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IgmadOW2moWgmSxigdwcGcXjnbc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般有焦墨、积墨、破墨、擂墨等。焦墨是一种磨得极浓的墨,用焦墨的旁边须有浓淡墨为之晕浑,否则焦墨孤立,难见笔意。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Fi2gdm4mAoSkcmxykHQcLEEwnJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"积墨:用浓墨和淡墨连敷几次,有一种深厚的味道。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IKKodqUCqoWQYoxYtZucbZJxngd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"破墨:先用淡墨上纸,趁湿用湿墨加上,化出奇纱的韵味。拧在纸上捺转,略似鱼鳞,由浓渐淡,参差不齐,谓之擂墨。所以用墨和用笔不分不开的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FeUYdII6Ao8CyixWYQWcTIm7nKb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"用笔六要","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AkWSdUyk2oeqaaxgxMycxtGnnqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一要自然有力,切忌呆滞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MgwUdEmQCoy24OxywMqccv1fnpq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"二要变化而有联系,要将粗、细、浓、淡、长、短、横、直、干、湿、轻、重根据物象参差需用,既有变化,还要互相联系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IkEwdOiwIoC6i6xGeifcbRuwnPf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三要苍老而滋润,苍老就显出含蓄的笔力,用笔光滑就显得雅嫩,过于苍老亦易枯燥,故须在苍老中滋润,也就是干湿并用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KK0WdaUqIoCQ0AxGFHFcgL2Hnsb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"四要松灵而凝炼,松灵比自然更进一步,要活泼轻松有生趣,切忌油滑、轻浮,轻松之中要有重厚,凝练是一笔画去到尽端有回锋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PC6QdsqcYo4YC0xdCi4chTaPnJN"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五要刚柔相济,即在轻柔中有骨力。所谓“线棉裹铁”才能稳厚,刚健的锋中要参以巧运,“扛鼎中有妩媚。”故一笔中要能刚健婀娜兼有之。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SCiAdQeUmoyakKxUFiyccL1vnTd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"六要巧拙互用,用笔朴质显得老实,故要在巧笔中夹几笔拙,在拙笔中夹几笔巧,应巧拙互用,方为得法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JAIydWGImo4AuwxA5EOchZpvnhg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画笔法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N80qdKkIqoEegIxuabdc9501nLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"讲基本运笔技法之前我们要先了解握笔的姿势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PG8EdIqOcoyIooxY7jScEUU6nUf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"国画笔法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fea3659ff3dd4b6da012c7a055f68899","width":720},"text":"","id":"QUgSdqommoQy2KxkXe1cUPp7nTe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画的笔法有六种,分别是中锋、侧锋、逆锋、拖锋、折钗股与屋漏痕、飞白锋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WkoadosWaosIk0xG5BKcKD3dnob"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J28adcUQso26ACxmgescrkcDn3g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋即锥形毛笔笔尖在毛笔的运行过程中,始终处在用笔的中心位置。中锋用笔是中国画用笔方法的首要特征。其特点是:笔力饱满,内涵丰富。外柔内刚,极富表现力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T8IOd8qQ0o4okYxOqewcHqtfnvc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":667,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3223481cd799429dbb6657ee9fa19232","width":720},"text":"","id":"Sm66dA0WwoEcaWxmCJLcGF76n11"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K88kduUUUoUYyaxmGnwcPFaanCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋的执笔是把笔管横卧或倾斜。与纸成各种角度,笔尖不在墨线中间,笔尖在墨线一侧,并出现飞白的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VwqcdEwO8o4uq6xUpaWc7S98nXc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":572,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e276677b0d4f491e92805d832b573a28","width":720},"text":"","id":"EmU8do20co6EEyxiOeRcoKTVnkg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"逆锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PMIydG0GUoGAy4xWAobcHFJ0nWb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"逆锋是相对于正手位置顺行方向的反方向毛笔运行方法。逆锋运笔阻力增大,笔锋聚散,松紧变化不同于顺笔意味。特点是笔力刚硬,力透纸背,但缺少柔劲。不可常用,适可而止。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AqGwdYyEMoOqeixQrakcD6uAnae"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":641,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"逆锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5459b9bc97d34767b4e7214de5dcb0d1","width":720},"text":"","id":"X4q6dykcWoOYOkxchR2cbn68ngh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"露锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"S4EUdIacuoii4QxGKk4c3c5Mnhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"于藏锋的运笔刚好相反,它以笔尖着纸,故意露出笔锋,收笔时渐行渐提笔杆。以这种笔法画出的线条灵活而飘逸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TKmEdEAAook4KUxcV12cT3aNnyb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":670,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"露锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed17f41112ba4887b51768a4c1ae66e5","width":720},"text":"","id":"A6gqdkSKEoSWOYx2gWEceI8lnLG"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"藏锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CeWqd8GIyo2m6GxIHwpc7vGInle"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔锋要藏而不露,画出的线条才沉着含蓄,力透纸背。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Gi0ydSwe2ooyuyxc1zScvHdqn8Y"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":577,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"藏锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/42fa82b8a251498fb0539707de50c7b7","width":720},"text":"","id":"NAeOdscsqo4SO8x2g7xc8ob9nnb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"顺锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZOMQdEwAKoqgEqx2V4BcBgOXnig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"运笔与逆锋相反,采用拖笔运行,画出的线条轻快流畅、灵秀活泼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Pko4dMokWoO4WCxS45gcMY9mnpg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":613,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"顺锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/63b50b5d54eb4aebad9b0cb1dcebef91","width":720},"text":"","id":"DIwWdcieioU86Ox4tPtcb1YWnYf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"扩展资料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BQo8dUAmgo02AsxUDPlcROWynGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓笔法,写字作画用笔的方法,即中国画特有的用线方法。中国书画主要都以线条表现,所用工具都是尖锋毛笔,要使书画的线条点画富有变化,必先讲究执笔,在运笔时掌握轻重、快慢、偏正、曲直等方法,称为“笔法”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YkucdS6qUoqKOyxuwB5c6tGGnR3"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画有着自己明显的特征,讲究“气韵生动”,不拘泥于物体外表的肖似,而多强调抒发作者的主观情趣。中国画讲求“以形写神”,追求一种“妙在似与不似之间”的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Wa0QdooUQoyEwMxeAgvcbRicnre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"讲究笔墨神韵,笔法要求:平、圆、留、重、变。墨法要求墨分五色,焦、浓、重、淡、清。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Gg6EdM6kEogoMQxCRk3ciyysntb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"讲究“骨法用笔”,不讲究焦点透视,不强调环境对于物体的光色变化的影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SU4YdYMCIoQa4sx0c4ocpZoCnUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"讲究空白的布置和物体的“气势”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JYYEd6082o4GW8x4uK0cmVODnac"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画分科","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FeuUd4momoUeoExGOA3c3COsn1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画总分为工笔和写意两种,大致又分工笔花鸟,工笔山水,工笔人物,写意花鸟,写意山水,写意人物等。写意用生宣,工笔用熟宣,也有半生不熟的纸可以画一些兼工带写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Laq0dqaaqoIYEAxAZX9cyXQFnQh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画的细分科按形式分,工笔,写意;工笔讲究“工”,用笔细致,需要细细勾勒反复渲染的;写意讲“意”,用笔洒脱,以形写神,一笔到位。按题材分,人物、花鸟、山水。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ye2WdaUC8ocwCMxUbkecu2EMnsb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PQkedcOaeo8wOgxMHXlcvaoqnrg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔画步骤","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BK62dmyuwoQgasxk5kPcde9Znad"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"起稿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HSaGdY4MkoYumKxQrc6cLMTWnZc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可用铅笔在图画纸上对临起稿,或直接拷贝临本,用HB铅笔将画稿拷贝到绢或熟宣纸上,铅笔线要轻、淡。也可直接把画稿拷贝到白纸上,特别是用绢画时,这样可以避免画稿变形,铅笔线以绷稿后看清为准。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RIOIdasY6oCeMgxczSWce5Kin1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"也可以去买个拷贝台,把起好的稿子或打印的图纸放在拷贝台上,再把熟宣/绢蒙在上面拷贝,这样拷贝的图精确度稍高一点。画熟练了就可以直接用勾线笔上墨线了!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PGoUdMIw6o4mYMxs9mNcwU02nyf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":328,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"起稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7aba240186f8415c8d23212c2288a6cb","width":430},"text":"","id":"S0ukdeec6ouMEaxcJ7NcRRGznke"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MSaQdMKqsoU8ssxQl1NccVmLn0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要求:先在画板上裱贴一张白纸,待干后将绢或熟宣纸绷到画板上。具体绷绢步骤可以看这个:如何绷娟","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YIOadU4W4ocGu4xCWWacelN0nQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所需材料:图钉、浆糊、水。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OAmIdEwIGo8uwWxKCh9cARXNnXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、首先,把框子装好,然后把绢放在框子上摆好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Jcsideqeyoq84mxYDW9c7Cm7nUf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/378593985d7247548856177840db930a","width":480},"text":"","id":"Vs4Idym8EoAi2wxySmjcMZ9Dn3c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、然后,在绢的一头按上图钉,另一边喷水,慢慢展开。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DeQadQaO4o80omxSs4fciWqqnMh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4b1a16ddf74a4581ae2542b99476eca3","width":481},"text":"","id":"AA4wd6u26oe4uAxop4icQyLLn8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、喷湿后慢慢调整,差不多了可以涂浆糊,继续调整。不要特别紧,因为绢干了也会收缩,另外绢本身有织的纹路,拉扯变形了就不好了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IIiadA4Imoag4CxYzaUcg3edn0e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c3aca1c113154a26834550f9c1291912","width":480},"text":"","id":"FCMGd8AOuomKYUxoXzSc0qtAnMf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、然后把最后一条边涂上浆糊,折好。绢的外部也可以再涂一层浆糊。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XQmSdGaWsoWge4x2f42cKwZPnTs"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":360,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f51fbc4baf2c48339a3079c61f5a8d1f","width":480},"text":"","id":"L8iWdksMYoGuAqxKACicnZ2ZnGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、等干了就可以上色了,看看效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LiusdcoyioMmkSxMN6Ic6ICMnAf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":360,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/362b1268ea24474b89ef9f5bc354a337","width":481},"text":"","id":"UK6gduis8oq80MxGWorcK09Qn2c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HkwudGAwyoO8W2xM1eqcDB0QnRW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、草稿:使用铅笔打草稿,纸张不要求。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AmUudeWY8ogEmkxwjK8c9DAnnTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、过稿:将草稿放置在拷贝台上,上面覆一层熟宣,使用勾线笔(花枝俏、小叶筋等均可)将画稿勾在宣纸上,这样的作品称为白描。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SCIOdOeuyoU8Aex2rXxc6SNKnSg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、渲:在画好的草稿上用墨来表现画面的明暗,方法是:使用两支较大的笔(一般为大白云)一支蘸墨,一支蘸水,先点墨,在墨没干之前用水渲开,造成一个自然的过渡。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VE4mdMuk8oeK22xkhvzchoEKnWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、染:方法和渲的步骤差不多,不过使用的是国画颜料,这一步较为麻烦。为了让色彩更加均匀厚实,一般要进行多次,有“三矾九染”之说。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LGGcdsoO2ou4AqxKgWKcFxtGnvc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OGQIdkIiyoc8scxkPECcFZCOnQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线的用笔方法分为中锋和侧锋,工笔人物画中以中锋为主。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YYAKda4uKosaiixAj2hc4zD0n7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋:中锋即锥形毛笔笔尖在毛笔的运行过程中,始终处在用笔的中心位置。中锋用笔是中国画用笔方法的首要特征。其特点是:笔力饱满,内涵丰富。外柔内刚,极富表现力。中锋线圆润、浑厚、匀整,并且有弹性。也要注意墨线的浓墨变化,适当时加入清水调试。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WKqEdcMQAo4ao6xOWWLcyBZNn0e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋:侧锋的执笔是把笔管横卧或倾斜。与纸成各种角度,笔尖不在墨线中间,笔尖在墨线一侧,并出现飞白的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CCWwdu2U6oksu6xo1pCcaYTRnWd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线用笔的起止很重要,每一条线无论长短都必须有起笔、行笔、收笔三个过程。要求“起笔藏锋、运笔中锋、收笔回锋”,这是线描的主要技法要点。画人物和花鸟都需要了解勾线技巧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XkcWdsME4ooGQoxkhnJcBxRKnTc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":402,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9424f151629346aea31f61353108e8ba","width":448},"text":"","id":"MqUwdgUooogeY2xGyEacXyeBnSc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":235,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/632de4513c7049449ee62d8f5ea4d1af","width":444},"text":"","id":"BqUadgGQuo6Q2UxqmSkcI66lnib"}],"text":"","id":"YGoudM0GeoCsoax6XYYcdWqPnhd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"着染","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YGoudM0GeoCsoax6XYYcdWqPnhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"传统工笔画的着染方法总体来说可以分为分染、罩染、勾填等方法,分染和罩染是传统工笔人物画和花鸟中最常用的技法。山水的话还要用到“皴”的技法,以体现山脉特有的肌理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Bmy2dAAMWoMa4kxQhtrc4CQLn7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"分染:是把平面的线描按其结构、纹理用色或墨渲染出一定的层次和体积关系。分染时,准备一支笔蘸色,一支笔蘸清水把颜色均匀地烘淡。分染法采用分层叠加的方法进行设色,它的优点是色彩厚重饱和,层次变化丰富,表现力强。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E4sGdKoYMoOkCOxSqtqcq6mcnhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"罩染:绘画,在着色时,先铺底,后罩色,这种方法就叫罩染。一般是先用渲染法铺上底色,颜色应厚重一些,可以层层复加。由深到淡,要表现出其明暗、层次。再根据需要再平涂一二次翠色,颜色要淡薄。底色和罩色的选择要根据所绘物体本身的特点,目的是使二者相得益彰,产生厚重、鲜明、复杂、丰富的色彩效果。画山水用水墨皴染,可罩染花青和赭石等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SukOdgkA8o6KOmxEJMzcqTSpntc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"背染:在绢的背面衬色以使正面的颜色更厚重,丰富画面层次。背面使用的是平涂的方法,植物色和矿物色均可。这几个步骤应该是交替进行的,要想画的细腻,这些动作可能要重复很多遍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Qk6QdYOAeoW4CuxmgdWc6DfGnCb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"复勾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YAwmdMKugoE6yCxIdlBcKnUnn3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有些地方染完颜色后,之前勾线的部分变得不是很明显了,需要重新勾一遍。这时候勾千万要注意浓淡,颜色重了容易生硬呆板匠气,线条尽量保持流畅,毕竟是附在最上面的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BoyIdcoSGoYYauxSulRcPdvInne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"刷胶矾水","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LWGcd6ismoQyMex0gabc60O9nVg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了防止熟绢跑矾,在设色之前,要在绢的背面刷一遍胶矾水。古人把胶矾称作“伐绢之斧”。未刷胶矾水的绢和宣纸,称作生绢、生宣,是画写意画的材料。刷过胶矾水的绢和宣纸,其性能发生了改变,称之为熟绢、熟宣,适合画工笔画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RyQQdO68goQMoCxsdhvcJBTBnpg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、胶矾水有制作熟绢、固定颜色、保护画面的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PE8MdSAAOoK6ekxSE2gcz6rCnue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"胶:黄明胶,又名广胶,颗粒状的效果比较好。使用时用冷水泡上几分钟,去掉浮灰,加入热水搅拌,胶粒全部溶解后即可,但不能用开水,开水会使粘度降低。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FAu0dMGeso6Ckcxcxj9cnKGen6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矾:又称明矾,主要产自安徽庐江,头天用凉水浸泡,第二天用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O62GdCmywoWscoxKAwQczRPanjd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":472,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"复勾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cd2fcf6dc5054693b817904765868a0e","width":726},"text":"","id":"YsWAdsiumoQ8Kwxu6qPchPYtnmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、胶矾水的混合比一般7:3较为适当,矾大胶小,染墨色时会颜色板滞、难以染匀。胶大矾小则会出现滑笔,墨、色易脱落等问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"L6oOdAy8MocwS6xMxAacSfq7nid"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":471,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"复勾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9eb85ef6ff5c4114a12fae0eb3682449","width":675},"text":"","id":"VW8mdaeK6ok6uaxu8X8c21vDnUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、刷胶矾水,刷胶矾水的环境最好在温度25度左右的晴天,温度过低胶矾会很快凝固,不易刷匀。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KM8OdSAKGoy0qmx8j74cjzpRnEq"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":478,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"复勾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a5d66c0138cb4537964255d48e554279","width":594},"text":"","id":"WsKmd4AY2owcYux4IzOcnJTInSe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"装裱","id":""}],"text":"","id":"REk8dwSamo8MQ2xvTkyc00aBnfZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"古语有云:“三分字画,七分裱”,精致的装裱工艺不仅可以使字画得到更好的保护,同时也能起到烘托字画,突出神韵的作用。书画装裱的步骤一般是先用纸托裱在绘画作品的背后,再用绞、绢、纸等镶边,然后安装轴杆成卷轴或者装框条成镜框。传统的装裱是多种多样的,但其成品按形制可分为挂轴,手卷,册页三大类。原裱的绘画不论画心的大小、形状、及裱后的用途,都只有托裱画心、镶覆、砑装三个步骤。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IEOOdkmiUoyUSixUnWEc61sZnwo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一步:观察字画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QowedGGayoIcASxwGqsc3PbAn9x"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"揣摩原作的气度,以利于更好地选择装裱材料烘托原作气质。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WUCOdGE8ioowuSxM5VqcK7P9nVf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二步:托裱画心","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K8gcdYAmmoQsMixKYzicaxbNn4x"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、将画心反铺在干净的画案上,用喷壶在画心背面均匀喷洒水花;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"C0smdKGyoowwigxOIi6cnviKnrc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、待画心潮润且平整得贴附在画案上时,用排笔在画心背面均匀刷浆;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VOEWdCqskosee0xSLwkchJoNneR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、一手持特制的装裱棕刷,一手持略大于画心的托纸,对齐一边,用棕刷自上而下排扫托纸,逐渐使整张托纸平整贴附于画心背面;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LyWMdK6kmo6CAwxKIWgcWakon0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、用手指在托纸边缘均匀抹上浆糊;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J6owdCG2kowCKaxU7kucSgaennf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、待画心略干后,轻轻揭起,转贴至挣墙晾干。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TqAGdyKYmo00AOx8Xlcc4vdMnMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三步:镶条","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MymEdGc0oowWuyx0yadcWIV7nDO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、待画心干透,用裁刀将其从墙面取下,裁去托纸不整齐的边角部分;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LII2d0SWcoCkSIxia0HccWXKnCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、在画心四角均匀抹浆,镶上助条;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EEkkdOOkgooMiKxcHRFcsOysnXb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、在助条边缘抹浆,镶上边条。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VC68dgwouoouiMx6pYScz9VanHb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四步:覆背","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Is4Md648gouM0Wx8Xjbck4qfnee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在已镶条的画作后重复第二个步骤。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O642dyGuAoSogKxY1wacH1AcnEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第五步:装框","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H0QqdyeSwoGYgOxOglZcyn2Cnxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"已制成的画作如需装框则在画作干透后进行平整,镶装画框;如做成卷轴,则应在画作上下装上天杆和地杆,并牵上挂绳,拴入绛色丝带。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SeWqdo0m0oCWUaxEZiXcpkvGnmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RUcqdgmWKoAMQYxwRGZczajDnUb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般的装裱能够收藏的是手工的,浆糊的质量也是收藏时间的保证。裱画的糨糊不同于普通的糨糊,不仅黏稠度和透明度有所差别,并且在熬制时还要加入一些防治蠹虫的配料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LeEQdYWUmo0ieixE3kLcTuRcnNh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐临摹书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AiiAdmQgmoywO2xWcWmc2ufMnum"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"人物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ywm6doEayok8IixKmF0cS5EFnrf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"白描:《八十七神仙卷》练线描这一本完全够了。如果觉得难度大的,可以进行局部练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NCwsdYOquoWEm2xUvkWcraCwngb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":814,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"人物","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c5758b24e6854e70b1182bc120082331","width":720},"text":"","id":"AkgOdq2qQosC0ixUviQcvNXCnmb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔设色","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BUw8degeooSi6MxM5LvcDg6En0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《簪花仕女图》、韩熙载夜宴图、《虢国夫人游春图》、《捣练图》、《洛神赋图》等","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GOMSdkKSSoSEkgxgRcTcvqkbnxg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":983,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔设色","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6cf54bbe0d664254afd91633cc5b611f","width":720},"text":"","id":"C86wdUSGWo4Eu8xEeo0cdJzZnPf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《簪花仕女图》局部","id":""}],"text":"","id":"D68wdckYsoQ6m6xo5lxc76YPnSg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":411,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔设色","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1c12e9c7eb234b80b54315b435e86938","width":720},"text":"","id":"CEyOdyk2so8G0cxIlbOcX2jInIf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《虢国夫人游春图》局部","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XQ6Edk0qgoi4cKxysxEcjDwgn8d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OY8qducumo6EM2xUDZ2c7GCvnAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宋代小品、宋徽宗、陈老莲花鸟集。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ISoydoaUcoee8KxGamkcHUyCnaf"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":721,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f05118f3f7a94c3f8f74158912f6ae0e","width":720},"text":"","id":"KGakdCSiCo6AwYxgI0VcAmblnTP"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":465,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/248caa97bff949b791f7fb97ccee23f9","width":483},"text":"","id":"N2wkdek2gooQeQx8p6yc9yL1nPf"}],"text":"","id":"OY4odwasmoIyiwxcrLncKDZlnpb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"山水","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OY4odwasmoIyiwxcrLncKDZlnpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"山水小品、《千里江山图》、长桥卧波图、马远夏圭。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XiS4demmGo08cyxUtmhcv8YFn3c"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":680,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"山水","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e8b26e04ba654cb4881b5270e3a1139d","width":720},"text":"","id":"PiUmd8ASWoOycSxuIQnc8mwdnxf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":491,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"山水","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b999d32ae9914cae85aa9e3bcdb80f1d","width":481},"text":"","id":"H8cSdiQMuo42soxwLNgcLL3lnyc"}],"text":"","id":"NcyodekyKoY220xWm4ScMBxonXd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"写意","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NcyodekyKoY220xWm4ScMBxonXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画的一种画法,用笔不苛求工细,注重神态的表现和抒发作者内心的情感。最初起源于绘画,兴起于北宋,要求在形象之中有所蕴涵和寄寓,让\"象\"具有表意功能或成为表意的手段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QiwcdUqKAoSOEcxYegCc4smpn6I"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"分类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Wa2AdEUWSo0OsMxQvDcc52K1n0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写意画分为小写意和大写意,所谓的小写意,更倾向于水墨画法写物象之实,上接元人墨花墨禽的传统;而所谓的大写意,更倾向于以水墨画法表现画家的主观感情,继承的是宋元的文人墨戏传统。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Rww8dI6gqo68wcxi8OscKoG6nAg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZSsGdIo6eoimYWxwdSdc7AXDnxc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画写意首先要练审美。培养对美的感受力,学会欣赏。要对中国美术史上这些大量的作品进行阅读,至少要知道什么是经典什么是真的美。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MegmdmaMEomwOExv7yzcXLTmngM"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"古代写意画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N4sedmeYYoiW4ExQJVCcHZ3unrh"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":450,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c088dbaeb5d04246b71a1b55e1ca877f","width":720},"text":"","id":"Gw8cdYUQsoI2AWxes0Ncan0Knib"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":644,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/20a74f2fd088486ea4e6470a150757b2","width":720},"text":"","id":"JoiMdmCsgoOagCxs1OZcQq9ennc"}],"text":"","id":"DcYsduguooEIKuxqqRCcLSrFnIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现代写意画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DcYsduguooEIKuxqqRCcLSrFnIc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":517,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/df0ab52f496a452a97dd018ec91fff18","width":720},"text":"","id":"HwuMdUUeCoI6UGxAnmOcq3hLnHb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":356,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5a59f40b52b84887be02f8b082e62c17","width":720},"text":"","id":"CCAQdk6kWoasioxWsvdcocQMnKe"}],"text":"","id":"WuImdmcwioEyMgx6VAocx3Z3nCb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"绘画步骤","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WuImdmcwioEyMgx6VAocx3Z3nCb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"白菜、萝卜画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QO2GdicsmoqSs4xyYXJcUvahn0e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①用中号长锋狼毫或羊毫调淡墨画菜的叶柄,趁湿马上蘸较浓墨画出菜根和根须。换用一支大号羊毫斗笔调淡墨画菜叶,注意笔腹含水要饱满,根据菜叶的结构、方向,分几笔画出菜叶,每笔菜叶的墨团形状大小浓淡要稍有区别,不能画成一样。笔与笔之间要注意衔接,既不能让它们模棱模糊,又不能搞得支离破碎。趁湿用长锋小狼毫勾出菜叶上的叶脉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HmoGdkwgGo6KIGxsxTPcU32Rnqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②用同一支笔蘸浓墨以中锋画缚菜的草束。要掌握画草束的时间,迟了叶柄水分已干,画上去的草束就会浮起来。如果太早,草束的墨色会漫糊开来,影响其质感。总之要干湿得当,渗化适度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JGccdCuwqooIE2xkT68cm0FRn4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③根据红萝卜的圆形结构,用一支干净的短锋羊毫笔蘸胭脂调合一下,分左右两笔画出萝卜的球茎。同时注意适当地在中间留些空白,以表现萝卜的高光,然后又用较深的颜色点须画根。再用同一支笔洗一下,蘸朱磦底画胡萝卜。为了加强胡萝卜的质感,可在朱磦底里调点胭脂。画时,同样要注意胡萝卜的造型特点,依据结构运笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ViS4dOwU0oSaQmxAdbqcflkYn4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④再用同一支笔洗净后蘸藤黄加花青调成汁绿。为了色调和谐,可在汁绿里再少量调点朱磦底,画出红萝卜叶柄的基部,然后又添画上小小的萝卜叶。两片萝卜的叶子要注意稍分浓淡。最后用中羊毫笔调赭墨画上蘑菇,画时同样要注意几只蘑菇的不同方向和前后层次。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AueOd44GIo4SyIxIRHQcBgsCnoh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":638,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"白菜、萝卜画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6e2892135836482dbce4cc7eceb9f122","width":640},"text":"","id":"Saw8dee8OoG06MxcLtGcvpNin2b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"牵牛花画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZyeOdWSukoOS2uxiy64cNnGRnDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①先画藤蔓:用长锋小狼毫笔调淡墨去画,用笔要悬腕中锋,轻快舒缓之中见遒劲,墨色要稍有变化,笔尖含水要干一点,以表现枝蔓的坚韧柔软。枝蔓是全画的架子,因此,要注意全局的位置经营。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Bm8ad2SyaoC2yExA9YjcBdJDn4f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②次画叶子:用短锋大羊毫笔调次浓墨去画,注意在蘸墨时要使笔头各部位含墨含水分量不同,这样一笔下去叶片即有浓淡变化。画叶要依据牵牛花叶片特点,每叶分三笔画成。点叶要注意疏密大小和方向的区别。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YmM0dGmygowgIuxevmacyxBRnrl"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨勾出叶脉。换用一支干净的短锋中羊毫笔,用胭脂加花青调成紫红色画花冠。牵牛花花冠上部色深,基部呈白色,因此用笔时要根据这个特点在花心留出空白,花型要圆润,色泽要饱满。两朵花要分浓淡。又蘸较深的花色点出未放的花蕾,注意花蕾与主花间的呼应。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NWqUdEgIKoogYqx9LOnc0oeonbI"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④用三绿加一点藤黄,调成淡绿色染花蕊底色,趁湿又用短锋羊毫调藤黄加白,一笔画上花蕊。然后用长锋小狼毫蘸浓墨画上花托,又添上浓浓淡淡的藤蔓,使全画完整起来。最后略加苔点,使画面增添变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LCYMd2cWioq02SxGYvkcT4rvnCg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1251,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"牵牛花画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6ced7218932a4305b3fc7e2dfb76fbf6","width":640},"text":"","id":"LA0UdiIgwoUcKcxmskAc6eZHnLh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"花球画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O2I4dkMA8owiWOxa8fBchHWgnOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①先画花球:用长锋小狼毫调淡墨逐个勾出组成花球的一朵朵小花。用墨要略分浓淡,花形要有变化,使花球有立体感。接着用短锋大羊毫调成浓绿蘸墨分组画上叶子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F20qdog2yo4AowxN8G7cWlAVndh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨勾叶脉。勾时把叶子分成上下两组,上边一组的叶脉墨色较深,下面一组叶子的叶脉用墨稍淡,以分出前后两组的层次。换用一支长锋狼毫笔调淡墨画枝干。随画随加浓墨,用较干的墨色去画较小的枝干。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VmmedCie4oWUw2xeSPPcfLFMn0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③再用较淡的绿添画几笔嫩叶,增加叶子的又一个层次。接着用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨画出花球里的花柄,用墨要较干,使浓重的墨色衬托出洁净的花球。接着在叶间添画一团掩藏着的花球,方法与前同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CiaodA4U4oCKq4xwltIccakdnbc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④最后用长锋羊毫笔调藤黄加三绿。淡淡地染上花色。趁湿用藤黄调朱磦底点花蕊。渲染花球既要染出立体感,又要注意花色的洁净。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GCMydgQG8oeUgaxQp5qcPqcTnSl"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":236,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"花球画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ac45985132384544afb5399603c1fd77","width":236},"text":"","id":"TM42decykoI4W8xApRncKFk4nre"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"枇杷画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FO4cdKaukooQQSxmBUJcAc6Vnab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①用大号斗笔浸些清水,又挤去笔肚里过多的水分,乘湿蘸上墨,稍微在调色盆里调合一下。注意不要调得太\"熟\",使笔肚中含的墨色浓淡不匀方好。这时开始顺笔画叶子,随画又要随时蘸点水,使画上去的几片叶子既有浓淡的变化,又有滋润丰厚的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Veemd4ImyoUwQmxasXvcXA2engd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②淡墨中锋勾出枇杷轮廓,注意用笔的圆正,以表现枇杷果实的立体感。接着用浓墨画完枝干。待叶子略干,换一支叶筋笔蘸上浓墨趁潮在叶子上勾出叶脉。勾叶脉时,笔端要稍干些,可用废纸把笔上蘸的墨吸去少许后再勾。前后几片叶子的叶脉要分浓淡,故画后面叶子时,可调点清水后去画,但注意笔端仍须稍干,以免漫糊。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OQYwdoa4CoYkkAxUfhQcUh4JnOh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③等枇杷的墨色已干,用一支干净的羊毫笔蘸藤黄调点朱磦上枇杷圆形的结构用笔,以表现枇把的立体感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FgUcdMGIKoqycyxwbZ4c3oManoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④趁色尚湿,用浓墨点上果蒂。果蒂要点得稍大,用笔稍重,使笔尖稍微叉开,以表现枇杷蒂毛茸茸的质感。最后用调进少许藤黄的淡螺青点染枝干,加上苔点,使画面更丰富完整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QcUkdsaKMogc4sxgxmocfKaGnyc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":595,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"枇杷画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fbc94dd7d05946a5a087ec26ddde8828","width":640},"text":"","id":"FS6odSgGwom02Ax4KgXcV66Ynqe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"玉兰画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BOgydC2Ceoq2aOxEZCbcVQ0yn6f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①先画花瓣:用长锋小狼毫笔调淡墨色花瓣。墨色要洁净,用笔要爽快。为表现玉兰花瓣比较厚重的白色,可趁勾勒花瓣的墨色未干之际,再在瓣尖上加上小小的两点浓墨。接着用短锋大羊毫笔调淡墨染花底,染时要见笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SC8ede0ueo2GGWxSqt8cE0Vpnxe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②趁湿用短锋狼毫蘸浓墨点花蕊,花蕊的墨色会在刚染上去的淡墨花底上稍稍渗开。又用长锋大狼毫蘸浓墨画主干。用墨要稍干,用笔要苍劲,使枝干与洁白圆润的花瓣产生强烈的对比。然后再蘸清水化成次浓墨画横卧着的另一组枝干,画时要注意整幅画面的气势。趁湿再用浓墨点苔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FOsGdUIUMoqaMKxqOOgcAyMynPd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③接着调淡墨画花蕾和花托。画花蕾不仅要强调与主体花冠的呼应,还应配合整幅画的全局气势。花蕾与枝干的连接要合理,要符合玉兰的生长规律。④趁湿赶紧在花托上用小狼毫笔蘸浓墨点绒毛斑点。这一步要十分注意水分的的掌握,不能等干了再画,否则无论如何也画不出花托绒毛这种茸茸的感觉。最后点苔收拾整理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RkeQdCaSwouOk6xoW0kcVwa0nzP"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":717,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"玉兰画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/70141db5b5444287897af0b72f516de5","width":658},"text":"","id":"ZyqAdMIEcoE82oxeGJqczMHcnkh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐临摹书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XyMgdWQ8GoCWMgx2xGhcp96BnAd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"山水","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PYkWdaQcaoAy28xgv52cNhuknxd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"董源《潇湘图》、巨然《万壑松风图》、李成《寒林平野图》、范宽《溪山行旅图》、郭熙《早春图》、李唐《万壑松风图》、马远《踏歌图》《寒江独钓》、夏圭《溪山清远图》、黄公望《富春山居图》、倪瓒、吴镇《渔父图》、王蒙《青卞隐居图》、沈周、石涛、査士标。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FOWSdowekogEIix6GP2chtjnnRg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ReUudquCYoKKs4xxjqhcEJpnntu"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"恽寿平、八大山人、徐熙、徐渭、文同、金农、法常、赵孟頫、管道升、王冕、赵之谦、齐白石等画家的花鸟作品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ey8YdwGaco8KaAxkN50c1DV9nDg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"人物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Uc2WdQo0Mo0CG8xOqMmceT8Andg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"梁楷、唐伯虎、任伯年、陈洪绶等画家作品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BG0adIKiUoWqIExItVjcgbmDn5e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习步骤","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WSMcdYyqsoQIKIxkRXtcfGHAnQg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Js2Yda4yuoM8GkxSwqOcSdLXnHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹是学习中国画技法的一种便捷方法,对范画可以先局部临摹,也叫分解练习,然后再临摹整幅作品,这样可以学得深秀。临摹尽量要象,“察之者尚精,拟之者贵似”,要通过临摹反复体会其造型方法、用笔方法、墨色变化等。临摹整幅作品时再体会构图特点、主次虚实关系、层次关系、呼应关系、色调变化等等。从临摹中掌握了一定的技法以后再试着进行变化和创造,心中就有数了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UW2Gd6MC4og2ysxeDe6c07Z1nZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹的目的是学习、借鉴他人的技法。临摹与写生相较,写生为主,临摹为次,写生是源,临摹是流。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HOMcdAw6SoeC2SxWKG8cTYfhnZd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临,把画放在桌上,对着画。摹,则是用一张透明的薄纸盖在画上,用笔墨描摹。摹画也叫拓画。临摹要防止犯“结壳”“游魂”“附影子”等弊病。“结壳”,即是学习古人或老师的技法,而被之束缚,不能变化、发展。“游魂”,就是东学一点,西学一点,浅尝辄止,不能融会贯通。“附影子”,即只能依赖前人的稿子或一家一派的门户,一离开,便寸步难行,作不出画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Fim4dg20oowmIcxkNl5csVeGnlf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹要和默写结合起来,中国画的创作方法很重视默写。提高默写能力要靠深入掌握物象的造型特点和规律及运笔用墨的规律。因此,临摹一定要认真体会。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CgUMdQCIIoOiEWxAJzYczDdSnfb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结合临摹平时要注意多欣赏名家名作,可以反复欣赏品味,此外还要多参观画展,汲取各家之长,开阔眼界,开拓思路,丰富技法手段,提高修养。在观摩和学习时可随时记录一下构图、技法特点、题款内容和自己的感受。只要认真扎实地学习,肯定会有大的进步。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QEiWdqegIoGA80xoxIYcCiKynbf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"写生","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DqsodmYiWomCWQx4LWMcPVoonlh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过写生可以进一步了解自然山水、花鸟和结构及动态规律,可以大量搜集创作素材,锻炼造型能力,进一步丰富知识和绘画技巧,在大自然中得到新鲜的感受。这是提高绘画创作水平必不可少的重要环节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QkA6doU0woyEmExo5hTcsguansf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写生之前要多观察、多分析。写生的工具不必过于讲究,铅笔、钢笔、毛笔都可以,纸张随便,关键是要画得严肃、认真。写生的过程就是学习、观察大自然的过程,达到搜集创作素材提高创作能力的目的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ewc6dMWgQoy8WqxQvoDcsrm1nsg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"画外功","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OsMadsGGIoAGooxu8FicBpBrnne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"与绘画技巧相适应,还需具备多方面的知识。如书法技巧和文学修养都需作相应的提高。这是培养审美观念、增进鉴别能力的基础。只有多读书(小说、散文、诗歌及绘画理论都需要读)、勤练书法才能满足学习绘画的要求。练习书法不仅仅是为了适应题字落款的需要,更重要的是书法也是国画的基本功。要通过练习书法,提高笔线的表现能力,加强墨晕的风骨,以书入画格调情趣自然更高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E0Kyd4kmOo62a0xWcA9c32I4nkc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"创作","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PkmMd6gMOoQMAKx68D5cK7NTnLf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学国画不必急于创作,应先在以上三方面打下扎实的基础,苦练基本功。有了一定的基础后,可以慢慢试着进行创作。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Km0WdaMUSoOkEmxEFcYc7SI6nge"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"创作阶段","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KsYedIIIwoOG0qx4QbAcZcoqn6c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一阶段可以参考资料,借助别人作品的造型或笔墨技法,按照自己的创作意图去试着创作。这个阶段也叫初级阶段。通过这一阶段可以初步摸索到创作方面的规律。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LousdUKsioguiWxCI8icx3a7n9e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二阶段,待掌握了一定的技法之后,便可以较自由地进行创作。这一阶段是巩固和灵活运用技法阶段,通过这个阶段的练习,可使技法更熟练,构图变化更丰富。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GsUEdia80o0UAmxglY1c5Bt0nVh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三阶段——成熟阶段。技法的成熟的标志不是按照一个模式的纯熟,而是根据不同意境、感觉、情趣的要求不断变化技法,体现出随机应变、运用自如而又不断创新。这一阶段的追求是情趣的表现及创作内涵的深化,是既有“法”度而又不为法度所束缚。以法作画,千篇一律,以情作画,变化万千。这是高超的技法和高深修养的结合,是我们追求的目的。初学者只要得法,用功,是会达到这一目标的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K2Yidsk0Qo4uusx0QQUc3fdhnDb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学国画素材","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XqkMd6Iw0oGOKmxS2A0ccrf9nNd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟素材","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EAcgdqymqo0cwmxMNqYcwbzcnHe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"竹子","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ic2sdiyiGoyIQGxqig3cjXhvnJf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、蘸淡墨勾画竹叶,用相同的笔法画出三片为一组的竹叶。依次增加叶子,注意竹叶方向、大小等要有变化,下笔时两头轻中间重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N0EAdqC8OocWk2xs3FOcweOQnMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、淡墨勾画竹子的主干,待半干后浓墨勾画竹节。最后用淡墨勾画竹子的分支。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QY8CdaWS4oyEsGxWwnfcQJ7lnrg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KIEydWUuSo2MAMxIBXqcQF5Vn5g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1046,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"竹子","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/57b120661ae14a249184b70caefe0637","width":942},"text":"","id":"EMGcdWuSWo4uAgxScaJcXYWunYe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"牡丹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NgQIdQCUkoQUqexiAZYc5VcznHe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、整笔蘸粉色,笔尖蘸曙红画花瓣,依次增加花瓣。画出整朵花头,注意整朵花的形状要错落有变。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZmACdYek4oY4OgxEzb2cijGznCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"、整笔蘸粉色,笔尖蘸曙红点出花苞,画出左右相邻的小花瓣。最后用淡绿色加胭脂画出花尊。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XI4YduoICoCgGKxY56zcZsD6nLd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、整笔蘸淡绿色,笔尖蘸淡墨侧锋画出整组牡丹叶子。浓墨勾叶筋,墨绿加胭脂画枝条。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Y6COd0E22oy0M4xCoDDchRc8ncc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1008,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"牡丹","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a34c7a92de164ab5afa43fe2540e4c7c","width":900},"text":"","id":"QCeAdCKc6o6Q88xIJJHcwtrRnwf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"麻雀","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BS8IdQUY8o2U0mxQzETcc5E3nac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、蘸赭石加淡墨侧锋点出鸟的头部,中锋画背羽,侧锋画上下翅。浓墨点斑纹、飞羽、尾羽、眼睛嘴,最后以淡墨画胸腹。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KWysdguSmommQsxohsBcIzMBn2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、赭石加淡墨侧锋画出头部,中锋画背羽,侧锋画上下翅,浓墨画嘴,点眼睛。淡墨画胸腹,浓墨点斑纹、飞羽和尾羽,浓墨中锋画腿,浓墨画爪子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T6Sgd2WcWoUCoUxWm6uc18LBnyg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":700,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"麻雀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3b44f13174b6450895843821a3888870","width":1080},"text":"","id":"R8UGd4Os4ooUisx6Bb8ccnJXn0b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"小鸡","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TQU8dwweaoAMSWxCexxcwsjAnff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、蘸中墨侧锋画出头部,侧锋点出翅膀,随后用干墨勾画尾部。浓墨画嘴和眼睛,淡墨画胸部和大腿,待半干时用浓墨勾画脚。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TA8Gdm6swoqaOixIdv4chr7knEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、蘸浓墨,行侧锋画出头部,侧锋画翅膀,淡墨画胸部和大腿,最后浓墨勾画嘴、脚。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QWUEd2KCqowuIwxopcdcv40PnWg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":744,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"小鸡","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a54e2d5df928466db4159176960f1218","width":1080},"text":"","id":"Lq4mdCyo8oGwIaxS6gqcdMT9nMf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"翠鸟","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BIOmdMqIcocEsexSKCOcdI9xngc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、蘸三青点出鸟的头部,运侧锋画出身子和上下翅。采浓墨画嘴、尾羽、飞羽并点上眼睛。用钛白点鸟身斑纹,淡赭石染胸部,朱砂染嘴与鸟爪,最后用藤黄染眼珠。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z2I0dkmwQoWsm0xKGDPc5G1jnwg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、三青加花青点出头部,用浓墨画出眼睛并勾画嘴巴,再画出头上的毛。三青加花青画鸟毛,用淡赭石画出腹部,浓墨勾画轮廓,朱砂染嘴和勾画鸟爪,藤黄染眼珠。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FIqidk426oSgqOxmu1ZcRUISnNg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":712,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"翠鸟","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/68f8ef716b1e48bebdafd755d5ca813a","width":1080},"text":"","id":"Gk2gdAmOCo2AusxeMeScyMydnfd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"喜鹊","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KUEodSkwooikgmxMTHIcEdPbnOg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"蘸浓墨勾画嘴和眼睛,浓墨画头部和颈羽。蘸中墨侧锋行笔画胸腹,画背羽留白羽,浓墨画翅羽,并为其添加尾羽。淡墨中锋行笔画胸腹,腿爪用浓墨勾画,鹅黄染眼珠。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QmqUdKKCoosmuGxeCrAcRzrEnKf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":708,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"喜鹊","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c85755f9cb2842208b138a781b43f5e1","width":1080},"text":"","id":"MCQAdiAGkoCaW2x4cgocIQXTnJc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学国画的好处","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HayQdu4C0owiG0xEtsdcBuDInze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学国画是一件非常陶冶情操的事情,不仅能解放人的天性、给人带来满足感、成就感,而且还会在作品中实现对自我的肯定。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BokYdq0MKoOEsWxOwt0ctoSBnmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、学国画是人生良伴。人的一生分为很多阶段,少年时,可以以画言志;青壮年时,生活压力巨大,可以以画解压;等到年过中年,孩子都已成家立业,自己也临近退休,内心难免会有孤独之感,此时可以画画消遣。学国画的人,随着自己的文化积淀,艺术修养的不断提升,他的画作也如陈年老酒,愈发醇香,愈发动人。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NO6gdacGWoiKwOxQXGvcTlf8nvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、学国画能陶冶情操。学习国画讲求的是意境,讲究内涵,真、善、美。通过笔墨抒发感情,培养艺术气息,陶冶情操。艺术气息会一直伴随着你,生活中有了艺术,你会感觉到自己的世界都是带着诗情画意。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JcgEd0wqeomo46xixDcceYKInv1"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、学国画能提高审美。中国画具有简练、概括的特点,在学国画时,注意力集中,执笔、行笔要运气用力,这样就养成了良好的学习习惯,不仅可以培养学习能力、理解能力,而且还可以提高审美能力和学习兴趣。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q0Gkde2MuoqUIUxOaqscKFPrnEc"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E4. 如何自学英语?
英语是国际网络语言,是金融界语言,是空中交通管制语言,是流行音乐的语言,涵盖了人类生活的方方面面,学好英语就如同打开了一扇世界之窗,我国是经济大国,普及英语更是国情需要。
单词
背词的方法因人而异,但是万变不离其宗,就是要多写、多读,还要多用。背单词的目的不单单是要会念会写,既然是从零开始,那么首先要掌握的必然是26个字母和48个国际音标的发音和写法了。我这边先为大家介绍一下音标的读法:
元音
1.单元音:前元音[i]、[e]、[ae] ;中元音︰[A]、[o:];后元音︰[u:]、[u]、[o:]、[o]、[a:]
2.双元音:开合双元音:[ei]、[ai]、[oi]、[ou]、[au]、[ie]、[eo]、[u=]
3辅音:爆破音:清辅音[p]、[t]、[k];浊辅音:[b]、[d]、[g];摩擦音:清辅音:[f]、[s]、[O]、[h];浊辅音:[v]、[z]、[]、[6]、[r];爆破音:[t]、[tr]、[ts];浊辅音:[d3]、[dr]、[dz];鼻音:[m]、[n]、[n];半元音:[0]、[w]。
(学习音标的话可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识音标https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=2050891487235808454)
学习单词视频链接:https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html
以下的内容是我总结出的关于单词的一个分类总结。
名词(n.)
英语名词是用来表示人或事物名称的词。按照不同的分类标准,名词可以分为专有名词和普通名词;可数名词和不可数名词。
1、专有名词(Proper noun)
它是特定的某个人、地方或机构的名称。专有名词的第一个字母必须大写。如:Newton牛顿,San Francisco旧金山,Russia俄罗斯,United Nations联合国。
2、普通名词(common noun)
它是某一类人、事物或某种物质或抽象概念的名称。如:lawyer律师,market市场,computer计算机,rice大米,magazine杂志,freedom自由。
3、可数名词
可数名词是指能以数目来计算,可以分成个体的人或东西,因此它有复数形式。如:cup(杯子),cat(猫)等。
4、不可数名词
不可数名词是指不能以数目来计算,不可以分成个体的概念、状态、品质、感情或表示物质材料的东西;它一般没有复数形式,只有单数形式,它的前面不能用不定冠词a/an。如:milk(牛奶),bread(面包),coffee(咖啡)等。
动词(V.)
英语动词简称“v.”。 一般就是用来表示动作或状态的词汇。基本上每个完整的句子都有一个动词,要表示第二个动作时可使用不定词、动名词、对等连接词、从属连接词或增加子句等方法连结。
代词(pron.)
代词是代替名词的一种词类.大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能.英语中的代词,按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为:人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词、连接代词和不定代词九种。(如下图列举几种)
介词(prep)
介词是一种用来表示词与词,词与句之间的关系的词。在句中不能单独作句字成分。介词后面一般有名词代词或相当于名词的其他词类,短语或从句作它的宾语。介词和它的宾语构成介词词组,在句中作状语,表语,补语或介词宾语。(部分介词的用法如下图)
数词(num.)
数词是指表示数目多少或顺序多少的词。英语中的数词分为基数词和序数词,基数词是表示数目多少的数词。
基数词
基数词用来表示数目多少,它包括表示数字的所有单词,记忆这些数字可以用数字构成分类记忆法。下图是我整理的一个简单的总结。
基数的作用
如下图,是我整理的关于基数作用的归纳。
序数词
序数词用来表示次序,在汉语中表示为“第几”,如:第一(first)、第二(second)、第三(third)...。序数词在书写时可以缩写first缩写为1st,second缩写为2nd,third缩写为3rd。下图是我总结整理的一个具体变换样式。
序数词除了第一,第二,第三或个位数为一,二,三结尾的序数词外,其它序数词都是以-th结尾的,缩写也是对应的数字加-th,如fourth(第四)缩写为4th。同时也要注意第五、第八、第九、第十二的拼写变化。下图是我总结整理的变换样式。
20-90整十位数序数词需要将对应的基数词词尾中的y变为i,然后加eth构成。 21-99非整十位数序数词需要十位数用基数词,个位数用相应的序数词。十位数和个位数之间用连字符“-”连接。
如下图是我整理的20-90整十位数序数词和21-99非整十位数序数词的部分内容。
序数词的用法
序数词在使用时,通常前面要加定冠词the。可以用来表示顺序、楼层、编号、日期中的日等。
2.3.1.用来表示顺序,如:
I am always the first to come to school.
我总是第一个来学校的。
2.3.2.用来表示楼层,如:
My aunt lives on the fourth floor.
我姑妈住在四楼。
2.3.3.用来表示编号,其结构为:the +序数词+名词=名词(首字母要大写) +基数词。如:
第九部分the ninth part=Part nine
第四课the fourth lesson=Lesson Four
第六段the sixth paragraph= Paragraph six
温馨提示:编号较大时,一般仅用第二种表达法。Room 101,表示101号房间。
2.3.4.用来表示年、月、日: "年"用基数词, “日用序数词”,如:
1949年10月1日一写法:Oct. 1st, 1949.读作:Oct.(the) first,nineteen forty-nine.
2017年2月28日一写法:February 28th,2017读作:February, (the) twenty-eighth,two
thousand and seventeen.
2.3.5.序数词作"几分之几”时,有复数形式。如:
1/5→one fifth; 2/3→two thirds;4/7→four sevenths;1/2→a half;1/4→one fourth =a quarter;3/4→three fourths =three quarters;50%→ fty hundredths ( fty percent).
2.3.6.有些序数词可以构成固定词组和习语,如:
on second thoughts再三考虑
frst of all首先
at first当初
from first to last从头到尾
on second thoughts再三思考
second to none名列前茅
形容词(adj.)
遇到一个生词的时候要先查字典,看看这个词有几个词性,每一词性下对应的意思是什么;其次,查找这个单词衍生出的其它词性的单词,例如:credit(信誉)是名词,加上词缀-ible之后变为credible(可信的;可靠地),作形容词和副词。
英语形容词可以根据词尾来识别。常见的形容词结尾如下:
●-able/-ible: credible, achievable, gullible, capable, illegible, sensible, remarkable, horrible
●-al: annual, functional, individual, logical, essential
●-ful: awful, cheerful, doubtful, faithful, forceful
●-ic: terrific, cubic, manic, rustic
●-ive: intensive, adaptive, attractive, dismissive, inventive, persuasive
●-less: doubtless, endless, fearless, helpless, homeless, breathless, car, groundless, restless
●-ous: adventurous, famous, generous, courageous, dangerous, tremen, fabulous.
副词(adv.)
说到副词对于初学者来说还有一个大块儿头是一定要记忆的,就是副词的十三种分类。记住这个的话,副词的主要脉络就抓住了。比如:副词表示方式、程度、时间什么的。但是,这里只说第一种,因为入门就是从简单的开始说,副词记住就是作状语,来修饰动词的。就这么简单。在句子中的位置放哪里都行。下图是作者整理的总结性归纳。图一和图二进行衔接观看。
图一
图二
冠词(art.)
不定冠词
a,an是不定冠词,只用在单数可数名词前面,表示“一”的意思。a用在以辅音开头的词前面;an用在以元音开头的词之前,如:a day;a boy;an apple等。
定冠词
the是定冠词,表示“这”“那”“这些”“哪些”的意思。可以用在单数、复数可数名词或不可数名词之前。
冠词的基本用法
(1)单数可数名前可用定冠词或不定冠词。
I have a cute dog.我有一只可爱的小狗。
(2)复数形式可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。
(The ) cars are important in the westem counties.汽汽在西国家非常要。
(3)不可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。
Oil is lighter than water.油比水轻。
(4)专有名词前一般不用冠词。
Beijing is the capital of China.北京中国的首都。
不定冠词a,an一般有any或one的意思,但不强调数目概念,只用来泛指事物,说明其名称或种类。
(1)当第一次提到某人或某物时,用a或an起介绍作用。
She is a teacher.她是一位老师。
(2)表示泛指某一类人或物。
A snake is a cold-blood animal.蛇是一种冷血动物。
(3)表示某一类人或事物的任何一 个。
This is a cat.这是一只猫。
(4)用于抽象名词之前,使抽象名词具体化。
It is a pity that you are late.很遗憾你迟到了。
The ltte child is a joy to his parents.这个孩子给他的父母带来了很多欢乐。
(5)用于物质名词之前,使物质名词普通化。
They made a fire to get warm.他们生火取暖。
注意:
(1) 当不定冠词所修饰的那个名词的第一个音(不是字母,而是读音)为元音时,不定冠词要用an,而以辅音开头时用a.
(2)在使用不定冠词时,要特别注意缩略词。
an unidentified flying object一个不明飞行物。缩略词: a UFO.
连词(conj.)
连词可以分成两类,一类是表示并列关系的连词。比如and, but, either…or, neither…nor等;一类是从属连词,用于引出从句,比如主语从句,宾语从句,状语从句等,比如that, if, when, so, for等。
并列连词又可以分成三类,一类是表示选择的并列关系的, 主要有or表示或者,否则,either...or不是...就是...,neither...nor....也不....例句如下:
What is your favoite,singing or dancing?什么是你的最爱?唱歌还是跳舞?
I like neither singing nor dancing.我既不喜欢唱歌也不喜欢跳舞.
Either you or he tells her the truth. 要么你告诉她真相,要么他告诉她真相。
另一类是表示转折关系的并列连词, 主要有but但是,while而等。 例句如下:
I like singing but dancing. 我喜欢唱歌但不喜欢跳舞。
I like singing, while my sister likes dancing. 我喜欢唱歌,而我姐姐喜欢跳舞。
还有就是表示并列关系的并列连词,比如and,bot...and,以及as...等。例句如下:
Don't waste food and time.不要浪费食物和时间。
This box is three times as big as that one.这个箱子比那个大三倍。
从属连词主要根据状语的类型来分类。引导时间状语从句的从属连词类型比较多,包括表示“当…时”的when,while,as或whenever;表示“在…之前或之后”的befroe和after;表示“自从或直到”的since,till和untile;表示“一…就…”的as soon as等。例句如下:
I was singing when she danced.当她在跳舞时,我在唱歌。
I sang when she was dancing.我唱歌时她正在跳舞。
She danced as soon as I sang.我一唱歌,她就跳舞。
引导原因状语从句的从属连词主要有:because,for,as,since等。例句如下:
I study s go to the best school.因为我想上最好的学校,所以我才这么努力
引导目的状语从句的从属连词主要有:in order that,so that,in case等。例句如下:
I study so hard in order that I can go to the best school.我如此努力是为了能上最好的学校。
引导结果状语从句的从属连词主要有:so that,so...that,such..that等。例句如下:
I studied so hard that I went to the best school.我学习那么努力,所以我上了最好的学校。
感叹词(int.)
英语感叹词有:indeed、Ah、what、dear、well、now、there、man、boy。下图是我整理的一个总结性笔记。
学习计划
在我们熟悉了解音标和单词之后我们就可以为自己制定学习计划了。以下是我总结出的学习计划,方法不一定适应每个人,但是希望会对大家有一个帮助。
1.我们可以将5500个常见词汇分为30-50个Unit,每天背诵一个Unit(100-200个单词),一个月就可以完成一轮背诵,然后第二、三个月进行第二轮、三轮巩固复习。当然,每天早上背完一个新的Unit之后,我们需要在第30分钟、晚上、第2天、第4天、第7天、第15天及第30天、对每个单元进行及时重复复习。
2.【具体方法】:早上:拿一张白纸挡住中文意思,只看英文单词开始背诵,勾出不认识的单词。背完一个Unit之后,立刻把勾出的单词再背一遍(依旧遮住中文意思),如果还是有某个单词不认识,就再打勾背诵;30分钟后:把勾出来的单词重新自测一遍;晚上:睡前把打了2次及以上勾的单词重新自测一遍。以此类推,反复记忆。
3.【注意要点】:一定要严格按照表格重复,不要偷懒!不要偷懒!不要偷懒!如果偷懒一次,漏下一两个单元,今天耽误了,那明天想补救就会很难。比如,你3月20号背诵了Unit 12,你不仅要在30分钟后和晚上睡觉之前复习两遍Unit 10,你还需要在背完Unit 12后同步复习之前背过的Unit 9、Unit 8、Unit 6、Unit 3。
作者在这边也分享一下自己学习单词的视频链接:https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html,该视频里可以帮大家有效的学习到单词的读音,同时在视频中也教给大家如何利用学到的音标来进行拼读单词。如果有兴趣学习的小伙伴们可以跟着视频进行单词的学习。
APP推荐
百词斩
全民用的最多最火的背单词神器,下载量高达3亿,评分超级高。关键是适合不同年龄层次的人,可根据自己的身份选择不同的单词文本,有小学、初中、高中、大学、四六级、专业六级、八级,适合零基础的成年人从头开始学习。还有不同的背单词场景,根据不同的图片背诵单词,记忆效果很好,对零基础的成年人很友好。
沪江开心词场
趣味性极强的背单词神器,成功解决了背单词枯燥无味的问题。这个APP最大的特点就是,在闯关的过程中,顺便把单词背诵了,轻松有趣,很适合成年人在上下班地铁上背诵。闯关的过程,也是检验你是否掌握单词的过程,不记住,闯不了关,让你干着急,激发你的闯关欲望。
扇贝单词
不仅可以背单词,还可以做笔记。和其他APP不一样,这个软件背诵单词的速度飞快,不过还会有第二轮的检验,反复巩固,加强背诵效果。背诵之前,还会问你认不认识这个单词,如果不认识,出现的频率会更高。
语法
我们认识了单词之后,就可以来了解每个单词组成句子的语法问题。其实任何一门学科都是由浅入深的,英语也不例外。学习语法就像造房子,首先要把基础的语法脉络理清,打好根基,之后再慢慢补充和拓展,让知识巩固起来。
英语语法最基础的就是简单句的组成,之后我们才会慢慢了解到并列句、复合句以及从句,以下是我总结出的语法内容,我们一起来看看吧!
简单句语法
所有的句子都是通过简单句而组合的,只不过句子的结构拓宽了一点, 词汇丰富了一点,从而演变为其他的长句。
1.主谓
主谓就是主语 + 谓语的组合,比如:Spring comes 。这句话中主语是spring ,谓语是 comes 。
主语就是引领句子的开头部分,是一个句子的主体,英文是 subject ,我们用字母 S 代替。谓语可以理解为动词,英文是 verb,我们用字母 v 代替。
2.主谓宾
根据字面的意思就是主语 + 谓语 + 宾语组合而成的句子,比如 : I love you .
这句话中主语是 i ,谓语是 love ,宾语就是在谓语后面的词,这里是 you。
宾语的英文是 object,这里用字母 o 代替。
3.主谓宾宾
主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾语的句子。
这里的两个宾语都是谓语动词所产生作用的。
比如 :I give you money .
这里的 you 和 money 都是 give 的宾语,give you 和 give money ,所以都是两个宾语。
4.主谓宾宾补
主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾补的句子。
比如 :It makes me happy .
这里的 me 是 make 的宾语,但是 happy 不是 make 的宾语。
happy 是 me 的形容词,是一个宾补,全称为宾语补足语,起到了补充说明的作用。
注意 :区分主谓宾宾和主谓宾宾补
主谓宾宾中的两个宾语都是谓语所产生的作用词,而主谓宾宾补中宾补是宾语的形容词,与谓语没有任何关系。
5.主系表
这里的系代表系动词。包含三个类别
A be 动词 : am is are was were
B 感官动词 (五官)
look 看起来
sound 听起来
smell 闻起来
taste 尝起来
feel 摸着....感觉......
C 变化动词
become / turn / go / get / grow
这里的表是代表表语,包括名词、形容词、介宾短语、不定式todo
比如 you are beautiful 这句话中,you 是主语,are 是系动词,beautiful 是表语。
并列句语法
简单句通过不同的连接词就成为了不同的句子,通过并列词成了并列句,通过从属连词成了复合句。下面我们就一一讲解 :
并列句:简单句+并列词+简单句
并列词一般有:and/or/but/so/while/yet/for/however,
1.表示并列:
and,not only...but also...,neither...nor...
Her father is a doctor and her mother is a teacher .
2.表示选择:
or,or else,otherwise,either...or...
Hurry or you won't make the train.
3.表示对比、转折:
but,whileyet,however,never,
I like tea while she likes coffee.
4.表示原因:for
I am thirsty , for it is hot .
复合句:简单句+从属连词+简单句
从属连词有:that /wether/if。
从句语法
名词性从句
当名词性从句作为句子的不同成分时,又被称呼为不同的名字。
当作为主语时,称为主语从句。
当称为宾语时,称为宾语从句,同样表语从句以及同位语从句。以下我们来举个栗子 :
主语从句 What she said is wrong .
宾语从句 I said that she was wrong.
表语从句 The fact is that he doesn’t really try.
同位语从句 The news that he will come back is ture.
记住一点,不管什么从句,你把它当成一个”长一点的名词”。
那如果这个长名词在句子中作主语,就是主语从句,作宾语就是宾语从句。
同位语从句就是相当于一个长点的名词对另外一个抽象名词进行解释说明。
定语从句
修饰限定名词,汉语中“的”前面的内容。
关系代词引导的定语从句
1.who指人,在从句中做主语 Yesterday I helped an old man who lost his way.
2. whom指人,在定语从句中充当宾语,常可省略。
Mr. Ling is just the boy whom I want to see
3. which指物,在定语从句中做主语或者宾语,做宾语时可省略
This is the pen (which) he bought yesterday.
4. that指人时,相当于who 或者whom;指物时,相当于which。
5. whose通常指人,也可指物,在定语从句中做定语。
指的是谁的。Do you like the book whose cover is yellow?
关系副词引导的定语从句
when where why
状语从句
修饰动作的发生的时间、地点、原因、方式。
1.时间状语从句
常用引导词:when, as, while, as soon as, before, after, since , till, until
特殊引导词:the minute, the moment, the second, every time, the day,the instant,
I was fat when I was a child.
2.地点状语从句
常用引导词:where
特殊引导词:wherever, anywhere, everywhere
Keep it where you can see it.
3.原因状语从句
常用引导词:because, since, as, for
特殊引导词:seeing that, now that, in that, considering that, given that.
My friends dislike me because I’m beautiful .
4.目的状语从句
常用引导词:so that, in order that
特殊引导词:lest, in case, for fear that,in the hope that, for the purpose that, to the end that
study hard so that you can pass the exam.
5.结果状语从句
常用引导词:so … that, so… that, such … that,
特殊引导词:such that, to the degree that, to the extent that, to such a degree that,
He got up so early that he caught the first bus.
6.条件状语从句
常用引导词:if, unless,
特殊引导词:as/so long as, only if, providing/provided that, supposing that, in case that, on condition that
If you ask him, he will help you.
7.方式状语从句
常用引导词:as, as if, how
特殊引导词:the way
Think as i think
8.比较状语从句
常用引导词:as(同级比较), than(不同程度的比较)
特殊引导词:the more … the more … ; just as …, so…; A is to B what /as X is to Y; no … more than; not A so much as B
The house is three times as big as ours.
9.让步状语从句
常用引导词:though, although, even if, even though
特殊引导词: as(用在让步状语从句中必须要倒装),while ( 一般用在句首 ),no matter …, in spite of the fact that, while, whatever, whoever, wherever, whenever, however, whichever
Though I believe it,yet I must consider.
时态、语态问题
时态的本质是:时+态。
所以学习时态,一定要把时和态分开来看待。
I am a teacher.
这句话,时间是“现在时”,状态是“一般态”
英语里有4种时间:
过去,现在,将来,过去将来
英语里有4种状态:
一般态:非完成,非进行
进行态:动作的延续
完成态:在截止时间时,完成了的事情
完成进行态(几乎不用):过去是,到截止时间是,将来还是的事情(强调截止时间)
如下图,两个是我整理的笔记内容。
学习计划
1.从阅读时理解语法,再用语法书夯实理解而成的专业知识。举一个典型的例子。冠词the看似简单,实际上用法难懂变化多端。一本详细的语法书通常会记录数十条应用the的规则,及其不计其数的不可抗力事件,并且除外中依然存在除外。
2.学精语法,英语语感比规则关键。培养阅读英文的好习惯。仍以the为例。每一次读书的时候难免会遇到the字数十次,而每次都是看到不同情况,不同类型的句型。
3.读书时碰到疑惑,前去阅览语法书。这时候,语法书里的复杂规则就恰好派上用场了。由于你明白自己要请,都知道这种语法规则用于具体的语句。
以下几个图片是我在网上进行搜索归纳的总结性笔记,一列为一种总结内容,图一至图四为整体内容,图二衔接图一结尾,图三衔接图二结尾,图四衔接图三结尾。
图一
图二
图三
图四
给大家讲了这么多书面上的语法问题,作者在这里给学习英语的小伙伴们介绍一下我在学习英语时候借鉴的视频。视频中老师充分讲解了初步学习英语适用的语法问题,在讲解的同时还为大家用例句进行了说明。视频链接如下:https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b)
推荐书籍
《英语魔法师之语法俱乐部》
本书内容非常简单,可以帮助语法薄弱的学习者慢慢理解语法。它分为三个部分:初级句型、中级句型和高级句型。初级句型共讲解了五种基本句型;中级句型有四种,即形容词从句、名词从句、状语从句和倒装句。另外这本书的冠词、不定式和动名词的语法相比其他语法书的讲解更透彻。
《English Grammar in Use》
本书的语法范例,主要是以情景为例,将抽象的语法概念更具体化、也易于理解。书中材料均来自英语母语国家,表达地道,让学习者可以学以致用,让学习的效率更好。全书图文并茂,内容生动,对语法知识点进行分类对比,可以让学习者快速梳理思路,学习起来事半功倍。
《柯林斯英语语法》
《柯林斯英语语法》的体例和所有的英语语法书都不一样,不是按照句型排列的,而是按照表达法和表达功能排列的,而内容也侧重于灵活实用的功能语法讲解,强调语法和词汇的结合。
句子
通过了单词和语法的认识,持之以恒记忆对话、课文中的佳句是丰富我们语言,积累句式的好方法。而能对熟悉的句子进行变通也是学习英语的重要技巧之一。现在虽然考试不考句型转换,但是句型转换可以加深我们的记忆和知识的拓展。(想详细了解英语造句内容的可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识英语基础https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b)
句子成分
句子的组成部分,包括主语、谓语、宾语、定语、状语、表语、补语、同位语和独立成分9种,其中,主语和谓语是主要成分有,表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语、同位语和独立成分是次要成分。
一、主语
主语是句子叙述的主体,可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词和主语从句等来承担。
The sun rises in the east. (名词)
He likes dancing. (代词)
二、谓语
谓语说明主语所发出的动作或具有的特征和状态。谓语由动词来承担。
We often speak English in class.
三、宾语
宾语是动作的对象或承受者,常位于及物动词或介词后面。宾语可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词、宾语从句等来担任。
除少数句子(如祈使句和感叹句等)外,一句话必须同时具有主语和谓语所表达的意思才能完整。主语是针对谓语而言的,是一句话的主题,谓语用来说明主语的情况,为主语提供信息。例如:They are working.主语是they(他们),那么他们在做什么呢?看来没有谓语are working 是不行的。在正常情况下,英语的主语和谓语的位置与汉语一致,也就是说主语在前,谓语紧跟其后。
He pretended not to see me. (不定式短语)
I enjoy listening to popular music. (动名词短语)
四、定语
定语用于描述名词,代词,短语或从句的性质,特征范围等情况的词叫做定语,定语可以由名词,形容词和起名词和形容词作用的词,短语担任。如果定语是单个词,定语放在被修饰词的前面,如果是词组,定语放在被修饰词的后面。
Guilin is a beautiful city. (形容词)
China is a developing country; America is a developed country. (分词)
五、状语
状语说明事情发生的时间,地点,原因,目的,结果方式,条件或伴随情况,程度等情况的词叫状语。状语一般由副词、介词短语、分词和分词短语、不定式或相当于副词的词或短语来担当。其位置一般放在句末,但也可放在句首或句中,修饰动词、形容词、副词等。
Light travels most quickly. (副词及副词性词组)
He has lived in the city for ten years. (介词短语)
六、补语
补语的作用对象是主语和宾语,具有鲜明的定语性描写或限制性功能,在句法上是不可或缺的。补语是起补充说明作用的成份。最常见的是宾语补足语。名词、动名词、形容词、副词、不定式、现在分词、过去分词都可以在句子中作宾补。
His father named him Dongming. (名词)
They painted their boat white. (形容词)
七、表语
表语是用来说明主语的性质,身份,特征和状态。表语须和系动词一起构成句子的复合谓语。表语一般放在系动词之后。表语可以由名词,形容词或起名词和形容词作用的词和短语担任。
常见的系动词有: be, sound(听起来), look(看起来), feel(摸起来), smell(闻起来), taste(尝、吃起来), remain(保持,仍是), feel(感觉)
八、同位语
同位语当两个指同一事物的句子成分放在同等位置时,一个句子成分可被用来说明或解释另一个句子成分,前者就叫做后者的同位语.这两个句子成分多由名词(代词)担任,同位语通常皆放在其说明的名词(代词)之后。同位语和补语的区别在于:补语不能缺少,同位语可以缺少。
九、独立成分
独立成分,是当一个词、短语或从句用在句子里面,与句子的其他成分只有意义上的联系而没有语法关系时,它就称为独立成分。常见的独立成份有呼吁、惊叹语、答语、插入语、介词短语、非谓语动词所构成的短语及形容词、副词所引起的词组等。
陈述句
陈述句是陈述一个事实或者说话人的看法。它包括肯定句和否定句两种。陈述句在书写时句末用句号,而在朗读时则用降调。陈述句的核心是非常基础的。这个句子里有一个名词和一个动词。句子可以有其他成分,如形容词、副词和其他词。但是最简单的形式就是名词和动词。
陈述句的基本句型:
(1)主语+连系动词+表语
(2)主语+谓语(不及物动词)
(3)主语+谓语(及物动词) +宾语
(4)主语+谓语(及物动词) +间接宾语+直接宾语
(5)主语+谓语(及物动词) V.+宾语+宾语补足语
肯定句
The river flooded.河水泛滥了。(主谓 )
He has a sense of humor.他有幽默感。(主谓滨)
He can teach you English.他可以教你英语。(主谓+双宾)
He painted the desk blue.他把书桌涂成了色。(主谓滨宾补)
He is a doctor.他是一名医生。(主系表)
否定句
The river did not/didn't flood. 河水没有泛滥。
He does not/doesn't have (has not 1 hasn't) a sense of humor.他没有幽默感。
He can not/can't teach you English. 他不能教你英语。
He didn't paint the desk blue.他没有把书桌涂成蓝色。
He is not/ He's not/ He isn't a doctor.他不是一 名医生。
疑问句
一般疑问句
通常用来询问一件事情或一种情况是否属实,其回答通常是yes或no,因此这类问句又叫做“是非问句”。下面是句型。
Is there something wrong with this machine?这台机器有问题吗?
Have you got today's milk?你拿到今天的牛奶了吗?
Shall we go on?我们继续向前吗?
Will he not agree with you?他不同意你吗?
Haven't you any sisters?你没有姐妹吗?
Don't you like this movie?你不喜欢这部电影吗?
特殊疑问句
特殊疑问句是对句中的某一部分提出疑问,通常以who、where、when、why等疑问词开头,因此又叫“wh-问句”。下面是句型。
Who are you?你是谁?
Whom are you going to play table tennis this afternoon?今天下午你和谁打乒乓球?
Whose glasses are broken?谁的眼镜打碎了?
Which shoes do you like?你喜欢哪双鞋子?
What do they want to do?他们想要做什么?
When does she want to practice?她想要什么时候练习?
Where is the restroom?洗手间在哪里?
Why did you leave?你为什么离开了 ?|
How do you study English?你怎么学习英语?
选择疑问句
选择疑问句是对问题提出两个或两个以上的答案供对方选择的疑问方式。下面是句型。
Shall we go by bus or by train?我们乘汽车还是乘秋车?,
Shall I give you a hand, or you can manage?要我帮你,还是你自己解决?
Which do you prefer, coffee or tea?你要哪一样, 咖啡还是茶?
Coffee or tea?咖啡还是茶?
Which do you lie best, singing, dancing or skating?唱歌、 跳舞和溜冰,你最喜欢哪样?
反义疑问句
反意疑问句又称为附加疑问句,英语称为tag question,是一种常用于口语的疑问句式,主要由“陈述句(或祈使句) + 疑问句”构成。下面是句型。
陈述句有 be 动词时,以该be动词形成反问;陈述句有助动词(will、shall、can、have...)时,以该助动词形成反问;陈述句只有动词时,按主语人称及该动词时态,置 do、does、did 形成反问。下面是句型。下面是句型。
Study hard, will you?要用功,好不好?
Don't do it, will you?不要做这件事,好不好?
Let me go, will you?让我走,好不好?
Let's stop here, shall we?我们在这里停下,好吗?
There is wifi at this cafe, isn't there?在这个咖啡厅有无线网络,对吗?
The clock is slow, isn't it?表走得慢,对吗?
Your are good at math, aren't you?你擅长数学,对吗?
John is going to study English, isn't he? John会学习英文,对吗?
祈使句
祈使句是英语中的一个句式,也是用于表达命令、请求、劝告、警告、禁止等的句子。祈使句最常用于表达命令,因此在学校文法中也常称为命令句。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
感叹句
感叹句是英语四大功能句型之一,主要用来表示高兴、愤怒、厌恶或者欣赏等强烈感情的句子,句末通常用感叹号!结尾,说话时用降调。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
简单句
由一个主语(并列主语)和一个谓语(并列谓语)构成。只有一套主谓结构。主语可理解为“谁?”,谓语视为“做什么?”“是什么?”。
简单句五种基本句型:
主系表 SVP
主谓SV
主谓宾SVO
主谓双宾SVOO
主谓宾宾补SVOC
下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
并列句
是并列句由两个或者两个以上的简单句并列而成,有两套或两套以上的主谓结构。并列句的基本句型:“分句+并列连词/特殊符号+分句”。并列连词:and(和,而且) but(但是) yet (但是) for (因为) so (所以)。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
特殊句式
存在句
存在句在英语中是用来表示人或事物的存在、出现等意义,而且大都是用于描述性文章中。存在句可以从结构,句型来分析,可以有多种时态形式。相关的语法重点有:存在句的谓语动词,存在句非限定形式,存在句主谓一致等。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
省略句
在英语中,名词可以省略,动词可以省略,动词当中不但系动词这样的可以省略,连实意动词也是可以省略的,只要它已经出现过了。会使用省略句是英语水平走向高阶的一个标志,在使用省略句的时候,不要担心对方看不懂或者听不懂。只要你用的正确,不存在别人不能理解。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
倒装句
为了强调、突出等词语的目的而颠倒原有语序的句式叫做倒装句。在倒装句中,颠倒了的成分可以恢复原位而句意基本不变,句法成分不变。英语倒装句的7种形式,希望能帮助你理解英语句子。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
强调句
强调句型是一种特殊句式,用于表示说话者强烈的感情或意愿。强调就是通过某种手段使句中某一部分所包含的信息比一般情况下显得更重要。强调句型的结构如图所示:
学习计划
【第一步】:看大标题,图片,小标题,看完之后大概猜测文章是关于什么的,目的在于对文章有个模糊的印象。
【第二步】:重点略读,主要读每段第一句和最后一句,大概了解每个段的内容,目的在于对文章结构有个整体把握,比如典型的结构——介绍问题、给出原因、提出解决方法、说明潜在风险、对未来进行判断。
【第三步】:全文略读,读的时候让尽可能多的信息进入眼眶,略读次要信息,抓重点信息(核心观点、重要前提、重要假设),并对重点信息进行精读,同时对觉得不错的内容再进行标记。目的在于掌握重点信息,方面以后复查或者积累写作素材。(这时候不懂的单词可以圈起来,只要不影响文章大意理解就不查,等到最后一步再查)
【第四步】:不断来回查找信息,对比是否存在疏漏,目的在于梳理文章结构,掌握文章整体脉络。
【第五步】:带着结构重新略读阅读信息,精读标记信息,看是否理解清楚,是否需要进一步的查询工作。
学习计划制定好后,作者这边推荐小伙伴们可以在b站上跟着这位老师学习学习,他的视频内容充分的为大家解决了句型问题,同时还利用造句的方式帮助小伙伴们可以更加深刻的了解英语句子的组成部分,视频链接如下:https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b
阅读外文文章
《读者文摘》
读者文摘在全球多个国家和地区都有发行。1922年创刊,这是一本能引起大众广泛兴趣的内容丰富的家庭杂志。它所涉及的故事文章涵盖了健康、生态、政府、国际事务、体育、旅游、科学、商业、教育以及幽默笑话等多个领域。适用人群是英语初、中级水平学习者及考研党。
同时,由于内容具有思考价值、探讨性和实用性,中国英语考试中有不少题目和材料来源于这本杂志。非常适合考试党提高英语能力和语感,是夯实英语基础的大众型读物。
购买方式:直接联系中图订购纸本,这种刊物在国内订阅是完全许可的。都是英文原版,按期引进。读者文摘是那种小册子,时代是标准的杂志。现在国家对外籍刊物进口管理比较严格,自己从网上订电子版往往会被屏蔽掉。
《经济学人》
这是一份由伦敦经济学人报纸有限公司出版的杂志,创办于1843年9月,创办人詹姆士·威尔逊。杂志的大多数文章写得机智,幽默,有力度,严肃又不失诙谐,并且注重于如何在最小的篇幅内告诉读者最多的信息。该杂志又以发明巨无霸指数闻名,是社会精英必不可少的读物。
里面的文章十分经典,经常出现在考研的阅读理解里面,可见里面的用词、用句的高水平。还有很重要的一点,就是《经济学人》里面还会涉及大量的词汇、固定搭配以及长难句,不仅仅是提升阅读水平,对于词汇积累、语法提升等都大有好处。
就里面所有的板块和内容而言,个人最喜欢其中的 obituary 和 special report 部分,前者会写很多有趣的人,很有意思。后者则涉及政治、经济、社会、科技领域的时新专题报道,属于涨知识的必备栏目。
阅读方式:一些免费提供离线资源的网站,这块要用谷歌搜,或者用必应国际版,但很多更新更新着就不更新了,免费的可以搜一个关键词:西贝博客。还有国内一些网站提供付费的离线资源,这块是一种选择,只要会用指令搜索,就可以搜索进行查看。
还有就是通过发邮件到经济学人官方,咨询他们有哪些授权渠道商,再通过这些渠道商去订阅。
英语中期学习
听力
我们在锻炼听力的时候一定不要听那些东拼西凑的英语磁带,而是选择一个听力材料就彻底把它拿下。材料里的每一个单词、每一个短语都要听清楚。为了达到这一点,你必须听写。
明确学习任务
第一步是先纠正自己的音标,这是最基础的,我们之所以听不懂是因为我们发音不标准,我们也听不出来英语发音。所以首先必须纠正好自己的音标。
第二步是要扩大自己的单词量,好多人不注意这一点,认为听力的单词量有限,但是一定要把自己的单词量扩大到一定的范围。
第三步是训练听力,首先训练单个单词,先听单个单词,然后在逐渐的听句子,这是很主要的,要循序渐进。
第四步是在听听力的时候,一定要在自己听不懂的地方多听几遍,并把相关的单词和句子抄下来,经常去阅读。
第五步是每天坚持听听力至少2个小时,这是非常关键的一步,不要怕辛苦,坚持下来就行。
第六步是可以坚持看美剧或者坚持听外国的音乐和相关的歌曲,对自己的听力都有很大的帮助。
听力的基础练习可以在b站上搜索发音词典(这是用户)进行用于听力练习,这个老师的视频中开头部分就为大家制定好了听力规则,在观看视频的时候也可以充分的锻炼自己的英语听力。视频的链接如下:https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click&vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b
学习小技巧
1、学会抓关键词
在听力过程中,我们要学会抓其中的关键词。在语段之间的停顿时间,快速浏览选项,对比其不同之处,在听的过程中通过关键词判断说话者的身份,帮助自己搜索相关背景知识。
2、学会划分意群
很多人在听的时候都是逐个单词地听,想要听懂每一个单词。其实这样做是没有必要的,也是很难做到的。因此,我们要学会划分意群来听,分词组分词块来听会帮助你节省很多时间,并能让你更快地理解句子是什么意思。
3、学会提前思考
在听力开始之前,你就要浏览完材料,结合选项开始思考。这段话要讲什么,目的又是什么。并学会猜测,包括对话题的预测、甚至通过常识进行答案的预测。这样才能在考试之中处于主动的位置,所以,听听力要积极主动。
4、学会做笔记
好的笔记能够让你的思路清晰,让你了解听力内容的结构。在听力的开头结尾时就要集中精神,记住相关信息,因为那很有可能就是听力的重点。有时考点在出题时是按照顺序来出的,因此笔记能帮助我们排除一些干扰选项。
5、学会注意数字
要注意以下几方面:常规数字的连读,百分数,分数,小数,百分比,电话号码,航班号,驾照号,信用卡号等等。
推荐学习网站
BBC Learning English
我一定要把它放在第一位,因为只要想到网路上的免费英文学习资源,第一个要推荐的绝对是BBC Learning English。
这个被公认为全球最佳的英文学习网站,不只具有英文单字词汇、文法、发音、听力、会话、阅读以及学习测验等丰富多元的学习教材,而且也一直持续更新教学内容。
除了可以用网路学习之外,也可以免费下载mp3语音和文字稿到电脑,当作持续自学进修练习的免费教材。
TED
TED Talks是可以一边听演讲一边训练英文听力的网站。在这里有不同领域的专业人士所发表的科学、娱乐、文化、教育、艺术等等专题英文演讲影片,除了训练正式英文的听力之外,还可以增长知识,开拓自己的视野。可以观看约10~20分钟TED Talks练习英文听力,听不懂时,还可阅读演讲稿理解影片内容。
English Online France
English Online France是一个非常有趣的在线英文听力训练网站,依照初级、中级和高级区分的英文听力训练教材共超过一百个项目,包括听写练习与测验的MP3语音教材以及听力练习与测验的影片。
口语
语言不是教会的,而是在使用中学会的。交际能力只能在交际中得到最有效的培养。一个优秀的语言学习者应具有强烈的语言交际的欲望,应力争语言训练的各种机会。应该不怕因犯语言错误而被别人讥笑。(口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索,也可以结合下文讲解,在该连接中看视频配合学习https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b)
明确学习任务
1. 一定要用完整句子对话
面对任何问题,都不能只回答表面内容,一定要在此基础上展开回答。如果别人问你一个问题,你只回答 Yes 或者 No,那如何提高口语呢?即使遇到了一个你根本不了解或者不会的问题,也千万不要用:“Sorry, I don’t know”或者“No”来回应。比如别人问了一个最基础的问题,“Where are you from?” 你千万不能只说:“I come from Beijing.”正确的做法是:先说明你来自北京,然后介绍一下北京的风土人情、家乡美食等等,最后再和对方互动一下,问你去过北京吗?或者你觉得北京这座城市怎么样呢?
2.多使用一些复杂句和从句
然后在平时练习过程中,要将简单句和复杂句交错使用,不要一直用简单的句子,这样会显得你的水平很 Low,也不要一直说很复杂的句子,因为很容易出错。在变换不同的句式的时候,记得不要出错。避免一直说简单句的最好方法就是,多说一些稍微复杂一点的从句,比如定语从句、条件状语从句、主语从句等等,同时一些相同意思的句子也不要用重复表达,要学会多尝试用不同的句式说出来。
3.通过美剧学习口语
通过美剧学习英语口语也是很多人可能有尝试的方法,对于上班族来说可以一边放松心情的同时学习英语。我建议可选择那些与日常生活比较贴近、故事情节较强的影视材料。例如金色年代。
口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索MrYang杨家成,这个老师讲解的每个视频内容虽然简短,但是老师在讲解前就利用学生的错误发音进行纠正,充满趣味性的同时也能认识到口语发音方面的错误。我这边为大家找到一个不错的视频内容,链接如下:https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b,如果需要的话可以试着看看一看。
英音发音学习
1.建立英音的肌肉反射
在我们开始在美音和英音间做出实质性的发音改变之前。我们首先要知道,发音的改变是要体现在每一个音上的,这样的改变才能导致整体上发音的变化。这包括说话过程中嘴型的变化,以及嘴部肌肉运动方式的变化。这是一个整体上的变化。并不只在有某个变化音的词里,你才能听到这样的变化,而是在每个音节上都可以听的出来。
所以想要练习一口标准的英式英语,第一步也是必不可少的一步就是练习音标。将每个音标老老实实的学习,通过肌肉发射,对后面的英式英语的口语练习能有很大的帮助。
2.建立英音语言环境
学一门语言,最好的当然就是处于一个特定的语言环境内。既然我们是在国内,没有办法实现英式英语的环境,那么我就可以通过听力来实现输入的问题,通过口语来实现输出的问题。
而对于锻炼听力,最推从的方法就是听万能的BBC了。你要知道,在BBC,不仅仅只有新闻的,BBC还有很多栏目,比如BBC Learning,就是可以通过上面的视频进行练习口语听力的栏目。
3.建立口语交流机制
现在互联网这么发达,我们完全可以通过sns来和世界交流。你只要学会FAN墙,就可以通过Facebook、Twitter、Whatsapp来找到愿意和你交流的人,如果他愿意学习中文是再好不过的了,这样互助互利是最持久的。不过记住,我们是要练习英式英语,所以最好找英国,或者加拿大的。
4.英式发音技巧
“R”不发音,不卷舌
T不发D音,发T音或不发音
请注意,“H”并不总是发音
单词“been”的读音是“bean”,而不是“bin”
结尾降调
美音发音学习
1.准备好学习的视频参照物
仅仅是自己照着音标、课本练习朗读,不能使自己的发音改善。学习发音视频教程,才是最容易、最直观、最简单的方法。因为,可以直观地看到美国人的嘴形、舌头的位置,这样可以很容易自我调整。
请在免费WiFi下,请自行百度:美式发音训练视频教程(汇总贴)。可以很容易找到美国Paul老师的视频教程。
2.制定学习计划,每天学习1集视频
每天观看1集视频,并且在安静、不被打扰的环境下学习。跟着视频一起,自己张口练习。练习时,不用去记忆生词,只需要张口练习发音就好。
学习完1集视频后,找找自己熟悉的单词、简单句子,按照刚刚学会的方法轻松、张口朗读。
嘴巴重新习惯需要时间。所以,请在学习第2、3、4天,轻松复习第1天学习的发音,并张口练习。这时,不用重新看视频,只需要读一读单词、简单句子。
3.巩固训练
在平时自己朗读自己喜欢的文章时,特意留意学会的新的发音。这是进步的最后一步。如果自己没有调整,还是按照自己以前的发音方法,那就没进步了!
如果按照这样的步骤,认真练习,任何一个自己不会的发音,每位朋友都可以在1周内熟练掌握。1个月内就可以掌握所有的标准美式发音了。
4.强化训练
如果学习过美国Paul老师的教程,还觉得不够。再推荐一个视频教程:
美国 Lisa 老师的——Lisa美语视频教程。请按照同样的反复,每次学习30分钟吧
5.美式发音技巧
当字母R出现在最后一个字母位置的时候,要发卷舌音。
当字母R的后面紧跟一个辅音字母的时候,这里的R要发音/r/
美式发音中的第二个特征,是关于美式浊化音。比如letter这个单词,其中的字母t就需要百分之五十浊化成发音/d/,有点类似ladder了。.
口语app
扇贝口语
这是一款旨在让用户“听得懂、说得出”的英语口语学习app,适合所有阶段人群,扇贝口语的课程系统完善,而且形式比较丰富,包括角色扮演,发音打分和故事模式,通过跟读以及听音复述和智能打分的形式,帮助培养开口习惯,纠正发音错误。
流利说英语
这是一款智能口语打分软件,内置各种以场景为主题的课程,你可以跟读模仿,然后系统会根据你的发音情况进行打分,他的练习材料非常丰富,从教材到职场,从生活到影视剧,而且都有难度划分,逐渐升级。
英语后期学习
练习
后期就要把你珍藏的真题拿出来了,从头到尾掐准时间(可以在开始的时候把时间写在卷题上,结束对照一下时间),作文可以先不写(前5套真题左右,把作文专项练习一下),一套真题两三天左右吃透,半个月时间把作文好好练习一下(文末附有大小作文模板以及视频),做完对照答案,(如何分析和做阅读,前面的文章已经讲过了)分数依然不重要,重要的是知道自己的薄弱地方,单词、语法、阅读速度还是注意力的问题。
背单词
单词不用说,该背还要背,这个时间可以有侧重点的背,同时还需要把重点放在真题中单词上来,一定要注意熟词僻义。
阅读
仔细思考做题过程中的这个题做错了,为什么做错,我当初怎么想的,答案又是怎么说的,有没有了解出题人的意图,带着这些问题,把错的选项分析一遍,做个小结,在题旁边标注,属于哪种错误,是粗心大意还是单词或者翻译错误等;其次是单词,这个单词我背过吗,是生词还是背过忘了,然后查出这个单词,记在自己的单词本或者在单词出处记下来,第二天背下来。
作文
怎么构思,如果这次试卷就是考试,我该从哪下手,我是不是又用了,老掉牙的词,背的好词好句有没有用上等;最后就是总结,把阅读、单词、作文遇到的问题做个总结,做个规划去处理,然后第二天去复习,直到这张试卷你认为没有什么价值了,那么你复盘总结就是成功的。
总结
最后说一下完成这个阶段所需的时间,我建议用两个月去完成是比较合适的。不要拖太长时间,不要在学习的舒适区呆太久。我们是需要感觉到自己在进步,需要有很多正反馈才能继续坚持学习的。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语是国际网络语言,是金融界语言,是空中交通管制语言,是流行音乐的语言,涵盖了人类生活的方方面面,学好英语就如同打开了一扇世界之窗,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"我国是经济大国,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"普及英语更是国情需要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX6vMqZxgns9mjfIR7aq1sd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuxF06Stq6O0au8uSuOPYpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"背词的方法因人而异,但是万变不离其宗,就是要多写、多读,还要多用。背单词的目的不单单是要会念会写,既然是从零开始,那么首先要掌握的必然是26个字母和48个国际音标的发音和写法了。我这边先为大家介绍一下音标的读法:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnh6EDeaDDgCKE7rfIdqGbkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"元音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnb49IWExsMuUEFu2UaJXJve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.单元音:前元音[i]、[e]、[ae] ;中元音︰[A]、[o:];后元音︰[u:]、[u]、[o:]、[o]、[a:]","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniR0xoQAwPp10oxZK30iSEb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.双元音:开合双元音:[ei]、[ai]、[oi]、[ou]、[au]、[ie]、[eo]、[u=]","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnplvNfSsOsmD0Ew7pLWWvYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3辅音:爆破音:清辅音[p]、[t]、[k];浊辅音:[b]、[d]、[g];摩擦音:清辅音:[f]、[s]、[O]、[h];浊辅音:[v]、[z]、[]、[6]、[r];爆破音:[t]、[tr]、[ts];浊辅音:[d3]、[dr]、[dz];鼻音:[m]、[n]、[n];半元音:[0]、[w]。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnr4W5QwCQzCNSki5B4w4f1f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(学习音标的话可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识音标","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=2050891487235808454"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=2050891487235808454","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":")","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmrhR5MK4nmR5LR8O6yQbeT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习单词视频链接:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEgeoWLZT4M4vORBJtoqLLe"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/30a0fb6ae5fc49c784433ef71e2c81e6","width":541},"text":"","id":"doxcnairL6iMHNXUIUXQWFns3Xf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":545,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/806f1274e6754f8fa045d38422b80f70","width":801},"text":"","id":"doxcn3CuDAaHWIiqedjSEzdZQAh"}],"text":"","id":"doxcn53I7b7m3kN67hW4gpQX3RL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以下的内容是我总结出的关于单词的一个分类总结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn53I7b7m3kN67hW4gpQX3RL"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"名词(n.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCEvxlGEHLswaa0vbrbckDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语名词是用来表示人或事物名称的词。按照不同的分类标准,名词可以分为专有名词和普通名词;可数名词和不可数名词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlh4Q7ODsYMrPE3dOHqNoNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、专有名词(Proper noun)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnR6TnhMLEYpJw1ryAxAmzrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它是特定的某个人、地方或机构的名称。专有名词的第一个字母必须大写。如:Newton牛顿,San Francisco旧金山,Russia俄罗斯,United Nations联合国。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBCCyEqVmEbSdNcB9muoCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、普通名词(common noun)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl1ianjNpY7UeYT7NONx8Tc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它是某一类人、事物或某种物质或抽象概念的名称。如:lawyer律师,market市场,computer计算机,rice大米,magazine杂志,freedom自由。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK6apgNhL7YDhIk2YR0LASd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、可数名词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO5sgpnXlfExWljLK6k8jvc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可数名词是指能以数目来计算,可以分成个体的人或东西,因此它有复数形式。如:cup(杯子),cat(猫)等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNkCrVRH82Vs0gk5p63jEWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、不可数名词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrOfaRKPfZJ2Zo3f8H7sg3c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不可数名词是指不能以数目来计算,不可以分成个体的概念、状态、品质、感情或表示物质材料的东西;它一般没有复数形式,只有单数形式,它的前面不能用不定冠词a/an。如:milk(牛奶),bread(面包),coffee(咖啡)等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLP6OPA4MTCcx2rDoRg7rgb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"动词(V.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniYNTDByFinTiEhgxl7a7be"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语动词简称“v.”。 一般就是用来表示动作或状态的词汇。基本上每个完整的句子都有一个动词,要表示第二个动作时可使用不定词、动名词、对等连接词、从属连接词或增加子句等方法连结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJ8Q65VgXDg6bepX5Vlwrlg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":263,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"动词(V.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c32267c6dd10461b8283ca3e5ea7e6c1","width":394},"text":"","id":"doxcnxTqUgHQi8WqmTzrpQu4ivd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"代词(pron.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfsEIzKKEq0j2RWhn1N48od"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"代词是代替名词的一种词类.大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能.英语中的代词,按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为:人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词、连接代词和不定代词九种。(如下图列举几种)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndsFHK3R6gNvxsJd1aUxkHf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":455,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"代词(pron.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/151af1aa0fb14aa39e7c0516d102101e","width":759},"text":"","id":"doxcnAsAOXgbji1P5RzMlotVHgf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"介词(prep)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIRtesECJsl86mR1qUYgs9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"介词是一种用来表示词与词,词与句之间的关系的词。在句中不能单独作句字成分。介词后面一般有名词代词或相当于名词的其他词类,短语或从句作它的宾语。介词和它的宾语构成介词词组,在句中作状语,表语,补语或介词宾语。(部分介词的用法如下图)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu1XVviQ72RjwYgSua9K8xb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":438,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"介词(prep)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2220502a5c91443e886cd5b0fbb7adda","width":644},"text":"","id":"doxcnbEPt5AzCqILJzhzL5bXq3d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"数词(num.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAq7rSQz3DQTTZQhJl39uYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"数词是指表示数目多少或顺序多少的词。英语中的数词分为基数词和序数词,基数词是表示数目多少的数词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1wgNeJ6qn8Yao2SmB6vMUd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnovWPOlFExe9UzzvYp5D9Nb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词用来表示数目多少,它包括表示数字的所有单词,记忆这些数字可以用数字构成分类记忆法。下图是我整理的一个简单的总结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCP0gi16U8k9D1h0ggZPxEe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":465,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ce11edda66244aab0c0ed55d4107563","width":746},"text":"","id":"doxcnz8OW1aZaKBlutmiDFjMZvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"基数的作用","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOUnBqmYZWWcD5ebTKQwRmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图,是我整理的关于基数作用的归纳。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrhwSd4gdMvXljnnexunADf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":530,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5bc24f37038a4dd689dd16109f68b992","width":795},"text":"","id":"doxcnu6JCG3zhbQ2JZHIYFCeg7n"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNd2QMlUsW4a7QQxY4Bz9jg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词用来表示次序,在汉语中表示为“第几”,如:第一(first)、第二(second)、第三(third)...。序数词在书写时可以缩写first缩写为1st,second缩写为2nd,third缩写为3rd。下图是我总结整理的一个具体变换样式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7wJeogWPgEKgp2DJpUjovd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":248,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/55b5956998b44a49aa1220de1b60b254","width":439},"text":"","id":"doxcn8IJuGKCRF4sdMOsC68UIGd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词除了第一,第二,第三或个位数为一,二,三结尾的序数词外,其它序数词都是以-th结尾的,缩写也是对应的数字加-th,如fourth(第四)缩写为4th。同时也要注意第五、第八、第九、第十二的拼写变化。下图是我总结整理的变换样式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnb17IQMLHEk3C6TcRW5PXie"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":305,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ce2900cdba8544a1aaf11a4761ac57c2","width":563},"text":"","id":"doxcn6U6rQAkruuAM1tVzDR7QNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"20-90整十位数序数词需要将对应的基数词词尾中的y变为i,然后加eth构成。 21-99非整十位数序数词需要十位数用基数词,个位数用相应的序数词。十位数和个位数之间用连字符“-”连接。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnog1pLNpDDqAqGebm8xMW5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图是我整理的20-90整十位数序数词和21-99非整十位数序数词的部分内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjb9X9jgK4or1tSLa93Ukyd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":255,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8086d8fc824847afaccd238a3d8ca0b8","width":406},"text":"","id":"doxcnj9iMee8eyg0TsyAAnAQKld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"序数词的用法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1zQvWJnkEguR0fWt0XUXzh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词在使用时,通常前面要加定冠词the。可以用来表示顺序、楼层、编号、日期中的日等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8R1OLRlbnmUNBbYNOZI3Ce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.1.用来表示顺序,如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3BOQ063TyoGw6kGwe98SQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am always the first to come to school.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhFPHKUz2nRivPKgw9Y7kkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我总是第一个来学校的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRA2j1N5MF9lRQnKDE6jbqe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.2.用来表示楼层,如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnORD5KBBDjLRkPHxnXvVu5g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"My aunt lives on the fourth floor.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAtW1eyAgbUMMvUO34hXf8m"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我姑妈住在四楼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndV8H1OWQ7ZRZh61zziVGee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.3.用来表示编号,其结构为:the +序数词+名词=名词(首字母要大写) +基数词。如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQi6GBYiKZ9RypRLGstSonc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第九部分the ninth part=Part nine","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJGDvyoRlf13B6fZk6S37Ib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四课the fourth lesson=Lesson Four","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnntosWHt503kQCJRNraH9Tf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第六段the sixth paragraph= Paragraph six","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6JQFe7QOZuUFsV3sUwnwMd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"温馨提示:编号较大时,一般仅用第二种表达法。Room 101,表示101号房间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnASpg96TjmioiSgBPlCDR7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.4.用来表示年、月、日: \"年\"用基数词, “日用序数词”,如: ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYUQWucoGUt2Tdl0pPHlzDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1949年10月1日一写法:Oct. 1st, 1949.读作:Oct.(the) first,nineteen forty-nine.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntcPUSm22TTPF3CCTNbYhtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2017年2月28日一写法:February 28th,2017读作:February, (the) twenty-eighth,two","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno6PL39A3Vfjayd4yy3ARZZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"thousand and seventeen.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6bri8oRhtnjIxRA2CMfCZd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.5.序数词作\"几分之几”时,有复数形式。如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWulPJ9ZStHilTAu14qiKqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1/5→one fifth; 2/3→two thirds;4/7→four sevenths;1/2→a half;1/4→one fourth =a quarter;3/4→three fourths =three quarters;50%→ fty hundredths ( fty percent).","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpVYZOz8vVd6PUUk7ahvCFg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.6.有些序数词可以构成固定词组和习语,如: ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBu1TNOlgctvRBdDXzI4XYe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"on second thoughts再三考虑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL50XgJiaMu8NzIfgIKHkPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"frst of all首先","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEmu4pu0u3J7JxoVPtdzgdf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"at first当初","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrtiVST8ICM0IHlsldPtSib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"from first to last从头到尾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM6R6Asbxv5FaYt4CAPagwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"on second thoughts再三思考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndX8mtXgkZI2ee63TaOpx9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"second to none名列前茅","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnR1IIFsDaBmw7yPpCoq3ccf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"形容词(adj.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnebm8nfkllzjMjXkoFXGVNK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"遇到一个生词的时候要先查字典,看看这个词有几个词性,每一词性下对应的意思是什么;其次,查找这个单词衍生出的其它词性的单词,例如:credit(信誉)是名词,加上词缀-ible之后变为credible(可信的;可靠地),作形容词和副词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyMqyHOtXSEadbbOs7hb3Ac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语形容词可以根据词尾来识别。常见的形容词结尾如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0nh7wQ05TVDsox28qM19Dc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-able/-ible:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" credible, achievable, gullible, capable, illegible, sensible, remarkable, horrible","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpHo2orVvzX8MZ8n7Mh2yEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-al:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" annual, functional, individual, logical, essential","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnspwpQ9oPCLzynHHexaKlkT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ful:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" awful, cheerful, doubtful, faithful, forceful","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaxzjCIiMWym1Qp5x17pobg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ic:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" terrific, cubic, manic, rustic","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyLv6TOhxiY5GzmxzytVGIg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ive:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" intensive, adaptive, attractive, dismissive, inventive, persuasive","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZ6qXOIEBfUPOy3k5ymrDaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"●-less: ","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"doubtless, endless, fearless, helpless, homeless, breathless, car, groundless, restless","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZnhqTT6irXSy1Qc36p2mEg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ous:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" adventurous, famous, generous, courageous, dangerous, tremen, fabulous.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6A5f4GIZ1f9bV95fRjzOob"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"副词(adv.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY4K7kYFLB50w4U46uanZRh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"说到副词对于初学者来说还有一个大块儿头是一定要记忆的,就是副词的十三种分类。记住这个的话,副词的主要脉络就抓住了。比如:副词表示方式、程度、时间什么的。但是,这里只说第一种,因为入门就是从简单的开始说,副词记住就是作状语,来修饰动词的。就这么简单。在句子中的位置放哪里都行。下图是作者整理的总结性归纳。图一和图二进行衔接观看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjsOeDiLcaY5OTNNsUcrTRd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":428,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"副词(adv.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fb96301675234ac48478f5ba034ab6f7","width":637},"text":"","id":"doxcnctrOmPeJgC8S8Gb66TaJt6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图一","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBSvGMnH5nuJHgL1H7y7Yg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":412,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"副词(adv.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/95b36c589bf1477d98dbce931beeb6d3","width":635},"text":"","id":"doxcn1modnqtebcTjCaqTOR68k9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图二","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqDcDQ5LWl79VebIF4K4JFh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"冠词(art.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniUVR0tZOrjRqQK1h0Ou6ld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"不定冠词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFYjjhDrCwcWOA7ETG9bVUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"a,an是不定冠词,只用在单数可数名词前面,表示“一”的意思。a用在以辅音开头的词前面;an用在以元音开头的词之前,如:a day;a boy;an apple等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1ubgb6aXZ7Bc9eS0kPT46g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"定冠词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfi2HNoomvn17DTcIYkgc09"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"the是定冠词,表示“这”“那”“这些”“哪些”的意思。可以用在单数、复数可数名词或不可数名词之前。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBparDtLKVxYcR9GvviFz1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"冠词的基本用法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnby0Uyt6vA5a0OgGZO8R9TR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)单数可数名前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnen9rEqIh5wr1DyXJLM4pDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I have a cute dog.我有一只可爱的小狗。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxn2fdC3csmbbzZUxdQySWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)复数形式可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS8UdMEZhM36UlFVYuuz88U"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(The ) cars are important in the westem counties.汽汽在西国家非常要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnejQxE0ObCzRl49Zw8Mkq5w"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)不可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9HwLBBNXyxnXz18KPYNKOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Oil is lighter than water.油比水轻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndCOSG1zaN1RTJM6zXwhPwB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)专有名词前一般不用冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbLyKedELK0ZQHetc2qvLlc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Beijing is the capital of China.北京中国的首都。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFKHIGNrOdtq7ZDOOrDeAeb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"不定冠词a,an一般有any或one的意思,但不强调数目概念,只用来泛指事物,说明其名称或种类","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkHNa28SDN6Cph6cAtbwEgb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)当第一次提到某人或某物时,用a或an起介绍作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLNrD9qIvnZA7AVlFmEggNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"She is a teacher.她是一位老师。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxqtPLYChGJVOX2ex4UZCuc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)表示泛指某一类人或物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnefWis0FFsWLkWr0cf3eXdd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A snake is a cold-blood animal.蛇是一种冷血动物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKbikLl4nEr4mXUtXbgJ9pb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)表示某一类人或事物的任何一 个。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqPkrN3VdxO5OIzF8rzxFlA"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This is a cat.这是一只猫。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhxJFy1p8IOJnESgClWa6Tb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)用于抽象名词之前,使抽象名词具体化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNgkY45Ul9TbMWHxbLBcABe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"It is a pity that you are late.很遗憾你迟到了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj7fYGtJ9xwbzhcBUwlSCng"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The ltte child is a joy to his parents.这个孩子给他的父母带来了很多欢乐。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5aN09PLUQc5I3Tz5iYpoNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(5)用于物质名词之前,使物质名词普通化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn30GLVplhVUCKSRSOkMMo1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"They made a fire to get warm.他们生火取暖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIcYtcymoKKzcucKclvGEMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"注意:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn19vNhHNag5VnNodx3zNxT5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":" (1) 当不定冠词所修饰的那个名词的第一个音(不是字母,而是读音)为元音时,不定冠词要用an,而以辅音开头时用a.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBvYWKfziOFfvG1ad9fVFcd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)在使用不定冠词时,要特别注意缩略词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn58yFtBw66IIwDaZ3C95LEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"an unidentified flying object一个不明飞行物。缩略词: a UFO.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrhZ71AK9Q8SoQYndoiZFyb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"连词(conj.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5ltxUFxOFfSAoDke4vyajc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"连词可以分成两类,一类是表示并列关系的连词。比如and, but, either…or, neither…nor等;一类是从属连词,用于引出从句,比如主语从句,宾语从句,状语从句等,比如that, if, when, so, for等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpK9ncNqDTc9CaVilhT3Jhc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"并列连词又可以分成三类,一类是表示选择的并列关系的, 主要有or表示或者,否则,either...or不是...就是...,neither...nor....也不....例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuuNgYATQKgT9yCvRo46zse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"What is your favoite,singing or dancing?什么是你的最爱?唱歌还是跳舞?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGjvj48VBiz9KDIkm6e33uh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like neither singing nor dancing.我既不喜欢唱歌也不喜欢跳舞.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnetCcs49rR98ehs8SWALA2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Either you or he tells her the truth. 要么你告诉她真相,要么他告诉她真相。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngQNBhmwSU5nlrLkPMvj4gf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"另一类是表示转折关系的并列连词, 主要有but但是,while而等。 例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnldk9C8HN6cpjGWIuZIsL0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like singing but dancing. 我喜欢唱歌但不喜欢跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvLchdOUrD1rqyz0tzoi6lg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like singing, while my sister likes dancing. 我喜欢唱歌,而我姐姐喜欢跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPqYrMeKe1pLgKwzwE0u9Df"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"还有就是表示并列关系的并列连词,比如and,bot...and,以及as...等。例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn81q42VaPhwB34mKZkhHYVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't waste food and time.不要浪费食物和时间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfktjQAKXprUub3d0Kfd7Df"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This box is three times as big as that one.这个箱子比那个大三倍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncU8nJZJpElc8hXZcCtLaNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从属连词主要根据状语的类型来分类。引导时间状语从句的从属连词类型比较多,包括表示“当…时”的when,while,as或whenever;表示“在…之前或之后”的befroe和after;表示“自从或直到”的since,till和untile;表示“一…就…”的as soon as等。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBAFUHs2OEIpYxk12TqBLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I was singing when she danced.当她在跳舞时,我在唱歌。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLAREmDqwVTcVyeMfekp8Dd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I sang when she was dancing.我唱歌时她正在跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9nZGHg3qjRbxcpbCeQk7Dd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"She danced as soon as I sang.我一唱歌,她就跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7R7I1pQxMhebtZ70zwTbVe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导原因状语从句的从属连词主要有:because,for,as,since等。例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4ALH2rXBhCbfLxyRJ2q9oc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I study s go to the best school.因为我想上最好的学校,所以我才这么努力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZZudbpp1b7AOJtX4HLDrvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导目的状语从句的从属连词主要有:in order that,so that,in case等。例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNtRaJ4Vv5uKKBM85ZS8Hid"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I study so hard in order that I can go to the best school.我如此努力是为了能上最好的学校。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZ2XyPb2NfO9wmu1WwtTgVq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导结果状语从句的从属连词主要有:so that,so...that,such..that等。例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz0RL2HuHfBmXZpbd29YVFb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I studied so hard that I went to the best school.我学习那么努力,所以我上了最好的学校。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzFkfvrRcyWRslP4YNaR2wb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹词(int.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniNo5Lt2yplNLe2agTxtUyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语感叹词有:indeed、Ah、what、dear、well、now、there、man、boy。下图是我整理的一个总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDvFxM9TJTIietGQn6RItMd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":603,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹词(int.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/83ae9a1d84284fc687acae7ca3b68c7d","width":914},"text":"","id":"doxcn2mfJ14h5MQ1872rJaYD7ge"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncOir01JItbm8zkBMQIFrMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在我们熟悉了解音标和单词之后我们就可以为自己制定学习计划了。以下是我总结出的学习计划,方法不一定适应每个人,但是希望会对大家有一个帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6SyAUawTd0bOXmIEyq7Th"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.我们可以将5500个常见词汇分为30-50个Unit,每天背诵一个Unit(100-200个单词),一个月就可以完成一轮背诵,然后第二、三个月进行第二轮、三轮巩固复习。当然,每天早上背完一个新的Unit之后,我们需要在第30分钟、晚上、第2天、第4天、第7天、第15天及第30天、对每个单元进行及时重复复习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXZrxfyR3uLIJucYleZmfug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.【具体方法】:早上:拿一张白纸挡住中文意思,只看英文单词开始背诵,勾出不认识的单词。背完一个Unit之后,立刻把勾出的单词再背一遍(依旧遮住中文意思),","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"如果还是有某个单词不认识","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",就再打勾背诵;30分钟后:把勾出来的单词重新自测一遍;晚上:睡前把打了2次及以上勾的单词重新自测一遍。以此类推,反复记忆。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW6zJRsNTiqwrslqkdVHGgf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.【注意要点】:一定要严格按照表格重复,不要偷懒!不要偷懒!不要偷懒!如果偷懒一次,漏下一两个单元,今天耽误了,那明天想补救就会很难。比如,你3月20号背诵了Unit 12,你不仅要在30分钟后和晚上睡觉之前复习两遍Unit 10,你还需要在背完Unit 12后同步复习之前背过的Unit 9、Unit 8、Unit 6、Unit 3。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBOKtBWoGR6lvFb2PoVOtkG"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":623,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/932ea040dbdd4751ac4bc6f9ae5ab66b","width":948},"text":"","id":"doxcnOFskaqaB9SjBk45NQep5oc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"作者在这边也分享一下自己学习单词的视频链接:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",该视频里可以帮大家有效的学习到单词的读音,同时在视频中也教给大家如何利用学到的音标来进行拼读单词。如果有兴趣学习的小伙伴们可以跟着视频进行单词的学习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTCkkzyQZTOBUXECbvYv2Wf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"APP推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK09UosVIi2YiwQHFV86yCd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"百词斩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjHXslIAexQp0yTProWlEBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"全民用的最多最火的背单词神器,下载量高达3亿,评分超级高。关键是适合不同年龄层次的人,可根据自己的身份选择不同的单词文本,有小学、初中、高中、大学、四六级、专业六级、八级,适合零基础的成年人从头开始学习。还有不同的背单词场景,根据不同的图片背诵单词,记忆效果很好,对零基础的成年人很友好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0CtsMkPF3eTYq1eeCCgiUe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":472,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"百词斩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fbfef7748a924c678b23b91155cd175d","width":705},"text":"","id":"doxcnerUpvZmVMFL415XQ3QSH6b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"沪江开心词场","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfmEVymN9J6brAtEO8nWtrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"趣味性极强的背单词神器,成功解决了背单词枯燥无味的问题。这个APP最大的特点就是,在闯关的过程中,顺便把单词背诵了,轻松有趣,很适合成年人在上下班地铁上背诵。闯关的过程,也是检验你是否掌握单词的过程,不记住,闯不了关,让你干着急,激发你的闯关欲望。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYBcUZCaoSITDt6e3u8sKzf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":413,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"沪江开心词场","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2144d956c812406e9adfa86e4cadc5e1","width":619},"text":"","id":"doxcnEIIrzeOWtYG6s4bZMYXaWv"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"扇贝单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrBHwj7AdcE2gFJvFpXxaGi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不仅可以背单词,还可以做笔记。和其他APP不一样,这个软件背诵单词的速度飞快,不过还会有第二轮的检验,反复巩固,加强背诵效果。背诵之前,还会问你认不认识这个单词,如果不认识,出现的频率会更高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlePYP6B3qvZFrr1gHL6yKN"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":525,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"扇贝单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/69721704242f4e83a45f841440324b26","width":785},"text":"","id":"doxcnpaLd0wRL7VZ23gphHs0wph"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCxFyqXKxXgSk6M6CkwLYEd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们认识了单词之后,就可以来了解每个单词组成句子的语法问题。其实任何一门学科都是由浅入深的,英语也不例外。学习语法就像造房子,首先要把基础的语法脉络理清,打好根基,之后再慢慢补充和拓展,让知识巩固起来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPOeGocuMzPCdkNQBdmHxjg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语语法最基础的就是简单句的组成,之后我们才会慢慢了解到并列句、复合句以及从句,以下是我总结出的语法内容,我们一起来看看吧!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn27kKkfooGNBXIP4Zxx3Z8b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaJy8VEpjdj6hlFLRREf2Dg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所有的句子都是通过简单句而组合的,只不过句子的结构拓宽了一点, 词汇丰富了一点,从而演变为其他的长句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG1g4SMQNGSLQaJhbNS2u4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.主谓","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmSsdyyIbBacwGufN9q1Ljy"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓就是主语 + 谓语的组合,比如:Spring comes 。这句话中主语是spring ,谓语是 comes 。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVkN3z1OEZX66FHA74jLG2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语就是引领句子的开头部分,是一个句子的主体,英文是 subject ,我们用字母 S 代替。谓语可以理解为动词,英文是 verb,我们用字母 v 代替。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvO6pufvGXZAnG9B5mCS8ub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.主谓宾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmYsoQlFh2Vg4paDNGw6bcb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"根据字面的意思就是主语 + 谓语 + 宾语组合而成的句子,比如 : I love you .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbtx9eCItlnoOZQkq3k1Fhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这句话中主语是 i ,谓语是 love ,宾语就是在谓语后面的词,这里是 you。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkROuofxsCDFtOur8IpHyDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语的英文是 object,这里用字母 o 代替。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniN76YN2qs3OiVRGSv0p6vc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.主谓宾宾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnThUEgQqMU70kOj1b4CSQYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾语的句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLPqIHpvrh27HH092gOT4oh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的两个宾语都是谓语动词所产生作用的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTeMZtDsE6ttx0Xrrd5vKaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 :I give you money .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2pcOY1lf9ggGINF9T1O4Jl"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的 you 和 money 都是 give 的宾语,give you 和 give money ,所以都是两个宾语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAdsX6Hwd12M5h5tvdR7Xec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.主谓宾宾补","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrTqqGQ2wNHk6kvbuvuXYze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾补的句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvVbyOMLWBe5OLURd0FZCkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 :It makes me happy .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpuev3tXTY45i7tAMXH8mgb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的 me 是 make 的宾语,但是 happy 不是 make 的宾语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj1jiujWYbkApSgX8njYdne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"happy 是 me 的形容词,是一个宾补,全称为宾语补足语,起到了补充说明的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOtZhb7oXorBivpETAwnHZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意 :区分主谓宾宾和主谓宾宾补","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsaXCewUaMSIFiUFYjKxYmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾宾中的两个宾语都是谓语所产生的作用词,而主谓宾宾补中宾补是宾语的形容词,与谓语没有任何关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAmzqMJ5W3shDYYdTBCzT9c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"5.主系表","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9Os59ogFDKLfyxMiGdkhQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的系代表系动词。包含三个类别","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntkh1Czp5EzORdX1aL4b58g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A be 动词 : am is are was were","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGjzv2rQWkZcH2gtgJiRAlf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"B 感官动词 (五官)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuGzjUgHpHLyfq1Y8Whafjh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"look 看起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRQ6Kn3egjiLYtvBYfllzoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"sound 听起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAp44KkbWgO0whufxhMPhZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"smell 闻起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKQNBIRWNxwkBYHmzhHUIbc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"taste 尝起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSpGrlCfNd7fu5MjVZnGDwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"feel 摸着....感觉......","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDSnsqUOkpiOZRvKB717V6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"C 变化动词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDnZOPCHrsiUvjgYYDQz36b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"become / turn / go / get / grow","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxcK22Lfg7dOiKvh6iVIR4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的表是代表表语,包括名词、形容词、介宾短语、不定式todo","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM0Qsi6sVQ1lQdVpdB4W43d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 you are beautiful 这句话中,you 是主语,are 是系动词,beautiful 是表语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlu1gGIOyBcyiYk7G6zBcGh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6K5WyFO9t3xyXzGmJumjCX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句通过不同的连接词就成为了不同的句子,通过并列词成了并列句,通过从属连词成了复合句。下面我们就一一讲解 :","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8bhZbi9IlyJd7r551DbNtc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句:简单句+并列词+简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJjw6p4uviFj384dseJb2Mb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列词一般有:and/or/but/so/while/yet/for/however,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0xGsWUZkMHCckTkzzaOyxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.表示并列:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn27j7rX5678xpGTJ0XuhVHb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"and,not only...but also...,neither...nor...","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA7kLDR0jeB84Ofv04m7F8c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Her father is a doctor and her mother is a teacher .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxwbAhygM7A7FhOcX5wo6Zc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.表示选择:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6vbMtVlXLoc4s4eIC4Woew"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"or,or else,otherwise,either...or...","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntPQounOFqkqGWKjY3fEsrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Hurry or you won't make the train.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4zMWhhDgyStp6fn5cfqCpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.表示对比、转折:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7ovsvA1tEQCm4N4RYJQcAC"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"but,whileyet,however,never,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCATnSoOHXbbwBTVBJAlE0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like tea while she likes coffee.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX43vgUOKbiPPtlXexw5Owe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4.表示原因:for","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyRCBm4cLabeGoN6z2KpT7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am thirsty , for it is hot .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmnvydZUKe0g0rCgnLRIxnb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"复合句:简单句+从属连词+简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZBqbcKAkuwKo4V3rdXDk1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从属连词有:that /wether/if。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntFHd9a34MVmPvDKAMqvSFe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"从句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJZqqCmGi3IQMLrakiBPIHc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"名词性从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLDUabdoQXotYo468TrAglf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当名词性从句作为句子的不同成分时,又被称呼为不同的名字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndZm4Fot0gwpFTFEQXAQNNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当作为主语时,称为主语从句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRqtpDhC0iURGHaJkYhaIqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当称为宾语时,称为宾语从句,同样表语从句以及同位语从句。以下我们来举个栗子 :","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8rE1CL4XhBkcFSAn56SOnb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语从句 What she said is wrong .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu09Y7LyO4xluUx9FRZo86W"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语从句 I said that she was wrong.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3CnOkb1yIB3pvDNkpA8v1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"表语从句 The fact is that he doesn’t really try.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzc6fLFEeQjjreChZzbVCbe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语从句 The news that he will come back is ture.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMkCHCX4gJvts46v5fbPDbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"记住一点,不管什么从句,你把它当成一个”长一点的名词”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx6EcNa7gJXReAqxIDkUpth"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"那如果这个长名词在句子中作主语,就是主语从句,作宾语就是宾语从句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfoHRJCXnkKJ6KoWRA6963S"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语从句就是相当于一个长点的名词对另外一个抽象名词进行解释说明。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZGgiKPR3Hd49uDpmQAT2qi"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlLd9Lf8BZFw89envDMpwNe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"修饰限定名词,汉语中“的”前面的内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk11n8EwFH0hxVcCfIoEhef"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"关系代词引导的定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGb18qxj1ZSpaHaTraL2Xfc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.who指人,在从句中做主语 Yesterday I helped an old man who lost his way.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn19AF8EqfjswU1uQ8fYqjpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2. whom指人,在定语从句中充当宾语,常可省略。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2isjftuM4vRySpCopRsxEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Mr. Ling is just the boy whom I want to see","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnISuz5ChabNzCWx7W1RWh7c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3. which指物,在定语从句中做主语或者宾语,做宾语时可省略","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyUxL7PkeYA5GpLALH2bQ5c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This is the pen (which) he bought yesterday.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFzUyHQf7gLI6JaNt6092lO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4. that指人时,相当于who 或者whom;指物时,相当于which。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzr9vw3cdap0CSf5tPTXIb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5. whose通常指人,也可指物,在定语从句中做定语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoY8cakONmsdHcBCWAjZZRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指的是谁的。Do you like the book whose cover is yellow?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlnHzXxRxNy1P6xsKAyt8Xd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"关系副词引导的定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTyuo7WXgIOPuSRs5t31kNe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"when where why","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmOMggk4tuYr2Spl8l4HNsf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnetlithDV41CEd5qrnBOnSh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"修饰动作的发生的时间、地点、原因、方式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna99jgP4VRqKUDFCh1c0Vqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.时间状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK557GoXuRB0DepI9eUEKVg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:when, as, while, as soon as, before, after, since , till, until","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY9A3WRHvEoZyRH4mgBxWBd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:the minute, the moment, the second, every time, the day,the instant,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO9mpSScZPXVqMdMxTV5cig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I was fat when I was a child.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUvKv5TzXCc7qPGjfkmXre6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.地点状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhrRk2C9ELJZJVRBRFS217b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:where","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDPoCjDYcuHEdKpc5uTxNTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:wherever, anywhere, everywhere","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyse40io4DSVHmpndgooDRk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Keep it where you can see it.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBE3v8P8OvbFztN2CEJHyPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.原因状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKgw4c1MB3hciTwGsIHjD1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:because, since, as, for","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpEIyogb586tuihCV0oW2jc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:seeing that, now that, in that, considering that, given that.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGxscoAEJ5Hdr7z3X43MDxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"My friends dislike me because I’m beautiful .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnTL2ta9nONJbiLE9UwMlwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4.目的状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSC7TsYeNceQ8DSYpw8Hy1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:so that, in order that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDJovz1SBH3hMLfu5A1gbX5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:lest, in case, for fear that,in the hope that, for the purpose that, to the end that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugOpDvFF16uZHkeI3takyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"study hard so that you can pass the exam.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX7o1MZIjrqwbKzgKqWMeMh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5.结果状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6JgIgQ5oAdYmVRBnISWiLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:so … that, so… that, such … that,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncA6YkRxHow0L2KdBaFJeie"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:such that, to the degree that, to the extent that, to such a degree that,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl56POCYiYeSN1q2fAHcBHd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He got up so early that he caught the first bus.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFD9lnwoLuipHftNbM8tYjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6.条件状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNDWXvBCRyhkXuXxvbeG0hb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:if, unless,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkzKtd2JK04n2D60buHq7lg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:as/so long as, only if, providing/provided that, supposing that, in case that, on condition that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnutMRwJ7rM6y457Wge0i2cd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"If you ask him, he will help you.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngjxiUiCjgdn5evgZ8yW83c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7.方式状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7IZWCwsvJeUciduGkyKwQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:as, as if, how","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUbZEvewwKGKsbxCq3G0PMc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:the way","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsILfEq5J7eJEWbkDTYFoAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Think as i think","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqMqw1ImirgHb4SEhVuDbre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8.比较状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfFrkpc1lo30QWxGEV4g4lh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:as(同级比较), than(不同程度的比较)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRZZkeyqPct5gPPL7Sdpd0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:the more … the more … ; just as …, so…; A is to B what /as X is to Y; no … more than; not A so much as B","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpqloCbQ0lWphQhi7W3WGUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The house is three times as big as ours.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnP43ykkHwBZZf28Z4XjsPxd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9.让步状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXexLVWzZYULCNnnhpaC0lE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:though, although, even if, even though","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniGeI6QqkEmcEB87bc7QDZb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词: as(用在让步状语从句中必须要倒装),while ( 一般用在句首 ),no matter …, in spite of the fact that, while, whatever, whoever, wherever, whenever, however, whichever","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndam24WmxWEl6DGz8itqsJh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Though I believe it,yet I must consider.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQcBctl7G18X76WRBw0X8zf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2ALi5xvrnpCECATJSYi8Aa"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"时态的本质是:时+态。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL0RzBG8YNjomvF4EJnMoEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所以学习时态,一定要把时和态分开来看待。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUwbsFqf514uQDXAiB5xr4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am a teacher.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjOHxFwdf9610xLo0S60HCe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这句话,时间是“现在时”,状态是“一般态”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6yMyrRRViyI6FfWaktCU4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语里有4种时间:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni0dp910IoQD9QmFJOdiTTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"过去,现在,将来,过去将来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntjdIrt1MCv88xMT18trxIf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语里有4种状态:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2p5k90Evt9vdcUYpzv3bDg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般态:非完成,非进行","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnyPmiDBiluGbbx0fQvIp4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进行态:动作的延续","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniK7Iyckr6AJ5NBxfqhXN2d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"完成态:在截止时间时,完成了的事情","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Oo93t06MB5iqyom10fpdc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"完成进行态(几乎不用):过去是,到截止时间是,将来还是的事情(强调截止时间)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyJHMdd3b1btfA2I4bBvfXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图,两个是我整理的笔记内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJUPWwnm2bwJkrv0Z3F3nab"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":424,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2dc0dab104834b4bb1f7d53a2f7a46c1","width":655},"text":"","id":"doxcnacTHReq9vY7EdPLRySxNuR"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":468,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c756989bbd1044669a5be67dcca136ab","width":732},"text":"","id":"doxcnjvcu0bJIHneLs2da29o5sf"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwgE16aKvniXgn02YKIuAgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwgE16aKvniXgn02YKIuAgg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.从阅读时理解语法,再用语法书夯实理解而成的专业知识。举一个典型的例子。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"冠词the看似简单","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",实际上用法难懂变化多端。一本详细的语法书通常会记录数十条应用the的规则,及其不计其数的不可抗力事件,并且除外中依然存在除外。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn13CYDTYmGFMYhO4Z0G0K6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.学精语法,英语语感比规则关键。培养阅读英文的好习惯。仍以the为例。每一次读书的时候难免会遇到the字数十次,而每次都是看到不同情况,不同类型的句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO7utA8kzs7fho4Rnuqhshx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.读书时碰到疑惑,前去阅览语法书。这时候,语法书里的复杂规则就恰好派上用场了。由于你明白自己要请,都知道这种语法规则用于具体的语句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCuAo8ooj0JDnIeeXJC9rqd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d20390155029456ba85d3be1b02f7dcb","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnIxTn5tMBhHbk6etfGhoFQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWRAe34frk1DPhorGHasOYe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以下几个图片是我在网上进行搜索归纳的总结性笔记,一列为一种总结内容,图一至图四为整体内容,图二衔接图一结尾,图三衔接图二结尾,图四衔接图三结尾。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHM7jS22SIvOiOR7gesRIJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图一","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCYGhPQ8DSRSQ7k8bVkAmbb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1156,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9695cee9acd141eeb4f9542e91566552","width":1623},"text":"","id":"doxcnhOznOxYYndRfHlBebxV8If"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图二","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzrImd5S33fFzYkuLMB1Thc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1106,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b4e7741267af4905a893bab3415491a3","width":1625},"text":"","id":"doxcnBVLTykjbKK4Ic2SInpWwvq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图三","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjChnYpwrYqwW8VTRNwVhys"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1138,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9e2e930112d64db68cb988a6985bfe6f","width":1623},"text":"","id":"doxcnZ4IPuwd5kjKsPoKgyWNVqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图四","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMAzKKhpUpFSmKdoFngg9uj"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":909,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/beb01fb9ec8049cd924ed826b6db69d5","width":1624},"text":"","id":"doxcnC8K6ks6ssQhrZE1BIokaSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"给大家讲了这么多书面上的语法问题,作者在这里给学习英语的小伙伴们介绍一下我在学习英语时候借鉴的视频。视频中老师充分讲解了初步学习英语适用的语法问题,在讲解的同时还为大家用例句进行了说明。视频链接如下:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":")","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCMgGOx32f12plxMYnR8Sdn"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnttxR0Tfpm1yJbn7S4UNEPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《英语魔法师之语法俱乐部》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVgJWo7kmf56Z05lOQ9Y1gb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"本书内容非常简单,可以帮助语法薄弱的学习者慢慢理解语法。它分为三个部分:初级句型、中级句型和高级句型。初级句型共讲解了五种基本句型;中级句型有四种,即形容词从句、名词从句、状语从句和倒装句。另外这本书的冠词、不定式和动名词的语法相比其他语法书的讲解更透彻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOIgcKtZmYbC4WxA1uvXhTc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":637,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a455616550e34d90afd72c7fb6375029","width":960},"text":"","id":"doxcnHlZtGWMWCnWcSJaS7G4qkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《English Grammar in Use》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTFM7ROjBTxghbsJPkGrCbd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"本书的语法范例,主要是以情景为例,将抽象的语法概念更具体化、也易于理解。书中材料均来自英语母语国家,表达地道,让学习者可以学以致用,让学习的效率更好。全书图文并茂,内容生动,对语法知识点进行分类对比,可以让学习者快速梳理思路,学习起来事半功倍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZIILWbHHkQuGmi4aBZ9Ufe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":526,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b2c42c5de9ce4434ae8f984e64a7088a","width":789},"text":"","id":"doxcnT1MSFjFggedQUbMWRQ1dDc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《柯林斯英语语法》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKGu8LJqVqDUPil6fnZxXxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《柯林斯英语语法》的体例和所有的英语语法书都不一样,不是按照句型排列的,而是按照表达法和表达功能排列的,而内容也侧重于灵活实用的功能语法讲解,强调语法和词汇的结合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzaz1Rtt5HB4TM8DwO808je"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":686,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/30982e4142d548c4968007b96f2e4ace","width":1027},"text":"","id":"doxcnqES1yHBd0cMdKAa5i1hBWc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnn0nGWZYIAYYa18gNM31Wff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过了单词和语法的认识,持之以恒记忆对话、课文中的佳句是丰富我们语言,积累句式的好方法。而能对熟悉的句子进行变通也是学习英语的重要技巧之一。现在虽然考试不考句型转换,但是句型转换可以加深我们的记忆和知识的拓展。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"(想详细了解英语造句内容的可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识英语基础","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":")","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXMDWrzox2UdAqyFCO3eNgd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子成分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM73tNQ9AXsi2zaT4N8OvAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子的组成部分,包括主语、谓语、宾语、定语、状语、表语、补语、同位语和独立成分9种,其中,主语和谓语是主要成分有,表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语、同位语和独立成分是次要成分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkhxsoXgRJo4rro7rLtpDjc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、主语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY5BM1z3Yjy6Ujzvc0hYCnc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语是句子叙述的主体,可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词和主语从句等来承担。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS0s7KZQb6YMEZ1DaX3uaWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The sun rises in the east. (名词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny6JIEUIEvJh9eyVh8mR8ah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He likes dancing. (代词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLoN8qoA6jOuwdEIgwexjmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、谓语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncIHCil4IIPTW55ckct5QDc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"谓语说明主语所发出的动作或具有的特征和状态。谓语由动词来承担。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrQS8YKWUYuTCNnIjiobeMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"We often speak English in class.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3HaNT5GpxU81Uv8iAVBKgg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2cRy3khvk0MCLzFM23VXXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语是动作的对象或承受者,常位于及物动词或介词后面。宾语可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词、宾语从句等来担任。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3VHOgsEAtOXmk2KX4Fwcbb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除少数句子(如祈使句和感叹句等)外,一句话必须同时具有主语和谓语所表达的意思才能完整。主语是针对谓语而言的,是一句话的主题,谓语用来说明主语的情况,为主语提供信息。例如:They are working.主语是they(他们),那么他们在做什么呢?看来没有谓语are working 是不行的。在正常情况下,英语的主语和谓语的位置与汉语一致,也就是说主语在前,谓语紧跟其后。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzCGQVlui4dthWYjWX9XYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He pretended not to see me. (不定式短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFvgKUJPmOIylvs138Utvyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I enjoy listening to popular music. (动名词短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniWGjGM3HER20HF4mawNmyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、定语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugXIexeJ5aLiGIrYBJFAhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定语用于描述名词,代词,短语或从句的性质,特征范围等情况的词叫做定语,定语可以由名词,形容词和起名词和形容词作用的词,短语担任。如果定语是单个词,定语放在被修饰词的前面,如果是词组,定语放在被修饰词的后面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvYOixbx0BYHx66pGNn0sjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Guilin is a beautiful city. (形容词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYdvIN7Khzk0f3rVjkgcJEH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"China is a developing country; America is a developed country. (分词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAaaWG7VikQJdMEg4IN4djd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、状语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYXLZriQiPslgZmDPhT8Zse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"状语说明事情发生的时间,地点,原因,目的,结果方式,条件或伴随情况,程度等情况的词叫状语。状语一般由副词、介词短语、分词和分词短语、不定式或相当于副词的词或短语来担当。其位置一般放在句末,但也可放在句首或句中,修饰动词、形容词、副词等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnev42QgmX28dduOgV46GdKc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Light travels most quickly. (副词及副词性词组)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIRCImB7FIwJ26I2qfFmHbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He has lived in the city for ten years. (介词短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbijUYPOyzMS4BDHufAQAph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、补语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpZly8E7GCl1mKApuWPZjyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"补语的作用对象是主语和宾语,具有鲜明的定语性描写或限制性功能,在句法上是不可或缺的。补语是起补充说明作用的成份。最常见的是宾语补足语。名词、动名词、形容词、副词、不定式、现在分词、过去分词都可以在句子中作宾补。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZdDpX7V2RszuRXLVpS6e2c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"His father named him Dongming. (名词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRjdSvxsVQUbvsb8jzZdWfc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"They painted their boat white. (形容词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyKEQQuQc9YccxX5a5itOjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"七、表语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnANZ6TfZoCI37m2KoXON5yh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"表语是用来说明主语的性质,身份,特征和状态。表语须和系动词一起构成句子的复合谓语。表语一般放在系动词之后。表语可以由名词,形容词或起名词和形容词作用的词和短语担任。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaHnDxNnj08Ff7UpCLb29og"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常见的系动词有: be, sound(听起来), look(看起来), feel(摸起来), smell(闻起来), taste(尝、吃起来), remain(保持,仍是), feel(感觉)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkYVDBK7YbzuMDpjzRRmeug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"八、同位语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl039rxzRXbLkHRViJ6Lieh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语当两个指同一事物的句子成分放在同等位置时,一个句子成分可被用来说明或解释另一个句子成分,前者就叫做后者的同位语.这两个句子成分多由名词(代词)担任,同位语通常皆放在其说明的名词(代词)之后。同位语和补语的区别在于:补语不能缺少,同位语可以缺少。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4gmNyprrTgWRQHv5N04obc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"九、独立成分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQXXdZhlyzzPKr1t1GtP1Pd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"独立成分,是当一个词、短语或从句用在句子里面,与句子的其他成分只有意义上的联系而没有语法关系时,它就称为独立成分。常见的独立成份有呼吁、惊叹语、答语、插入语、介词短语、非谓语动词所构成的短语及形容词、副词所引起的词组等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoWr4o2ODMQotKBHk6wbq2d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyq0bIM74F6EZYYWy6hh9Lf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句是陈述一个事实或者说话人的看法。它包括肯定句和否定句两种。陈述句在书写时句末用句号,而在朗读时则用降调。陈述句的核心是非常基础的。这个句子里有一个名词和一个动词。句子可以有其他成分,如形容词、副词和其他词。但是最简单的形式就是名词和动词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVp3pyjHZ1o89YsMOU2Rl1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"陈述句的基本句型:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMYXr3LzD0cFkj0FEkjmCkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)主语+连系动词+表语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX0gKKGtyQCL6opKZMCXr8f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)主语+谓语(不及物动词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfH6bkRz1iIZ2t9vIiRRksc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)主语+谓语(及物动词) +宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlczsezkRhMsHzPd8Aoxw5f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)主语+谓语(及物动词) +间接宾语+直接宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO3dv72R3uS9wNNc4wWTfRg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(5)主语+谓语(及物动词) V.+宾语+宾语补足语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnt33KmVGc4GesAK1fzdyPoc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"肯定句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlfQ75ODhofVvrUVDmON8Ke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The river flooded.河水泛滥了。(主谓 )","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnofCMsXnZ6ev4xSdNSFKB7e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He has a sense of humor.他有幽默感。(主谓滨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1JQPc3MfxW8gdDfMKB9o2b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He can teach you English.他可以教你英语。(主谓+双宾)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW7HEZOK2x8ZiecRJsc57Ne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He painted the desk blue.他把书桌涂成了色。(主谓滨宾补)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmNsaB5AOmqF0MeT3Gt1g4p"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He is a doctor.他是一名医生。(主系表)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneriwUiAI3OWrkNNs7Vko2f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"否定句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBaGQt354sbBKzsNPqz8QPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The river did not/didn't flood. 河水没有泛滥。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIkNL2yZvzT6tSMhAPi5e2W"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He does not/doesn't have (has not 1 hasn't) a sense of humor.他没有幽默感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhjiSTi0GZyouew9DMRbqdb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He can not/can't teach you English. 他不能教你英语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrYqJGDjdXDMokXmGMWV2Ke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He didn't paint the desk blue.他没有把书桌涂成蓝色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpLAdCk3F0udFVjhRORcgOe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He is not/ He's not/ He isn't a doctor.他不是一 名医生。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYFKGig5anbAJhpwdGUMTLg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnD0TdW6iWNi2rgvbWNuzH7e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz3fWdWu6dYRJAs9BxHfadk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通常用来询问一件事情或一种情况是否属实,其回答通常是yes或no,因此这类问句又叫做“是非问句”。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoMTLxBXUg63m3YB4BAH6Rc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Is there something wrong with this machine?这台机器有问题吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYCf98jmmG9fLEdUvfZVlah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Have you got today's milk?你拿到今天的牛奶了吗? ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnACDsS2X0n9rKX8aXhpTLhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall we go on?我们继续向前吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbqUsTz9bHHcli9fZLe0hCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Will he not agree with you?他不同意你吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmtQG7lHPJZoHr9K75hJLdD"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Haven't you any sisters?你没有姐妹吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN2idvuqJtvtl2N96wP6y0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't you like this movie?你不喜欢这部电影吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSf5mWamlbnO53a40lF6cff"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDxYuR4fYrM7rJvKsRvjjgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊疑问句是对句中的某一部分提出疑问,通常以who、where、when、why等疑问词开头,因此又叫“wh-问句”。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntFPlTuXGpUYJ7nfxRLkZGb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Who are you?你是谁?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6lEONTnSd6DbEMe3y6m3WE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Whom are you going to play table tennis this afternoon?今天下午你和谁打乒乓球?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncRRlEvQuNPcIfJ4b9KTgtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Whose glasses are broken?谁的眼镜打碎了?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI5whj7J8WXAjeV78zhsEQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which shoes do you like?你喜欢哪双鞋子?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnpmOZr3KXytK5usOnhuMEd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"What do they want to do?他们想要做什么?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvU1DTLJ2kVkIvLFK3XHXbe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"When does she want to practice?她想要什么时候练习?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrZc7rs7NKiryQIvDUgKrmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Where is the restroom?洗手间在哪里?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnttbEBfqQfomY4G0xYgEINf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Why did you leave?你为什么离开了 ?|","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2mYEg4oMjgBf2EE0Zw21Tb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"How do you study English?你怎么学习英语?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhoVGbbUloIx3LKFX4PVNTg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlpZWiDpowGm0csSHzFxQZg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择疑问句是对问题提出两个或两个以上的答案供对方选择的疑问方式。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn967odvYj0RR5keeNO5U9de"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall we go by bus or by train?我们乘汽车还是乘秋车?,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnr5r1RLK5BR9dYpFudVzS5c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall I give you a hand, or you can manage?要我帮你,还是你自己解决?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL0B5kOAnR8vaHJVjqa5pWe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which do you prefer, coffee or tea?你要哪一样, 咖啡还是茶?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGpSTLACZXguAekYDOYoWAj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Coffee or tea?咖啡还是茶?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4Mjip9XpYZGdBhatcrF3ue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which do you lie best, singing, dancing or skating?唱歌、 跳舞和溜冰,你最喜欢哪样?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIGlJ6JDtSLXz10dPpfwdtc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"反义疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0kRglqChzA8pZK9AstF7fc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"反意疑问句又称为附加疑问句,英语称为tag question,是一种常用于口语的疑问句式,主要由“陈述句(或祈使句) + 疑问句”构成。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE3PtziIk0a9RZB63oo5hcv"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句有 be 动词时,以该be动词形成反问;陈述句有助动词(will、shall、can、have...)时,以该助动词形成反问;陈述句只有动词时,按主语人称及该动词时态,置 do、does、did 形成反问。下面是句型。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRCl1Pd9EzwAyzCzQYOZvXa"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Study hard, will you?要用功,好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnufZ5wiE0UF5m3sJqsJamQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't do it, will you?不要做这件事,好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZXfFQ996Cadw2LlEQLAGUb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Let me go, will you?让我走,好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne2RXcPwowdoD5HdwSbgLLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Let's stop here, shall we?我们在这里停下,好吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU02QQ6JNcnL73C1lpiadyF"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"There is wifi at this cafe, isn't there?在这个咖啡厅有无线网络,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvdI6BMTcZj0Fao6JnlqZkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The clock is slow, isn't it?表走得慢,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzNxN0fYWeCjWho80EOwhpf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Your are good at math, aren't you?你擅长数学,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuIUoXgdL9z4qpX3vwkpswd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"John is going to study English, isn't he? John会学习英文,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSJtc2x7GlFKrBHLCpT6I7f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUlMxrzw1ADWZOX2RwRsTqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句是英语中的一个句式,也是用于表达命令、请求、劝告、警告、禁止等的句子。祈使句最常用于表达命令,因此在学校文法中也常称为命令句。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8yexivfY5nXi70BEvxOObb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":553,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4c03a42953f0478a8235a64272e9d131","width":915},"text":"","id":"doxcnHeINouDJUcRgghMw6TWLvb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpwIVxv1aU51hkxjvqT2syg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句是英语四大功能句型之一,主要用来表示高兴、愤怒、厌恶或者欣赏等强烈感情的句子,句末通常用感叹号!结尾,说话时用降调。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnowqJgF7c9vAXFKGWl4alfc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":701,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c45f9ca9b5db492c816bf334a39817ce","width":1079},"text":"","id":"doxcnxzaNej89cvkmYGGT1yNeMz"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8hpxbXoQZw8QBNE5bKPCXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"由一个主语(并列主语)和一个谓语(并列谓语)构成。只有一套主谓结构。主语可理解为“谁?”,谓语视为“做什么?”“是什么?”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn22RGQBMXTyQY141ic8wQLg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句五种基本句型:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnseRcAD6RspymnAePU59pgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主系表 SVP","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpUiYrLpMY9vOTF0BaQX2P4"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓SV","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngnNsOmd7jHEFxkQAC8PwGW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾SVO","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjPv65QbjbcC7O7TafsNehg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓双宾SVOO","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnh6CbV42IgCVBYh3hWCdo2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾宾补SVOC","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYXGOWIRYZCqnbTGiRHVjdg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVfhjECy4SPLEoEmmovQ7ad"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":366,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/209ed9c279194d449c04709817ce01ad","width":552},"text":"","id":"doxcnWtKiWieERz8SIrKGYo0kof"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvK1dZSJ9beTgUSAZ764Fif"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"是并列句由两个或者两个以上的简单句并列而成,有两套或两套以上的主谓结构。并列句的基本句型:“分句+并列连词/特殊符号+分句”。并列连词:and(和,而且) but(但是) yet (但是) for (因为) so (所以)。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnevPcYXZIbS14HlLwjdzi4e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":555,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/509a2fb7d8314abc82c8e092d40111e8","width":890},"text":"","id":"doxcniKNFBENGpNchVaL0zXqWzb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊句式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJqFcNuCUWaiEYYcscGJAyn"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnthBrV1bxnITixNJEHXVfPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句在","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"英语","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中是用来表示人或事物的存在、出现等意义,而且大都是用于描述性文章中。存在句可以从结构,句型来分析,可以有多种时态形式。相关的语法重点有:存在句的谓语动词,存在句非限定形式,存在句主谓一致等。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw8u6iz34h3LpTMSN7jupDf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":437,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/73afbf7743cf404ba512639eae92f403","width":684},"text":"","id":"doxcnGPMzTRHTrd4vGWFfGTSUGe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"省略句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrte54LEyfxQTHQm5RvlrSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在英语中,名词可以省略,动词可以省略,动词当中不但系动词这样的可以省略,连实意动词也是可以省略的,只要它已经出现过了。会使用省略句是英语水平走向高阶的一个标志,在使用省略句的时候,不要担心对方看不懂或者听不懂。只要你用的正确,不存在别人不能理解。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkMcL8HKVuxNaXyPpt28Efe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":416,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"省略句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7db2fd9c00fd480eb7e4326e50c9f033","width":671},"text":"","id":"doxcnSZ6iUEtW58RMKnedHkF4ig"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"倒装句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxlJiYoDl36mUGAHR6HQM1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了强调、突出等词语的目的而颠倒原有","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"语序","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"句式","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"叫做倒装句。在倒装句中,颠倒了的成分可以恢复原位而句意基本不变,句法成分不变。英语倒装句的7种形式,希望能帮助你理解英语句子。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuySu7eg6Dix9u0iXEgQx0c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":524,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"倒装句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d0fc7aa9c8734ea6b4ee294e99c3dc7a","width":719},"text":"","id":"doxcnvyO2dKHfKIEnF60fdAK4Se"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvQk7sQmCrcRMdHiqlMykXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句型是一种特殊句式,用于表示说话者强烈的感情或意愿。强调就是通过某种手段使句中某一部分所包含的信息比一般情况下显得更重要。强调句型的结构如图所示:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm0i33Lp9pAuWCC4Sz5ZD9e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":740,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b91cf42bfeac4f219b734bce59b8836c","width":1153},"text":"","id":"doxcncxZueckJE2V9unMRc11e6b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7THJYFgeUAP738ZX2HMeCR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第一步】:看大标题,图片,小标题,看完之后大概猜测文章是关于什么的,目的在于对文章有个模糊的印象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhKhRjn3qXjfJVQjrN5quWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第二步】:重点略读,主要读每段第一句和最后一句,大概了解每个段的内容,目的在于对文章结构有个整体把握,比如典型的结构——介绍问题、给出原因、提出解决方法、说明潜在风险、对未来进行判断。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5O2dw1bWolFjkW38mCgPz9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第三步】:全文略读,读的时候让尽可能多的信息进入眼眶,略读次要信息,抓重点信息(核心观点、重要前提、重要假设),并对重点信息进行精读,同时对觉得不错的内容再进行标记。目的在于掌握重点信息,方面以后复查或者积累写作素材。(这时候不懂的单词可以圈起来,只要不影响文章大意理解就不查,等到最后一步再查)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniHEGSXYT2nxppKRBWZ45Jf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第四步】:不断来回查找信息,对比是否存在疏漏,目的在于梳理文章结构,掌握文章整体脉络。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDhhkkvtV8rRvNC7bsza23b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第五步】:带着结构重新略读阅读信息,精读标记信息,看是否理解清楚,是否需要进一步的查询工作。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDwn7yFvE5euPKdiyVuR5Nb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划制定好后,作者这边推荐小伙伴们可以在b站上跟着这位老师学习学习,他的视频内容充分的为大家解决了句型问题,同时还利用造句的方式帮助小伙伴们可以更加深刻的了解英语句子的组成部分,视频链接如下:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX1Lyz1eF3mUpTa7q8yvaih"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnclB8F8RfjWQS1ZGaTmk5ff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《读者文摘》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoJdmQYzbm4zf4ejQOqXtFd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"读者文摘在全球多个国家和地区都有发行。1922年","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"创刊","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",这是一本能引起大众广泛兴趣的内容丰富的家庭杂志。它所涉及的故事文章涵盖了健康、生态、政府、国际事务、体育、旅游、科学、商业、教育以及幽默笑话等多个领域。适用人群是英语初、中级水平学习者及考研党","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwqhJKJCHzbYd2LwLLxaw1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同时,由于内容具有思考价值、探讨性和实用性,中国英语考试中有不少题目和材料来源于这本杂志。非常适合考试党提高英语能力和语感,是夯实英语基础的大众型读物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJblhctnFwrFB9szmOPAYoe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"购买方式:直接联系中图订购纸本,这种刊物在国内订阅是完全许可的。都是英文原版,按期引进。读者文摘是那种小册子,时代是标准的杂志。现在国家对外籍刊物进口管理比较严格,自己从网上订电子版往往会被屏蔽掉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAg6lna6AEISLMHnMWaPlwg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":700,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed45d9432f6d48038eaf53b1b50fd0b0","width":1050},"text":"","id":"doxcn7BHlMZEgR0Bfxl0wKN106c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"经济学人","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5qVgfWzE8N3RdjJLxGYUKd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一份由伦敦经济学人报纸有限公司出版的杂志,创办于1843年9月,创办人詹姆士·威尔逊。杂志的大多数文章写得机智,幽默,有力度,严肃又不失诙谐,并且注重于如何在最小的篇幅内告诉读者最多的信息。该杂志又以发明巨无霸指数闻名,是社会精英必不可少的读物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzM2fPOheGGYJCa8pAJv8e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"里面的文章十分经典,经常出现在考研的阅读理解里面,可见里面的用词、用句的高水平。还有很重要的一点,就是《经济学人》里面还会涉及大量的词汇、固定搭配以及长难句,不仅仅是提升阅读水平,对于词汇积累、语法提升等都大有好处。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKeyyDDxNWtjPCOgp5h8LXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"就里面所有的板块和内容而言,个人最喜欢其中的 ","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"obituary","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" 和 special report 部分,前者会写很多有趣的人,很有意思。后者则涉及政治、经济、社会、科技领域的时新专题报道,属于涨知识的必备栏目。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU2lGZISzbtOQJ0hgF9ht9f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读方式:一些免费提供离线资源的网站,这块要用谷歌搜,或者用必应国际版,但很多更新更新着就不更新了,免费的可以搜一个关键词:西贝博客。还有国内一些网站提供付费的离线资源,这块是一种选择,只要会用指令搜索,就可以搜索进行查看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBDBhwGuTF6Y9q0K8UZgFWf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"还有就是通过发邮件到经济学人官方,咨询他们有哪些授权渠道商,再通过这些渠道商去订阅。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneDYgFa6dIluIcKzeAknWhd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":663,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a6c09a1dd0b64fc58b21d0d3a96ef076","width":973},"text":"","id":"doxcn8jxBuGxQxPmQXTyuRKzfde"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语中期学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZt8uMGUPRo8V8im591dVif"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"听力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK0epC41eglSTzsosGbIavh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们在锻炼听力的时候一定不要听那些东拼西凑的英语磁带,而是选择一个听力材料就彻底把它拿下。材料里的每一个单词、每一个短语都要听清楚。为了达到这一点,你必须听写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9XUbwIIzg8oDX83HZyXKxe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"听力","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fa24511943ad423e9bed1e34a320dde5","width":452},"text":"","id":"doxcnKv48CpMJjLajyYXc0pouae"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzMd0ooJutFMUz0OZqeCwqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一步是先纠正自己的音标,这是最基础的,我们之所以听不懂是因为我们发音不标准,我们也听不出来英语发音。所以首先必须纠正好自己的音标。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEdM2LsfAKWR6HNHVmhg2gc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二步是要扩大自己的单词量,好多人不注意这一点,认为听力的单词量有限,但是一定要把自己的单词量扩大到一定的范围。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhNSI81bh6GMHiZw0Uvx2xd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三步是训练听力,首先训练单个单词,先听单个单词,然后在逐渐的听句子,这是很主要的,要循序渐进。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3yasqt8PVyvdfJ1Hj4oFpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四步是在听听力的时候,一定要在自己听不懂的地方多听几遍,并把相关的单词和句子抄下来,经常去阅读。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnreD2PtoRVzFOjkk7tAasUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第五步是每天坚持听听力至少2个小时,这是非常关键的一步,不要怕辛苦,坚持下来就行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPkUHlTFddlEBYsC3MgrCIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第六步是可以坚持看美剧或者坚持听外国的音乐和相关的歌曲,对自己的听力都有很大的帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx3R4068GWCDbQifRgcWJPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"听力的基础练习可以在b站上搜索","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"发音词典","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"(这是用户)进行用于听力练习,这个老师的视频中开头部分就为大家制定好了听力规则,在观看视频的时候也可以充分的锻炼自己的英语听力。视频的链接如下:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8FVl4pJ2vSGrePfW1MGvce"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习小技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkN1wpXb0j2dCuwdq84efWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、学会抓关键词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0EqyWTvUywCro4XBoYxNwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在听力过程中,我们要学会抓其中的关键词。在语段之间的停顿时间,快速浏览选项,对比其不同之处,在听的过程中通过关键词判断说话者的身份,帮助自己搜索相关背景知识。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnydSflSO3XiLXE3DbacpQmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、学会划分意群","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5TJgyVHqlUnLeWhL7TiXve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"很多人在听的时候都是逐个单词地听,想要听懂每一个单词。其实这样做是没有必要的,也是很难做到的。因此,我们要学会划分意群来听,分词组分词块来听会帮助你节省很多时间,并能让你更快地理解句子是什么意思。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7h0dyChjbb7sCui3hA6GOd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、学会提前思考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQspMHU3xk0sDWGGXNVlPmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在听力开始之前,你就要浏览完材料,结合选项开始思考。这段话要讲什么,目的又是什么。并学会猜测,包括对话题的预测、甚至通过常识进行答案的预测。这样才能在考试之中处于主动的位置,所以,听听力要积极主动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3ClKnJ9e1gQZcjtwET6MBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、学会做笔记","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUE0RmQjdnQTdu1LPmsSOee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"好的笔记能够让你的思路清晰,让你了解听力内容的结构。在听力的开头结尾时就要集中精神,记住相关信息,因为那很有可能就是听力的重点。有时考点在出题时是按照顺序来出的,因此笔记能帮助我们排除一些干扰选项。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMXGUhlbc57SMPMlRspWP9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、学会注意数字","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZTIPpQBWtOnyymvmy64sgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要注意以下几方面:常规数字的连读,百分数,分数,小数,百分比,电话号码,航班号,驾照号,信用卡号等等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrsFTyiPi7cEpejGRDc0bPb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCif7BdZShCkdR6zlvkAGhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"BBC Learning English","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQ6fzjxKQxaSONRpBG7zBe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我一定要把它放在第一位,因为只要想到网路上的免费英文学习资源,第一个要推荐的绝对是BBC Learning English。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyt4VyHUNlepoNZrZcjnwpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这个被公认为全球最佳的英文学习网站,不只具有英文单字词汇、文法、发音、听力、会话、阅读以及学习测验等丰富多元的学习教材,而且也一直持续更新教学内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqApD00g0lOexyWgq0ZOQGc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除了可以用网路学习之外,也可以免费下载mp3语音和文字稿到电脑,当作持续自学进修练习的免费教材。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfOLXyRgbV7xNPhKMpDSVne"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":448,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e913fb04c2264cf988f77a15dfd0d31a","width":687},"text":"","id":"doxcnjIQsMQiGBRrao7JobdIF1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"TED","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneYelIUmcvEwovBCnWOA4jg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"TED Talks是可以一边听演讲一边训练英文听力的网站。在这里有不同领域的专业人士所发表的科学、娱乐、文化、教育、艺术等等专题英文演讲影片,除了训练正式英文的听力之外,还可以增长知识,开拓自己的视野。可以观看约10~20分钟TED Talks练习英文听力,听不懂时,还可阅读演讲稿理解影片内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUta5inyr6K3SDQvaSC2G2e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":799,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d2002cfa50c14029b7f00abac5e79b4e","width":1201},"text":"","id":"doxcnWUlwAtqF05xze1WKEyJ69d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"English Online France","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2LpG4czz6oM0cDt2Gd0mJO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"English Online France是一个非常有趣的在线英文听力训练网站,依照初级、中级和高级区分的英文听力训练教材共超过一百个项目,包括听写练习与测验的MP3语音教材以及听力练习与测验的影片。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2NkXL6X0kZcPo7uVMWNfLI"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":619,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9cef53fb83ee456f855abafe1b682163","width":971},"text":"","id":"doxcn4ptkZ85t8TasnhUru8hQVd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3YjJRnkXUEZbKQQhh7jk0O"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"语言不是教会的,而是在使用中学会的。交际能力只能在交际中得到最有效的培养。一个优秀的语言学习者应具有强烈的语言交际的欲望,应力争语言训练的各种机会。应该不怕因犯语言错误而被别人讥笑。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"(口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索,也可以","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"结合下文讲解,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在该连接中","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"看视频配合学习","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":")","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrcC1IGOuALt9pw7qUyz2Fv"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":596,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3fef193ad9d34d5c99e0c1d5e166215f","width":896},"text":"","id":"doxcn6mVn3Q0JYzoycJgoXxBh0c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnua575Ls8kF2CYx7wDtH5Gf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":" ","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一定要用完整句子对话","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn80chwA8vggV1g74yIymvyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"面对任何问题,都不能只回答表面内容,一定要在此基础上展开回答。如果别人问你一个问题,你只回答 Yes 或者 No,那如何提高口语呢?即使遇到了一个你根本不了解或者不会的问题,也千万不要用:“Sorry, I don’t know”或者“No”来回应。比如别人问了一个最基础的问题,“Where are you from?” 你千万不能只说:“I come from Beijing.”正确的做法是:先说明你来自北京,然后介绍一下北京的风土人情、家乡美食等等,最后再和对方互动一下,问你去过北京吗?或者你觉得北京这座城市怎么样呢?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8Am29JWp2EnJRUJbgM0cAs"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.多使用一些复杂句和从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEHGw7CDtKePv09IVO9GJub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"然后在平时练习过程中,要将简单句和","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"复杂句","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"交错使用,不要一直用简单的句子,这样会显得你的水平很 Low,也不要一直说很复杂的句子,因为很容易出错。在变换不同的句式的时候,记得不要出错。避免一直说简单句的最好方法就是,多说一些稍微复杂一点的从句,比如定语从句、","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"条件状语从句","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"、主语从句等等,同时一些相同意思的句子也不要用重复表达,要学会多尝试用不同的句式说出来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntl5ggqZs1SveFYXERCKt7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.通过美剧学习口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzPBHKebdTWoMlsEiSqDjMb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过美剧学习英语口语也是很多人可能有尝试的方法,对于上班族来说可以一边放松心情的同时学习英语。我建议可选择那些与日常生活比较贴近、故事情节较强的影视材料。例如金色年代。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqc0oBahh961fx6AGeNXnxh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":352,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0cc317719f8e46358e6469afbdddf745","width":530},"text":"","id":"doxcnUawhbt9LAbMNtGyT5rjQje"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"MrYang杨家成","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",这个老师讲解的每个视频内容虽然简短,但是老师在讲解前就利用学生的错误发音进行纠正,充满趣味性的同时也能认识到口语发音方面的错误。我这边为大家找到一个不错的视频内容,链接如下:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",如果需要的话可以试着看看一看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAniyl28BcwrOMGSXZMG7Sd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英音发音学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8jUdHxtD0q2Ca9U9XMhKcw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.建立英音的肌肉反射","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2Bgwdg1Q7WFlotEPgFlzzg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在我们开始在美音和英音间做出实质性的发音改变之前。我们首先要知道,发音的改变是要体现在每一个音上的,这样的改变才能导致整体上发音的变化。这包括说话过程中嘴型的变化,以及嘴部肌肉运动方式的变化。这是一个整体上的变化。并不只在有某个变化音的词里,你才能听到这样的变化,而是在每个音节上都可以听的出来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9xr07pVHQAHJOjIbjJsxeb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所以想要练习一口标准的英式英语,第一步也是必不可少的一步就是练习音标。将每个音标老老实实的学习,通过肌肉发射,对后面的英式英语的口语练习能有很大的帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc25ajSh9MJ9ZuAwKzwIk5e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.建立英音语言环境","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDI3rJYrt2kCNtJSfaMWJmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学一门语言,最好的当然就是处于一个特定的语言环境内。既然我们是在国内,没有办法实现英式英语的环境,那么我就可以通过听力来实现输入的问题,通过口语来实现输出的问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnItlQCgm0HI7U8XL0lN3nGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"而对于锻炼听力,最推从的方法就是听万能的BBC了。你要知道,在BBC,不仅仅只有新闻的,BBC还有很多栏目,比如BBC Learning,就是可以通过上面的视频进行练习口语听力的栏目。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwHmPWhIlSmkDLEJTASgmag"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.建立口语交流机制","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz7znoLcR8PJs5NGgEiTumf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现在互联网这么发达,我们完全可以通过sns来和世界交流。你只要学会FAN墙,就可以通过Facebook、Twitter、Whatsapp来找到愿意和你交流的人,如果他愿意学习中文是再好不过的了,这样互助互利是最持久的。不过记住,我们是要练习英式英语,所以最好找英国,或者加拿大的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrRBvMT5kQV0UBb8xf8Pcxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.英式发音技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPmSElkK8Ln9GVw9xhfqG7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“R”不发音,不卷舌","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQqIl9vYv6nZ8N7aadglUd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"T不发D音,发T音或不发音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjwqt9HXoI1nICAJGGHbsCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"请注意,“H”并不总是发音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLAMcR2eJySZiDSAWw12USd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":" 单词“been”的读音是“bean”,而不是“bin”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpGGCrWQLAA9NEhwglolxKe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结尾降调","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6aeWLuqOC8x6mEvNnAis2b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"美音发音学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN4ta7kwp7Fx0qE7s5mec4f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.准备好学习的视频参照物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndaDJTU1LsVAhezCVIpznMX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"仅仅是自己照着音标、课本练习朗读,不能使自己的发音改善。学习发音视频教程,才是最容易、最直观、最简单的方法。因为,可以直观地看到美国人的嘴形、舌头的位置,这样可以很容易自我调整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJ66dwrjnfif5ARMng7doIe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"请在免费WiFi下,请自行百度:美式发音训练视频教程(汇总贴)。可以很容易找到美国Paul老师的视频教程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntlV04Lro46oKCrXu0IO6Yg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.制定学习计划,每天学习1集视频","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj4goxfOdeUXbx4eZFNzA4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"每天观看1集视频,并且在安静、不被打扰的环境下学习。跟着视频一起,自己张口练习。练习时,不用去记忆生词,只需要张口练习发音就好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnykbhvgkb9sTQ7ddwKsjyBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习完1集视频后,找找自己熟悉的单词、简单句子,按照刚刚学会的方法轻松、张口朗读。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHXjtIW65YnYS2zzXQJGd0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"嘴巴重新习惯需要时间。所以,请在学习第2、3、4天,轻松复习第1天学习的发音,并张口练习。这时,不用重新看视频,只需要读一读单词、简单句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIV3Peio8xvVmfsmovzgDze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.巩固训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHh7WVDzXhSnPOLp84zocph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在平时自己朗读自己喜欢的文章时,特意留意学会的新的发音。这是进步的最后一步。如果自己没有调整,还是按照自己以前的发音方法,那就没进步了!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhKpCrCrsybqYTSoO0Gclod"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果按照这样的步骤,认真练习,任何一个自己不会的发音,每位朋友都可以在1周内熟练掌握。1个月内就可以掌握所有的标准美式发音了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN7Qg39OmoVkLqRiHmeMjmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.强化训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzbxdiLmiMlIUvH1PtxyOdc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果学习过美国Paul老师的教程,还觉得不够。再推荐一个视频教程:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9gQ1q9mWplJ1yGiT1XLXyb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美国 Lisa 老师的——Lisa美语视频教程。请按照同样的反复,每次学习30分钟吧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXVSsf7wDN37P91JfWo9uCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"5.美式发音技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsEyPamcvvVZqGAqoRoYgCf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当字母R出现在最后一个字母位置的时候,要发卷舌音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx2CWfpVikAHBBqUvcFkrYM"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当字母R的后面紧跟一个辅音字母的时候,这里的R要发音/r/","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbx7h6y4AyScuOvfmYVCwwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美式发音中的第二个特征,是关于美式浊化音。比如letter这个单词,其中的字母t就需要百分之五十浊化成发音/d/,有点类似ladder了。.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIlr6VccCrAYZDvKKmjr6wh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNn5aRsPSY0uClTNB0zjMjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"扇贝口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1xQDPd73gaCqWyXvrmrAXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一款旨在让用户“听得懂、说得出”的英语口语学习app,适合所有阶段人群,扇贝口语的课程系统完善,而且形式比较丰富,包括角色扮演,发音打分和故事模式,通过跟读以及听音复述和智能打分的形式,帮助培养开口习惯,纠正发音错误。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1vvkLtwpDzIFC4yV706Cfg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":680,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f6dce05c82bf4dd6b121e78ba47fd80a","width":1022},"text":"","id":"doxcnmOPKf8UJLtgeRfIAXrDLF7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"流利说英语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrfswMxU8HpX3xfjfcmtkAh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一款智能口语打分软件,内置各种以场景为主题的课程,你可以跟读模仿,然后系统会根据你的发音情况进行打分,他的练习材料非常丰富,从教材到职场,从生活到影视剧,而且都有难度划分,逐渐升级。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsHMd5SyxNVjHdPYDl9Jsmb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":461,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2043c818292c4f86b5a58216126c49a9","width":694},"text":"","id":"doxcnMiK9GeJjwjvWS8FLcwOJua"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语后期学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhmUCRSpuEGPbSm3kfTZrNb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCHSR2t6m306E2wX8Zw26Eg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"后期就要把你珍藏的真题拿出来了,从头到尾掐准时间(可以在开始的时候把时间写在卷题上,结束对照一下时间),作文可以先不写(前5套真题左右,把作文专项练习一下),一套真题两三天左右吃透,半个月时间把作文好好练习一下(文末附有大小作文模板以及视频),做完对照答案,(如何分析和做阅读,前面的文章已经讲过了)分数依然不重要,重要的是知道自己的薄弱地方,单词、语法、阅读速度还是注意力的问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn98ChRZY7cmLmdgPed0hv3c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":481,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3551ef9f3c724f4991e531507c6605dd","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnX6Cvuhb5Vwd8SFv6qa3U9f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"背单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBzS2BYNc6jNdNFMpHBDqQm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"单词不用说,该背还要背,这个时间可以有侧重点的背,同时还需要把重点放在真题中单词上来,一定要注意熟词僻义。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8xAWJv4iv65s79M9Ow50c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":480,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"背单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/07afafd991d44a1085aff17a8ff11ad3","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnyoBqoRdtTyyodHXEWeYTSd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnimOTAvabfb8dXPzyQ4AAcg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"仔细思考做题过程中的这个题做错了,为什么做错,我当初怎么想的,答案又是怎么说的,有没有了解出题人的意图,带着这些问题,把错的选项分析一遍,做个小结,在题旁边标注,属于哪种错误,是粗心大意还是单词或者翻译错误等;其次是单词,这个单词我背过吗,是生词还是背过忘了,然后查出这个单词,记在自己的单词本或者在单词出处记下来,第二天背下来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhUSj3jzBNrgZQJMOD8XFTb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":465,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/54b405eb55d04519b7181899e35529ee","width":696},"text":"","id":"doxcnFvq6HeNlKFyAqAEkQkbX3g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"作文","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpLzO97jEckwVUFvKIivhpg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"怎么构思,如果这次试卷就是考试,我该从哪下手,我是不是又用了,老掉牙的词,背的好词好句有没有用上等;最后就是总结,把阅读、单词、作文遇到的问题做个总结,做个规划去处理,然后第二天去复习,直到这张试卷你认为没有什么价值了,那么你复盘总结就是成功的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNNUhjM8lgrGQEXuuMqRUEg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"作文","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed636c887c314c3e9d0f3880020bb113","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcncDWKFnzQEF5EJ3EQW6a7cg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"总结","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIWNLRiDucBDag6O7zsyuNj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"最后说一下完成这个阶段所需的时间,我建议用两个月去完成是比较合适的。不要拖太长时间,不要在学习的舒适区呆太久。我们是需要感觉到自己在进步,需要有很多正反馈才能继续坚持学习的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX7UKfpZFcM1TGk9kUVSUjf"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E
本站涵盖的内容、图片、视频等数据系网络收集,部分未能与原作者取得联系。若涉及版权问题,请联系我们删除!联系邮箱:ynstorm@foxmail.com 谢谢支持!
1. qvqd,跑步的正确方法与技巧?
掌握科学和正确的跑步方法能够对人起到强身健体、愉悦身心的作用,而不科学和非正确的方法不但不能起到锻炼效果,反而会对人体健康产生一定的负面影响。所以,人们应根据自身的具体情况按照一定的要求进行跑步锻炼。
跑步姿势要正确
正确的跑姿对良好的运动习惯的养成很重要。培养正确跑姿的具体做法是:两肩微微提起,两只手臂弯曲成一定的角度,通常情况下,这个角度应为90度。手臂向前向后摆动,幅度不应过大,与此同时,要微微进行上下弹动,肩部稍抬高。
在跑步的过程中,大腿向前抬起应尽量高些,后蹬充分,步幅以大为宜,且有弹性。这样的跑姿可以让人的腹部肌肉紧张,内肚上提,呼吸均匀、细长、充分而有节奏,跑步中腹肌适当紧张,注意提气,这本身就是对呼吸器官功能的训练,也是对腹肌的锻炼,使腹肌的控制力增强,也是身体健美的有效方法。
头和肩
跑步动作要领:在跑步的过程中,人的头部和肩部应始终处于稳定状态。目视前方,除非跑动的道路不平坦,否则,不要使身体前倾。肩部要尽量放松,不应出现含胸现象。
动力伸拉:耸肩,肩部放松自然下垂,在跑动时,尽可能向上耸,并停留一下,还原后重复。
臂与手
跑步动作要领:人的手臂在摆动时应是以肩为轴的前后动作,左右动作幅度不超过身体正中线。手指应处于放松状态,与此同时,腕部与臂也要根据运动节奏做相应动作,肘关节的角度应控制在90度。
左右动力伸拉:跑步者在抬肘摆臂时,两只手臂一个处于前方,一个处于后方,成预备起跑姿势,后摆臂肘关节要尽可能的向高抬,然后放松前摆。随着跑步的速度加快,臂肘关节也越抬越高。
躯干和髋
跑步动作要领:跑步者从颈部到腹部要一直处于直立状态,错误的跑姿是身体向前倾或者向后仰,正确的跑姿能够让人呼吸顺畅,身体重心保持平衡。身体除不能向前后倾外,也不能向左向右摇晃以及向上向下起伏过大,腿向前摆时,送髋动作需积极主动,跑步时要注意髋部的转动和放松。
动力伸拉:弓步压腿,两条腿向前向后呈开立状,距离与肩保持同宽。身体的重心要慢慢向下压,直到使肌肉感到紧张,接着,放松还原。注意躯干要一直保持直立状。
腰
跑步动作要领:跑步者的腰部要始终处于直立状,但不能过于挺直。身体肌肉的状态要微微处于紧张,以使躯干能够维持正确的跑姿,与此同时,每跑一步都要注意脚部动作的缓冲。
动力伸拉:体前屈伸,跑步者呈自然站立状态,两只脚开立,距离保持与肩同宽。身体慢慢向前屈,直至双手下垂对应脚尖的位置,保持这一姿势片刻,然后复原。
大腿和膝
跑步动作要领:跑步者的大腿和膝部向前摆,力量稍大,这里需要注意的是,大腿与膝部的动作是向前摆而不是向上抬。腿的任何侧向动作都是多余的,而且容易引起膝关节受伤,因此大腿的前摆要正。
动力拉伸:前弓身,跑步者的两只脚站距同髋宽,两只手置于头后位置,从髋关节屈体向前,使腰背处于挺直状,直到股二头肌感到紧张。
小腿与跟腱
跑步动作要领:跑步者的脚应该落于身体前的位置,通常情况下,这一位置应在体前约1尺处,以靠近正中线为宜。小腿不应跨得太远,否则,跟腱可能会受到损伤。与此同时,跑步者还应该注意小腿肌肉和跟腱在着地时的缓冲,落地时小腿应积极向后扒地,使身体积极向前。
除此之外,小腿向前摆动时,方向要控制得准确,即前摆要正,脚朝前,切忌不能出现外翻或后翻现象,正确的小腿和脚的运动方向可以有效地保护膝关节和踝关节。可在沙滩上跑步时检查脚印以作参考。
动力伸拉:撑壁提踵,跑步者面向墙壁站立,与墙的距离可控制在1米左右,两只手臂向前伸,两手之间的距离与肩同宽,手稳稳撑于墙壁。提踵,再放下,感觉小腿和跟腱紧张。
脚跟与脚趾
跑步动作要领:跑步者要控制好跑动的步幅,如果过大,小腿向前伸出距离过远,则会以脚跟触地,产生制动刹车反作用力,这一力量对人体的骨骼以及关节的损伤是非常大的。正确落地应以脚的中部触地,并让冲击力快速分散至全脚掌。
动力伸拉:坐式伸踝,跑步者跪于地面,臀部与脚跟要贴近,上半身处于直立状。缓缓向下给踝关节压力,直到趾伸肌与脚前掌感到足够拉力,然后抬臀后重复,动作要有节奏,缓慢。
跑步健身要科学
在体育锻炼上应当循序渐进
进行跑步锻炼以后,每天最好要有一个运动记录,这样,有利于日后对自己的运动效果有一个全面的掌握。运动记录包括如下内容:
1、跑步锻炼的性质,每天跑步的具体内容,以及持续的日期和每次跑步时所用的时间。
2、每天在跑步之前,跑步的过程中,以及跑步后,身体都有哪些不同的感觉。
3、锻炼后,自己的食欲和睡眠方面有了哪些变化。
4、有无继续参加锻炼的愿望。
5、脉搏跳动情况。
除上述几项内容,跑步者还可以根据自身实际情况,增减内容,比如对于患有某种疾病或是跑步减肥的人,可以有针对性的进行信息积累。
人们可以从运动记录中分析出运动量的大小并及时对锻炼进行必要的调整。通常情况下,人在跑步时,前5分钟过后,脉搏跳动不应超过每分钟120次。10分钟后,不应超过每分钟100次。如果脉率大大超过了这一范围,或者出现身体不适现象,必须减少运动量。
基本原则
为了能够让跑步成为科学的健身方式,在跑步时还需要遵循一些基本的原则:
1、跑步并不需要天天进行。
2、每周可以抽出1天到2天的时间进行一些低强度的训练,比如在功率自行车上进行有氧、出汗的训练。
3、在跑步锻炼的计划中,最好加入一些步行活动。比赛应该少一点。
4、在没有比赛任务的情况下,可以进行适当的锻炼,以维护体能,人们可以尝试降低运动量的方法,保持成绩和坚持降低训练量。
5、有计划地进行深层组织按摩。
不同的跑步健身法
跑步健身的具体方法
一、慢速放松跑
慢速放松跑是一种比较悠闲,令人倍感舒适的运动方式。在跑步的过程中,身体不必过多发力,无疲劳感。跑步者的心率不会太高,通常情况下,在每分钟110次至130次之间。慢速跑时,人的呼吸保持自然、顺畅的状态,微微出现气喘现象属于正常。人的身体从静止状态到运动状态需要进行一段时间的适应,所以,在慢跑的最初,人们不可急于求成,不可以在只跑一小段路程后就开始加速。
正确的做法是循序渐进地加大强度。在跑步的过程中,对身体各部位的动作没有严格的要求,总体上说就是以跑步者感到舒适为佳。每次跑完步,跑步者应该感到身心放松和愉悦,相反,如果感到身体的某一部位有不适感,就要及时找出原因,并给予纠正,以免长期采用错误的跑步方法,有损自身健康。慢速跑每周可以进行2次到3次,每次跑步的时间控制在20分钟左右。长期坚持慢速放松跑,可以对人的呼吸系统、心血管系统等有明显的健身效果。
配速建议:一般情况下,女生7-9km/h,男生8-10km/h。
二、中速跑步方法
中速跑要求跑步者有一定的意志努力,速度较慢速跑有明显的提升,通常情况下,控制在每秒5米的状态。心率也随之有所提高,一般在每分钟140次至150次之间。中速跑是比较受人们欢迎的中等强度健身法。长期坚持中速跑,对人体心脏功能的增强有明显的效果,与此同时,它还对调节人体内脏平衡等有显著的效果。
跑步者在中速跑之前,要先进行一定量的热身运动,在跑动的过程中,如果身体产生不适感,要立刻停止跑步,做一些放松练习。专家建议每周练习1次至2次为宜。
配速建议:中速跑配速一般在5分30秒到6分。
三、快速跑步方法
快速跑需要跑步者有较大的意志努力,在跑步的过程中,保持高速动作,心率会处于人体最高水平,通常情况下,每分钟在170次至180次左右。它是一种高强度的运动,所以,持续的时间不宜过长,一般几秒钟,根据跑步者的具体情况,重复练习。每周练习快速跑1次至2次,每次重复3次至6次。
做快速跑练习要遵循循序渐进的方法,开始之前,跑步者要做好身体的预热活动,另外,还要防止过度疲劳。长期进行快速跑练习,对提高人体无氧耐受力、肌肉功能,以及心脏功能有一定作用。但有内脏慢性病、心血管、肝,肾病者,尤为不能练习,防止病情加重。
配速建议:快速跑配速一般在4分30秒到5分。
四、变速跑步法
所谓变速跑就是在跑动的过程中,跑动速度会有一定的变化。这种变化没有一个标准的规定,跑步者可以根据自身的具体情况,合理调整。调整的原则是跑步者身体未出现不适感。变速跑是快慢结合、走跑结合的运动方式。变速跑的运动强度中等,所以它比较适合于中年人。
一般情况下,身体素质较好的中年人,可快跑与慢跑相结合;身体素质较弱的中年人,可慢跑与走步交替练习。在跑动的过程中,密切注意自己的身体变化,当出现不适感时,必须停止跑步,进行休息。为达到一定的锻炼效果,变速跑需要坚持一定的时间,直到身体出现明显的疲劳时,再结束练习,接着,做一些放松活动,并循序渐进地提高练习标准。
五、定时跑步法
定时跑就是在固定的时间内进行跑步练习的方法。也可以进行一下变通,限定一定的跑程,以缩短跑步时间进行练习。比较常见的定时跑有12分钟跑和6分钟跑。跑步者可根据自身的情况,选择最适合自己的定时跑进行练习。
定时跑可以评定锻炼效果和身体功能水平。长期坚持定时跑的人,能够帮助自己了解身体状况,在定时跑的过程中,如果出现明显的疲劳,应及时调整运动强度,甚至停止练习,并做好跑步后的放松活动。无论进行何种健身运动,都要以循序渐进为原则,切不可急于求成。
六、原地跑练习法
原地跑练习就是练习者在固定的一小块区域进行跑步练习,比如在房间里或是跑台上。因为这种方法不受场地、气候等条件的约束,所以它更加便捷。原地跑练习应持续较长的时间才能收获到锻炼身体的效果。通常情况下,应至少进行10分钟以上,在练习的过程中,跑步者应将大腿高高抬起,重复次数加快些,锻炼效果就好些。原地跑练习适用于无法进行户外跑步的人群,它可以作为疾病康复保健练习之一。
除上述方法外,跑步锻炼还包括负重跑、障碍跑、变向跑等。练习者可根据自身的情况,有针对性的进行锻炼。但需要注意的是,在进行跑步锻炼之前,跑步者必须要进行准备活动,使身体由静止状态进入到运动状态,而且在跑步的过程中,也应该遵循由慢到快,再由快到慢渐渐放松的原则。对于环境的选择也是至关重要的,要尽可能的选择空气清新,无污染的地方进行跑步锻炼。
另外,人们还要坚持抗疲劳练习,这对于提高身体素质十分重要。跑步者要从自身的体质、健康条件出发,灵活掌握、选择跑步练习方法和运动量。坚持经常跑步锻炼,一定能取得满意的健康效果。
不同跑步方式的动作要领
一、小步跑
步者身体自然放松,上半身处于正直状,或者身体稍向前倾,切忌不可出现身体后仰现象,向后倾是一种错误的跑姿,尤其对于初期练习者,必须严格纠正错误跑姿,否则养成坏习惯后,纠正起来就会变得非常困难。
准备跑步前,将身体的重心向高抬,骨盆前挺,注意身体各部位的变化,以全身感到舒展为宜。膝关节放松,接着,两条腿交替屈膝抬举后,快速放松下落,小腿顺势向前迈一小步,用前脚掌着地,完成“扒”地动作,并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋关节。
与此同时,跑步者的两只手臂屈肘,此时,要掌握好身体的重心,注意肩部要处于放松状态,跑者的上下肢相协调配合,双臂动作与两腿动作保持一致,双臂前后摆动,初跑时摆动幅度不宜过大。跑步动作可以有效地增强人体关节的灵活性,同时,还会使人的动作频率得以提高,对改进跑的速度和技术有很大帮助。
二、侧身滑步跑
侧身滑步跑就是向身体的两侧进行跑动。跑步者身体呈自然放松状态,分别向左向右进行跑动。当向左跑时,其右脚应先从左脚之前向左移动一次,左脚则从右脚之后向左移动一步,右脚再从左脚之后向左跑一步,左脚则从右脚之前向左跑一步,如此为一复步。向右跑时,左右脚方向正好相反。
在跑动的过程中,跑步者应密切观察身体各部位的变化,如出现不适,立刻停止跑动,及时找出问题出现的原因,并给予纠正。完成侧身滑步跑时,应该牢记左右脚移动以在一条线上为宜。根据自身的具体情况,可以先向左边跑十几步,再反向右跑十几步。
侧身滑步跑可以缓解其他跑步方式的疲劳感,使人体的全身肌肉关节充分活动,增加机体的灵活性和平衡能力。
三、高抬腿跑
跑步者身体呈自然放松状态,上半身正直,或微微向前倾,但切忌不可出现向后倾现象。向后倾是一种错误的跑姿,尤其对于初期练习者,必须严格纠正错误跑姿,否则养成坏习惯后,纠正起来就会变得非常困难。
准备跑步之前,调整好身体重心,使之慢慢提高,骨盆前挺,动作幅度不宜过大,速度不宜过快,以全身感到放松舒展为宜。准备姿势就绪以后,跑步开始,跑步者先将一条腿的膝部进行弯曲,并向高抬起,大腿与躯干之间,形成一定的角度,角度以直角为最宜,接着,积极下压,用前脚掌着地,并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋三个关节,与此同时,两条手臂屈肘配合抬腿动作,完成向前向后的摆动动作。动作结束后,再换另一条腿,两脚交替进行。这种跑步方式可增强腿部肌群的力量,提高关节的灵活性、柔韧性和动作频率,对提高跑步成绩大有帮助。
四、旋转跑
这是一种方向随时发生变化的跑步运动,也被人们称为倒序运动。旋转跑之前,跑步者身体需呈放松状态,由于这是一个对重心平衡性要求非常高的运动方式,所以,在跑动之前,跑步者需做好准备,可以原地先进行几次旋转,熟悉调整重心时的方法,做好准备工作以后,跑步开始。
在进行旋转跑时,跑步者要将向前跑、侧身跑等几种方式结合起来。由于方向上的变化十分灵活,所以,跑步者的跑速不宜过快,切记自身安全,谨防摔伤。实践证明,旋转跑能够促进全身血液循环和脑部供氧功能,使各器官得到锻炼,有利于提高人体平衡能力。
五、原地支撑后蹬跑
练习者身体呈自然放松状态,骨盆向前倾,使身体姿势有利于后蹬动作,上半身向前倾,后蹬腿充分伸直。此时,人体的髋部、膝部和踝关节应处在同一条线上。注意保持重心稳定,接着,脚趾扒地腾空,另一条腿膝盖领先向前上方摆出。
长期坚持原地支撑后蹬跑可增强髋、膝、踝关节伸肌力量,提高跑步速度。在进行原地支撑后蹬跑时,练习者要注意动作的每一个要点,保持动作的正确性。由于没有过多的运动量,所以,该方式很少会造成练习者身体受伤的情况。
六、变速跑
跑步者在跑动的过程中,结合自身的实际情况,快跑一段距离,再慢跑一阵儿,使跑速始终处于快慢交替的状态。一般开始时采取较慢速度的变速跑,当身体慢慢适应了运动状态以后,再逐渐提高速度,增加运动量。长期采用变速跑锻炼,对人体的耐力发展有很大的好处,而且还能提高机体的速度耐力素质,提高各项生理机能。
跑步训练的基本要求
跑步训练有4个基本的要素:耐力、力量、速度和休息。
耐力
有人将提高跑步运动强度的过程比喻成金字塔式的,参加最高级的比赛是到达了金字塔的塔尖,而处于金字塔最底部的人就是初级跑步者,对于这部分人来说,耐力是极为重要的。
每一个追求健康的跑步者,都不能有急于求成的心理,特别是在提高运动强度时,要循序渐进,清楚基础的重要性。万事开头难,耐力练习对人的毅力是非常大的考验。现实生活中,很多跑步者会被耐力练习击败,从而结束自己的跑步锻炼计划。实践证明,没有良好的耐力基础,较大强度的力量工作和速度工作是不可能做到的。
力量
一、手臂
跑步运动是全身性运动,科学掌握两只手臂的摆动动作至关重要,它不仅能够使跑步者在跑动的过程中更加轻松,对其成绩的提高也有明显的促进作用。在日常训练中,练习者可以通过一些简单的俯卧撑练习增加上臂的力量。
在做俯卧撑的过程中,要注意控制速度,还要根据自身的情况,调整训练强度。在训练的过程中,若身体出现不适现象,必须马上停止运动,找出原因,有针对性地进行调整。在速度上,不宜过快,要以身体不感到疲惫为宜。与此同时,注意手臂摆动时两臂之间的宽度,加强背部、肩部和臂部之间的力量协调,它们将在长跑的最后阶段起重要的作用。
在训练强度上,跑步者要根据自身的实际情况,慢慢加大,切忌一口气做得太多。初学者练习俯卧撑可以进行两组,每组15到20下;有一定基础的运动者则可做3组,每组20下;高水平人士可以尝试4组30到50下的俯卧撑锻炼。而后,再根据实际情况和力量的增加而逐渐增加次数。
二、腹部
跑步时,腹部肌肉发挥着非常重要的作用。跑步者要针对腹部肌肉进行有效的训练,具体做法是:跑步者有计划、有规律地做仰卧起坐练习。该练习可使背部、腰部、腹部肌肉得到锻炼。
在最初的训练中,练习者要根据自身的情况,从低强度做起。推荐每组做10~20个,每次锻炼可以做3~5组,当熟悉这种运动强度以后,可以逐渐增加,以循序渐进的方式增加到每组为20~30个,每天做4~6组,组与组之间可休息一分钟左右,休息时间不宜太长,大概坚持三个月左右,可看到腹部有明显减小的效果,其实是腹部的肌肉群得到了锻炼,达到紧致作用。在练习的过程中,密切注意身体各部位的变化,如出现不适,必须马上停止练习,找出原因,及时地做出调整。随着时间的推移,再慢慢加大训练强度。
速度
速度训练的方法有很多。比如到一个适合跑步的场地,重复进行各种短距离跑。再如从高处快速跑向低处。又如参加不同类型的赛跑比赛。速度训练适用于各类以跑步为健身方式的人群,特别是对于老年人来说,其作用更为显著。
一、提高速度的方式
提高速度的方式有两种,一是增加步频,二是增大步幅。通常情况下,增加步频比增大步幅对人体更具安全性。这是因为步幅的增大会造成步幅过大,进而会引起某些生物力学上的问题和运动损伤。
二、寻找最佳配速
正确的配速可以帮助我们降低身体负担,同时达到最大效率的燃脂效果。无论对于减肥还是想增强体质的人来说,跑步速度都不宜过快,过高的跑步强度会增加无氧代谢的比例,还可能会对身体造成过重的负担,进而引起肌肉损伤、酸痛等结果;而如果跑得太慢,又很难达到期待的锻炼效果。
想要更好地控制配速,首先要弄清楚配速的概念。配速,即每公里所需要的时间。配速是马拉松运动的训练中使用的概念。比如一个人跑10公里用了1小时5分钟,那么他的平均配速就是6分30秒,也可以省略单位记为配速630。结合手机APP使用,配速并不需要我们去费心计算。
由于每个人的身体健康状况各不同,在选择配速的时候,要根据实际的身体状况来确定。
要想找到自己的最佳配速,还要根据自身跑步时的实际数据进行调整,需要参考的数据包括:
1、身体调节节奏:每个人都有自己的身体协调节奏,包括呼吸、步伐等,可以通过确保呼吸顺畅、能够连续说4-5个字等方式调节身体节奏。跑步过程中没有头晕、胸闷的话,说明跑步速度可以。
2、心率。心率是指正常人安静状态下每分钟心跳的次数,也叫安静心率,一般为60~100次/分,可因年龄、性别或其他生理因素产生个体差异。一般来说,年龄越小,心率越快,老年人心跳比年轻人慢,女性的心率比同龄男性快,这些都是正常的生理现象。
安静状态下,成人正常心率为60~100次/分钟,理想心率应为55~70次/分钟(运动员的心率较普通成人偏慢,一般为50次/分钟左右)。心率是身体对当前运动强度耐受程度的表现,保持在最大心率的60~80%,可以让身体处在脂肪的高效燃烧阶段。
3、跑步后身体状态。跑步后第二天如果身体疲倦、肌肉酸痛、乏力、关节不适、脉搏跳的快,说明跑步速度过快,应当适当降低配速。如果连续跑步一段时间后,没有感觉到身体有任何变化,可以适当提高配速。
休息
在跑步运动中,休息是一个非常重要的环节。但它却常被排除在跑步健身之外,没有引起人们足够的重视。有些跑步者在耐力方面和速度方面训练得都非常到位,但是,在坚持一段时间以后,却没有收到预想的效果。究其原因,大都是没有做好运动后的休息。所谓“张弛有度”才能达到事半功倍的效果。实践证明,休息环节与跑步运动中的各要素同等重要。
人在跑步时,身体的各部分机能得到了有效的锻炼,但是,与之相对应的,人体也会承受一定的负荷,这些负荷对人体会产生不同程度的消耗或损耗。所以,在跑步结束以后,肌肉组织必须要进行充分的休息,损伤由此减小,最后消失。
长此以往,人们会发现,身体承受负荷的能力在一点点增强,身体也变得越来越强壮,其原因就是运动后的损伤得到了有效的恢复,使身体能适应越来越大的运动强度,最终锻炼的效果也就出来了,故重视休息是每一个跑步者都必须关注的问题。一般来说,可以跑2天休息1天,或跑3天休息1天。
训练跑步的方法
中长跑训练法
一、跑前准备
1、跑步者要在起跑之前做好准备工作,特别是对室外气温的把握。若将跑步的时间选择为清晨,那么,穿着就不能太过单薄,尤其是上腹部要注意保暖,否则,有可能使脾胃功能受到不同程度的影响。
2、跑步者在临出门前,可以喝适量的白开水,能使干渴了一夜的身体得到水的滋养,各关节得以润滑,同时,还能够降低血浓度,促进血液循环和物质代谢。但切忌饮水过量,否则会不利于接下来的跑步运动。
3、一些跑步者习惯到达跑步地点后马上就跑起来,这是错误和不科学的做法。正确的做法是先做好热身运动,如果天气比较寒冷,则要先搓搓手和脸,轻揉两耳廓,戴好手套,以防止冻伤。接着,再对脚踝和膝关节进行充分的活动,最后,深呼一口气,调整好情绪,起跑。
二、跑步过程
跑步开始以后,跑步者的上半身要微微向前倾,目视前方,两只手臂有节奏地向前向后摆动,脚尖触地后,要始终朝向正前方,切忌不可形成“八”字,向后蹬时,腿部发力位置要准确。脚在落地的瞬间,需轻柔,注意动作的缓冲。
长跑时,跑步者脚部触地的方式有两种:—是脚前掌或外掌外侧着地;二是全脚掌落地过渡到前掌蹬地。第一种方法的特点是速度快、效果好,但它的缺点是比较浪费力气。此方法适用于提高成绩的专业运动员。第二种方法的特点是跑步者腿的后面肌肉比较放松,跑起来比较省力气,但它的缺点是速度比较慢。此方法适用于大多数人和初学者。
在中长跑的运动中,调整好呼吸是至关重要的。中长跑属于有氧代谢运动,参与人体各大器官的循环,特别是呼吸系统。跑动时,人体对氧气的需求量是巨大的,这种需求量会随着人运动量以及运动强度的提高而不断增加,所以,跑步者必须注意呼吸节奏,否则就会严重影响跑步的效果。通常情况下,跑步者可以2步一吸或3步一吸,在此期间,注意节奏起伏不宜过快过大。吸气时,可以采用鼻呼吸和口鼻混合吸,可用舌抵住上颚,以避免冷空气直接大量吸入而造成对胸部的刺激。
长跑无论对人的生理还是心理都是一种考验,跑动时,由于氧气供应落后于肌肉的活动需要,所以,身体可能会出现一些不适现象,比如腿发沉、胸发闷,呼吸困难等,这些负面的感受也许会影响到跑步者的情绪,导致人们产生出放弃继续跑下去的念头。此时,正确的做法是适当降低跑速,调节好呼吸节奏,并树立起坚持到底的信心。不久便会发现,那些负面的感受在慢慢缓解,最后消失。
三、跑步结束
跑步结束以后,跑步者要做好放松活动,这对人体的健康是非常必要的。比如,跑步结束后去做些踢腿、纵跳摸高、原地蹦跳等放松动作,在做放松活动的时候,注意两只手臂要适度抖动,这样做,可以放松手臂部的肌肉,使之从紧张状态过渡到放松状态。两个腿交替前后左右自然摆动。而后,将膝盖部抬起,俯身,两只手握拳或者成刀形,对大腿、小腿进行适度的捶打。在做过这些放松运动之后,你会发现,你的运动健身效果会有显著的提高。
短跑的训练方法
短跑一直被人们称为是极限强度运动。生理学、生物化学的理论认为极限强度运动属于由无氧代谢方式供给能量。人们在短跑时,对跑姿的要求非常高,正确的跑姿能够使人的身体各部分器官得到科学的锻炼,并使人们收获预想的效果。反之,不但不会起到锻炼的效果,反而会对身体造成不同程度的影响。
短跑技术要求人的身体微微向前倾,但一定要注意尺度,切不可出现低头弯腰的现象。人的两只手臂应处于弯曲状,并在身体两侧做向前向后摆动。短跑技术要求人体全身性配合,反应需快。在平时的训练中主要从以下几个方面入手。
一、发展爆发力练习
专家指出,爆发力由两部分内容组成,即速度与力量。针对这两部分,人们可采取有针对性的训练。如跳远、负重纵跳、负重深蹲等。
二、发展柔韧练习
柔韧性对跑步者来说是非常重要的素质之一,一个拥有良好柔韧性的跑步者,其身体的各个关节拥有较大的活动幅度,肌肉韧带的伸展能力也较强。特别是在短跑训练中,柔韧性的优越性体现得更为明显。在日常训练中,跑步者可以根据自身的实际情况选择适当的训练方法。如体前屈练习、身体前后快速屈伸等。
三、发展动作速度训练
动作速度是短跑项目的关键因素,对于动作速度的训练可采用多种方法,如重复法、比赛法和游戏法等。对于普通的练习者来说,比赛法是经常被采用的训练方法。在比赛法中,练习者能够保持高涨的情绪,对提高速度起到积极的推动作用。该方法与正式比赛产生的效果基本相同,所以深受人们的喜爱。与此同时,由于在比赛的过程中能引起各种动作变化,还可以防止因经常安排表现最大速度的练习而引起的“速度障碍”。
以上就是对跑步的正确方法与技巧的有关讲解,希望能对您进行跑步锻炼有所助益!
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"掌握科学和正确的跑步方法能够对人起到强身健体、愉悦身心的作用,而不科学和非正确的方法不但不能起到锻炼效果,反而会对人体健康产生一定的负面影响。所以,人们应根据自身的具体情况按照一定的要求进行跑步锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqck4SU0s644EAnaezomWih"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步姿势要正确","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGqscYG6Gs2Mw4cxhb6Xxed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的跑姿对良好的运动习惯的养成很重要。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"培养正确跑姿的具体做法是:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"两肩微微提起,两只手臂弯曲成一定的角度,通常情况下,这个角度应为90度。手臂向前向后摆动,幅度不应过大,与此同时,要微微进行上下弹动,肩部稍抬高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnweOg2ocu8cYKoJc4OchzYe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":870,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步姿势要正确","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0e188136dc42415aa5e7142dfa778cca","width":1024},"text":"","id":"doxcn26A4qkgUa8aiI5batrAcrX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑步的过程中,大腿向前抬起应尽量高些,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"充分,步幅以大为宜,且有弹性。这样的跑姿可以让人的腹部肌肉紧张,内肚上提,呼吸均匀、细长、充分而有节奏,跑步中腹肌适当紧张,注意提气,这本身就是对呼吸器官功能的训练,也是对腹肌的锻炼,使腹肌的控制力增强,也是身体健美的有效方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqss82IuQ6S0o69yfhOBlgf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyQ4Wc8yU8IcGWOcdeIhLqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:在跑步的过程中,人的头部和肩部应始终处于稳定状态。目视前方,除非跑动的道路不平坦,否则,不要","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"使","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"身体前倾。肩部要尽量放松,不应出现含胸现象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEKCy8KoeSG0CkRrLsP7m2b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":352,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ad160f93c18f44dbafa68ab1cfa6698f","width":578},"text":"","id":"doxcn2qyWI6YOm8w0SOhqEMF24e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:耸肩,肩部放松自然下垂,在跑动时,尽可能向上耸,并停留一下,还原后重复。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU6kcOigGyGCG4kjZqferlc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":525,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ae40c4089114a0d91c2d4fa32581020","width":776},"text":"","id":"doxcnwwGQKG4OCIE6esSmhrRAbg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm2I4Ou8UIQso2lehNS7XXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:人的手臂在摆动时应是以肩为轴的前后动作,左右动作幅度不超过身体正中线。手指应处于放松状态,与此同时,腕部与臂也要根据运动节奏做相应动作,肘关节的角度应控制在90度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng2Au2yEW8WmgCKKAlH5rHb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/86062753f2294fff887cca900b6e68bc","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnIiCags2g2WK4UJkwCIkjMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"左右动力伸拉:跑步者在抬肘摆臂时,两只手臂一个处于前方,一个处于后方,成预备起跑姿势,后摆臂肘关节要尽可能的向高抬,然后放松前摆。随着跑步的速度加快,臂肘关节也越抬越高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaACqwGOsEImOgLbpTgwbde"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":790,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2d01d56cce284a669400c7d8723be105","width":915},"text":"","id":"doxcnEIwuI4iaq420mSn6uo5rKe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0gW6GYC4w4wOS2o3pXglLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者从颈部到腹部要一直处于直立状态,错误的跑姿是身体向前倾或者向后仰,正确的跑姿能够让人呼吸顺畅,身体重心保持平衡。身体除不能向前后倾外,也不能向左向右摇晃以及向上向下起伏过大,腿向前摆时,送髋动作需积极主动,跑步时要注意髋部的转动和放松。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngG4c6amkC0wYWto30KGZn3"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":471,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c254e45027d149f49efda02e7a76a187","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnaaIakyMKaeOo1TnqL06Xfj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:弓步压腿,两条腿向前向后呈开立状,距离与肩保持同宽。身体的重心要慢慢向下压,直到使肌肉感到紧张,接着,放松还原。注意躯干要一直保持直立状。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwc60yGq6oAUgc19FhNQ8Mb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":430,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7fcc0db2fd7e42be901d2020ab22b353","width":638},"text":"","id":"doxcn6CSw40EYO8aAOAjdT58DVe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno8SouCcc04ak0IUEvBmpRe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者的腰部要始终处于直立状,但不能过于挺直。身体肌肉的状态要微微处于紧张,以使躯干能够维持正确的跑姿,与此同时,每跑一步都要注意脚部动作的缓冲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk8KucI0a8Au2CQSDHv4mVg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1067,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3d6474dec31a459c923e9454bb39f190","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnOEiUYskOEyg4QDNWnYTDPb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:体前屈伸,跑步者呈自然站立状态,两只脚开立,距离保持与肩同宽。身体慢慢向前屈,直至双手下垂对应脚尖的位置,保持这一姿势片刻,然后复原。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno6oECcOQICgaqYbShQXTJx"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":621,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9adcd2d489014d1295ad5641d28ef359","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnQiYEYOo4UyOIwClBmiKO0K"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQuiWuO0WSsickt3kp6Pkhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者的大腿和膝部向前摆,力量稍大,这里需要注意的是,大腿与膝部的动作是向前摆而不是向上抬。腿的任何侧向动作都是多余的,而且容易引起膝关节受伤,因此大腿的前摆要正。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAmUc2sqSuioQqVrIZ9eclb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":519,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/343f077ce9764c1fbf1eaaeaa6807b56","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnAKICuEsyIeQgm40DwcJlOc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力拉伸:前弓身,跑步者的两只脚站距同髋宽,两只手置于头后位置,从髋关节屈体向前,使腰背处于挺直状,直到股二头肌感到紧张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKewAsaEUsCOcUDB2TtfqIb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":509,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/214a343ab4d84a28ac68508d068e9d89","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnsU0QeAkyyq4m4q4WBtiaMe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMQ8squg2kaWw2LuMAA16rb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者的脚应该落于身体前的位置,通常情况下,这一位置应在体前约1尺处,以靠近正中线为宜。小腿不应跨得太远,否则,跟腱可能会受到损伤。与此同时,跑步者还应该注意小腿肌肉和跟腱在着地时的缓冲,落地时小腿应积极向后扒地,使身体积极向前。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4IAo42GgOIccrwZ8FskBKI"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除此之外,小腿向前摆动时,方向要控制得准确,即前摆要正,脚朝前,切忌不能出现外翻或后翻现象,正确的小腿和脚的运动方向可以有效地保护膝关节和踝关节。可在沙滩上跑步时检查脚印以作参考。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneSi2gCAAqC0ucVmldhdN1b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/242f28a7083f4a9d889e3b5d280e801e","width":960},"text":"","id":"doxcngcmaKcg8cOmYvOEd9R0NcE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:撑壁提踵,跑步者面向墙壁站立,与墙的距离可控制在1米左右,两只手臂向前伸,两手之间的距离与肩同宽,手稳稳撑于墙壁。提踵,再放下,感觉小腿和跟腱紧张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWMiy2WuUgkA0YdrVwCz9he"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":504,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/37d07d3f1f3546eea33e90355e5bc857","width":770},"text":"","id":"doxcnEkauEOgGCoiaAZpaB1D2pe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngcgSyQi22ouacDirCDPeLd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领:跑步者要控制好跑动的步幅,如果过大,小腿向前伸出距离过远,则会以脚跟触地,产生制动刹车反作用力,这一力量对人体的骨骼以及关节的损伤是非常大的。正确落地应以脚的中部触地,并让冲击力快速分散至全脚掌。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOQaGsc8yIcMSqMppJJKsde"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":481,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/812c8723b00b44b7943e0af4bfc19b1f","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcn0mQ6ECIWWsO0gBCm2ddmhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉:坐式伸踝,跑步者跪于地面,臀部与脚跟要贴近,上半身处于直立状。缓缓向下给踝关节压力,直到趾伸肌与脚前掌感到足够拉力,然后抬臀后重复","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",动作要有节奏,缓慢。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEce0g2s8SYowMxbcIVCSTb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":768,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b36c11e8d62e49c699784147c26d9493","width":1152},"text":"","id":"doxcnyUIEaKASEa4istF0cd1ggd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身要科学","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE40Sgq84Y06yEnsoRk4Msc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"在体育锻炼上应当循序渐进","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnes4mWyICKO8UKYeTRv4IWd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进行跑步锻炼以后,每天最好要有一个运动记录,这样,有利于日后对自己的运动效果有一个全面的掌握。运动记录包括如下内容:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8SwUus0kEkoyczejauEIb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步锻炼的性质,每天跑步的具体内容,以及持续的日期和每次跑步时所用的时间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniUCiakWEqeKCEv5L0Na1qd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、每天在跑步之前,跑步的过程中,以及跑步后,身体都有哪些不同的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngUQOCSMqY2gOWQx4wSrnre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、锻炼后,自己的食欲和睡眠方面有了哪些变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYyKomAIYyMYUOM7UCtp82c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、有无继续参加锻炼的愿望。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyyOA0IKuoMUySGaOca31ec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、脉搏跳动情况。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2m4u60E2EUeKOk32Ds6vGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"除上述几项内容,跑步者还可以根据自身实际情况,增减内容,比如对于患有某种疾病或是跑步减肥的人,可以有针对性的进行信息积累。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAOC6I6qAoYmCsZZbiZirPe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"人们可以从运动记录中分析出运动量的大小并及时对锻炼进行必要的调整。通常情况下,人在跑步时,前5分钟过后,脉搏跳动不应超过每分钟120次。10分钟后,不应超过每分钟100次。如果脉率大大超过了这一范围,或者出现身体不适现象,必须减少运动量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMucEMcuAUYQCaEdgdeMZ8g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基本原则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuOQeGQIGGagQiKiHCD72Ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了能够让跑步成为科学的健身方式,在跑步时还需要遵循一些基本的原则:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOK44syWGcWm6sne9abaved"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步并不需要天天进行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCQUg8mKuQook4Cbqun6p4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、每周可以抽出1天到2天的时间进行一些低强度的训练,比如在功率自行车上进行有氧、出汗的训练。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkGkOkc8kMyKy6DFNksMciL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、在跑步锻炼的计划中,最好加入一些步行活动。比赛应该少一点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqOSKGg0IQGwOyg2yrbYatc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、在没有比赛任务的情况下,可以进行适当的锻炼,以维护体能,人们可以尝试降低运动量的方法,保持成绩和坚持降低训练量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ6O8s482QKMkY52nrfH5Vf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、有计划地进行深层组织按摩。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUM2wCm8Aeyco40IGL4dZCd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"不同的跑步健身法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKKkuKEwCuQo2Ssm5HSmEXf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAa8cyCsMAyGQKQ274bKKWh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、慢速放松跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6qW6wkeQica8M3iH7bJSGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"慢速放松跑是一种比较悠闲,令人倍感舒适的运动方式。在跑步的过程中,身体不必过多发力,无疲劳感。跑步者的心率不会太高,通常情况下,在每分钟110次至130次之间。慢速跑时,人的呼吸保持自然、顺畅的状态,微微出现气喘现象属于正常。人的身体从静止状态到运动状态需要进行一段时间的适应,所以,在慢跑的最初,人们不可急于求成,不可以","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在只跑一小段路程后","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"就开始加速。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqEwagqMEmGucmQClHeRkLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"正确的做法是循序渐进地加大强度。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在跑步的过程中,对身体各部位的动作没有严格的要求,总体上说就是以跑步者感到舒适为佳。每次跑完步,跑步者应该感到身心放松和愉悦,相反,如果感到身体的某一部位有不适感,就要及时找出原因,并给予纠正,以免长期采用错误的跑步方法,有损自身健康。慢速跑每周可以进行2次到3次,每次跑步的时间控制在20分钟左右。长期坚持慢速放松跑,可以对人的呼吸系统、心血管系统等有明显的健身效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM8Iaa24E4eMIaIvADFk2Wg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议:一般情况下,女生7-9km/h,男生8-10km/h。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaECey0CYEIS8sdDyskWuBb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":560,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7c330928b1234529b98ad7888ef5fe77","width":823},"text":"","id":"doxcnsW2w2iCMiQgQKOBvQoJP8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、中速跑步方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAq2iYkyWI6EExUFJjCTyIZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中速跑要求跑步者有一定的意志努力,速度较慢速跑有明显的提升,通常情况下,控制在每秒5米的状态。心率也随之有所提高,一般在每分钟140次至150次之间。中速跑是比较受人们欢迎的中等强度健身法。长期坚持中速跑,对人体心脏功能的增强有明显的效果,与此同时,它还对调节人体内脏平衡等有显著的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQiEuuEGCCUmGqk42UjTaeV"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者在中速跑之前,要先进行一定量的热身运动,在跑动的过程中,如果身体产生不适感,要立刻停止跑步,做一些放松练习。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"专家建议每周练习1次至2次为宜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSymOYScUCw4ga8iNfTHqDg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议:中速跑配速一般在5分30秒到6分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM0seIaw6uI8UqKwpZ70Nae"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":450,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e1c7550d4b08487c97168a1b3e4cf53e","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnmC4cIMQKmoayAvb3LOj5Hb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、快速跑步方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8MGUQYS6cK02I4EXI00gu"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"快速跑需要跑步者有较大的意志努力,在跑步的过程中,保持高速动作,心率会处于人体最高水平,通常情况下,每分钟在170次至180次左右。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"它是一种高强度的运动,所以,持续的时间不宜过长,一般几秒钟,根据跑步者的具体情况,重复练习。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"每周练习快速跑1次至2次,每次重复3次至6次。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna6UMKGcAeYiEIVxGxpEaLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"做快速跑练习要遵循循序渐进的方法,开始之前,跑步者要做好身体的预热活动,另外,还要防止过度疲劳。长期进行快速跑练习,对提高人体无氧耐受力、肌肉功能,以及心脏功能有一定作用。但有内脏慢性病、心血管、肝,肾病者,尤为不能练习,防止病情加重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuykSQCeMyEmCS2A5rNbsnc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议:快速跑配速一般在4分30秒到5分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIoQus82KwMaYmC1mr7rajf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":540,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/444e7adbcbab4e888af200a6d28b0d2a","width":796},"text":"","id":"doxcnkqYiyaAOEsmsRNjhWidhsh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、变速跑步法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMgqeQ4AoICsyEnun4KdYEt"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓变速跑就是在跑动的过程中,跑动速度会有一定的变化。这种变化没有一个标准的规定,跑步者可以根据自身的具体情况,合理调整。调整的原则是跑步者身体未出现不适感。变速跑是快慢结合、走跑结合的运动方式。变速跑的运动强度中等,所以它比较适合于中年人。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIAcqoQCWYEaoWSGMIjRk4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般情况下,身体素质较好的中年人,可快跑与慢跑相结合;身体素质较弱的中年人,可慢跑与走步交替练习。在跑动的过程中,密切注意自己的身体变化,当出现不适感时,必须停止跑步,进行休息。为达到一定的锻炼效果,变速跑需要坚持一定的时间,直到身体出现明显的疲劳时,再结束练习,接着,做一些放松活动,并循序渐进地提高练习标准。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6EuGmoQowy2yYpT3sTrezg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":387,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/194ae20d38004208a83bc29675f717f9","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnEUa84kEWAqYYorlNoiBNDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、定时跑步法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna2aSgWOwo0o2YXWjVwxNRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定时跑就是在固定的时间内进行跑步练习的方法。也可以进行一下变通,限定一定的跑程,以缩短跑步时间进行练习。比较常见的定时跑有12分钟跑和6分钟跑。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"跑步者可根据自身的情况,选择最适合自己的定时跑进行练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnamcmiuA4yoymCeNnMtOtAe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定时跑可以评定锻炼效果和身体功能水平。长期坚持定时跑的人,能够帮助自己了解身体状况,在定时跑的过程中,如果出现明显的疲劳,应及时调整运动强度,甚至停止练习,并做好跑步后的放松活动。无论进行何种健身运动,都要以循序渐进为原则,切不可急于求成。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsUCUqi20MAE0mYyibQnyge"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":533,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d83e6874a4c142b2be21bcf87190f134","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnKUseOsQ2QwsISGvG5hHwLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、原地跑练习法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQquK4o0ya420Gi8klM7ymg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"原地跑练习就是练习者在固定的一小块区域进行跑步练习,比如在房间里或是跑台上。因为这种方法不受场地、气候等条件的约束,所以它更加便捷。原地跑练习应持续较长的时间才能收获到锻炼身体的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"通常情况下,应至少进行10分钟以上,在练习的过程中,跑步者应将大腿高高抬起,重复次数加快些,锻炼效果就好些。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"原地跑练习适用于无法进行户外跑步的人群,它可以作为疾病康复保健练习之一。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKmWsSwIAc8Ucyy68F4rPvb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":630,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/118a67355354460085771ea58ec9ab9d","width":950},"text":"","id":"doxcnUqW2y8gUS8k4VBD8jnMpK7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除上述方法外,跑步锻炼还包括负重跑、障碍跑、变向跑等。练习者可根据自身的情况,有针对性的进行锻炼。但需要注意的是,","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在进行跑步锻炼之前,跑步者必须要进行准备活动,使身体由静止状态进入到运动状态,而且在跑步的过程中,也应该遵循由慢到快,再由快到慢渐渐放松的原则","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。对于环境的选择也是至关重要的,要尽可能的选择空气清新,无污染的地方进行跑步锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwm2WmIg2IKcc6BdKvVK28d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"另外,人们还要坚持抗疲劳练习,这对于提高身体素质十分重要。跑步者要从自身的体质、健康条件出发,灵活掌握、选择跑步练习方法和运动量。坚持经常跑步锻炼,一定能取得满意的健康效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuiWyW0Q2Wi8qgNu4QuMNP3"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqwycKSCiS6O6qxFEh7Rr3A"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、小步跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSoKMiO2ikMkgIbkbKR4I3c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"步者身体自然放松,上半身处于正直状,或者身体稍向前倾,切忌不可出现身体后仰现象,向后倾是一种错误的跑姿,尤其对于初期练习者,必须严格纠正错误跑姿,否则养成坏习惯后,纠正起来就会变得非常困难。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGaacSi2cAA0IW2rZCag2Qd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备跑步前,将身体的重心向高抬,骨盆前挺,注意身体各部位的变化,以全身感到舒展为宜。膝关节放松,接着,两条腿交替屈膝抬举后,快速放松下落,小腿顺势向前迈一小步,用前脚掌着地,完成“扒”地动作,并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋关节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS8kMUceIsQcGUJ01G0FS4I"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"与此同时,跑步者的两只手臂屈肘,此时,要掌握好身体的重心,注意肩部要处于放松状态,跑者的上下肢相协调配合,双臂动作与两腿动作保持一致,双臂前后摆动,初跑时摆动幅度不宜过大。跑步动作可以有效地增强人体关节的灵活性,同时,还会使人的动作频率得以提高,对改进跑的速度和技术有很大帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUSo6kCw46W8E2ZAB7hwDnh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":562,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5995737af84c432b8a48b6226f415b0d","width":752},"text":"","id":"doxcnuWeGAsgo8UgSCMysFa3ADf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioKm2Go0WWWk6LMEr6YFjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、侧身滑步跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO4M6iEYEWW8yEBBjWCPcyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧身滑步跑","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"就是向身体的两侧进行跑动。跑步者身体呈自然放松状态,分别向左向右进行跑动。当向左跑时,其右脚应先从左脚之前向左移动一次,左脚则从右脚之后向左移动一步,右脚再从左脚之后向左跑一步,左脚则从右脚之前向左跑一步,如此为一复步。向右跑时,左右脚方向正好相反。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8qgOs8cSac2qAdJPDjVD9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑动的过程中,跑步者应密切观察身体各部位的变化,如出现不适,立刻停止跑动,及时找出问题出现的原因,并给予纠正。完成侧身滑步跑时,应该牢记左右脚移动以在一条线上为宜。根据自身的具体情况,可以先向左边跑十几步,再反向右跑十几步。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuWgIeA4SQ6QI2rnrbvJ1Rb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧身滑步跑可以缓解其他跑步方式的疲劳感,使人体的全身肌肉关节充分活动,增加机体的灵活性和平衡能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn82ga6skaoAgi8zV0mrZW3d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":911,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/154ec6e823f54f168ec45c4ce823c157","width":1620},"text":"","id":"doxcncCkiGeQGigsaeS7jRzQoJo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、高抬腿跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnguESi6oq88cuYr1Pn7WCKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者身体呈自然放松状态,上半身正直,或微微向前倾,但切忌不可出现向后倾现象。向后倾是一种错误的跑姿,尤其对于初期练习者,必须严格纠正错误跑姿,否则养成坏习惯后,纠正起来就会变得非常困难。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyCQ84I2sWusyW0wqfLl2Tc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备跑步之前,调整好身体重心,使之慢慢提高,骨盆前挺,动作幅度不宜过大,速度不宜过快,以全身感到放松舒展为宜。准备姿势就绪以后,跑步开始,跑步者先将一条腿的膝部进行弯曲,并向高抬起,大腿与躯干之间,形成一定的角度,角度以直角为最宜,接着,积极下压,用前脚掌着地,并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋三个关节,与此同时,两条手臂屈肘配合抬腿动作,完成向前向后的摆动动作。动作结束后,再换另一条腿,两脚交替进行。这种跑步方式可增强腿部肌群的力量,提高关节的灵活性、柔韧性和动作频率,对提高跑步成绩大有帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUo88KaMM4oI8l8puTyJcI1"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":560,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/da4891fd6a5e42af94923a15a3649548","width":894},"text":"","id":"doxcnsaM8KEGkIyuIeEmJbihe0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、旋转跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4qi8su2gyKQMS6WnYCvyIh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一种方向随时发生变化的跑步运动,也被人们称为倒序运动。旋转跑之前,跑步者身体需呈放松状态,由于这是一个对重心平衡性要求非常高的运动方式,所以,在跑动之前,跑步者需做好准备,可以原地先进行几次旋转,熟悉调整重心时的方法,做好准备工作以后,跑步开始。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnms26EGqIgyeM2L3VeNuHCg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在进行旋转跑时,跑步者要将向前跑、侧身跑等几种方式结合起来。由于方向上的变化十分灵活,所以,跑步者的跑速不宜过快,切记自身安全,谨防摔伤。实践证明,旋转跑能够促进全身血液循环和脑部供氧功能,使各器官得到锻炼,有利于提高人体平衡能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKiceqoqOEag22FPEhvQFgb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":502,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/db1c3ad5926643ad844c57946deefe32","width":672},"text":"","id":"doxcnCAKGKgcIkGSaam2uEgdX6b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、原地支撑后蹬跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioacKYc0SyMuAewrFsGgfU"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习者身体呈自然放松状态,骨盆向前倾,使身体姿势有利于后蹬动作,上半身向前倾,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬腿","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"充分伸直。此时,人体的髋部、膝部和踝关节应处在同一条线上。注意保持重心稳定,接着,脚趾扒地腾空,另一条腿膝盖领先向前上方摆出。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn666MgSOkeCcmwHlTZQm0bc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":452,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/08527cd0602949ccbba2c09c601d2cc1","width":802},"text":"","id":"doxcnoWI0k22QgAWsymO300inId"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长期坚持原地支撑","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬跑可","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"增强髋、膝、踝关节伸肌力量,提高跑步速度。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在进行原地支撑后蹬跑时","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",练习者要注意动作的每一个要点,保持动作的正确性。由于没有过多的运动量,所以,该方式很少会造成练习者身体受伤的情况。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne0IA8aOeMyUIMxSJMeWj9b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、变速跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Cg6mgWaMg6k6w6haLzisg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者在跑动的过程中,结合自身的实际情况,快跑一段距离,再慢跑一阵儿,使跑速始终处于快慢交替的状态。一般开始时采取较慢速度的变速跑,当身体慢慢适应了运动状态以后,再逐渐提高速度,增加运动量。长期采用变速跑锻炼,对人体的耐力发展有很大的好处,而且还能提高机体的速度耐力素质,提高各项生理机能。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUuUooUIS8aQqSijBKllYUe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步训练的基本要求","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI8OiewyCE0s6UrlXFlbYDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"跑步训练有4个基本的要素:耐力、力量、速度和休息。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsyOy4yiOmGMgIjpnewtomc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"耐力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqySSq4eiCq0CQfGYSkYeCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有人将提高跑步运动强度的过程比喻成金字塔式的,参加最高级的比赛是到达了金字塔的塔尖,而处于金字塔最底部的人就是初级跑步者,对于这部分人来说,耐力是极为重要的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuSkaMaGEuQ6SiwrbotlQ3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"每一个追求健康的跑步者,都不能有急于求成的心理,特别是在提高运动强度时,要循序渐进,清楚基础的重要性。万事开头难,耐力练习对人的毅力是非常大的考验。现实生活中,很多跑步者会被耐力练习击败,从而结束自己的跑步锻炼计划。实践证明,没有良好的耐力基础,较大强度的力量工作和速度工作是不可能做到的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2U0Egkk8MKcoii0bCDiQgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6uaAi42IoG4cYsdBYwDunb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、手臂","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneyYCISOqUGE0CS7HpSZJJe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步运动是全身性运动,科学掌握两只手臂的摆动动作至关重要,它不仅能够使跑步者在跑动的过程中更加轻松,对其成绩的提高也有明显的促进作用。在日常训练中,练习者可以通过一些简单的俯卧撑练习增加上臂的力量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsK08GOU0C4WOYHldB5RpJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在做俯卧撑的过程中,要注意控制速度,还要根据自身的情况,调整训练强度。在训练的过程中,若身体出现不适现象,必须马上停止运动,找出原因,有针对性地进行调整。在速度上,不宜过快,要以身体不感到疲惫为宜。与此同时,注意手臂摆动时两臂之间的宽度,加强背部、肩部和臂部之间的力量协调,它们将在长跑的最后阶段起重要的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnusUKGcUSAy8WSy92e5nfNf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e19a871f264b4ed4bf8b623584ebc4cf","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnUucE2eQig0ceWOcvwlmwkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在训练强度上,跑步者要根据自身的实际情况,慢慢加大,切忌一口气做得太多。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"初学者练习俯卧撑可以进行两组,每组15到20下;有一定基础的运动者则可做3组,每组20下;高水平人士可以尝试4组30到50下的俯卧撑锻炼。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"而后,再根据实际情况和力量的增加而逐渐增加次数。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniSqKGwC60gEG6YQM8g019f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、腹部","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniOCayQm0AW4qYZdV17QhPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步时,腹部肌肉发挥着非常重要的作用。跑步者要针对腹部肌肉进行有效的训练,具体做法是:跑步者有计划、有规律地做仰卧起坐练习。该练习可使背部、腰部、腹部肌肉得到锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqwKaaSQieKw64s5vvTj27c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在最初的训练中,练习者要根据自身的情况,从低强度做起。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"推荐每组做10~20个,每次锻炼可以做3~5组,当熟悉这种运动强度以后,可以逐渐增加,以循序渐进的方式增加到每组为20~30个,每天做4~6组,组与组之间可休息一分钟左右,休息时间不宜太长,大概坚持三个月左右,可看到腹部有明显减小的效果,其实是腹部的肌肉群得到了锻炼,达到紧致作用。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"练习的过程中,密切注意身体各部位的变化,如出现不适,必须马上停止练习,找出原因,及时地做出调整。随着时间的推移,再慢慢加大训练强度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIYIYWAG0WC2KkFUwAnC8ub"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":652,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b6f4567e92524aba8282c46493af9bfe","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnEGwWIKEc0OeSKefX5X9H3d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWqQaaUAYIqcmSqFO4sxryc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"速度训练的方法有很多。比如到一个适合跑步的场地,重复进行各种短距离跑。再如从高处快速跑向低处。又如参加不同类型的赛跑比赛。速度训练适用于各类以跑步为健身方式的人群,特别是对于老年人来说,其作用更为显著。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY8AKo8sQcYc4Xsic8Fc9LL"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":861,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/20eb6c3b749a4c1caf1cf63871a36292","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcniUEmySWQimwEeQoDNcjuce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、提高速度的方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSIGiOEOUSOYGOWse6SC2Of"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"提高速度的方式有两种,一是增加步频,二是增大步幅。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"通常情况下,增加步频比增大步幅对人体更具安全性。这是因为步幅的增大会造成步幅过大,进而会引起某些生物力学上的问题和运动损伤。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8Y64YMQyGw0m0cka5drlCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、寻找最佳配速","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEAemYKqEsISI2Pdkb6kSmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的配速可以帮助我们降低身体负担,同时达到最大效率的燃脂效果。无论对于减肥还是想增强体质的人来说,跑步速度都不宜过快,过高的跑步强度会增加无氧代谢的比例,还可能会对身体造成过重的负担,进而引起肌肉损伤、酸痛等结果;而如果跑得太慢,又很难达到期待的锻炼效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYI20KAOM0ocCyfiCUzeHVL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"想要更好地控制配速,首先要弄清楚配速的概念。配速,即每公里所需要的时间。配速是马拉松运动的训练中使用的概念。比如一个人跑10公里用了1小时5分钟,那么他的平均配速就是6分30秒,也可以省略单位记为配速630。结合手机APP使用,配速并不需要我们去费心计算。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMMmiIiMgguuYyK4P4NvhQ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"由于每个人的身体健康状况各不同,在选择配速的时候,要根据实际的身体状况来确定。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4yIG4c04CeQWATMb9E8Xgh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":230,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3bfa9946bda44447a8bb5ca6d4710213","width":692},"text":"","id":"doxcn2Ikkwcyc2CKGYlb4f7ZqRi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要想找到自己的最佳配速,还要根据自身跑步时的实际数据进行调整,需要参考的数据包括:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniciI2Imi0iOQs66uDAgSZ0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1、身体调节节奏:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"每个人都有自己的身体协调节奏,包括呼吸、步伐等,可以通过确保呼吸顺畅、能够连续说4-5个字等方式调节身体节奏。跑步过程中没有头晕、胸闷的话,说明跑步速度可以。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGkqC4GwWQugAgPXlxBLsbh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2、心率。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"心率是指正常人安静状态下每分钟心跳的次数,也叫安静心率,一般为60~100次/分,可因年龄、性别或其他生理因素产生个体差异。一般来说,年龄越小,心率越快,老年人心跳比年轻人慢,女性的心率比同龄男性快,这些都是正常的生理现象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6sCaa2AOq2KU7kUmNzy5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"安静状态下,成人正常心率为60~100次/分钟,理想心率应为55~70次/分钟(运动员的心率较普通成人偏慢,一般为50次/分钟左右)。心率是身体对当前运动强度耐受程度的表现,保持在最大心率的60~80%,可以让身体处在脂肪的高效燃烧阶段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyuS4AyUAswE89vVoamxCIO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3、跑步后身体状态。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"跑步后第二天如果身体疲倦、肌肉酸痛、乏力、关节不适、脉搏跳的快,说明跑步速度过快,应当适当降低配速。如果连续跑步一段时间后,没有感觉到身体有任何变化,可以适当提高配速。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneGuAEg0kaO6KW4BXluxkvb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"休息","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmAGcEYCyCOMk2bURbORkKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑步运动中,休息是一个非常重要的环节。但它却常被排除在跑步健身之外,没有引起人们足够的重视。有些跑步者在耐力方面和速度方面训练得都非常到位,但是,在坚持一段时间以后,却没有收到预想的效果。究其原因,大都是没有做好运动后的休息。所谓“张弛有度”才能达到事半功倍的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"实践证明,休息环节与跑步运动中的各要素同等重要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWawcuaM0kUQ8uezEkEgiXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"人在跑步时,身体的各部分机能得到了有效的锻炼,但是,与之相对应的,人体也会承受一定的负荷,这些负荷对人体会产生不同程度的消耗或损耗。所以,在跑步结束以后,肌肉组织必须要进行充分的休息,损伤由此减小,最后消失。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwMCSYW4MEsis234P3XLzLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长此以往,人们会发现,身体承受负荷的能力在一点点增强,身体也变得越来越强壮,其原因就是运动后的损伤得到了有效的恢复,使身体能适应越来越大的运动强度,最终锻炼的效果也就出来了,故重视休息是每一个跑步者都必须关注的问题。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一般来说,可以跑2天休息1天,或跑3天休息1天。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEKOiYyYySia6S9BkVyFEpb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"休息","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/78427d9b8edf41f08de596f012da68e8","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcnOcamKKIEuM26GyVe5VmM9b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"训练跑步的方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyeSgmwyGM4as4Ho8AOlxJh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUKaqyESsmayQIBrIt5DBUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、跑前准备","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni468IYmIMSm6ak3biSuNQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步者要在起跑之前做好准备工作,特别是","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"对室外气温的把握","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。若将跑步的时间选择为清晨,那么,穿着就不能太过单薄,尤其是上腹部要注意保暖,否则,有可能使脾胃功能受到不同程度的影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw0QOCyMQwYIA2njscX99of"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、跑步者在临出门前,可以","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"喝适量的白开水","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",能使干渴了一夜的身体得到水的滋养,各关节得以润滑,同时,还能够降低血浓度,促进血液循环和物质代谢。但切忌饮水过量,否则会不利于接下来的跑步运动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK2oqm84ck8o6GC45uOUqxd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":721,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fd01abce694f47f59e7cf29acc430c9a","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcngO08wWOSmokkEPbp1AqnRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、一些跑步者习惯到达跑步地点后马上就跑起来,这是错误和不科学的做法。正确的做法是","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"先做好热身运动","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",如果天气比较寒冷,则要先搓搓手和脸,轻揉两耳廓,戴好手套,以防止冻伤。接着,再对脚踝和膝关节进行充分的活动,最后,深呼一口气,调整好情绪,起跑。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCIocGcI0YCawALWgxl5vMg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":711,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2452c17c679a449a997d55207e93af54","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnSyCUM4WqKAuKQvyAGQRuld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、跑步过程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC6yUWAkECCGmWmGb3AWMtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步开始以后,跑步者的上半身要微微向前倾,目视前方,两只手臂有节奏地向前向后摆动,脚尖触地后,要始终朝向正前方,切忌不可形成“八”字,向后蹬时,腿部发力位置要准确。脚在落地的瞬间,需轻柔,注意动作的缓冲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkCWQ4S6C0YWk8jJvNrRFRh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":660,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bf028b30204545f4a3db5e7f93f283db","width":660},"text":"","id":"doxcnQkUYgcsYm6Q20OI4bHyhnB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长跑时,跑步者脚部触地的方式有两种:—是脚前掌或外掌外侧着地;二是全脚掌落地过渡到前掌蹬地。第一种方法的特点是速度快、效果好,但它的缺点是比较浪费力气。此方法适用于提高成绩的专业运动员。第二种方法的特点是跑步者腿的后面肌肉比较放松,跑起来比较省力气,但它的缺点是速度比较慢。此方法适用于大多数人和初学者。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIWW0aKka2UmuurwwlaVLZv"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在中长跑的运动中,调整好呼吸是至关重要的。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中长跑属于有氧代谢运动,参与人体各大器官的循环,特别是呼吸系统。跑动时,人体对氧气的需求量是巨大的,这种需求量会随着人运动量以及运动强度的提高而不断增加,所以,跑步者必须注意呼吸节奏,否则就会严重影响跑步的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"通常情况下,跑步者可以2步一吸或3步一吸,在此期间,注意节奏起伏不宜过快过大。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"吸气时,可以采用鼻呼吸和口鼻混合吸,可用舌抵住上颚,以避免冷空气直接大量吸入而造成对胸部的刺激。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQiUYQgeKOCysJDaHY9Xtg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c71eb87c64eb48b4bd2d8c39a8c63c95","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnoQkYoIyUg4qKIodbGIezif"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长跑无论对人的生理还是心理都是一种考验,跑动时,由于氧气供应落后于肌肉的活动需要,所以,身体可能会出现一些不适现象,比如腿发沉、胸发闷,呼吸困难等,这些负面的感受也许会影响到跑步者的情绪,导致人们产生出放弃继续跑下去的念头。此时,正确的做法是适当降低跑速,调节好呼吸节奏,并树立起坚持到底的信心。不久便会发现,那些负面的感受在慢慢缓解,最后消失。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWO0OmYgy2QgQYvCmkiZGpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、跑步结束","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQe4UEkAwGWs2kdd2IiXaSf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步结束以后,跑步者要做好放松活动,这对人体的健康是非常必要的。比如,跑步结束后去做些踢腿、纵跳摸高、原地蹦跳等放松动作,在做放松活动的时候,注意两只手臂要适度抖动,这样做,可以放松手臂部的肌肉,使之从紧张状态过渡到放松状态。两个腿交替前后左右自然摆动。而后,将膝盖部抬起,俯身,两只手握拳或者成刀形,对大腿、小腿进行适度的捶打。在做过这些放松运动之后,你会发现,你的运动健身效果会有显著的提高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkOyoCIe8sIwsas9qmpyp6g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":640,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/138ec872056648899b41c66010f135ed","width":1280},"text":"","id":"doxcnGuCYAQceweyGALoXRNpMuU"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQCISWUQqeqKuI1akOrJXPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑一直被人们称为是极限强度运动。生理学、生物化学的理论认为极限强度运动属于由无氧代谢方式供给能量。人们在短跑时,对跑姿的要求非常高,正确的跑姿能够使人的身体各部分器官得到科学的锻炼,并使人们收获预想的效果。反之,不但不会起到锻炼的效果,反而会对身体造成不同程度的影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4qMiAoAS20EawHl2ZmbpSf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑技术要求人的身体微微向前倾,但一定要注意尺度,切不可出现低头弯腰的现象。人的两只手臂应处于弯曲状,并在身体两侧做向前向后摆动。短跑技术要求人体全身性配合,反应需快。在平时的训练中主要从以下几个方面入手。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE6IMwmGEayWiwzIlKBVuhu"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":504,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0a70b39063a549b7bf49d4632067a3dc","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnASMoosgOS6s6wTSgwjqLcc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、发展爆发力练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoIIAIQyumqk2CQ8vNIFeGg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"专家指出,爆发力由两部分内容组成,即速度与力量。针对这两部分,人们可采取有针对性的训练。如跳远、负重纵跳、负重深蹲等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEkOyU2EwOKMAE32DRflb5f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":730,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9faa3be781584ad4a836f3071eefd301","width":1290},"text":"","id":"doxcnImemya8akMaqyMLX1XE2zc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、发展柔韧练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMKWsS6M6E806Dsi5gDmWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"柔韧性对跑步者来说是非常重要的素质之一,一个拥有良好柔韧性的跑步者,其身体的各个关节拥有较大的活动幅度,肌肉韧带的伸展能力也较强。特别是在短跑训练中,柔韧性的优越性体现得更为明显。在日常训练中,跑步者可以根据自身的实际情况选择适当的训练方法。如体前屈练习、身体前后快速屈伸等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniI2IwceCaaYo0i1CfQl7mc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":955,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c51bd93082be419da8bb5fec6351a6d9","width":1704},"text":"","id":"doxcnUW0AeM8yaSoygBaEjFlFAf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、发展动作速度训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneCi0CI8CIUMOc7vjYLDpDe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动作速度是短跑项目的关键因素,对于动作速度的训练可采用多种方法,如重复法、比赛法和游戏法等。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"对于普通的练习者来说,比赛法是经常被采用的训练方法。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在比赛法中,练习者能够保持高涨的情绪,对提高速度起到积极的推动作用。该方法与正式比赛产生的效果基本相同,所以深受人们的喜爱。与此同时,由于在比赛的过程中能引起各种动作变化,还可以防止因经常安排表现最大速度的练习而引起的“速度障碍”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOSQIWK0wKSUiA7o3ODRhBy"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":860,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9b68986f1f8348adb80789e55499c31e","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcnS2wK680UCWm02Ht7f1qEkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以上就是对跑步的正确方法与技巧的有关讲解,希望能对您进行跑步锻炼有所助益!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6W4gYoSMUqiWymabqrIN9r"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E2. 哪位高手能不能把所有的可能全部都列写出来?
AB,AC,AD,AE,AF,AG,AH,AI,AJ,AK,AL,AM,AN,AO,AP,AQ,AR,AS,AT,AU,AV,AW,AX,AY,AZ,BA,BC,BD,BE,BF,BG,BH,BI,BJ,BK,BL,BM,BN,BO,BP,BQ,BR,BS,BT,BU,BV,BW,BX,BY,BZ,CA,CB,CD,CE,CF,CG,CH,CI,CJ,CK,CL,CM,CN,CO,CP,CQ,CR,CS,CT,CU,CV,CW,CX,CY,CZ,DA,DB,DC,DE,DF,DG,DH,DI,DJ,DK,DL,DM,DN,DO,DP,DQ,DR,DS,DT,DU,DV,DW,DX,DY,DZ,EA,EB,EC,ED,EF,EG,EH,EI,EJ,EK,EL,EM,EN,EO,EP,EQ,ER,ES,ET,EU,EV,EW,EX,EY,EZ,FA,FB,FC,FD,FE,FG,FH,FI,FJ,FK,FL,FM,FN,FO,FP,FQ,FR,FS,FT,FU,FV,FW,FX,FY,FZ,GA,GB,GC,GD,GE,GF,GH,GI,GJ,GK,GL,GM,GN,GO,GP,GQ,GR,GS,GT,GU,GV,GW,GX,GY,GZ,HA,HB,HC,HD,HE,HF,HG,HI,HJ,HK,HL,HM,HN,HO,HP,HQ,HR,HS,HT,HU,HV,HW,HX,HY,HZ,IA,IB,IC,ID,IE,IF,IG,IH,IJ,IK,IL,IM,IN,IO,IP,IQ,IR,IS,IT,IU,IV,IW,IX,IY,IZ,JA,JB,JC,JD,JE,JF,JG,JH,JI,JK,JL,JM,JN,JO,JP,JQ,JR,JS,JT,JU,JV,JW,JX,JY,JZ,KA,KB,KC,KD,KE,KF,KG,KH,KI,KJ,KL,KM,KN,KO,KP,KQ,KR,KS,KT,KU,KV,KW,KX,KY,KZ,LA,LB,LC,LD,LE,LF,LG,LH,LI,LJ,LK,LM,LN,LO,LP,LQ,LR,LS,LT,LU,LV,LW,LX,LY,LZ,MA,MB,MC,MD,ME,MF,MG,MH,MI,MJ,MK,ML,MN,MO,MP,MQ,MR,MS,MT,MU,MV,MW,MX,MY,MZ,NA,NB,NC,ND,NE,NF,NG,NH,NI,NJ,NK,NL,NM,NO,NP,NQ,NR,NS,NT,NU,NV,NW,NX,NY,NZ,OA,OB,OC,OD,OE,OF,OG,OH,OI,OJ,OK,OL,OM,ON,OP,OQ,OR,OS,OT,OU,OV,OW,OX,OY,OZ,PA,PB,PC,PD,PE,PF,PG,PH,PI,PJ,PK,PL,PM,PN,PO,PQ,PR,PS,PT,PU,PV,PW,PX,PY,PZ,QA,QB,QC,QD,QE,QF,QG,QH,QI,QJ,QK,QL,QM,QN,QO,QP,QR,QS,QT,QU,QV,QW,QX,QY,QZ,RA,RB,RC,RD,RE,RF,RG,RH,RI,RJ,RK,RL,RM,RN,RO,RP,RQ,RS,RT,RU,RV,RW,RX,RY,RZ,SA,SB,SC,SD,SE,SF,SG,SH,SI,SJ,SK,SL,SM,SN,SO,SP,SQ,SR,ST,SU,SV,SW,SX,SY,SZ,TA,TB,TC,TD,TE,TF,TG,TH,TI,TJ,TK,TL,TM,TN,TO,TP,TQ,TR,TS,TU,TV,TW,TX,TY,TZ,UA,UB,UC,UD,UE,UF,UG,UH,UI,UJ,UK,UL,UM,UN,UO,UP,UQ,UR,US,UT,UV,UW,UX,UY,UZ,VA,VB,VC,VD,VE,VF,VG,VH,VI,VJ,VK,VL,VM,VN,VO,VP,VQ,VR,VS,VT,VU,VW,VX,VY,VZ,WA,WB,WC,WD,WE,WF,WG,WH,WI,WJ,WK,WL,WM,WN,WO,WP,WQ,WR,WS,WT,WU,WV,WX,WY,WZ,XA,XB,XC,XD,XE,XF,XG,XH,XI,XJ,XK,XL,XM,XN,XO,XP,XQ,XR,XS,XT,XU,XV,XW,XY,XZ,YA,YB,YC,YD,YE,YF,YG,YH,YI,YJ,YK,YL,YM,YN,YO,YP,YQ,YR,YS,YT,YU,YV,YW,YX,YZ,ZA,ZB,ZC,ZD,ZE,ZF,ZG,ZH,ZI,ZJ,ZK,ZL,ZM,ZN,ZO,ZP,ZQ,ZR,ZS,ZT,ZU,ZV,ZW,ZX,ZY
3. 如何学国画?
学国画是一件非常陶冶情操的事情,不仅能解放人的天性,给人带来满足感、成就感,而且还会在作品中实现对自我的肯定。学国画的人,随着自己的文化积淀、艺术修养的不断提升,所作的画作也如陈年老酒,愈发醇香,愈发动人。
工具
首先要熟悉工具,选择一套合适的工具来作画。
笔
国画使用的笔统称为毛笔,根据制笔的毫料不同可分为软毫、硬毫和兼毫三种。
软毫笔以羊毫为多,鸡毫次之。羊毫笔有长锋、中锋、短锋之别,各有不同的表现力。
硬毫笔一般弹力较强、劲健锋利,易于掌握和使用,其中狼毫笔和紫毫笔使用较多。
兼毫笔是两种以上不同质的毫料兼制而成,此笔软硬适中,适于勾线,也适于渲染用。
画工笔可以选择准备勾线笔(1-2根)、大中小号白云羊毫笔(约3根)。
画写意,准备硬毫笔(长锋短锋各备一支),如狼毫、猪鬃、兔毫等,兼毫备一支即可。
提示
笔一开始不要买太多,常用的基本永远都是那几支。画熟练了再添置,书法写废了的毛笔也可以用来染色或者画山水。
笔架
笔架就是架笔之物,是传统文房用具之一。在构思或暂息时用以置笔,以免毛笔污损他物。
调色盘
调色盘就是调和颜料的容器,是不可缺少的文房用具。其形状通常为圆形,呈梅花状,但也有方形或其他不规则形状,质地以陶瓷类较多,而小碟子形态的调色盘造价比较低廉,通常为初学者或业余人士使用。
墨汁
中国传统绘画尤重用墨,笔以达气,墨以生韵。用墨表现画面的气韵,求得生动是很重要的。中国之墨经用笔引发和水的渗化,可变化出浓、淡、干、湿、黑、白不同层次的色彩感。古人谓之“五墨六彩”。
以墨代色,力求单纯、明快、概括,是中国画的独特创造。以墨代色的不同变化,表现各种色彩感觉,富有浪漫主义的处理特色。中国画在设色方面突破了自然物固有的约束,代之以感情的意匠色彩。
推荐墨汁
墨有很多种,市场上常见的用于绘画的墨主要有株式会社墨运堂出品的玄宗墨汁,北京一得阁的云头艳,红星墨液,北京墨汁,中华墨汁,曹素功墨汁,珠江墨汁等等。不同墨对于绘画有直接影响。
1、进口玄宗墨汁有两种:一种是红星玄宗,一种是进口玄宗,其特点是浓墨显得很厚重,淡墨显得很润泽,不含混。下图是用进口玄宗墨汁绘制的国画效果图。
2、北京一得阁墨汁,百年老字号,价格低廉,性价比高。代表性产品为云头艳,其特点为,墨迹光亮、淡墨表现力强,层次感丰富、浓淡五色、书写流利等特点,美中不足的便是胶性比较大,易凝结。下图是用北京一得阁墨绘制的国画效果图。
3、红星墨汁,安徽红星墨液公司出品。代表产品有两种,一种是红星墨液,另一种是玄宗墨液(国产),玄宗墨液(国产)跟红星墨液最大的区别在于黑度,玄宗墨液(国产)的黑度优于红星墨液,淡墨的层次,表现效果差,笔锋交叉处,呈现糊状。
4、雄狮墨汁,台湾品牌,代表产品为雄狮书法墨汁,黑度强劲,层次感强、浓淡五色、书写流利,合成树脂胶(零下20℃凝结),四季适宜书画,宜书宜裱。适宜练习、出一般作品和出贵重作品用,是票友和专业人士的首选。
5、曹素功墨汁,国内老字号。产品价格低廉。代表性产品为墨块。
颜料
矿物颜料
矿物颜料有朱砂、赭石、石青、石绿、石黄、白粉、金粉、银粉等。除赭石等少数矿物颜料外,多数矿物颜料都具有渗化性差、不透明性、遮盖力强等特点。由于这类颜料源于矿物质,虽经千年亦可保持其鲜艳色彩。
植物颜料
植物颜料有花青、藤黄、胭脂、洋红。植物颜料和化学颜料渗化性较好,透明度高。除藤黄等少数颜料外,大多没有遮盖能力。故一般不宜以色盖色。这正是中国画必须下笔准确,忌反复修改的原因。
化学颜料
化学颜料有曙红、深红、大红、铬黄、天蓝。
特点及用途
赭石:矿物类,但其质较轻清,半透明,可单独使用,也可调和其他颜料后使用,是一种用途广泛的颜料。在淡彩山水中,常作为山石、树干主色,也可用于画夕阳反照下的远山。在花鸟画中,常与墨(调和后成为赭墨)或与其他色料调和,或混合使用,多用于画枝、干、翎毛。在人物画中,常用于人物皮肤底色。调入花青或绿色可用于画远山、老叶子。赭石加藤黄为赭黄,用于深秋黄叶、秋景中的土坡、草间细路。草绿中加入赭石调成苍绿,用于秋天石坡、土径。
朱膘:矿物类或人工合成。常与胭脂、洋红、藤黄调和使用。朱膘调墨可得厚重而偏亮的赭色。
朱砂:矿物类,为天然汞化物,近代也有人工合成的朱砂,遮盖力强,一般是单独使用,且多用浓重之原色点秋天红叶、花,亭台栏杆。不宜与石青、石绿调和使用。实际上,所有矿物颜料,除胭脂外,一般都不宜与植物色相调和。
石青:矿物类,遮盖力极强。在青绿山水中用于罩染突出部位的山石,是青绿山水之主色。在石青制作过程中,将石料研磨澄汰后,按其质地轻重,又可将石青分为头青、二青、三青、四青。一般山水画只用质地较轻的二青、三青,多用于点夹叶、醒点苔。因石青相对粗糙,染山石时,一般要分几次逐步上足色彩,待第一遍干后再着第二遍,忌在未干时反复涂抹。
石绿:矿物类,遮盖力较强。澄汰后也可分为头绿、二绿、三绿、四绿。头绿质地较重,颜色较深,山水画中较少使用。二绿、三绿在淡彩、重彩山水画中使用较为广泛。石绿可与草绿(如花青加藤黄所调成的草绿)结合使用,此时需用套色法(或用草绿打底,待干后罩石绿;或先用石绿平涂,待干后再染草绿)。
石黄:矿物类,在山水画中仅用于点秋景夹叶、秋景苔。画大片成熟的庄稼可先用赭石、藤黄染湿后再点石黄以示成熟。
金粉:矿物类,除一般进口金粉外,还有佛赤泥金和青赤泥金,系用金箔研成,前者色正偏暖,后者发青偏冷。用于重彩山水画和工笔、人物、花鸟画,一般在勾线时方使用。
银粉:矿物类,用途与金粉类同。
白粉:矿物类或人工合成,有铅白、锌白、蛤粉等,铅管所装的又称锌钛白。不透明。画云、雪、瀑布、花鸟、人物等均需用之。锌钛白还可与花青、藤黄、赭石乃至墨等调和使用,但其度较难把握。如画杨树干即可调入绿色。
花青:植物类或人工合成,半透明,可与藤黄、洋红、赭石、白粉等多种颜料调和,用途极为广泛,画山、石、草、木、云、水等均需用花青或其调和色。与藤黄调和,依据比例不同可调和各种绿色。青花调墨后称花青墨,其色为墨绿(螺青)。与曙红或胭脂调和后为紫色。
藤黄:植物类,是藤本植物的树脂所制,有毒不能入口。铅管装藤黄有一定遮盖能力。在山水、花鸟、人物画中,既可单独使用,又可与其他许多颜料或墨(可调成橄榄绿)调和使用,用途广泛。与洋红、朱膘或胭脂可调出橙色,与赭石调和可成檀色。
洋红:又称西洋红、曙红。植物类或人工合成,半透明,在花鸟画中,多单独或调和后,用于画花、红叶、蔬果,用途广泛。在山水画众多用于画亭台、屋顶、红叶等,在人物画众多用于面、唇、底饰等。
胭脂:植物类,为胭脂花制品,半透明。在山水画中用于春天的桃花与秋天的红叶,在花鸟画中可用于画紫红色蔬果、翎毛、花、叶、芽苞,也有用其点花心、勾叶筋的。在人物画中,可用于画人物、棉布、衣饰、花卉配景等。胭脂与曙红、朱膘可调出各种红色系的色相。调入墨则成紫色,调入赭则成赭色胭脂。
大红:与曙红色彩相近,略淡于曙红。用法与曙红类同。
颜色调配方法
颜料中任何一种颜色加入白色都会使之变为粉色或变淡颜色。本颜料与颜料之间可以任意调配使用,若要稀释时只要加少许清水即可。丙烯颜料在水分挥发后即干透,因此作画时对程序要心中有数,以使笔触衔接自然,达到预想效果。
1、草绿:约70%花青+30%藤黄调配而成,画工笔花卉的叶子最常用的色彩之一。
2、汁绿:约80%藤黄+15%花青+5%朱磦调和成的嫩绿色,常用来作为反叶的底色和嫩叶的底色。
3、老绿:草绿中微加墨或微加点胭脂,常用来罩染处于暗部的叶子色彩,薄薄的老绿也可用来渲染反叶。
4、檀香色:约70%藤黄+20%朱磦+10%三绿调配而成,加大量水以后常用来刷背景,也可作为嫩芽和托叶的底色。
5、米黄:约70%藤黄+30%赭石,主要用来刷背景,在重彩画的绘制中打一层米黄底色容易取得色彩和谐。
6、三绿:石绿+白色而得,白色加的越多则就变成四绿、五绿等。三青、四青等色彩也是同理。
7、老赭:朱磦+墨调和而成,接近熟褐色。常用来提染枝干或提染叶面被虫咬蚀的部分。
8、胭脂水:胭脂色+大量水调和而成。主要用来复勒线条,曙红水、花青水等说法同理
9、豆绿色(三绿+藤黄+少许酞青蓝)
10、墨红色(曙红+稍许墨)
11、赭绿色(赭石+草绿)。
12、古铜色(朱磦+墨+少许藤黄+少许曙红)
13、汁绿色(草绿+藤黄+少许朱磦)
14、灰绿色(三绿+少许墨)
15、芽绿色(汁绿+藤黄)
16、米黄色(藤黄+朱磦+少许墨)
17、桔黄色(藤黄+朱磦)
18、墨青色(花青+墨)
19、藏青蓝(酞青蓝+墨+少许石青)
20、绛红色(胭脂+朱磦+少许墨)
21、紫色(曙红+少许酞青蓝)
22、墨绿色(草绿+少许墨)
23、老绿色(草绿+少许胭脂)
24、翠绿色(酞青蓝+藤黄+少许翡翠绿)
25、褐色(赭石+墨)
26、檀香色(藤黄+朱磦+少许三绿)
27、蓝灰色(花青+白粉+少许三青)
28、豆沙色(胭脂+朱磦+少许花青)
29、土红色(朱磦+少许胭脂)
30、青绿色(草绿+少许酞青蓝)
31、四绿色(三绿+白色)
32、胭脂水(胭脂+大量水)
33、青灰色(花青+少许墨+白色)
34、蓝色(酞青蓝+三青)
35、朱红色(朱磦+曙红)
36、紫青色(胭脂+少许酞青蓝)
推荐颜料
目前,书画店中所售的国画颜料,从包装方式上也有两种:一种是传统手工制作的小纸盒包装的颜料片,质量较好,且加过胶,只要用水化开即可使用。另一种是颜料厂制作的铅管包装的颜料,挤出来即可使用,但质量不如片制颜料。初学绘画,多使用后一种。
初学者选择马利、樱花牌(樱花无沉淀更细腻)都可以。马利黄色包装的可能会有颗粒沉淀,蓝色盒子的颜料更细腻一点。要求高一点的可以去买吉祥牌,另外一开始不建议你们入瓶装或纸包的矿物质颜料,又烧钱又染色时掌握不好比较难出效果。(比如姜思序堂)
宣纸
写意画选生宣,工笔画选熟宣,生宣纸又分棉皮,净皮,特皮,檀皮含量多少而定。檀皮量多则是特皮,适合大写意,洇墨厉害,多画于山水画,更能突显水墨意境。小写意用净皮,适应画花鸟画,墨色浓淡相宜好掌握。
画国画的宣纸和卡纸都有生宣,孰宣之分,不同的是着色润染效果。写意画用宣纸画更能突显墨韵感,意境。卡纸晕染效果不及生宣,适应画小写意,浓淡相宜,墨色恰到好处。用卡纸可以画花鸟画,宣纸画山水画,卡纸一个好处是画好了不用裱画直接装框。
用宣纸画画的时可以重复叠色,而卡纸不行润染几次就会起毛边,所以形要准,着色一遍而过。涂背景时也是如此,不适应反复上色,深浅掌握好,两遍而过。初学者适合用宣纸画,花鸟画,山水画画个一遍,熟练生巧后换卡纸画。
推荐用纸
与中国画笔墨最为匹配的载体无疑要首推安徽径县出产的宣纸,这种纸在发挥中国画笔墨表现力方面很强,物理性能稳定。
徽州的宣纸最好,品牌有很多,名牌的初学者不适用,一般的就可以。除了红星,双鹿,汪同王的宣纸很好用,墨润效果还不错。用宣纸画画外还可以尝试用卡纸画画,不用裱画,直接装框就好。
在选择熟宣纸时一定要慎重,好纸不一定白,太白说明增白剂太多,不利久藏;好的熟宣纸纸白但不刺眼,反光柔和,纸内不能有草梗、沙粒、裂口、洞眼及其他附着物。
生宣纸
熟宣纸
镇纸
作画时维镇纸是中国古代传统工艺品。指写字作画时用以压纸的东西,常见的多为长方条形,因故也称作镇尺、压尺。
镇纸的材质多种多样,以玉、瓷、竹、木、铁、铜居多,上面通常雕刻有兰、菊、梅、竹并配以诗句的图案,也有动物和人物的立体形象。
推荐镇纸
现在市场上有各种各样的镇纸,可以根据自己的需求购买。
1、Noritake则武宫崎骏龙猫TOTORO站立水晶镇纸
2、青云笔社小鹅镇秦陵水禽系列镇纸
3、弘可手工铸铁小猫咪镇纸
4、臻言粉莲水晶镇纸
5、御宝阁纯手工景德镇手绘陶瓷镇纸
手工绘制的陶瓷镇纸有两款可选,一个是葫芦蟋蟀,还有是墨趣。
6、臻言加重款国画蓝图方镇纸
7、臻言原创加重款云山书画镇纸
笔洗
笔洗是一种传统工艺品,属于文房四宝笔、墨、纸、砚之外的一种文房用具,是用来盛水洗笔的器皿,以形制乖巧、种类繁多、雅致精美而广受青睐,传世的笔洗中,有很多是艺术珍品。笔洗有很多种质地,包括瓷、玉、玛瑙、珐琅、象牙和犀角等,基本都属于名贵材质。各种笔洗中,最常见的是瓷笔洗。
笔洗的作用是可以润笔,在绘画中,许多用水特技都是靠笔洗来实现。
初学者预算不够可以随便找个水桶代替。推荐几个笔洗的店铺荣宝斋、宝霆容山堂/RONGSHANGTANG、赋比兴等。
毛毡
制作书画毡的材料主要是羊毛或化纤,因材料和工艺的差别,而产出各式各样的书画毡。
用它衬在宣纸下面,防止画画时的墨汁、颜色等渗透到宣纸背面的桌面上、进而污染宣纸,弄得画面上一塌糊涂;衬了毛毡,因为毛毡不吸水,就不会发生上述现象了。画国画用的毛毡在国画用品商店里有售,大小不一,根据自己的画幅大小选购。
初学者用一块常见的带有米字格的书画毡就差不多,市面上这类书画毡有50厘米×50厘米的,也有50厘米×70厘米的。
购买之前,务必看清楚毛毡的大小。然后看毛毡上米字格的大小,一般毛毡上的格子大小为10厘米,小一点的毛毡的格子可能是9厘米的。可以看厚度,以这种印有米字格的书画毡来说,质量特别次的毛毡都不会太厚,有时候墨汁太多还真有可能透过去。厚度2毫米以上的毛毡,对于国画初学者来说就够了。
如果要画大幅的作品,那就需要买大的厚的毛毡,更大更厚的毛毡托墨性能和吸墨能力更强,显然也更合适。
砚台
砚台是用来磨墨和装墨汁的,初学者可用小碟子代替用来装墨。如果想拥有更好的砚台可以选购妙峰牌徐公砚。
其他
纸胶带/水胶带:绷宣纸用的;
喷壶:绷绢、做特殊效果时会使用;
底纹笔/底纹刷:用来刷底色的大刷子,羊毫做的,要很软才行;
美工钉、盘子(调色用)。
国画技法
国画技法的主要有构思、构图、用笔、用墨、设色、收拾等方面,其中用笔用墨为最基本的技法)。
构思——又叫立意,即作画之前的形象思维过程。
构图——即六法中的“经营位置”,又叫置陈布势等。亦即画面各种物象的位置、比例、墨色等的安排。
用笔——即六法中的“骨法用笔”,有线描、勾勒、皴、擦、点染,笔用中锋、逆锋、藏锋、露锋、拖笔、破点等。
用墨——经历代画家发展有:焦、浓、重、淡、清、退、埃、宿等各种墨色,运用时须各得其所。又有泼墨、破墨(即浓淡相生)等具体技法。
设色——白描:不设色,全用线条表现,或仅以淡墨、淡水色稍加渲染。重彩:一般指工笔重彩、勾勒填色、大青绿等。淡彩:以墨色为主调,敷以淡彩色。没骨:纯用色彩画,并不勾线。(纯用墨点染,不沟勒的亦叫没骨。)
收拾——画成以后再作整体收拾,使全画最后达到气韵生动的境界。
笔墨
中国画表现形象的基本手段。我国历代画家在长期历史发展的过程中,已经形成了一套完整的笔墨技法和创造技巧。
笔墨表现形式
有白描、工笔、写其细部,整个画面纯用墨色,有的再加淡墨渲染。
白描——用细线勾画出物象轮廓及其细部,整个画面纯用墨色。有的再加淡墨渲染。
白描从线条的粗细可分三类:较粗的线条叫琴弦,较细的线条叫铁线,极细的线条叫游丝。工笔画常常用这几种线条来表现作品,钉头鼠尾描、兰叶描、高古游丝描、铁线描、行云流水描。不论采用哪种线描,都突“写”字,使每一条线具有书法气韵。
工笔——勾勒细腻精巧的叫工笔,工即工整工细之意,敷色也层也渲染,显得浑厚浓重。
工笔画是通过线条去观察、反映事物的,根据事物在轮廓和外表上的明确特征来了解事物。线条连绵不断、细密均匀,贯穿着整个事物形体的始终,表现出蓬勃灵动而精工逼真的视觉外貌。因此,线条成为画面的统领者,其视觉观察的方式是客观而具体的。
写意——只写物象的大意,用笔简练流畅,笔墨自然,不用色的写意画,又称“水墨画”。
勾勒着色——亦称“单线平涂”。它用笔先勾出物象边线,中间用墨或用色平涂。
粗细相间——亦称“兼工带写”。它比工笔要粗,比写意要工。
粗中有细——如花草画得粗,但绕花飞动的小虫、蝴蝶、或蜻蜓等则画得很细。
没骨法——一般不用墨线勾轮廓。
泼墨法——是没骨法的扩展,用大块墨色,再运用自然形成的浓淡,加上较细的笔道,有的地方还露出飞白,这样才见精神。
界画——一部或大部分用直尺画墨线组成的画,主要表现庄严雄韦的建筑物,如宫殿、庙宇、楼阁、亭台、水榭等,以及整齐精致的家具陈设等。
设色
设色即六法中的“随类赋彩”。不同的色彩赋不同的感情,画家往往用色彩来表达他的感情。中国画常用的颜色有墨、藤黄、石黄、土黄、胭脂、洋红、朱砂、朱膘、赭石、花青、石青(可分头青、二青、三青等三种)、石绿(也分头绿、二绿、三绿等三种),白粉等。但基本颜色只有红、黄、蓝三种,即洋红、藤黄和花青。把上面的颜色加以配合,可以调出许多种颜色来。
墨彩
工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。即对形象勾线或不勾线,完全用墨的浓淡来表现的叫墨彩。墨彩以淡雅为佳,因它用浓墨的面积不宜过大、过多,因为重墨多易使画面产生沉浊之感,但亦不能淡而失神,要使浓淡相宜,才具有清新神韵的效果。
淡彩
工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。即先墨彩的方法把对象画到八九分,然后用淡薄的色彩稍作渲染的叫淡彩。淡彩要做到色不碍墨、墨不离色,既能融合一体,又能显示墨的韵味,才能产生一种淡雅、朴素的效果。
粉彩
工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。在表现方法上多用于勾染和没骨。在颜色运用上以植物颜色和白粉为主,以水彩和淡薄的矿物质色为辅。粉彩勾线切忌用一色的浓墨,而要施淡墨为主。因为墨丝过浓和粉彩相并,则容易显得枯僵,缺乏妍丽。调粉的色彩不宜过厚,但也不能太淡薄,过淡则无神,要做到薄中见厚。粉彩用粉是重要关键。粉和色要用到晕化自然,不露粉痕,不显料气,干净滋润,才能发挥粉彩鲜明娇丽的特点。
重彩
工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。重彩勾勒勾染的方法,并以服务态度和物质色为主,因用色比较厚重,所以色感较富丽带有装饰性称为重彩。重彩渲染要作到薄中见厚,厚中生津,染不露痕,深浅自然。切忌脏、花、斑、枯、火、腻等。这些毛病多出于顺序不对,用笔不轻顺,用色过厚或厚薄不匀。
线描
中国民族绘画的主要造型手段。是构成中国画民族风格的一个要素。线描是运用线的轻重、浓淡、粗细、方圆、转折、顿挫、虚实、长短、干湿、刚柔、疾徐等不同的笔法来表现物象的体积、形态、质感、量感和运动感的一种方法。它不着颜色,有时可有一些淡墨来略加渲染,具有独特的表现形式和造型规律,并富有韵味。用线的变化,要与造型的形式美紧密相连。其线或刚健、或婀娜、或轻灵、或凝重,由于用笔多变遂产生极为丰富的感觉。中国画用线造型的历史悠久,通过历代画家的长期实践和不断地创造,积累了大量的极为丰富的线描技法经验,仅画人物衣褶的描法就有“十八描”。
用线描来造型的特点是清晰、简练、富有装饰性,可以完美地刻划各种现象,表现出千变万化的各种物象的新的生命。
白描
中国画中完全用线条来表现物象的称“白描”。白描有单勾和复勾两种。用线一次成的单勾。单勾有用一色墨勾成的,也有根据不同对象用浓淡两种墨勾成的,例如花用淡墨勾,叶用浓墨勾。复勾是先用淡墨全部勾好,然后根据表面具体情况决定复勾一部分或全部。复勾的线不能依原路的线刻板地重迭地勾一道。复勾的目的,是加重质感和浓淡的变化,使物象显得更有神彩。复勾的线必须流畅自然,更防止受原线路的约束,否则复勾的线很易呆板。物象的形、神、光、色、体积、质感等关系就靠线条来表现,从某咱意义上说来,它比别的画法更不易掌握。白描要特别注意“朴素简洁”、“概括明确”的特点。在构图上的取舍力求单纯,对虚实、疏密要偏重于对比较强烈的安排,层次要分明,在线的处理上要带有装饰性、旋律性,防止碎乱、呆板、松散等毛病。
刘公华白描仕女图
皴法
国画表现技法之一。早期山水画的主要表现手法,是以线条勾勒轮廓,然后敷色。随着绘画的发展,为了表现山石树木的脉络纹路和(凸凹),因地质的结构不同,表现在山岳的外形上也各不相同。
石涛深山秋水图
皴法的种类
一般有(1)披麻皴、(2)乱麻皴、(3)芝麻皴、(4)大斧劈、(5)小斧劈皴、(6)卷云皴、(7)雨点皴(雨雪皴)、(8)弹涡皴、(9)荷叶皴、(10)矾头皴、(11)骷髅皴、(12)鬼皮皴、(13)解索皴、(14)、乱柴皴、(15)牛毛皴、(16)马牙皴、(17)斫皴、(18)点错皴;(19)豆瓣皴、(20)刺梨皴(豆瓣皴之变)、(21)破网皴、(22)折带皴、(23)泥里拨钉皴、(24)拖泥带水皴、(25)金碧皴、(26)没骨皴、(27)直擦皴、(28)横擦皴等。
墨法
古人说“墨即是色”,浓淡水墨可代替各种色彩。用墨要有浓淡干湿,只干不湿太瘠枯,只湿不干太臃肿,浓淡干湿结合起来,变化多,生动而有气韵。
用墨之法
一般有焦墨、积墨、破墨、擂墨等。焦墨是一种磨得极浓的墨,用焦墨的旁边须有浓淡墨为之晕浑,否则焦墨孤立,难见笔意。
积墨:用浓墨和淡墨连敷几次,有一种深厚的味道。
破墨:先用淡墨上纸,趁湿用湿墨加上,化出奇纱的韵味。拧在纸上捺转,略似鱼鳞,由浓渐淡,参差不齐,谓之擂墨。所以用墨和用笔不分不开的。
用笔六要
一要自然有力,切忌呆滞。
二要变化而有联系,要将粗、细、浓、淡、长、短、横、直、干、湿、轻、重根据物象参差需用,既有变化,还要互相联系。
三要苍老而滋润,苍老就显出含蓄的笔力,用笔光滑就显得雅嫩,过于苍老亦易枯燥,故须在苍老中滋润,也就是干湿并用。
四要松灵而凝炼,松灵比自然更进一步,要活泼轻松有生趣,切忌油滑、轻浮,轻松之中要有重厚,凝练是一笔画去到尽端有回锋。
五要刚柔相济,即在轻柔中有骨力。所谓“线棉裹铁”才能稳厚,刚健的锋中要参以巧运,“扛鼎中有妩媚。”故一笔中要能刚健婀娜兼有之。
六要巧拙互用,用笔朴质显得老实,故要在巧笔中夹几笔拙,在拙笔中夹几笔巧,应巧拙互用,方为得法。
国画笔法
讲基本运笔技法之前我们要先了解握笔的姿势。
国画的笔法有六种,分别是中锋、侧锋、逆锋、拖锋、折钗股与屋漏痕、飞白锋。
中锋
中锋即锥形毛笔笔尖在毛笔的运行过程中,始终处在用笔的中心位置。中锋用笔是中国画用笔方法的首要特征。其特点是:笔力饱满,内涵丰富。外柔内刚,极富表现力。
侧锋
侧锋的执笔是把笔管横卧或倾斜。与纸成各种角度,笔尖不在墨线中间,笔尖在墨线一侧,并出现飞白的效果。
逆锋
逆锋是相对于正手位置顺行方向的反方向毛笔运行方法。逆锋运笔阻力增大,笔锋聚散,松紧变化不同于顺笔意味。特点是笔力刚硬,力透纸背,但缺少柔劲。不可常用,适可而止。
露锋
于藏锋的运笔刚好相反,它以笔尖着纸,故意露出笔锋,收笔时渐行渐提笔杆。以这种笔法画出的线条灵活而飘逸。
藏锋
笔锋要藏而不露,画出的线条才沉着含蓄,力透纸背。
顺锋
运笔与逆锋相反,采用拖笔运行,画出的线条轻快流畅、灵秀活泼。
扩展资料
所谓笔法,写字作画用笔的方法,即中国画特有的用线方法。中国书画主要都以线条表现,所用工具都是尖锋毛笔,要使书画的线条点画富有变化,必先讲究执笔,在运笔时掌握轻重、快慢、偏正、曲直等方法,称为“笔法”。
国画有着自己明显的特征,讲究“气韵生动”,不拘泥于物体外表的肖似,而多强调抒发作者的主观情趣。中国画讲求“以形写神”,追求一种“妙在似与不似之间”的感觉。
讲究笔墨神韵,笔法要求:平、圆、留、重、变。墨法要求墨分五色,焦、浓、重、淡、清。
讲究“骨法用笔”,不讲究焦点透视,不强调环境对于物体的光色变化的影响。
讲究空白的布置和物体的“气势”。
国画分科
国画总分为工笔和写意两种,大致又分工笔花鸟,工笔山水,工笔人物,写意花鸟,写意山水,写意人物等。写意用生宣,工笔用熟宣,也有半生不熟的纸可以画一些兼工带写。
国画的细分科按形式分,工笔,写意;工笔讲究“工”,用笔细致,需要细细勾勒反复渲染的;写意讲“意”,用笔洒脱,以形写神,一笔到位。按题材分,人物、花鸟、山水。
工笔
工笔画步骤
起稿
可用铅笔在图画纸上对临起稿,或直接拷贝临本,用HB铅笔将画稿拷贝到绢或熟宣纸上,铅笔线要轻、淡。也可直接把画稿拷贝到白纸上,特别是用绢画时,这样可以避免画稿变形,铅笔线以绷稿后看清为准。
也可以去买个拷贝台,把起好的稿子或打印的图纸放在拷贝台上,再把熟宣/绢蒙在上面拷贝,这样拷贝的图精确度稍高一点。画熟练了就可以直接用勾线笔上墨线了!
绷稿
要求:先在画板上裱贴一张白纸,待干后将绢或熟宣纸绷到画板上。具体绷绢步骤可以看这个:如何绷娟
所需材料:图钉、浆糊、水。
1、首先,把框子装好,然后把绢放在框子上摆好。
2、然后,在绢的一头按上图钉,另一边喷水,慢慢展开。
3、喷湿后慢慢调整,差不多了可以涂浆糊,继续调整。不要特别紧,因为绢干了也会收缩,另外绢本身有织的纹路,拉扯变形了就不好了。
4、然后把最后一条边涂上浆糊,折好。绢的外部也可以再涂一层浆糊。
5、等干了就可以上色了,看看效果。
注意事项:
1、草稿:使用铅笔打草稿,纸张不要求。
2、过稿:将草稿放置在拷贝台上,上面覆一层熟宣,使用勾线笔(花枝俏、小叶筋等均可)将画稿勾在宣纸上,这样的作品称为白描。
3、渲:在画好的草稿上用墨来表现画面的明暗,方法是:使用两支较大的笔(一般为大白云)一支蘸墨,一支蘸水,先点墨,在墨没干之前用水渲开,造成一个自然的过渡。
4、染:方法和渲的步骤差不多,不过使用的是国画颜料,这一步较为麻烦。为了让色彩更加均匀厚实,一般要进行多次,有“三矾九染”之说。
勾线
勾线的用笔方法分为中锋和侧锋,工笔人物画中以中锋为主。
中锋:中锋即锥形毛笔笔尖在毛笔的运行过程中,始终处在用笔的中心位置。中锋用笔是中国画用笔方法的首要特征。其特点是:笔力饱满,内涵丰富。外柔内刚,极富表现力。中锋线圆润、浑厚、匀整,并且有弹性。也要注意墨线的浓墨变化,适当时加入清水调试。
侧锋:侧锋的执笔是把笔管横卧或倾斜。与纸成各种角度,笔尖不在墨线中间,笔尖在墨线一侧,并出现飞白的效果。
勾线用笔的起止很重要,每一条线无论长短都必须有起笔、行笔、收笔三个过程。要求“起笔藏锋、运笔中锋、收笔回锋”,这是线描的主要技法要点。画人物和花鸟都需要了解勾线技巧。
着染
传统工笔画的着染方法总体来说可以分为分染、罩染、勾填等方法,分染和罩染是传统工笔人物画和花鸟中最常用的技法。山水的话还要用到“皴”的技法,以体现山脉特有的肌理。
分染:是把平面的线描按其结构、纹理用色或墨渲染出一定的层次和体积关系。分染时,准备一支笔蘸色,一支笔蘸清水把颜色均匀地烘淡。分染法采用分层叠加的方法进行设色,它的优点是色彩厚重饱和,层次变化丰富,表现力强。
罩染:绘画,在着色时,先铺底,后罩色,这种方法就叫罩染。一般是先用渲染法铺上底色,颜色应厚重一些,可以层层复加。由深到淡,要表现出其明暗、层次。再根据需要再平涂一二次翠色,颜色要淡薄。底色和罩色的选择要根据所绘物体本身的特点,目的是使二者相得益彰,产生厚重、鲜明、复杂、丰富的色彩效果。画山水用水墨皴染,可罩染花青和赭石等。
背染:在绢的背面衬色以使正面的颜色更厚重,丰富画面层次。背面使用的是平涂的方法,植物色和矿物色均可。这几个步骤应该是交替进行的,要想画的细腻,这些动作可能要重复很多遍。
复勾
有些地方染完颜色后,之前勾线的部分变得不是很明显了,需要重新勾一遍。这时候勾千万要注意浓淡,颜色重了容易生硬呆板匠气,线条尽量保持流畅,毕竟是附在最上面的。
刷胶矾水
为了防止熟绢跑矾,在设色之前,要在绢的背面刷一遍胶矾水。古人把胶矾称作“伐绢之斧”。未刷胶矾水的绢和宣纸,称作生绢、生宣,是画写意画的材料。刷过胶矾水的绢和宣纸,其性能发生了改变,称之为熟绢、熟宣,适合画工笔画。
1、胶矾水有制作熟绢、固定颜色、保护画面的作用。
胶:黄明胶,又名广胶,颗粒状的效果比较好。使用时用冷水泡上几分钟,去掉浮灰,加入热水搅拌,胶粒全部溶解后即可,但不能用开水,开水会使粘度降低。
矾:又称明矾,主要产自安徽庐江,头天用凉水浸泡,第二天用。
2、胶矾水的混合比一般7:3较为适当,矾大胶小,染墨色时会颜色板滞、难以染匀。胶大矾小则会出现滑笔,墨、色易脱落等问题。
3、刷胶矾水,刷胶矾水的环境最好在温度25度左右的晴天,温度过低胶矾会很快凝固,不易刷匀。
装裱
古语有云:“三分字画,七分裱”,精致的装裱工艺不仅可以使字画得到更好的保护,同时也能起到烘托字画,突出神韵的作用。书画装裱的步骤一般是先用纸托裱在绘画作品的背后,再用绞、绢、纸等镶边,然后安装轴杆成卷轴或者装框条成镜框。传统的装裱是多种多样的,但其成品按形制可分为挂轴,手卷,册页三大类。原裱的绘画不论画心的大小、形状、及裱后的用途,都只有托裱画心、镶覆、砑装三个步骤。
第一步:观察字画
揣摩原作的气度,以利于更好地选择装裱材料烘托原作气质。
第二步:托裱画心
1、将画心反铺在干净的画案上,用喷壶在画心背面均匀喷洒水花;
2、待画心潮润且平整得贴附在画案上时,用排笔在画心背面均匀刷浆;
3、一手持特制的装裱棕刷,一手持略大于画心的托纸,对齐一边,用棕刷自上而下排扫托纸,逐渐使整张托纸平整贴附于画心背面;
4、用手指在托纸边缘均匀抹上浆糊;
5、待画心略干后,轻轻揭起,转贴至挣墙晾干。
第三步:镶条
1、待画心干透,用裁刀将其从墙面取下,裁去托纸不整齐的边角部分;
2、在画心四角均匀抹浆,镶上助条;
3、在助条边缘抹浆,镶上边条。
第四步:覆背
在已镶条的画作后重复第二个步骤。
第五步:装框
已制成的画作如需装框则在画作干透后进行平整,镶装画框;如做成卷轴,则应在画作上下装上天杆和地杆,并牵上挂绳,拴入绛色丝带。
注意事项
一般的装裱能够收藏的是手工的,浆糊的质量也是收藏时间的保证。裱画的糨糊不同于普通的糨糊,不仅黏稠度和透明度有所差别,并且在熬制时还要加入一些防治蠹虫的配料
推荐临摹书籍
人物
白描:《八十七神仙卷》练线描这一本完全够了。如果觉得难度大的,可以进行局部练习。
工笔设色
《簪花仕女图》、韩熙载夜宴图、《虢国夫人游春图》、《捣练图》、《洛神赋图》等
《簪花仕女图》局部
《虢国夫人游春图》局部
花鸟
宋代小品、宋徽宗、陈老莲花鸟集。
山水
山水小品、《千里江山图》、长桥卧波图、马远夏圭。
写意
国画的一种画法,用笔不苛求工细,注重神态的表现和抒发作者内心的情感。最初起源于绘画,兴起于北宋,要求在形象之中有所蕴涵和寄寓,让"象"具有表意功能或成为表意的手段。
分类
写意画分为小写意和大写意,所谓的小写意,更倾向于水墨画法写物象之实,上接元人墨花墨禽的传统;而所谓的大写意,更倾向于以水墨画法表现画家的主观感情,继承的是宋元的文人墨戏传统。
欣赏写意画
画写意首先要练审美。培养对美的感受力,学会欣赏。要对中国美术史上这些大量的作品进行阅读,至少要知道什么是经典什么是真的美。
古代写意画
现代写意画
绘画步骤
白菜、萝卜画法
①用中号长锋狼毫或羊毫调淡墨画菜的叶柄,趁湿马上蘸较浓墨画出菜根和根须。换用一支大号羊毫斗笔调淡墨画菜叶,注意笔腹含水要饱满,根据菜叶的结构、方向,分几笔画出菜叶,每笔菜叶的墨团形状大小浓淡要稍有区别,不能画成一样。笔与笔之间要注意衔接,既不能让它们模棱模糊,又不能搞得支离破碎。趁湿用长锋小狼毫勾出菜叶上的叶脉。
②用同一支笔蘸浓墨以中锋画缚菜的草束。要掌握画草束的时间,迟了叶柄水分已干,画上去的草束就会浮起来。如果太早,草束的墨色会漫糊开来,影响其质感。总之要干湿得当,渗化适度。
③根据红萝卜的圆形结构,用一支干净的短锋羊毫笔蘸胭脂调合一下,分左右两笔画出萝卜的球茎。同时注意适当地在中间留些空白,以表现萝卜的高光,然后又用较深的颜色点须画根。再用同一支笔洗一下,蘸朱磦底画胡萝卜。为了加强胡萝卜的质感,可在朱磦底里调点胭脂。画时,同样要注意胡萝卜的造型特点,依据结构运笔。
④再用同一支笔洗净后蘸藤黄加花青调成汁绿。为了色调和谐,可在汁绿里再少量调点朱磦底,画出红萝卜叶柄的基部,然后又添画上小小的萝卜叶。两片萝卜的叶子要注意稍分浓淡。最后用中羊毫笔调赭墨画上蘑菇,画时同样要注意几只蘑菇的不同方向和前后层次。
牵牛花画法
①先画藤蔓:用长锋小狼毫笔调淡墨去画,用笔要悬腕中锋,轻快舒缓之中见遒劲,墨色要稍有变化,笔尖含水要干一点,以表现枝蔓的坚韧柔软。枝蔓是全画的架子,因此,要注意全局的位置经营。
②次画叶子:用短锋大羊毫笔调次浓墨去画,注意在蘸墨时要使笔头各部位含墨含水分量不同,这样一笔下去叶片即有浓淡变化。画叶要依据牵牛花叶片特点,每叶分三笔画成。点叶要注意疏密大小和方向的区别。
③用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨勾出叶脉。换用一支干净的短锋中羊毫笔,用胭脂加花青调成紫红色画花冠。牵牛花花冠上部色深,基部呈白色,因此用笔时要根据这个特点在花心留出空白,花型要圆润,色泽要饱满。两朵花要分浓淡。又蘸较深的花色点出未放的花蕾,注意花蕾与主花间的呼应。
④用三绿加一点藤黄,调成淡绿色染花蕊底色,趁湿又用短锋羊毫调藤黄加白,一笔画上花蕊。然后用长锋小狼毫蘸浓墨画上花托,又添上浓浓淡淡的藤蔓,使全画完整起来。最后略加苔点,使画面增添变化。
花球画法
①先画花球:用长锋小狼毫调淡墨逐个勾出组成花球的一朵朵小花。用墨要略分浓淡,花形要有变化,使花球有立体感。接着用短锋大羊毫调成浓绿蘸墨分组画上叶子。
②用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨勾叶脉。勾时把叶子分成上下两组,上边一组的叶脉墨色较深,下面一组叶子的叶脉用墨稍淡,以分出前后两组的层次。换用一支长锋狼毫笔调淡墨画枝干。随画随加浓墨,用较干的墨色去画较小的枝干。
③再用较淡的绿添画几笔嫩叶,增加叶子的又一个层次。接着用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨画出花球里的花柄,用墨要较干,使浓重的墨色衬托出洁净的花球。接着在叶间添画一团掩藏着的花球,方法与前同。
④最后用长锋羊毫笔调藤黄加三绿。淡淡地染上花色。趁湿用藤黄调朱磦底点花蕊。渲染花球既要染出立体感,又要注意花色的洁净。
枇杷画法
①用大号斗笔浸些清水,又挤去笔肚里过多的水分,乘湿蘸上墨,稍微在调色盆里调合一下。注意不要调得太"熟",使笔肚中含的墨色浓淡不匀方好。这时开始顺笔画叶子,随画又要随时蘸点水,使画上去的几片叶子既有浓淡的变化,又有滋润丰厚的感觉。
②淡墨中锋勾出枇杷轮廓,注意用笔的圆正,以表现枇杷果实的立体感。接着用浓墨画完枝干。待叶子略干,换一支叶筋笔蘸上浓墨趁潮在叶子上勾出叶脉。勾叶脉时,笔端要稍干些,可用废纸把笔上蘸的墨吸去少许后再勾。前后几片叶子的叶脉要分浓淡,故画后面叶子时,可调点清水后去画,但注意笔端仍须稍干,以免漫糊。
③等枇杷的墨色已干,用一支干净的羊毫笔蘸藤黄调点朱磦上枇杷圆形的结构用笔,以表现枇把的立体感。
④趁色尚湿,用浓墨点上果蒂。果蒂要点得稍大,用笔稍重,使笔尖稍微叉开,以表现枇杷蒂毛茸茸的质感。最后用调进少许藤黄的淡螺青点染枝干,加上苔点,使画面更丰富完整。
玉兰画法
①先画花瓣:用长锋小狼毫笔调淡墨色花瓣。墨色要洁净,用笔要爽快。为表现玉兰花瓣比较厚重的白色,可趁勾勒花瓣的墨色未干之际,再在瓣尖上加上小小的两点浓墨。接着用短锋大羊毫笔调淡墨染花底,染时要见笔。
②趁湿用短锋狼毫蘸浓墨点花蕊,花蕊的墨色会在刚染上去的淡墨花底上稍稍渗开。又用长锋大狼毫蘸浓墨画主干。用墨要稍干,用笔要苍劲,使枝干与洁白圆润的花瓣产生强烈的对比。然后再蘸清水化成次浓墨画横卧着的另一组枝干,画时要注意整幅画面的气势。趁湿再用浓墨点苔。
③接着调淡墨画花蕾和花托。画花蕾不仅要强调与主体花冠的呼应,还应配合整幅画的全局气势。花蕾与枝干的连接要合理,要符合玉兰的生长规律。④趁湿赶紧在花托上用小狼毫笔蘸浓墨点绒毛斑点。这一步要十分注意水分的的掌握,不能等干了再画,否则无论如何也画不出花托绒毛这种茸茸的感觉。最后点苔收拾整理。
推荐临摹书籍
山水
董源《潇湘图》、巨然《万壑松风图》、李成《寒林平野图》、范宽《溪山行旅图》、郭熙《早春图》、李唐《万壑松风图》、马远《踏歌图》《寒江独钓》、夏圭《溪山清远图》、黄公望《富春山居图》、倪瓒、吴镇《渔父图》、王蒙《青卞隐居图》、沈周、石涛、査士标。
花鸟
恽寿平、八大山人、徐熙、徐渭、文同、金农、法常、赵孟頫、管道升、王冕、赵之谦、齐白石等画家的花鸟作品。
人物
梁楷、唐伯虎、任伯年、陈洪绶等画家作品。
学习步骤
临摹
临摹是学习中国画技法的一种便捷方法,对范画可以先局部临摹,也叫分解练习,然后再临摹整幅作品,这样可以学得深秀。临摹尽量要象,“察之者尚精,拟之者贵似”,要通过临摹反复体会其造型方法、用笔方法、墨色变化等。临摹整幅作品时再体会构图特点、主次虚实关系、层次关系、呼应关系、色调变化等等。从临摹中掌握了一定的技法以后再试着进行变化和创造,心中就有数了。
临摹的目的是学习、借鉴他人的技法。临摹与写生相较,写生为主,临摹为次,写生是源,临摹是流。
临,把画放在桌上,对着画。摹,则是用一张透明的薄纸盖在画上,用笔墨描摹。摹画也叫拓画。临摹要防止犯“结壳”“游魂”“附影子”等弊病。“结壳”,即是学习古人或老师的技法,而被之束缚,不能变化、发展。“游魂”,就是东学一点,西学一点,浅尝辄止,不能融会贯通。“附影子”,即只能依赖前人的稿子或一家一派的门户,一离开,便寸步难行,作不出画。
临摹要和默写结合起来,中国画的创作方法很重视默写。提高默写能力要靠深入掌握物象的造型特点和规律及运笔用墨的规律。因此,临摹一定要认真体会。
结合临摹平时要注意多欣赏名家名作,可以反复欣赏品味,此外还要多参观画展,汲取各家之长,开阔眼界,开拓思路,丰富技法手段,提高修养。在观摩和学习时可随时记录一下构图、技法特点、题款内容和自己的感受。只要认真扎实地学习,肯定会有大的进步。
写生
通过写生可以进一步了解自然山水、花鸟和结构及动态规律,可以大量搜集创作素材,锻炼造型能力,进一步丰富知识和绘画技巧,在大自然中得到新鲜的感受。这是提高绘画创作水平必不可少的重要环节。
写生之前要多观察、多分析。写生的工具不必过于讲究,铅笔、钢笔、毛笔都可以,纸张随便,关键是要画得严肃、认真。写生的过程就是学习、观察大自然的过程,达到搜集创作素材提高创作能力的目的。
画外功
与绘画技巧相适应,还需具备多方面的知识。如书法技巧和文学修养都需作相应的提高。这是培养审美观念、增进鉴别能力的基础。只有多读书(小说、散文、诗歌及绘画理论都需要读)、勤练书法才能满足学习绘画的要求。练习书法不仅仅是为了适应题字落款的需要,更重要的是书法也是国画的基本功。要通过练习书法,提高笔线的表现能力,加强墨晕的风骨,以书入画格调情趣自然更高。
创作
初学国画不必急于创作,应先在以上三方面打下扎实的基础,苦练基本功。有了一定的基础后,可以慢慢试着进行创作。
创作阶段
第一阶段可以参考资料,借助别人作品的造型或笔墨技法,按照自己的创作意图去试着创作。这个阶段也叫初级阶段。通过这一阶段可以初步摸索到创作方面的规律。
第二阶段,待掌握了一定的技法之后,便可以较自由地进行创作。这一阶段是巩固和灵活运用技法阶段,通过这个阶段的练习,可使技法更熟练,构图变化更丰富。
第三阶段——成熟阶段。技法的成熟的标志不是按照一个模式的纯熟,而是根据不同意境、感觉、情趣的要求不断变化技法,体现出随机应变、运用自如而又不断创新。这一阶段的追求是情趣的表现及创作内涵的深化,是既有“法”度而又不为法度所束缚。以法作画,千篇一律,以情作画,变化万千。这是高超的技法和高深修养的结合,是我们追求的目的。初学者只要得法,用功,是会达到这一目标的。
学国画素材
花鸟素材
竹子
1、蘸淡墨勾画竹叶,用相同的笔法画出三片为一组的竹叶。依次增加叶子,注意竹叶方向、大小等要有变化,下笔时两头轻中间重。
2、淡墨勾画竹子的主干,待半干后浓墨勾画竹节。最后用淡墨勾画竹子的分支。
牡丹
1、整笔蘸粉色,笔尖蘸曙红画花瓣,依次增加花瓣。画出整朵花头,注意整朵花的形状要错落有变。
2、整笔蘸粉色,笔尖蘸曙红点出花苞,画出左右相邻的小花瓣。最后用淡绿色加胭脂画出花尊。
3、整笔蘸淡绿色,笔尖蘸淡墨侧锋画出整组牡丹叶子。浓墨勾叶筋,墨绿加胭脂画枝条。
麻雀
1、蘸赭石加淡墨侧锋点出鸟的头部,中锋画背羽,侧锋画上下翅。浓墨点斑纹、飞羽、尾羽、眼睛嘴,最后以淡墨画胸腹。
2、赭石加淡墨侧锋画出头部,中锋画背羽,侧锋画上下翅,浓墨画嘴,点眼睛。淡墨画胸腹,浓墨点斑纹、飞羽和尾羽,浓墨中锋画腿,浓墨画爪子。
小鸡
1、蘸中墨侧锋画出头部,侧锋点出翅膀,随后用干墨勾画尾部。浓墨画嘴和眼睛,淡墨画胸部和大腿,待半干时用浓墨勾画脚。
2、蘸浓墨,行侧锋画出头部,侧锋画翅膀,淡墨画胸部和大腿,最后浓墨勾画嘴、脚。
翠鸟
1、蘸三青点出鸟的头部,运侧锋画出身子和上下翅。采浓墨画嘴、尾羽、飞羽并点上眼睛。用钛白点鸟身斑纹,淡赭石染胸部,朱砂染嘴与鸟爪,最后用藤黄染眼珠。
2、三青加花青点出头部,用浓墨画出眼睛并勾画嘴巴,再画出头上的毛。三青加花青画鸟毛,用淡赭石画出腹部,浓墨勾画轮廓,朱砂染嘴和勾画鸟爪,藤黄染眼珠。
喜鹊
蘸浓墨勾画嘴和眼睛,浓墨画头部和颈羽。蘸中墨侧锋行笔画胸腹,画背羽留白羽,浓墨画翅羽,并为其添加尾羽。淡墨中锋行笔画胸腹,腿爪用浓墨勾画,鹅黄染眼珠。
学国画的好处
学国画是一件非常陶冶情操的事情,不仅能解放人的天性、给人带来满足感、成就感,而且还会在作品中实现对自我的肯定。
1、学国画是人生良伴。人的一生分为很多阶段,少年时,可以以画言志;青壮年时,生活压力巨大,可以以画解压;等到年过中年,孩子都已成家立业,自己也临近退休,内心难免会有孤独之感,此时可以画画消遣。学国画的人,随着自己的文化积淀,艺术修养的不断提升,他的画作也如陈年老酒,愈发醇香,愈发动人。
2、学国画能陶冶情操。学习国画讲求的是意境,讲究内涵,真、善、美。通过笔墨抒发感情,培养艺术气息,陶冶情操。艺术气息会一直伴随着你,生活中有了艺术,你会感觉到自己的世界都是带着诗情画意。
3、学国画能提高审美。中国画具有简练、概括的特点,在学国画时,注意力集中,执笔、行笔要运气用力,这样就养成了良好的学习习惯,不仅可以培养学习能力、理解能力,而且还可以提高审美能力和学习兴趣。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学国画是一件非常陶冶情操的事情,不仅能解放人的天性,给人带来满足感、成就感,而且还会在作品中实现对自我的肯定。学国画的人,随着自己的文化积淀、艺术修养的不断提升,所作的画作也如陈年老酒,愈发醇香,愈发动人。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WCwKdeaU2oYWQwxMHRQc7iL2nAg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QqEmdewuQoIgmSxaSWqcdS3Pncf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先要熟悉工具,选择一套合适的工具来作画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"C4IGdya6CoMGQgxhcABcLHvJnqH"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LuAOdEcaCoYqoMxQLs5cTQPqn4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画使用的笔统称为毛笔,根据制笔的毫料不同可分为软毫、硬毫和兼毫三种。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I2uadM2GwoomCUxK2KVcW1FNnLg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"软毫笔以羊毫为多,鸡毫次之。羊毫笔有长锋、中锋、短锋之别,各有不同的表现力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IC2ydCGgIoiKM8xa0eDcAS6xn5b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬毫笔一般弹力较强、劲健锋利,易于掌握和使用,其中狼毫笔和紫毫笔使用较多。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HCiodwcWkokoksx65wRcYGOMnhf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"兼毫笔是两种以上不同质的毫料兼制而成,此笔软硬适中,适于勾线,也适于渲染用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Bm4sd4iGOoCumyxm4zWcnKlSnBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画工笔可以选择准备勾线笔(1-2根)、大中小号白云羊毫笔(约3根)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R8eKdU6y0o0WmcxIuYkcTDcxnUj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画写意,准备硬毫笔(长锋短锋各备一支),如狼毫、猪鬃、兔毫等,兼毫备一支即可。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AuaEdQiySo6gckx29jyc06RHnHf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"提示","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Wig4dQMkaoEogox4ghocp1vcnmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔一开始不要买太多,常用的基本永远都是那几支。画熟练了再添置,书法写废了的毛笔也可以用来染色或者画山水。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NkKydQMc8oAo0sxMPzscUvMdnWc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":788,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"提示","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/aa31073262e7435891b0079bf9d26f4e","width":720},"text":"","id":"RU4odeAoGo62qSxWO8Ac3BpenNh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":613,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"提示","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ca29c9bf9874c70ab5f446996d49441","width":720},"text":"","id":"Pk0GdaOGkoWcWMxegMMcVpmZnNd"}],"text":"","id":"TE4idYMkAowaoaxIJ9WcF0cUnse"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔架","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TE4idYMkAowaoaxIJ9WcF0cUnse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔架就是架笔之物,是传统文房用具之一。在构思或暂息时用以置笔,以免毛笔污损他物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IqGydqQkwokWkQxQMaDc4SA5n1F"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":213,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔架","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b7c497564bfe491dbc9a1950bceb7656","width":419},"text":"","id":"Qkkgd4CEaoEssAxg9XScyqiUnYf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"调色盘","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W8C4d82mSoIcgQxYz7dcuLy0nJc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"调色盘就是调和颜料的容器,是不可缺少的文房用具。其形状通常为圆形,呈梅花状,但也有方形或其他不规则形状,质地以陶瓷类较多,而小碟子形态的调色盘造价比较低廉,通常为初学者或业余人士使用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VI6adUiEoo0SSsxmEgAcDSJxnod"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":319,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"调色盘","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/58843f4ce362446ba7b0c94bb58ad6f6","width":326},"text":"","id":"My42dgooQocAQKxWqUJc01KIntg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":276,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"调色盘","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/aa1ac610435f490eb1fb6300d006a9ac","width":284},"text":"","id":"VE8edAEWGo4yQ8xotmbc5Q9en7b"}],"text":"","id":"WymadYAguoY60yx23W9cjxAYnNh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"墨汁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WymadYAguoY60yx23W9cjxAYnNh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国传统绘画尤重用墨,笔以达气,墨以生韵。用墨表现画面的气韵,求得生动是很重要的。中国之墨经用笔引发和水的渗化,可变化出浓、淡、干、湿、黑、白不同层次的色彩感。古人谓之“五墨六彩”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Uc0admkGEoAyymxkD8Rc2ooUnYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以墨代色,力求单纯、明快、概括,是中国画的独特创造。以墨代色的不同变化,表现各种色彩感觉,富有浪漫主义的处理特色。中国画在设色方面突破了自然物固有的约束,代之以感情的意匠色彩。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PGeEd6IsOo2Q0uxsHJSc3HLyn1b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UKqAdyiGko4ueAxSADSceZvqnKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"墨有很多种,市场上常见的用于绘画的墨主要有株式会社墨运堂出品的玄宗墨汁,北京一得阁的云头艳,红星墨液,北京墨汁,中华墨汁,曹素功墨汁,珠江墨汁等等。不同墨对于绘画有直接影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SU2gdSM2IowaYsxOuqJckHY0nNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、进口玄宗墨汁有两种:一种是红星玄宗,一种是进口玄宗,其特点是浓墨显得很厚重,淡墨显得很润泽,不含混。下图是用进口玄宗墨汁绘制的国画效果图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XiAKdg0y6o4ycMxmqwecFJ1fn4b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":518,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/97efa27fcaba4da0b72938b8850e1458","width":335},"text":"","id":"RSGedeCGwoKiqqx8uRVciWVunIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、北京一得阁墨汁,百年老字号,价格低廉,性价比高。代表性产品为云头艳,其特点为,墨迹光亮、淡墨表现力强,层次感丰富、浓淡五色、书写流利等特点,美中不足的便是胶性比较大,易凝结。下图是用北京一得阁墨绘制的国画效果图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WaqideCGIoiUSyx4qfScwXEtnTg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":518,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1a77679774424deebee047dbd80de3a4","width":340},"text":"","id":"LAeodAAkmo4wOgxqY5cciFDBncg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、红星墨汁,安徽红星墨液公司出品。代表产品有两种,一种是红星墨液,另一种是玄宗墨液(国产),玄宗墨液(国产)跟红星墨液最大的区别在于黑度,玄宗墨液(国产)的黑度优于红星墨液,淡墨的层次,表现效果差,笔锋交叉处,呈现糊状。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HY6Cd24Eyoas46xGrUXcpzhsnfb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":343,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4067fae8ce954b9d8bfcdcc4d10c1d96","width":456},"text":"","id":"LgWSdIEaWow0MWxQdPXcCfS8n7g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、雄狮墨汁,台湾品牌,代表产品为雄狮书法墨汁,黑度强劲,层次感强、浓淡五色、书写流利,合成树脂胶(零下20℃凝结),四季适宜书画,宜书宜裱。适宜练习、出一般作品和出贵重作品用,是票友和专业人士的首选。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GGUsdwWowoUSC6xqQDgcQLdZnHh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9b519c8acb494c4f950d04600a430101","width":300},"text":"","id":"Lwqwd2iGUo0u88xqbEVcDwGxn8n"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、曹素功墨汁,国内老字号。产品价格低廉。代表性产品为墨块。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IQCgdQAGYo4o0axSQIwcTioGnLb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":470,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐墨汁","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ec0d74204739466988315d9a98adc9a0","width":467},"text":"","id":"I6YSdyicOoYKAexE1lScQPCYnwg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CIkudAqIkoEKwuxWk0AcD1Xtnwb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"矿物颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H0gWdkw40o8i4kxgT22cz0YEnic"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矿物颜料有朱砂、赭石、石青、石绿、石黄、白粉、金粉、银粉等。除赭石等少数矿物颜料外,多数矿物颜料都具有渗化性差、不透明性、遮盖力强等特点。由于这类颜料源于矿物质,虽经千年亦可保持其鲜艳色彩。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PI04dcOywo0giExaqAvc1ITYnwf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"植物颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PQCcdQa2co8W4CxWMHlcAZOMnug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"植物颜料有花青、藤黄、胭脂、洋红。植物颜料和化学颜料渗化性较好,透明度高。除藤黄等少数颜料外,大多没有遮盖能力。故一般不宜以色盖色。这正是中国画必须下笔准确,忌反复修改的原因。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HgKedyU2EogG8sxuWfXc1PvNnpg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"化学颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LAaCdomgWoes4Ex4Vr8cfh36nTf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"化学颜料有曙红、深红、大红、铬黄、天蓝。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VowGdeOKMoUoAyxshKvcKTljnFc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"特点及用途","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q0YudI62SoaW4Cx4i4Jc2EBTnDe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"赭石:矿物类,但其质较轻清,半透明,可单独使用,也可调和其他颜料后使用,是一种用途广泛的颜料。在淡彩山水中,常作为山石、树干主色,也可用于画夕阳反照下的远山。在花鸟画中,常与墨(调和后成为赭墨)或与其他色料调和,或混合使用,多用于画枝、干、翎毛。在人物画中,常用于人物皮肤底色。调入花青或绿色可用于画远山、老叶子。赭石加藤黄为赭黄,用于深秋黄叶、秋景中的土坡、草间细路。草绿中加入赭石调成苍绿,用于秋天石坡、土径。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Iq4edcGiCoGY0ix6wAlck0MdnMf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"朱膘:矿物类或人工合成。常与胭脂、洋红、藤黄调和使用。朱膘调墨可得厚重而偏亮的赭色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TsWWd8smOoO2sGxi0gLc21VmnFf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"朱砂:矿物类,为天然汞化物,近代也有人工合成的朱砂,遮盖力强,一般是单独使用,且多用浓重之原色点秋天红叶、花,亭台栏杆。不宜与石青、石绿调和使用。实际上,所有矿物颜料,除胭脂外,一般都不宜与植物色相调和。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XQ2GdKOIQoEiGgxkJ5NcTVPinTh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"石青:矿物类,遮盖力极强。在青绿山水中用于罩染突出部位的山石,是青绿山水之主色。在石青制作过程中,将石料研磨澄汰后,按其质地轻重,又可将石青分为头青、二青、三青、四青。一般山水画只用质地较轻的二青、三青,多用于点夹叶、醒点苔。因石青相对粗糙,染山石时,一般要分几次逐步上足色彩,待第一遍干后再着第二遍,忌在未干时反复涂抹。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FWmCdEQkio6UgwxEZ0CcuCXWnVd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"石绿:矿物类,遮盖力较强。澄汰后也可分为头绿、二绿、三绿、四绿。头绿质地较重,颜色较深,山水画中较少使用。二绿、三绿在淡彩、重彩山水画中使用较为广泛。石绿可与草绿(如花青加藤黄所调成的草绿)结合使用,此时需用套色法(或用草绿打底,待干后罩石绿;或先用石绿平涂,待干后再染草绿)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NoYUdQYweoScoMxiGYYcRUcKn2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"石黄:矿物类,在山水画中仅用于点秋景夹叶、秋景苔。画大片成熟的庄稼可先用赭石、藤黄染湿后再点石黄以示成熟。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Kss4de8OIomieqxGoZvco02Fn9e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"金粉:矿物类,除一般进口金粉外,还有佛赤泥金和青赤泥金,系用金箔研成,前者色正偏暖,后者发青偏冷。用于重彩山水画和工笔、人物、花鸟画,一般在勾线时方使用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GYUkd4yYioGC6ExiohJcsbS7nrd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"银粉:矿物类,用途与金粉类同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AaymdsuKSoogoOxqYv4cTYFFnUg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"白粉:矿物类或人工合成,有铅白、锌白、蛤粉等,铅管所装的又称锌钛白。不透明。画云、雪、瀑布、花鸟、人物等均需用之。锌钛白还可与花青、藤黄、赭石乃至墨等调和使用,但其度较难把握。如画杨树干即可调入绿色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UOIyduE8oouUY8xPHgIcdr6tnwz"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"花青:植物类或人工合成,半透明,可与藤黄、洋红、赭石、白粉等多种颜料调和,用途极为广泛,画山、石、草、木、云、水等均需用花青或其调和色。与藤黄调和,依据比例不同可调和各种绿色。青花调墨后称花青墨,其色为墨绿(螺青)。与曙红或胭脂调和后为紫色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EIwEdo6Ygo8kCoxsvMIcl6TDncg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"藤黄:植物类,是藤本植物的树脂所制,有毒不能入口。铅管装藤黄有一定遮盖能力。在山水、花鸟、人物画中,既可单独使用,又可与其他许多颜料或墨(可调成橄榄绿)调和使用,用途广泛。与洋红、朱膘或胭脂可调出橙色,与赭石调和可成檀色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EaOodkQqgoI0y2xA7ybcGu09nri"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"洋红:又称西洋红、曙红。植物类或人工合成,半透明,在花鸟画中,多单独或调和后,用于画花、红叶、蔬果,用途广泛。在山水画众多用于画亭台、屋顶、红叶等,在人物画众多用于面、唇、底饰等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DEYmdSmecoqa0OxC4uFcNBIHnqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"胭脂:植物类,为胭脂花制品,半透明。在山水画中用于春天的桃花与秋天的红叶,在花鸟画中可用于画紫红色蔬果、翎毛、花、叶、芽苞,也有用其点花心、勾叶筋的。在人物画中,可用于画人物、棉布、衣饰、花卉配景等。胭脂与曙红、朱膘可调出各种红色系的色相。调入墨则成紫色,调入赭则成赭色胭脂。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MqamdsEyUoy0EExeyTdciiMdnGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"大红:与曙红色彩相近,略淡于曙红。用法与曙红类同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EUekd2Cy0oSWikxQIsncubArn8P"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"颜色调配方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TGCcdgeWkoKigkxWYGzcmPM9nVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"颜料中任何一种颜色加入白色都会使之变为粉色或变淡颜色。本颜料与颜料之间可以任意调配使用,若要稀释时只要加少许清水即可。丙烯颜料在水分挥发后即干透,因此作画时对程序要心中有数,以使笔触衔接自然,达到预想效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BaKWd64syoMwK4xNdTDcdTXEnOY"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、草绿:约70%花青+30%藤黄调配而成,画工笔花卉的叶子最常用的色彩之一。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YMYmdMig2oYqSYxSybPc4ANcnoc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、汁绿:约80%藤黄+15%花青+5%朱磦调和成的嫩绿色,常用来作为反叶的底色和嫩叶的底色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SkGgdskm0oKwmyxqoxUc3OT3nwg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、老绿:草绿中微加墨或微加点胭脂,常用来罩染处于暗部的叶子色彩,薄薄的老绿也可用来渲染反叶。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YskEd2SeMoiWCcxyoVtcczeznic"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、檀香色:约70%藤黄+20%朱磦+10%三绿调配而成,加大量水以后常用来刷背景,也可作为嫩芽和托叶的底色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VeuGdwsqoogS0SxSuz4cnXYsncf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、米黄:约70%藤黄+30%赭石,主要用来刷背景,在重彩画的绘制中打一层米黄底色容易取得色彩和谐。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SwU6dGcaqo6iIyxIDfyclf0anac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、三绿:石绿+白色而得,白色加的越多则就变成四绿、五绿等。三青、四青等色彩也是同理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Omeodi0UAoAeYQxs49QczWDSnGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、老赭:朱磦+墨调和而成,接近熟褐色。常用来提染枝干或提染叶面被虫咬蚀的部分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WYQ0dC6WsosKkIxcFhkccU28ngf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、胭脂水:胭脂色+大量水调和而成。主要用来复勒线条,曙红水、花青水等说法同理","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DgYad2C6YoiEmGxUbxRcu1aMn7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9、豆绿色(三绿+藤黄+少许酞青蓝)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z6QgdwA86oOakixQ5CjcmteAn1f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"10、墨红色(曙红+稍许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TGuIdcUAkoEiwExozZLc5FWHntg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"11、赭绿色(赭石+草绿)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EgcqdUgm4oeSq6xS26NcFNLbnpf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"12、古铜色(朱磦+墨+少许藤黄+少许曙红)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E8yOdM6s8oGsAkxqy0gcAwZHnFg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"13、汁绿色(草绿+藤黄+少许朱磦)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HOSSdiIeUouqU0xxGhncfMdQnv0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"14、灰绿色(三绿+少许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IGeCdOWU2oQmCuxUVsecJfYPn1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"15、芽绿色(汁绿+藤黄)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BiumdsQUMoyg0KxAt1dcoOKIntg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"16、米黄色(藤黄+朱磦+少许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IyAwdiUI6oYY0ExQxLwcjug4nmb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"17、桔黄色(藤黄+朱磦)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Miq2dMcwKoo8GQx48E6cl93JnDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"18、墨青色(花青+墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M2AqdEO0qoMasUxsb0OclJ1NnDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"19、藏青蓝(酞青蓝+墨+少许石青)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M4KAde8scosaOSxAZnXc99oknNh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"20、绛红色(胭脂+朱磦+少许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YiuQdagysoaGAKx2bN0cyTu0nTg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"21、紫色(曙红+少许酞青蓝)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Nu0idIeeYomUwsxukW6cI9lznzh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"22、墨绿色(草绿+少许墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F48sduamyoWuikxQf6rcAIGXnNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"23、老绿色(草绿+少许胭脂)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Pi26dmoCyoMSIuxcjCjcH1a9ncd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"24、翠绿色(酞青蓝+藤黄+少许翡翠绿)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OwIudC8UCogwaMx9z2OczONDncp"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"25、褐色(赭石+墨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W8QudCUQsoMoGSxKOlAcEwGXnIg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"26、檀香色(藤黄+朱磦+少许三绿)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DG4qdQcC2o2eQKx8ZCTcDtAOnjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"27、蓝灰色(花青+白粉+少许三青)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GCWCdqU6Ioe8SYxMj95cQxcfnBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"28、豆沙色(胭脂+朱磦+少许花青)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DUMCdq4eCoyMQMxagD5cfqklnVh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"29、土红色(朱磦+少许胭脂)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ta4kdyqQMosc8qxe2urcxAgnnkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"30、青绿色(草绿+少许酞青蓝)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I6YUd28Cioyieyx6Gzec3RYynQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"31、四绿色(三绿+白色)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ug6od4Umyo84coxEXJecopO7nMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"32、胭脂水(胭脂+大量水)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BcmgdWYcooyiO2xILldc5mc1nVf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"33、青灰色(花青+少许墨+白色)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QiI4dO4GKoOcOIx7DWTc58lTnhD"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"34、蓝色(酞青蓝+三青)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Dy0sdSgAyoka8Uxwn70czXkXnsd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"35、朱红色(朱磦+曙红)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NkYsdUWAGo44uCxS8fBcCbZan7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"36、紫青色(胭脂+少许酞青蓝)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YCgmde406oSogGx2xMscGWFNn8d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":398,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"颜色调配方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/41e1d95b6acf409292978e4241f53b42","width":533},"text":"","id":"GUowdK8sqomYOwxWE24cSjBcnuc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐颜料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I0Aad80AeosIkOxWwr3cAZVdnzf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"目前,书画店中所售的国画颜料,从包装方式上也有两种:一种是传统手工制作的小纸盒包装的颜料片,质量较好,且加过胶,只要用水化开即可使用。另一种是颜料厂制作的铅管包装的颜料,挤出来即可使用,但质量不如片制颜料。初学绘画,多使用后一种。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K2I6dE8wOoaY4KxcRPacyCD6nGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学者选择马利、樱花牌(樱花无沉淀更细腻)都可以。马利黄色包装的可能会有颗粒沉淀,蓝色盒子的颜料更细腻一点。要求高一点的可以去买吉祥牌,另外一开始不建议你们入瓶装或纸包的矿物质颜料,又烧钱又染色时掌握不好比较难出效果。(比如姜思序堂)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YmYQdy8SWoCCOexyaN0c5V4gnsc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":277,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐颜料","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d67ca780bafb49768ce6ec5abe21e67d","width":661},"text":"","id":"NuOadAwKSoc4c8xop6Xc3hnWn0e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":309,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐颜料","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ff72111d3cad4e8aaddb9e9ca384cfcb","width":679},"text":"","id":"TkCQd4AcAoGk6AxWfWDcXP9vnZs"}],"text":"","id":"UgGSdEuuSooaCSxwYzkcD4rZnbb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"宣纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UgGSdEuuSooaCSxwYzkcD4rZnbb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写意画选生宣,工笔画选熟宣,生宣纸又分棉皮,净皮,特皮,檀皮含量多少而定。檀皮量多则是特皮,适合大写意,洇墨厉害,多画于山水画,更能突显水墨意境。小写意用净皮,适应画花鸟画,墨色浓淡相宜好掌握。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RomedeSscoGK6qxIjKFcyLwQntb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画国画的宣纸和卡纸都有生宣,孰宣之分,不同的是着色润染效果。写意画用宣纸画更能突显墨韵感,意境。卡纸晕染效果不及生宣,适应画小写意,浓淡相宜,墨色恰到好处。用卡纸可以画花鸟画,宣纸画山水画,卡纸一个好处是画好了不用裱画直接装框。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NQ8kdeU8coYkesxAtnBcIgz3ndh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用宣纸画画的时可以重复叠色,而卡纸不行润染几次就会起毛边,所以形要准,着色一遍而过。涂背景时也是如此,不适应反复上色,深浅掌握好,两遍而过。初学者适合用宣纸画,花鸟画,山水画画个一遍,熟练生巧后换卡纸画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M6MQdWueCoMAiKxiEP6cLBHinUh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐用纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Cmeydi622oo62axc5GCc5KqvnGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"与中国画笔墨最为匹配的载体无疑要首推安徽径县出产的宣纸,这种纸在发挥中国画笔墨表现力方面很强,物理性能稳定。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MoEqdAwUOoOa8ExeQOMc3HCensd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"徽州的宣纸最好,品牌有很多,名牌的初学者不适用,一般的就可以。除了红星,双鹿,汪同王的宣纸很好用,墨润效果还不错。用宣纸画画外还可以尝试用卡纸画画,不用裱画,直接装框就好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LWAQdyi0Go2qOcxQRz9cjK2Lnch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在选择熟宣纸时一定要慎重,好纸不一定白,太白说明增白剂太多,不利久藏;好的熟宣纸纸白但不刺眼,反光柔和,纸内不能有草梗、沙粒、裂口、洞眼及其他附着物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FqMmdESYooE2Ksxy3AXcw22rnZS"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":216,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐用纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4e629ba2e44842e399767d287b8a873c","width":328},"text":"","id":"Am4ed0uoYomggExQVbucUBarnZc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"生宣纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IyECdag2koYssQxWWOKcKLzpnHg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":208,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐用纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c31bba533585492cafc91b26446c78d7","width":463},"text":"","id":"Fi4ydYQuqo2Ek0xEAg3c3fqxnUp"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"熟宣纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SuaedKyesokyOKxmr4BcooLNnrb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QWG6daIQGoQQ86xIpfPclO68nhf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"作画时维镇纸是中国古代传统工艺品。指写字作画时用以压纸的东西,常见的多为长方条形,因故也称作镇尺、压尺。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JkqEdgEMeoMGgSxCok2cWHeEnkc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"镇纸的材质多种多样,以玉、瓷、竹、木、铁、铜居多,上面通常雕刻有兰、菊、梅、竹并配以诗句的图案,也有动物和人物的立体形象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZOKSdSmMSoMka4x2F05cAup6nSg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DqmwdS4mWo0aEAx4GOlchOIBnnd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现在市场上有各种各样的镇纸,可以根据自己的需求购买。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RYC8dYWK8occIkxeSHMcWRu6nUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、Noritake则武宫崎骏龙猫TOTORO站立水晶镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Zkimd8eCsoqIKyxYjKwcv0WPnmf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":282,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/57243f0c12ac4ac2a2d4f06ca9f30184","width":305},"text":"","id":"OYqQdyqw2oioi4x6BHXc87uvnje"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、青云笔社小鹅镇秦陵水禽系列镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H8wGdqcWKoaU0gxETpkcLPljnVf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":308,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0b5898d8282046db82d471464c2fb4cd","width":289},"text":"","id":"Imk4daag2o6EwmxeKnVcfm49nSe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、弘可手工铸铁小猫咪镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ayeydg28soweKixOoZOcnzBAnkf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":227,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/20c06990d731480aacfe82d517c892de","width":243},"text":"","id":"KcmIdOyWaogmmgx2BbKc2vWTnzc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、臻言粉莲水晶镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TGCQdaIy8ougQ4xiAkycMsi1npb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":295,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3a58f33ef43a4205ad248c4132fd7f0f","width":476},"text":"","id":"LscAdyscGoACsix64rMcsswPnZf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、御宝阁纯手工景德镇手绘陶瓷镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TImydQeIIoC4wwxSKgqcLlapnzb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"手工绘制的陶瓷镇纸有两款可选,一个是葫芦蟋蟀,还有是墨趣。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VOqidQW0Io4cYAxuq9jcl35Gnzd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":289,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e914f07368d245248e45ac3d19b562b3","width":430},"text":"","id":"Q44SdguKCoqs6ex6dmmceKZQnYb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、臻言加重款国画蓝图方镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LKgGdiCwQoMqKoxc5AEceJRKn8b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":201,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/394dffaedd0b4c2f83a8ef9448a78c16","width":474},"text":"","id":"J8uAdCYwYo6EEaxkrilc9yXunTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、臻言原创加重款云山书画镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NqcYdgOIqoAaO2xaMLic5nOUnre"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":364,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐镇纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b55ab0ed8ab445a4aa200f10913b4b60","width":493},"text":"","id":"YQEydyi42ogEcKxaTBUc5AgFnP0"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔洗","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AwskdcgCKo6uYcxaoFwcbPi8n7g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔洗是一种传统工艺品,属于文房四宝笔、墨、纸、砚之外的一种文房用具,是用来盛水洗笔的器皿,以形制乖巧、种类繁多、雅致精美而广受青睐,传世的笔洗中,有很多是艺术珍品。笔洗有很多种质地,包括瓷、玉、玛瑙、珐琅、象牙和犀角等,基本都属于名贵材质。各种笔洗中,最常见的是瓷笔洗。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ca0wdKqaAoyk4OxBD5ecz7TTnxT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔洗的作用是可以润笔,在绘画中,许多用水特技都是靠笔洗来实现。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HSu8dmoacouEUex6IgycJGgInMh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学者预算不够可以随便找个水桶代替。推荐几个笔洗的店铺荣宝斋、宝霆容山堂/RONGSHANGTANG、赋比兴等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W8YqdIoKmoOCkqxy2B6ccbJvnUe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":323,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔洗","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f7532f28ee394cd9b403dfb752bf910b","width":422},"text":"","id":"GYISd6ew4oUiggxfl3hcCB2knqI"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛毡","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OW40dKaswoiwAqxuIiqcOFGVn4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"制作书画毡的材料主要是羊毛或化纤,因材料和工艺的差别,而产出各式各样的书画毡。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RQ6kd8gMMoGgIuxsnEPcGD0dnre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用它衬在宣纸下面,防止画画时的墨汁、颜色等渗透到宣纸背面的桌面上、进而污染宣纸,弄得画面上一塌糊涂;衬了毛毡,因为毛毡不吸水,就不会发生上述现象了。画国画用的毛毡在国画用品商店里有售,大小不一,根据自己的画幅大小选购。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZaOWdqUmuoGcKAxKImqcuPcqnhg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学者用一块常见的带有米字格的书画毡就差不多,市面上这类书画毡有50厘米×50厘米的,也有50厘米×70厘米的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HwSgdC6y8o2qMQxiaidc6Woln8f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":342,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"毛毡","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5c331930a1624282be0d17bd4a607c02","width":600},"text":"","id":"E2CMd2ewUoOCiKxEpVpcZ5znnAb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"购买之前,务必看清楚毛毡的大小。然后看毛毡上米字格的大小,一般毛毡上的格子大小为10厘米,小一点的毛毡的格子可能是9厘米的。可以看厚度,以这种印有米字格的书画毡来说,质量特别次的毛毡都不会太厚,有时候墨汁太多还真有可能透过去。厚度2毫米以上的毛毡,对于国画初学者来说就够了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QIUadsS04oAKkUxQvg1cGyrUnkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果要画大幅的作品,那就需要买大的厚的毛毡,更大更厚的毛毡托墨性能和吸墨能力更强,显然也更合适。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZcoGdYiiCoAWK2xALqZcwtN0n3e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":342,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"毛毡","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/27d7901b4e3546fcb514d974743cdcf2","width":600},"text":"","id":"B2yYd8mSco6Ikox6kaXcGIhLn2g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"砚台","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TaksdSigSouCu8xcd1McGILnn8f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"砚台是用来磨墨和装墨汁的,初学者可用小碟子代替用来装墨。如果想拥有更好的砚台可以选购妙峰牌徐公砚。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YKY4dYA08o6OuUxSyJoc8d4Hnie"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"其他","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WEiSdysasoe4scxYCe3cfuwCnab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"纸胶带/水胶带:绷宣纸用的;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RYccdUoQwo6IksxUd4AcpyPBnJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"喷壶:绷绢、做特殊效果时会使用;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RqeMdcMiCo4K28xUk1OcpKGfn9L"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"底纹笔/底纹刷:用来刷底色的大刷子,羊毫做的,要很软才行;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CuIid8SUGoQMOqxclVmc6P4Jnhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美工钉、盘子(调色用)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YK8edSoAAocScyxQFg1czNXdn3b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":385,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"其他","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/789fbf32554a4600b69c7bf35bbb982a","width":195},"text":"","id":"DGSIdGQu2o2woGx6ZtIcu0SsnWa"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画技法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O6sOdyMAmoKQWAxBrTwcSZconnn"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画技法的主要有构思、构图、用笔、用墨、设色、收拾等方面,其中用笔用墨为最基本的技法)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T2k4dWseQoyUQuxoe9OcPKhHnR3"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"构思——又叫立意,即作画之前的形象思维过程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"D6widwik6o0Ys6xKAQhcQqHmn9g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"构图——即六法中的“经营位置”,又叫置陈布势等。亦即画面各种物象的位置、比例、墨色等的安排。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JyYcdIieso4M8kxgnXGcZeyEnpg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用笔——即六法中的“骨法用笔”,有线描、勾勒、皴、擦、点染,笔用中锋、逆锋、藏锋、露锋、拖笔、破点等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TgwAdSiw0oY0IexelRLcbM9Znib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用墨——经历代画家发展有:焦、浓、重、淡、清、退、埃、宿等各种墨色,运用时须各得其所。又有泼墨、破墨(即浓淡相生)等具体技法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DMe6dYSYioUogUxUDXEcRIAMn7c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"设色——白描:不设色,全用线条表现,或仅以淡墨、淡水色稍加渲染。重彩:一般指工笔重彩、勾勒填色、大青绿等。淡彩:以墨色为主调,敷以淡彩色。没骨:纯用色彩画,并不勾线。(纯用墨点染,不沟勒的亦叫没骨。)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TkyAdqi0YoWACaxq0qfcYtmFnpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"收拾——画成以后再作整体收拾,使全画最后达到气韵生动的境界。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MuoKdU4wsoOu20x25jqcRY9mnre"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SMgudEEOiocaAOx0ItHcooQbn3b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国画表现形象的基本手段。我国历代画家在长期历史发展的过程中,已经形成了一套完整的笔墨技法和创造技巧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QMC2dUKUWowI66x4UJPc2kwLnYd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NAK8dyyU2owqwMxWGUFcSkTonWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有白描、工笔、写其细部,整个画面纯用墨色,有的再加淡墨渲染。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BWiKd42gMoiceGx4pDMcz7QXnuh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"白描——用细线勾画出物象轮廓及其细部,整个画面纯用墨色。有的再加淡墨渲染。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LC0UdgCkuoaQswxwfq6cJbaunPS"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"白描从线条的粗细可分三类:较粗的线条叫琴弦,较细的线条叫铁线,极细的线条叫游丝。工笔画常常用这几种线条来表现作品,钉头鼠尾描、兰叶描、高古游丝描、铁线描、行云流水描。不论采用哪种线描,都突“写”字,使每一条线具有书法气韵。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IyKqdYcSIoSQEOxgvxjcK5N3nOf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":552,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a17d188e11e74dbb8a5a8c5e1d042a7a","width":419},"text":"","id":"MkWOdKg8womiE0xNUegclekznzB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔——勾勒细腻精巧的叫工笔,工即工整工细之意,敷色也层也渲染,显得浑厚浓重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XYqsdo6cGoQQ8WxaQbdcSqLun5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔画是通过线条去观察、反映事物的,根据事物在轮廓和外表上的明确特征来了解事物。线条连绵不断、细密均匀,贯穿着整个事物形体的始终,表现出蓬勃灵动而精工逼真的视觉外貌。因此,线条成为画面的统领者,其视觉观察的方式是客观而具体的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ci4AdekCCoQoOOxOUTZczfhxn2d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":464,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/83f4ec74e2274ab896eb97716b139b2b","width":503},"text":"","id":"HISYdccQGouIqMxMTZDcMfJUnwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写意——只写物象的大意,用笔简练流畅,笔墨自然,不用色的写意画,又称“水墨画”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N2akdo4cKoa46sxgbH3ciPnZnjg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":418,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7ab4a9407042489d9cfaee0597cf3fda","width":615},"text":"","id":"BQo2dWOSyoYiGmxUjBfcqRQInRg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"勾勒着色——亦称“单线平涂”。它用笔先勾出物象边线,中间用墨或用色平涂。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZysYd8QGWo8OMExoT1HcfN9RnPc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f95bbf90a263427abe21e98eeaa39848","width":400},"text":"","id":"UIasduq0yo6scixyKIrc70Cxnag"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"粗细相间——亦称“兼工带写”。它比工笔要粗,比写意要工。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TUI0dyKScoIwgyxU7QKctpDYnYe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1159,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4b6a43c83c5f499892d8fd5bd085b460","width":640},"text":"","id":"B0mQdgwuQoYMOMxe07FcgU7bn8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"粗中有细——如花草画得粗,但绕花飞动的小虫、蝴蝶、或蜻蜓等则画得很细。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VyI6dEeaqomQA8xoLb3cX0W0nZc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":549,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7c53e5df871044d9ae06de6690b34c71","width":375},"text":"","id":"KC8udSOq0oSQamxqaGYcoVLVnLf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"没骨法——一般不用墨线勾轮廓。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CIcgdQw0GoCQEgxCYzvcFE7tn6b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":895,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/aa45b0531e1b4882906302a75b418c63","width":640},"text":"","id":"B2uUdW2qKoQwKwxIrOncf7K8ntd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"泼墨法——是没骨法的扩展,用大块墨色,再运用自然形成的浓淡,加上较细的笔道,有的地方还露出飞白,这样才见精神。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RA4OdWIE4oi62mxIphHcLLZPnMd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":641,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c449c22ed9db49f7a92b956127ca3ae5","width":640},"text":"","id":"ZEk0d022wokGukxYjuhcpaJ9npd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"界画——一部或大部分用直尺画墨线组成的画,主要表现庄严雄韦的建筑物,如宫殿、庙宇、楼阁、亭台、水榭等,以及整齐精致的家具陈设等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Xw66dUWu6oQqwmxoNoWcZ5Cnn3e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":658,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"笔墨表现形式","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/39e9f26ad9df4720b0dccf043134bf3d","width":658},"text":"","id":"FgGydEcwiossIYxCJf6cOqtUnmI"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"设色","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IekIdUsMcosIAAxSoM5cNlxzn7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"设色即六法中的“随类赋彩”。不同的色彩赋不同的感情,画家往往用色彩来表达他的感情。中国画常用的颜色有墨、藤黄、石黄、土黄、胭脂、洋红、朱砂、朱膘、赭石、花青、石青(可分头青、二青、三青等三种)、石绿(也分头绿、二绿、三绿等三种),白粉等。但基本颜色只有红、黄、蓝三种,即洋红、藤黄和花青。把上面的颜色加以配合,可以调出许多种颜色来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FaAodeGyooCYAyxMn81cG5NFnhr"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1200,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"设色","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/538d351861514acb9ac7514b0dcda515","width":800},"text":"","id":"PyAkdqAMyo4Ai2xyaQEclA37nKf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"墨彩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WcGidW0WCoGAGExqglEcvp1tn8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。即对形象勾线或不勾线,完全用墨的浓淡来表现的叫墨彩。墨彩以淡雅为佳,因它用浓墨的面积不宜过大、过多,因为重墨多易使画面产生沉浊之感,但亦不能淡而失神,要使浓淡相宜,才具有清新神韵的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QiGodSk2eoM288xVE7Ic9tbcnxf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":493,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"墨彩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a6860a91fc0444f3b6688f5dbf80bdb3","width":524},"text":"","id":"CguEdamw0o8gmCx4rEwcVs2Unqb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"淡彩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZgwadAyWioOiQixqigXc1jJgn9f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。即先墨彩的方法把对象画到八九分,然后用淡薄的色彩稍作渲染的叫淡彩。淡彩要做到色不碍墨、墨不离色,既能融合一体,又能显示墨的韵味,才能产生一种淡雅、朴素的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IaucdcImyoKUwsxQP8ccHfl2nkd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":463,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"淡彩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/41fe9b515ef54a3da7b98adaf6d0a955","width":640},"text":"","id":"Q0eadwC88oomeQxCOuDc2LZgnEc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"粉彩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WIgidM648okMeqxKgQZcClkBnsd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。在表现方法上多用于勾染和没骨。在颜色运用上以植物颜色和白粉为主,以水彩和淡薄的矿物质色为辅。粉彩勾线切忌用一色的浓墨,而要施淡墨为主。因为墨丝过浓和粉彩相并,则容易显得枯僵,缺乏妍丽。调粉的色彩不宜过厚,但也不能太淡薄,过淡则无神,要做到薄中见厚。粉彩用粉是重要关键。粉和色要用到晕化自然,不露粉痕,不显料气,干净滋润,才能发挥粉彩鲜明娇丽的特点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EE88dWiWgo8EEaxuUircxgkQnT8"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"粉彩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f1b7cdb4942648cca37ed66f43cb449a","width":1280},"text":"","id":"YGa8deIEkosOyCxkFDGcfOKRnye"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"重彩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K2w4diuQWoGgskx67jScG3jqnGe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔花鸟画中配彩法的一种。重彩勾勒勾染的方法,并以服务态度和物质色为主,因用色比较厚重,所以色感较富丽带有装饰性称为重彩。重彩渲染要作到薄中见厚,厚中生津,染不露痕,深浅自然。切忌脏、花、斑、枯、火、腻等。这些毛病多出于顺序不对,用笔不轻顺,用色过厚或厚薄不匀。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K8cqdYAKYoKO28x4MBDc3GIanNe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":487,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"重彩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/763fe3f55b10419ab0b5788a953e50d3","width":491},"text":"","id":"Wg0adkugComCEKxAVNRcdNhvnAf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"线描","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DOo4dCiayo8SMwxeO9Ycv4U7nme"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国民族绘画的主要造型手段。是构成中国画民族风格的一个要素。线描是运用线的轻重、浓淡、粗细、方圆、转折、顿挫、虚实、长短、干湿、刚柔、疾徐等不同的笔法来表现物象的体积、形态、质感、量感和运动感的一种方法。它不着颜色,有时可有一些淡墨来略加渲染,具有独特的表现形式和造型规律,并富有韵味。用线的变化,要与造型的形式美紧密相连。其线或刚健、或婀娜、或轻灵、或凝重,由于用笔多变遂产生极为丰富的感觉。中国画用线造型的历史悠久,通过历代画家的长期实践和不断地创造,积累了大量的极为丰富的线描技法经验,仅画人物衣褶的描法就有“十八描”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VuwSdgy8QoiuEQxWfQ7cEN6sn66"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用线描来造型的特点是清晰、简练、富有装饰性,可以完美地刻划各种现象,表现出千变万化的各种物象的新的生命。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EAuWdO04yoo66SxWqGlcUIqMn0b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":725,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线描","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d5798f6f71eb41f6961cd2daddf656a4","width":581},"text":"","id":"HuIgdesUKouG0OxslVicyP2PnTd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"白描","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DO8qdswg4oOmIKxchB0clfHtnyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中国画中完全用线条来表现物象的称“白描”。白描有单勾和复勾两种。用线一次成的单勾。单勾有用一色墨勾成的,也有根据不同对象用浓淡两种墨勾成的,例如花用淡墨勾,叶用浓墨勾。复勾是先用淡墨全部勾好,然后根据表面具体情况决定复勾一部分或全部。复勾的线不能依原路的线刻板地重迭地勾一道。复勾的目的,是加重质感和浓淡的变化,使物象显得更有神彩。复勾的线必须流畅自然,更防止受原线路的约束,否则复勾的线很易呆板。物象的形、神、光、色、体积、质感等关系就靠线条来表现,从某咱意义上说来,它比别的画法更不易掌握。白描要特别注意“朴素简洁”、“概括明确”的特点。在构图上的取舍力求单纯,对虚实、疏密要偏重于对比较强烈的安排,层次要分明,在线的处理上要带有装饰性、旋律性,防止碎乱、呆板、松散等毛病。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VgiGdMa4wouaKaxsvefcpHYznEC"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1025,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"白描","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8381750d01824193bcccd16eceb4163c","width":708},"text":"","id":"GgKedkqsAouqy0xyl8lckvFznpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刘公华白描仕女图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TUUedwEMYoyKmGx5YnBcszIPnyK"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"皴法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KeWudmeuAooYmgxF6AccWkZWnJH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画表现技法之一。早期山水画的主要表现手法,是以线条勾勒轮廓,然后敷色。随着绘画的发展,为了表现山石树木的脉络纹路和(凸凹),因地质的结构不同,表现在山岳的外形上也各不相同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HcQ4dgmQsomiUux05AmcqsMLnS6"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1215,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"皴法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/76985dc552b247529e286cda5a55b53b","width":614},"text":"","id":"Ju8udkKcUogGUMx8S0WcqwepnBb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"石涛深山秋水图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MMoId6GyUoKWicxuqb1cPOHMnze"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"皴法的种类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SIeUdE0okouyYOxAnY1cdmS9nig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般有(1)披麻皴、(2)乱麻皴、(3)芝麻皴、(4)大斧劈、(5)小斧劈皴、(6)卷云皴、(7)雨点皴(雨雪皴)、(8)弹涡皴、(9)荷叶皴、(10)矾头皴、(11)骷髅皴、(12)鬼皮皴、(13)解索皴、(14)、乱柴皴、(15)牛毛皴、(16)马牙皴、(17)斫皴、(18)点错皴;(19)豆瓣皴、(20)刺梨皴(豆瓣皴之变)、(21)破网皴、(22)折带皴、(23)泥里拨钉皴、(24)拖泥带水皴、(25)金碧皴、(26)没骨皴、(27)直擦皴、(28)横擦皴等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Aq8cdKc4koa2y4xKM2ec7Hkhn9g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"墨法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WecAdyeUoosiWUxqSyac6C5mnwq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"古人说“墨即是色”,浓淡水墨可代替各种色彩。用墨要有浓淡干湿,只干不湿太瘠枯,只湿不干太臃肿,浓淡干湿结合起来,变化多,生动而有气韵。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QMi4de24moCG0oxARHscb9KmnOe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"用墨之法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IgmadOW2moWgmSxigdwcGcXjnbc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般有焦墨、积墨、破墨、擂墨等。焦墨是一种磨得极浓的墨,用焦墨的旁边须有浓淡墨为之晕浑,否则焦墨孤立,难见笔意。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Fi2gdm4mAoSkcmxykHQcLEEwnJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"积墨:用浓墨和淡墨连敷几次,有一种深厚的味道。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IKKodqUCqoWQYoxYtZucbZJxngd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"破墨:先用淡墨上纸,趁湿用湿墨加上,化出奇纱的韵味。拧在纸上捺转,略似鱼鳞,由浓渐淡,参差不齐,谓之擂墨。所以用墨和用笔不分不开的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FeUYdII6Ao8CyixWYQWcTIm7nKb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"用笔六要","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AkWSdUyk2oeqaaxgxMycxtGnnqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一要自然有力,切忌呆滞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MgwUdEmQCoy24OxywMqccv1fnpq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"二要变化而有联系,要将粗、细、浓、淡、长、短、横、直、干、湿、轻、重根据物象参差需用,既有变化,还要互相联系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IkEwdOiwIoC6i6xGeifcbRuwnPf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三要苍老而滋润,苍老就显出含蓄的笔力,用笔光滑就显得雅嫩,过于苍老亦易枯燥,故须在苍老中滋润,也就是干湿并用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KK0WdaUqIoCQ0AxGFHFcgL2Hnsb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"四要松灵而凝炼,松灵比自然更进一步,要活泼轻松有生趣,切忌油滑、轻浮,轻松之中要有重厚,凝练是一笔画去到尽端有回锋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PC6QdsqcYo4YC0xdCi4chTaPnJN"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五要刚柔相济,即在轻柔中有骨力。所谓“线棉裹铁”才能稳厚,刚健的锋中要参以巧运,“扛鼎中有妩媚。”故一笔中要能刚健婀娜兼有之。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SCiAdQeUmoyakKxUFiyccL1vnTd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"六要巧拙互用,用笔朴质显得老实,故要在巧笔中夹几笔拙,在拙笔中夹几笔巧,应巧拙互用,方为得法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JAIydWGImo4AuwxA5EOchZpvnhg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画笔法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N80qdKkIqoEegIxuabdc9501nLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"讲基本运笔技法之前我们要先了解握笔的姿势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PG8EdIqOcoyIooxY7jScEUU6nUf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"国画笔法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fea3659ff3dd4b6da012c7a055f68899","width":720},"text":"","id":"QUgSdqommoQy2KxkXe1cUPp7nTe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画的笔法有六种,分别是中锋、侧锋、逆锋、拖锋、折钗股与屋漏痕、飞白锋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WkoadosWaosIk0xG5BKcKD3dnob"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J28adcUQso26ACxmgescrkcDn3g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋即锥形毛笔笔尖在毛笔的运行过程中,始终处在用笔的中心位置。中锋用笔是中国画用笔方法的首要特征。其特点是:笔力饱满,内涵丰富。外柔内刚,极富表现力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T8IOd8qQ0o4okYxOqewcHqtfnvc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":667,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3223481cd799429dbb6657ee9fa19232","width":720},"text":"","id":"Sm66dA0WwoEcaWxmCJLcGF76n11"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K88kduUUUoUYyaxmGnwcPFaanCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋的执笔是把笔管横卧或倾斜。与纸成各种角度,笔尖不在墨线中间,笔尖在墨线一侧,并出现飞白的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VwqcdEwO8o4uq6xUpaWc7S98nXc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":572,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e276677b0d4f491e92805d832b573a28","width":720},"text":"","id":"EmU8do20co6EEyxiOeRcoKTVnkg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"逆锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PMIydG0GUoGAy4xWAobcHFJ0nWb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"逆锋是相对于正手位置顺行方向的反方向毛笔运行方法。逆锋运笔阻力增大,笔锋聚散,松紧变化不同于顺笔意味。特点是笔力刚硬,力透纸背,但缺少柔劲。不可常用,适可而止。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AqGwdYyEMoOqeixQrakcD6uAnae"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":641,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"逆锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5459b9bc97d34767b4e7214de5dcb0d1","width":720},"text":"","id":"X4q6dykcWoOYOkxchR2cbn68ngh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"露锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"S4EUdIacuoii4QxGKk4c3c5Mnhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"于藏锋的运笔刚好相反,它以笔尖着纸,故意露出笔锋,收笔时渐行渐提笔杆。以这种笔法画出的线条灵活而飘逸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TKmEdEAAook4KUxcV12cT3aNnyb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":670,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"露锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed17f41112ba4887b51768a4c1ae66e5","width":720},"text":"","id":"A6gqdkSKEoSWOYx2gWEceI8lnLG"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"藏锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CeWqd8GIyo2m6GxIHwpc7vGInle"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔锋要藏而不露,画出的线条才沉着含蓄,力透纸背。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Gi0ydSwe2ooyuyxc1zScvHdqn8Y"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":577,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"藏锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/42fa82b8a251498fb0539707de50c7b7","width":720},"text":"","id":"NAeOdscsqo4SO8x2g7xc8ob9nnb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"顺锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZOMQdEwAKoqgEqx2V4BcBgOXnig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"运笔与逆锋相反,采用拖笔运行,画出的线条轻快流畅、灵秀活泼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Pko4dMokWoO4WCxS45gcMY9mnpg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":613,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"顺锋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/63b50b5d54eb4aebad9b0cb1dcebef91","width":720},"text":"","id":"DIwWdcieioU86Ox4tPtcb1YWnYf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"扩展资料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BQo8dUAmgo02AsxUDPlcROWynGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓笔法,写字作画用笔的方法,即中国画特有的用线方法。中国书画主要都以线条表现,所用工具都是尖锋毛笔,要使书画的线条点画富有变化,必先讲究执笔,在运笔时掌握轻重、快慢、偏正、曲直等方法,称为“笔法”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YkucdS6qUoqKOyxuwB5c6tGGnR3"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画有着自己明显的特征,讲究“气韵生动”,不拘泥于物体外表的肖似,而多强调抒发作者的主观情趣。中国画讲求“以形写神”,追求一种“妙在似与不似之间”的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Wa0QdooUQoyEwMxeAgvcbRicnre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"讲究笔墨神韵,笔法要求:平、圆、留、重、变。墨法要求墨分五色,焦、浓、重、淡、清。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Gg6EdM6kEogoMQxCRk3ciyysntb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"讲究“骨法用笔”,不讲究焦点透视,不强调环境对于物体的光色变化的影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SU4YdYMCIoQa4sx0c4ocpZoCnUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"讲究空白的布置和物体的“气势”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JYYEd6082o4GW8x4uK0cmVODnac"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画分科","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FeuUd4momoUeoExGOA3c3COsn1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画总分为工笔和写意两种,大致又分工笔花鸟,工笔山水,工笔人物,写意花鸟,写意山水,写意人物等。写意用生宣,工笔用熟宣,也有半生不熟的纸可以画一些兼工带写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Laq0dqaaqoIYEAxAZX9cyXQFnQh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画的细分科按形式分,工笔,写意;工笔讲究“工”,用笔细致,需要细细勾勒反复渲染的;写意讲“意”,用笔洒脱,以形写神,一笔到位。按题材分,人物、花鸟、山水。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ye2WdaUC8ocwCMxUbkecu2EMnsb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PQkedcOaeo8wOgxMHXlcvaoqnrg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔画步骤","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BK62dmyuwoQgasxk5kPcde9Znad"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"起稿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HSaGdY4MkoYumKxQrc6cLMTWnZc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可用铅笔在图画纸上对临起稿,或直接拷贝临本,用HB铅笔将画稿拷贝到绢或熟宣纸上,铅笔线要轻、淡。也可直接把画稿拷贝到白纸上,特别是用绢画时,这样可以避免画稿变形,铅笔线以绷稿后看清为准。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RIOIdasY6oCeMgxczSWce5Kin1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"也可以去买个拷贝台,把起好的稿子或打印的图纸放在拷贝台上,再把熟宣/绢蒙在上面拷贝,这样拷贝的图精确度稍高一点。画熟练了就可以直接用勾线笔上墨线了!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PGoUdMIw6o4mYMxs9mNcwU02nyf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":328,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"起稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7aba240186f8415c8d23212c2288a6cb","width":430},"text":"","id":"S0ukdeec6ouMEaxcJ7NcRRGznke"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MSaQdMKqsoU8ssxQl1NccVmLn0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要求:先在画板上裱贴一张白纸,待干后将绢或熟宣纸绷到画板上。具体绷绢步骤可以看这个:如何绷娟","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YIOadU4W4ocGu4xCWWacelN0nQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所需材料:图钉、浆糊、水。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OAmIdEwIGo8uwWxKCh9cARXNnXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、首先,把框子装好,然后把绢放在框子上摆好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Jcsideqeyoq84mxYDW9c7Cm7nUf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/378593985d7247548856177840db930a","width":480},"text":"","id":"Vs4Idym8EoAi2wxySmjcMZ9Dn3c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、然后,在绢的一头按上图钉,另一边喷水,慢慢展开。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DeQadQaO4o80omxSs4fciWqqnMh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4b1a16ddf74a4581ae2542b99476eca3","width":481},"text":"","id":"AA4wd6u26oe4uAxop4icQyLLn8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、喷湿后慢慢调整,差不多了可以涂浆糊,继续调整。不要特别紧,因为绢干了也会收缩,另外绢本身有织的纹路,拉扯变形了就不好了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IIiadA4Imoag4CxYzaUcg3edn0e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c3aca1c113154a26834550f9c1291912","width":480},"text":"","id":"FCMGd8AOuomKYUxoXzSc0qtAnMf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、然后把最后一条边涂上浆糊,折好。绢的外部也可以再涂一层浆糊。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XQmSdGaWsoWge4x2f42cKwZPnTs"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":360,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f51fbc4baf2c48339a3079c61f5a8d1f","width":480},"text":"","id":"L8iWdksMYoGuAqxKACicnZ2ZnGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、等干了就可以上色了,看看效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LiusdcoyioMmkSxMN6Ic6ICMnAf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":360,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"绷稿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/362b1268ea24474b89ef9f5bc354a337","width":481},"text":"","id":"UK6gduis8oq80MxGWorcK09Qn2c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HkwudGAwyoO8W2xM1eqcDB0QnRW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、草稿:使用铅笔打草稿,纸张不要求。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AmUudeWY8ogEmkxwjK8c9DAnnTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、过稿:将草稿放置在拷贝台上,上面覆一层熟宣,使用勾线笔(花枝俏、小叶筋等均可)将画稿勾在宣纸上,这样的作品称为白描。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SCIOdOeuyoU8Aex2rXxc6SNKnSg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、渲:在画好的草稿上用墨来表现画面的明暗,方法是:使用两支较大的笔(一般为大白云)一支蘸墨,一支蘸水,先点墨,在墨没干之前用水渲开,造成一个自然的过渡。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VE4mdMuk8oeK22xkhvzchoEKnWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、染:方法和渲的步骤差不多,不过使用的是国画颜料,这一步较为麻烦。为了让色彩更加均匀厚实,一般要进行多次,有“三矾九染”之说。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LGGcdsoO2ou4AqxKgWKcFxtGnvc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OGQIdkIiyoc8scxkPECcFZCOnQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线的用笔方法分为中锋和侧锋,工笔人物画中以中锋为主。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YYAKda4uKosaiixAj2hc4zD0n7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋:中锋即锥形毛笔笔尖在毛笔的运行过程中,始终处在用笔的中心位置。中锋用笔是中国画用笔方法的首要特征。其特点是:笔力饱满,内涵丰富。外柔内刚,极富表现力。中锋线圆润、浑厚、匀整,并且有弹性。也要注意墨线的浓墨变化,适当时加入清水调试。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WKqEdcMQAo4ao6xOWWLcyBZNn0e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧锋:侧锋的执笔是把笔管横卧或倾斜。与纸成各种角度,笔尖不在墨线中间,笔尖在墨线一侧,并出现飞白的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CCWwdu2U6oksu6xo1pCcaYTRnWd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线用笔的起止很重要,每一条线无论长短都必须有起笔、行笔、收笔三个过程。要求“起笔藏锋、运笔中锋、收笔回锋”,这是线描的主要技法要点。画人物和花鸟都需要了解勾线技巧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XkcWdsME4ooGQoxkhnJcBxRKnTc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":402,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9424f151629346aea31f61353108e8ba","width":448},"text":"","id":"MqUwdgUooogeY2xGyEacXyeBnSc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":235,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"勾线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/632de4513c7049449ee62d8f5ea4d1af","width":444},"text":"","id":"BqUadgGQuo6Q2UxqmSkcI66lnib"}],"text":"","id":"YGoudM0GeoCsoax6XYYcdWqPnhd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"着染","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YGoudM0GeoCsoax6XYYcdWqPnhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"传统工笔画的着染方法总体来说可以分为分染、罩染、勾填等方法,分染和罩染是传统工笔人物画和花鸟中最常用的技法。山水的话还要用到“皴”的技法,以体现山脉特有的肌理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Bmy2dAAMWoMa4kxQhtrc4CQLn7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"分染:是把平面的线描按其结构、纹理用色或墨渲染出一定的层次和体积关系。分染时,准备一支笔蘸色,一支笔蘸清水把颜色均匀地烘淡。分染法采用分层叠加的方法进行设色,它的优点是色彩厚重饱和,层次变化丰富,表现力强。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E4sGdKoYMoOkCOxSqtqcq6mcnhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"罩染:绘画,在着色时,先铺底,后罩色,这种方法就叫罩染。一般是先用渲染法铺上底色,颜色应厚重一些,可以层层复加。由深到淡,要表现出其明暗、层次。再根据需要再平涂一二次翠色,颜色要淡薄。底色和罩色的选择要根据所绘物体本身的特点,目的是使二者相得益彰,产生厚重、鲜明、复杂、丰富的色彩效果。画山水用水墨皴染,可罩染花青和赭石等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SukOdgkA8o6KOmxEJMzcqTSpntc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"背染:在绢的背面衬色以使正面的颜色更厚重,丰富画面层次。背面使用的是平涂的方法,植物色和矿物色均可。这几个步骤应该是交替进行的,要想画的细腻,这些动作可能要重复很多遍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Qk6QdYOAeoW4CuxmgdWc6DfGnCb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"复勾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YAwmdMKugoE6yCxIdlBcKnUnn3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有些地方染完颜色后,之前勾线的部分变得不是很明显了,需要重新勾一遍。这时候勾千万要注意浓淡,颜色重了容易生硬呆板匠气,线条尽量保持流畅,毕竟是附在最上面的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BoyIdcoSGoYYauxSulRcPdvInne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"刷胶矾水","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LWGcd6ismoQyMex0gabc60O9nVg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了防止熟绢跑矾,在设色之前,要在绢的背面刷一遍胶矾水。古人把胶矾称作“伐绢之斧”。未刷胶矾水的绢和宣纸,称作生绢、生宣,是画写意画的材料。刷过胶矾水的绢和宣纸,其性能发生了改变,称之为熟绢、熟宣,适合画工笔画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RyQQdO68goQMoCxsdhvcJBTBnpg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、胶矾水有制作熟绢、固定颜色、保护画面的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PE8MdSAAOoK6ekxSE2gcz6rCnue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"胶:黄明胶,又名广胶,颗粒状的效果比较好。使用时用冷水泡上几分钟,去掉浮灰,加入热水搅拌,胶粒全部溶解后即可,但不能用开水,开水会使粘度降低。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FAu0dMGeso6Ckcxcxj9cnKGen6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"矾:又称明矾,主要产自安徽庐江,头天用凉水浸泡,第二天用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O62GdCmywoWscoxKAwQczRPanjd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":472,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"复勾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cd2fcf6dc5054693b817904765868a0e","width":726},"text":"","id":"YsWAdsiumoQ8Kwxu6qPchPYtnmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、胶矾水的混合比一般7:3较为适当,矾大胶小,染墨色时会颜色板滞、难以染匀。胶大矾小则会出现滑笔,墨、色易脱落等问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"L6oOdAy8MocwS6xMxAacSfq7nid"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":471,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"复勾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9eb85ef6ff5c4114a12fae0eb3682449","width":675},"text":"","id":"VW8mdaeK6ok6uaxu8X8c21vDnUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、刷胶矾水,刷胶矾水的环境最好在温度25度左右的晴天,温度过低胶矾会很快凝固,不易刷匀。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KM8OdSAKGoy0qmx8j74cjzpRnEq"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":478,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"复勾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a5d66c0138cb4537964255d48e554279","width":594},"text":"","id":"WsKmd4AY2owcYux4IzOcnJTInSe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"装裱","id":""}],"text":"","id":"REk8dwSamo8MQ2xvTkyc00aBnfZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"古语有云:“三分字画,七分裱”,精致的装裱工艺不仅可以使字画得到更好的保护,同时也能起到烘托字画,突出神韵的作用。书画装裱的步骤一般是先用纸托裱在绘画作品的背后,再用绞、绢、纸等镶边,然后安装轴杆成卷轴或者装框条成镜框。传统的装裱是多种多样的,但其成品按形制可分为挂轴,手卷,册页三大类。原裱的绘画不论画心的大小、形状、及裱后的用途,都只有托裱画心、镶覆、砑装三个步骤。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IEOOdkmiUoyUSixUnWEc61sZnwo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一步:观察字画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QowedGGayoIcASxwGqsc3PbAn9x"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"揣摩原作的气度,以利于更好地选择装裱材料烘托原作气质。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WUCOdGE8ioowuSxM5VqcK7P9nVf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二步:托裱画心","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K8gcdYAmmoQsMixKYzicaxbNn4x"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、将画心反铺在干净的画案上,用喷壶在画心背面均匀喷洒水花;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"C0smdKGyoowwigxOIi6cnviKnrc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、待画心潮润且平整得贴附在画案上时,用排笔在画心背面均匀刷浆;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VOEWdCqskosee0xSLwkchJoNneR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、一手持特制的装裱棕刷,一手持略大于画心的托纸,对齐一边,用棕刷自上而下排扫托纸,逐渐使整张托纸平整贴附于画心背面;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LyWMdK6kmo6CAwxKIWgcWakon0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、用手指在托纸边缘均匀抹上浆糊;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J6owdCG2kowCKaxU7kucSgaennf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、待画心略干后,轻轻揭起,转贴至挣墙晾干。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TqAGdyKYmo00AOx8Xlcc4vdMnMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三步:镶条","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MymEdGc0oowWuyx0yadcWIV7nDO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、待画心干透,用裁刀将其从墙面取下,裁去托纸不整齐的边角部分;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LII2d0SWcoCkSIxia0HccWXKnCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、在画心四角均匀抹浆,镶上助条;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EEkkdOOkgooMiKxcHRFcsOysnXb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、在助条边缘抹浆,镶上边条。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VC68dgwouoouiMx6pYScz9VanHb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四步:覆背","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Is4Md648gouM0Wx8Xjbck4qfnee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在已镶条的画作后重复第二个步骤。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O642dyGuAoSogKxY1wacH1AcnEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第五步:装框","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H0QqdyeSwoGYgOxOglZcyn2Cnxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"已制成的画作如需装框则在画作干透后进行平整,镶装画框;如做成卷轴,则应在画作上下装上天杆和地杆,并牵上挂绳,拴入绛色丝带。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SeWqdo0m0oCWUaxEZiXcpkvGnmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RUcqdgmWKoAMQYxwRGZczajDnUb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般的装裱能够收藏的是手工的,浆糊的质量也是收藏时间的保证。裱画的糨糊不同于普通的糨糊,不仅黏稠度和透明度有所差别,并且在熬制时还要加入一些防治蠹虫的配料","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LeEQdYWUmo0ieixE3kLcTuRcnNh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐临摹书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AiiAdmQgmoywO2xWcWmc2ufMnum"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"人物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ywm6doEayok8IixKmF0cS5EFnrf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"白描:《八十七神仙卷》练线描这一本完全够了。如果觉得难度大的,可以进行局部练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NCwsdYOquoWEm2xUvkWcraCwngb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":814,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"人物","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c5758b24e6854e70b1182bc120082331","width":720},"text":"","id":"AkgOdq2qQosC0ixUviQcvNXCnmb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔设色","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BUw8degeooSi6MxM5LvcDg6En0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《簪花仕女图》、韩熙载夜宴图、《虢国夫人游春图》、《捣练图》、《洛神赋图》等","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GOMSdkKSSoSEkgxgRcTcvqkbnxg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":983,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔设色","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6cf54bbe0d664254afd91633cc5b611f","width":720},"text":"","id":"C86wdUSGWo4Eu8xEeo0cdJzZnPf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《簪花仕女图》局部","id":""}],"text":"","id":"D68wdckYsoQ6m6xo5lxc76YPnSg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":411,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工笔设色","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1c12e9c7eb234b80b54315b435e86938","width":720},"text":"","id":"CEyOdyk2so8G0cxIlbOcX2jInIf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《虢国夫人游春图》局部","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XQ6Edk0qgoi4cKxysxEcjDwgn8d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OY8qducumo6EM2xUDZ2c7GCvnAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宋代小品、宋徽宗、陈老莲花鸟集。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ISoydoaUcoee8KxGamkcHUyCnaf"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":721,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f05118f3f7a94c3f8f74158912f6ae0e","width":720},"text":"","id":"KGakdCSiCo6AwYxgI0VcAmblnTP"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":465,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/248caa97bff949b791f7fb97ccee23f9","width":483},"text":"","id":"N2wkdek2gooQeQx8p6yc9yL1nPf"}],"text":"","id":"OY4odwasmoIyiwxcrLncKDZlnpb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"山水","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OY4odwasmoIyiwxcrLncKDZlnpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"山水小品、《千里江山图》、长桥卧波图、马远夏圭。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XiS4demmGo08cyxUtmhcv8YFn3c"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":680,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"山水","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e8b26e04ba654cb4881b5270e3a1139d","width":720},"text":"","id":"PiUmd8ASWoOycSxuIQnc8mwdnxf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":491,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"山水","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b999d32ae9914cae85aa9e3bcdb80f1d","width":481},"text":"","id":"H8cSdiQMuo42soxwLNgcLL3lnyc"}],"text":"","id":"NcyodekyKoY220xWm4ScMBxonXd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"写意","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NcyodekyKoY220xWm4ScMBxonXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"国画的一种画法,用笔不苛求工细,注重神态的表现和抒发作者内心的情感。最初起源于绘画,兴起于北宋,要求在形象之中有所蕴涵和寄寓,让\"象\"具有表意功能或成为表意的手段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QiwcdUqKAoSOEcxYegCc4smpn6I"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"分类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Wa2AdEUWSo0OsMxQvDcc52K1n0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写意画分为小写意和大写意,所谓的小写意,更倾向于水墨画法写物象之实,上接元人墨花墨禽的传统;而所谓的大写意,更倾向于以水墨画法表现画家的主观感情,继承的是宋元的文人墨戏传统。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Rww8dI6gqo68wcxi8OscKoG6nAg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZSsGdIo6eoimYWxwdSdc7AXDnxc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画写意首先要练审美。培养对美的感受力,学会欣赏。要对中国美术史上这些大量的作品进行阅读,至少要知道什么是经典什么是真的美。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MegmdmaMEomwOExv7yzcXLTmngM"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"古代写意画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N4sedmeYYoiW4ExQJVCcHZ3unrh"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":450,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c088dbaeb5d04246b71a1b55e1ca877f","width":720},"text":"","id":"Gw8cdYUQsoI2AWxes0Ncan0Knib"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":644,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/20a74f2fd088486ea4e6470a150757b2","width":720},"text":"","id":"JoiMdmCsgoOagCxs1OZcQq9ennc"}],"text":"","id":"DcYsduguooEIKuxqqRCcLSrFnIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现代写意画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DcYsduguooEIKuxqqRCcLSrFnIc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":517,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/df0ab52f496a452a97dd018ec91fff18","width":720},"text":"","id":"HwuMdUUeCoI6UGxAnmOcq3hLnHb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":356,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"欣赏写意画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5a59f40b52b84887be02f8b082e62c17","width":720},"text":"","id":"CCAQdk6kWoasioxWsvdcocQMnKe"}],"text":"","id":"WuImdmcwioEyMgx6VAocx3Z3nCb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"绘画步骤","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WuImdmcwioEyMgx6VAocx3Z3nCb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"白菜、萝卜画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QO2GdicsmoqSs4xyYXJcUvahn0e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①用中号长锋狼毫或羊毫调淡墨画菜的叶柄,趁湿马上蘸较浓墨画出菜根和根须。换用一支大号羊毫斗笔调淡墨画菜叶,注意笔腹含水要饱满,根据菜叶的结构、方向,分几笔画出菜叶,每笔菜叶的墨团形状大小浓淡要稍有区别,不能画成一样。笔与笔之间要注意衔接,既不能让它们模棱模糊,又不能搞得支离破碎。趁湿用长锋小狼毫勾出菜叶上的叶脉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HmoGdkwgGo6KIGxsxTPcU32Rnqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②用同一支笔蘸浓墨以中锋画缚菜的草束。要掌握画草束的时间,迟了叶柄水分已干,画上去的草束就会浮起来。如果太早,草束的墨色会漫糊开来,影响其质感。总之要干湿得当,渗化适度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JGccdCuwqooIE2xkT68cm0FRn4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③根据红萝卜的圆形结构,用一支干净的短锋羊毫笔蘸胭脂调合一下,分左右两笔画出萝卜的球茎。同时注意适当地在中间留些空白,以表现萝卜的高光,然后又用较深的颜色点须画根。再用同一支笔洗一下,蘸朱磦底画胡萝卜。为了加强胡萝卜的质感,可在朱磦底里调点胭脂。画时,同样要注意胡萝卜的造型特点,依据结构运笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ViS4dOwU0oSaQmxAdbqcflkYn4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④再用同一支笔洗净后蘸藤黄加花青调成汁绿。为了色调和谐,可在汁绿里再少量调点朱磦底,画出红萝卜叶柄的基部,然后又添画上小小的萝卜叶。两片萝卜的叶子要注意稍分浓淡。最后用中羊毫笔调赭墨画上蘑菇,画时同样要注意几只蘑菇的不同方向和前后层次。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AueOd44GIo4SyIxIRHQcBgsCnoh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":638,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"白菜、萝卜画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6e2892135836482dbce4cc7eceb9f122","width":640},"text":"","id":"Saw8dee8OoG06MxcLtGcvpNin2b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"牵牛花画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZyeOdWSukoOS2uxiy64cNnGRnDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①先画藤蔓:用长锋小狼毫笔调淡墨去画,用笔要悬腕中锋,轻快舒缓之中见遒劲,墨色要稍有变化,笔尖含水要干一点,以表现枝蔓的坚韧柔软。枝蔓是全画的架子,因此,要注意全局的位置经营。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Bm8ad2SyaoC2yExA9YjcBdJDn4f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②次画叶子:用短锋大羊毫笔调次浓墨去画,注意在蘸墨时要使笔头各部位含墨含水分量不同,这样一笔下去叶片即有浓淡变化。画叶要依据牵牛花叶片特点,每叶分三笔画成。点叶要注意疏密大小和方向的区别。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YmM0dGmygowgIuxevmacyxBRnrl"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨勾出叶脉。换用一支干净的短锋中羊毫笔,用胭脂加花青调成紫红色画花冠。牵牛花花冠上部色深,基部呈白色,因此用笔时要根据这个特点在花心留出空白,花型要圆润,色泽要饱满。两朵花要分浓淡。又蘸较深的花色点出未放的花蕾,注意花蕾与主花间的呼应。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NWqUdEgIKoogYqx9LOnc0oeonbI"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④用三绿加一点藤黄,调成淡绿色染花蕊底色,趁湿又用短锋羊毫调藤黄加白,一笔画上花蕊。然后用长锋小狼毫蘸浓墨画上花托,又添上浓浓淡淡的藤蔓,使全画完整起来。最后略加苔点,使画面增添变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LCYMd2cWioq02SxGYvkcT4rvnCg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1251,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"牵牛花画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6ced7218932a4305b3fc7e2dfb76fbf6","width":640},"text":"","id":"LA0UdiIgwoUcKcxmskAc6eZHnLh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"花球画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O2I4dkMA8owiWOxa8fBchHWgnOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①先画花球:用长锋小狼毫调淡墨逐个勾出组成花球的一朵朵小花。用墨要略分浓淡,花形要有变化,使花球有立体感。接着用短锋大羊毫调成浓绿蘸墨分组画上叶子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F20qdog2yo4AowxN8G7cWlAVndh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨勾叶脉。勾时把叶子分成上下两组,上边一组的叶脉墨色较深,下面一组叶子的叶脉用墨稍淡,以分出前后两组的层次。换用一支长锋狼毫笔调淡墨画枝干。随画随加浓墨,用较干的墨色去画较小的枝干。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VmmedCie4oWUw2xeSPPcfLFMn0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③再用较淡的绿添画几笔嫩叶,增加叶子的又一个层次。接着用长锋小狼毫笔蘸浓墨画出花球里的花柄,用墨要较干,使浓重的墨色衬托出洁净的花球。接着在叶间添画一团掩藏着的花球,方法与前同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CiaodA4U4oCKq4xwltIccakdnbc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④最后用长锋羊毫笔调藤黄加三绿。淡淡地染上花色。趁湿用藤黄调朱磦底点花蕊。渲染花球既要染出立体感,又要注意花色的洁净。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GCMydgQG8oeUgaxQp5qcPqcTnSl"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":236,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"花球画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ac45985132384544afb5399603c1fd77","width":236},"text":"","id":"TM42decykoI4W8xApRncKFk4nre"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"枇杷画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FO4cdKaukooQQSxmBUJcAc6Vnab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①用大号斗笔浸些清水,又挤去笔肚里过多的水分,乘湿蘸上墨,稍微在调色盆里调合一下。注意不要调得太\"熟\",使笔肚中含的墨色浓淡不匀方好。这时开始顺笔画叶子,随画又要随时蘸点水,使画上去的几片叶子既有浓淡的变化,又有滋润丰厚的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Veemd4ImyoUwQmxasXvcXA2engd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②淡墨中锋勾出枇杷轮廓,注意用笔的圆正,以表现枇杷果实的立体感。接着用浓墨画完枝干。待叶子略干,换一支叶筋笔蘸上浓墨趁潮在叶子上勾出叶脉。勾叶脉时,笔端要稍干些,可用废纸把笔上蘸的墨吸去少许后再勾。前后几片叶子的叶脉要分浓淡,故画后面叶子时,可调点清水后去画,但注意笔端仍须稍干,以免漫糊。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OQYwdoa4CoYkkAxUfhQcUh4JnOh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③等枇杷的墨色已干,用一支干净的羊毫笔蘸藤黄调点朱磦上枇杷圆形的结构用笔,以表现枇把的立体感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FgUcdMGIKoqycyxwbZ4c3oManoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④趁色尚湿,用浓墨点上果蒂。果蒂要点得稍大,用笔稍重,使笔尖稍微叉开,以表现枇杷蒂毛茸茸的质感。最后用调进少许藤黄的淡螺青点染枝干,加上苔点,使画面更丰富完整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QcUkdsaKMogc4sxgxmocfKaGnyc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":595,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"枇杷画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fbc94dd7d05946a5a087ec26ddde8828","width":640},"text":"","id":"FS6odSgGwom02Ax4KgXcV66Ynqe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"玉兰画法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BOgydC2Ceoq2aOxEZCbcVQ0yn6f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①先画花瓣:用长锋小狼毫笔调淡墨色花瓣。墨色要洁净,用笔要爽快。为表现玉兰花瓣比较厚重的白色,可趁勾勒花瓣的墨色未干之际,再在瓣尖上加上小小的两点浓墨。接着用短锋大羊毫笔调淡墨染花底,染时要见笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SC8ede0ueo2GGWxSqt8cE0Vpnxe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②趁湿用短锋狼毫蘸浓墨点花蕊,花蕊的墨色会在刚染上去的淡墨花底上稍稍渗开。又用长锋大狼毫蘸浓墨画主干。用墨要稍干,用笔要苍劲,使枝干与洁白圆润的花瓣产生强烈的对比。然后再蘸清水化成次浓墨画横卧着的另一组枝干,画时要注意整幅画面的气势。趁湿再用浓墨点苔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FOsGdUIUMoqaMKxqOOgcAyMynPd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③接着调淡墨画花蕾和花托。画花蕾不仅要强调与主体花冠的呼应,还应配合整幅画的全局气势。花蕾与枝干的连接要合理,要符合玉兰的生长规律。④趁湿赶紧在花托上用小狼毫笔蘸浓墨点绒毛斑点。这一步要十分注意水分的的掌握,不能等干了再画,否则无论如何也画不出花托绒毛这种茸茸的感觉。最后点苔收拾整理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RkeQdCaSwouOk6xoW0kcVwa0nzP"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":717,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"玉兰画法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/70141db5b5444287897af0b72f516de5","width":658},"text":"","id":"ZyqAdMIEcoE82oxeGJqczMHcnkh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐临摹书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XyMgdWQ8GoCWMgx2xGhcp96BnAd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"山水","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PYkWdaQcaoAy28xgv52cNhuknxd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"董源《潇湘图》、巨然《万壑松风图》、李成《寒林平野图》、范宽《溪山行旅图》、郭熙《早春图》、李唐《万壑松风图》、马远《踏歌图》《寒江独钓》、夏圭《溪山清远图》、黄公望《富春山居图》、倪瓒、吴镇《渔父图》、王蒙《青卞隐居图》、沈周、石涛、査士标。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FOWSdowekogEIix6GP2chtjnnRg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ReUudquCYoKKs4xxjqhcEJpnntu"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"恽寿平、八大山人、徐熙、徐渭、文同、金农、法常、赵孟頫、管道升、王冕、赵之谦、齐白石等画家的花鸟作品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ey8YdwGaco8KaAxkN50c1DV9nDg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"人物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Uc2WdQo0Mo0CG8xOqMmceT8Andg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"梁楷、唐伯虎、任伯年、陈洪绶等画家作品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BG0adIKiUoWqIExItVjcgbmDn5e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习步骤","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WSMcdYyqsoQIKIxkRXtcfGHAnQg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Js2Yda4yuoM8GkxSwqOcSdLXnHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹是学习中国画技法的一种便捷方法,对范画可以先局部临摹,也叫分解练习,然后再临摹整幅作品,这样可以学得深秀。临摹尽量要象,“察之者尚精,拟之者贵似”,要通过临摹反复体会其造型方法、用笔方法、墨色变化等。临摹整幅作品时再体会构图特点、主次虚实关系、层次关系、呼应关系、色调变化等等。从临摹中掌握了一定的技法以后再试着进行变化和创造,心中就有数了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UW2Gd6MC4og2ysxeDe6c07Z1nZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹的目的是学习、借鉴他人的技法。临摹与写生相较,写生为主,临摹为次,写生是源,临摹是流。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HOMcdAw6SoeC2SxWKG8cTYfhnZd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临,把画放在桌上,对着画。摹,则是用一张透明的薄纸盖在画上,用笔墨描摹。摹画也叫拓画。临摹要防止犯“结壳”“游魂”“附影子”等弊病。“结壳”,即是学习古人或老师的技法,而被之束缚,不能变化、发展。“游魂”,就是东学一点,西学一点,浅尝辄止,不能融会贯通。“附影子”,即只能依赖前人的稿子或一家一派的门户,一离开,便寸步难行,作不出画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Fim4dg20oowmIcxkNl5csVeGnlf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹要和默写结合起来,中国画的创作方法很重视默写。提高默写能力要靠深入掌握物象的造型特点和规律及运笔用墨的规律。因此,临摹一定要认真体会。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CgUMdQCIIoOiEWxAJzYczDdSnfb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结合临摹平时要注意多欣赏名家名作,可以反复欣赏品味,此外还要多参观画展,汲取各家之长,开阔眼界,开拓思路,丰富技法手段,提高修养。在观摩和学习时可随时记录一下构图、技法特点、题款内容和自己的感受。只要认真扎实地学习,肯定会有大的进步。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QEiWdqegIoGA80xoxIYcCiKynbf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"写生","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DqsodmYiWomCWQx4LWMcPVoonlh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过写生可以进一步了解自然山水、花鸟和结构及动态规律,可以大量搜集创作素材,锻炼造型能力,进一步丰富知识和绘画技巧,在大自然中得到新鲜的感受。这是提高绘画创作水平必不可少的重要环节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QkA6doU0woyEmExo5hTcsguansf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写生之前要多观察、多分析。写生的工具不必过于讲究,铅笔、钢笔、毛笔都可以,纸张随便,关键是要画得严肃、认真。写生的过程就是学习、观察大自然的过程,达到搜集创作素材提高创作能力的目的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ewc6dMWgQoy8WqxQvoDcsrm1nsg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"画外功","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OsMadsGGIoAGooxu8FicBpBrnne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"与绘画技巧相适应,还需具备多方面的知识。如书法技巧和文学修养都需作相应的提高。这是培养审美观念、增进鉴别能力的基础。只有多读书(小说、散文、诗歌及绘画理论都需要读)、勤练书法才能满足学习绘画的要求。练习书法不仅仅是为了适应题字落款的需要,更重要的是书法也是国画的基本功。要通过练习书法,提高笔线的表现能力,加强墨晕的风骨,以书入画格调情趣自然更高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E0Kyd4kmOo62a0xWcA9c32I4nkc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"创作","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PkmMd6gMOoQMAKx68D5cK7NTnLf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学国画不必急于创作,应先在以上三方面打下扎实的基础,苦练基本功。有了一定的基础后,可以慢慢试着进行创作。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Km0WdaMUSoOkEmxEFcYc7SI6nge"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"创作阶段","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KsYedIIIwoOG0qx4QbAcZcoqn6c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一阶段可以参考资料,借助别人作品的造型或笔墨技法,按照自己的创作意图去试着创作。这个阶段也叫初级阶段。通过这一阶段可以初步摸索到创作方面的规律。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LousdUKsioguiWxCI8icx3a7n9e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二阶段,待掌握了一定的技法之后,便可以较自由地进行创作。这一阶段是巩固和灵活运用技法阶段,通过这个阶段的练习,可使技法更熟练,构图变化更丰富。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GsUEdia80o0UAmxglY1c5Bt0nVh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三阶段——成熟阶段。技法的成熟的标志不是按照一个模式的纯熟,而是根据不同意境、感觉、情趣的要求不断变化技法,体现出随机应变、运用自如而又不断创新。这一阶段的追求是情趣的表现及创作内涵的深化,是既有“法”度而又不为法度所束缚。以法作画,千篇一律,以情作画,变化万千。这是高超的技法和高深修养的结合,是我们追求的目的。初学者只要得法,用功,是会达到这一目标的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K2Yidsk0Qo4uusx0QQUc3fdhnDb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学国画素材","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XqkMd6Iw0oGOKmxS2A0ccrf9nNd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"花鸟素材","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EAcgdqymqo0cwmxMNqYcwbzcnHe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"竹子","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ic2sdiyiGoyIQGxqig3cjXhvnJf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、蘸淡墨勾画竹叶,用相同的笔法画出三片为一组的竹叶。依次增加叶子,注意竹叶方向、大小等要有变化,下笔时两头轻中间重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N0EAdqC8OocWk2xs3FOcweOQnMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、淡墨勾画竹子的主干,待半干后浓墨勾画竹节。最后用淡墨勾画竹子的分支。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QY8CdaWS4oyEsGxWwnfcQJ7lnrg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KIEydWUuSo2MAMxIBXqcQF5Vn5g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1046,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"竹子","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/57b120661ae14a249184b70caefe0637","width":942},"text":"","id":"EMGcdWuSWo4uAgxScaJcXYWunYe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"牡丹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NgQIdQCUkoQUqexiAZYc5VcznHe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、整笔蘸粉色,笔尖蘸曙红画花瓣,依次增加花瓣。画出整朵花头,注意整朵花的形状要错落有变。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZmACdYek4oY4OgxEzb2cijGznCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"、整笔蘸粉色,笔尖蘸曙红点出花苞,画出左右相邻的小花瓣。最后用淡绿色加胭脂画出花尊。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XI4YduoICoCgGKxY56zcZsD6nLd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、整笔蘸淡绿色,笔尖蘸淡墨侧锋画出整组牡丹叶子。浓墨勾叶筋,墨绿加胭脂画枝条。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Y6COd0E22oy0M4xCoDDchRc8ncc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1008,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"牡丹","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a34c7a92de164ab5afa43fe2540e4c7c","width":900},"text":"","id":"QCeAdCKc6o6Q88xIJJHcwtrRnwf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"麻雀","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BS8IdQUY8o2U0mxQzETcc5E3nac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、蘸赭石加淡墨侧锋点出鸟的头部,中锋画背羽,侧锋画上下翅。浓墨点斑纹、飞羽、尾羽、眼睛嘴,最后以淡墨画胸腹。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KWysdguSmommQsxohsBcIzMBn2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、赭石加淡墨侧锋画出头部,中锋画背羽,侧锋画上下翅,浓墨画嘴,点眼睛。淡墨画胸腹,浓墨点斑纹、飞羽和尾羽,浓墨中锋画腿,浓墨画爪子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T6Sgd2WcWoUCoUxWm6uc18LBnyg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":700,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"麻雀","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3b44f13174b6450895843821a3888870","width":1080},"text":"","id":"R8UGd4Os4ooUisx6Bb8ccnJXn0b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"小鸡","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TQU8dwweaoAMSWxCexxcwsjAnff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、蘸中墨侧锋画出头部,侧锋点出翅膀,随后用干墨勾画尾部。浓墨画嘴和眼睛,淡墨画胸部和大腿,待半干时用浓墨勾画脚。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TA8Gdm6swoqaOixIdv4chr7knEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、蘸浓墨,行侧锋画出头部,侧锋画翅膀,淡墨画胸部和大腿,最后浓墨勾画嘴、脚。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QWUEd2KCqowuIwxopcdcv40PnWg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":744,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"小鸡","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a54e2d5df928466db4159176960f1218","width":1080},"text":"","id":"Lq4mdCyo8oGwIaxS6gqcdMT9nMf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"翠鸟","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BIOmdMqIcocEsexSKCOcdI9xngc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、蘸三青点出鸟的头部,运侧锋画出身子和上下翅。采浓墨画嘴、尾羽、飞羽并点上眼睛。用钛白点鸟身斑纹,淡赭石染胸部,朱砂染嘴与鸟爪,最后用藤黄染眼珠。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z2I0dkmwQoWsm0xKGDPc5G1jnwg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、三青加花青点出头部,用浓墨画出眼睛并勾画嘴巴,再画出头上的毛。三青加花青画鸟毛,用淡赭石画出腹部,浓墨勾画轮廓,朱砂染嘴和勾画鸟爪,藤黄染眼珠。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FIqidk426oSgqOxmu1ZcRUISnNg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":712,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"翠鸟","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/68f8ef716b1e48bebdafd755d5ca813a","width":1080},"text":"","id":"Gk2gdAmOCo2AusxeMeScyMydnfd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"喜鹊","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KUEodSkwooikgmxMTHIcEdPbnOg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"蘸浓墨勾画嘴和眼睛,浓墨画头部和颈羽。蘸中墨侧锋行笔画胸腹,画背羽留白羽,浓墨画翅羽,并为其添加尾羽。淡墨中锋行笔画胸腹,腿爪用浓墨勾画,鹅黄染眼珠。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QmqUdKKCoosmuGxeCrAcRzrEnKf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":708,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"喜鹊","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c85755f9cb2842208b138a781b43f5e1","width":1080},"text":"","id":"MCQAdiAGkoCaW2x4cgocIQXTnJc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学国画的好处","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HayQdu4C0owiG0xEtsdcBuDInze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学国画是一件非常陶冶情操的事情,不仅能解放人的天性、给人带来满足感、成就感,而且还会在作品中实现对自我的肯定。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BokYdq0MKoOEsWxOwt0ctoSBnmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、学国画是人生良伴。人的一生分为很多阶段,少年时,可以以画言志;青壮年时,生活压力巨大,可以以画解压;等到年过中年,孩子都已成家立业,自己也临近退休,内心难免会有孤独之感,此时可以画画消遣。学国画的人,随着自己的文化积淀,艺术修养的不断提升,他的画作也如陈年老酒,愈发醇香,愈发动人。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NO6gdacGWoiKwOxQXGvcTlf8nvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、学国画能陶冶情操。学习国画讲求的是意境,讲究内涵,真、善、美。通过笔墨抒发感情,培养艺术气息,陶冶情操。艺术气息会一直伴随着你,生活中有了艺术,你会感觉到自己的世界都是带着诗情画意。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JcgEd0wqeomo46xixDcceYKInv1"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、学国画能提高审美。中国画具有简练、概括的特点,在学国画时,注意力集中,执笔、行笔要运气用力,这样就养成了良好的学习习惯,不仅可以培养学习能力、理解能力,而且还可以提高审美能力和学习兴趣。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q0Gkde2MuoqUIUxOaqscKFPrnEc"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E4. 如何自学英语?
英语是国际网络语言,是金融界语言,是空中交通管制语言,是流行音乐的语言,涵盖了人类生活的方方面面,学好英语就如同打开了一扇世界之窗,我国是经济大国,普及英语更是国情需要。
单词
背词的方法因人而异,但是万变不离其宗,就是要多写、多读,还要多用。背单词的目的不单单是要会念会写,既然是从零开始,那么首先要掌握的必然是26个字母和48个国际音标的发音和写法了。我这边先为大家介绍一下音标的读法:
元音
1.单元音:前元音[i]、[e]、[ae] ;中元音︰[A]、[o:];后元音︰[u:]、[u]、[o:]、[o]、[a:]
2.双元音:开合双元音:[ei]、[ai]、[oi]、[ou]、[au]、[ie]、[eo]、[u=]
3辅音:爆破音:清辅音[p]、[t]、[k];浊辅音:[b]、[d]、[g];摩擦音:清辅音:[f]、[s]、[O]、[h];浊辅音:[v]、[z]、[]、[6]、[r];爆破音:[t]、[tr]、[ts];浊辅音:[d3]、[dr]、[dz];鼻音:[m]、[n]、[n];半元音:[0]、[w]。
(学习音标的话可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识音标https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=2050891487235808454)
学习单词视频链接:https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html
以下的内容是我总结出的关于单词的一个分类总结。
名词(n.)
英语名词是用来表示人或事物名称的词。按照不同的分类标准,名词可以分为专有名词和普通名词;可数名词和不可数名词。
1、专有名词(Proper noun)
它是特定的某个人、地方或机构的名称。专有名词的第一个字母必须大写。如:Newton牛顿,San Francisco旧金山,Russia俄罗斯,United Nations联合国。
2、普通名词(common noun)
它是某一类人、事物或某种物质或抽象概念的名称。如:lawyer律师,market市场,computer计算机,rice大米,magazine杂志,freedom自由。
3、可数名词
可数名词是指能以数目来计算,可以分成个体的人或东西,因此它有复数形式。如:cup(杯子),cat(猫)等。
4、不可数名词
不可数名词是指不能以数目来计算,不可以分成个体的概念、状态、品质、感情或表示物质材料的东西;它一般没有复数形式,只有单数形式,它的前面不能用不定冠词a/an。如:milk(牛奶),bread(面包),coffee(咖啡)等。
动词(V.)
英语动词简称“v.”。 一般就是用来表示动作或状态的词汇。基本上每个完整的句子都有一个动词,要表示第二个动作时可使用不定词、动名词、对等连接词、从属连接词或增加子句等方法连结。
代词(pron.)
代词是代替名词的一种词类.大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能.英语中的代词,按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为:人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词、连接代词和不定代词九种。(如下图列举几种)
介词(prep)
介词是一种用来表示词与词,词与句之间的关系的词。在句中不能单独作句字成分。介词后面一般有名词代词或相当于名词的其他词类,短语或从句作它的宾语。介词和它的宾语构成介词词组,在句中作状语,表语,补语或介词宾语。(部分介词的用法如下图)
数词(num.)
数词是指表示数目多少或顺序多少的词。英语中的数词分为基数词和序数词,基数词是表示数目多少的数词。
基数词
基数词用来表示数目多少,它包括表示数字的所有单词,记忆这些数字可以用数字构成分类记忆法。下图是我整理的一个简单的总结。
基数的作用
如下图,是我整理的关于基数作用的归纳。
序数词
序数词用来表示次序,在汉语中表示为“第几”,如:第一(first)、第二(second)、第三(third)...。序数词在书写时可以缩写first缩写为1st,second缩写为2nd,third缩写为3rd。下图是我总结整理的一个具体变换样式。
序数词除了第一,第二,第三或个位数为一,二,三结尾的序数词外,其它序数词都是以-th结尾的,缩写也是对应的数字加-th,如fourth(第四)缩写为4th。同时也要注意第五、第八、第九、第十二的拼写变化。下图是我总结整理的变换样式。
20-90整十位数序数词需要将对应的基数词词尾中的y变为i,然后加eth构成。 21-99非整十位数序数词需要十位数用基数词,个位数用相应的序数词。十位数和个位数之间用连字符“-”连接。
如下图是我整理的20-90整十位数序数词和21-99非整十位数序数词的部分内容。
序数词的用法
序数词在使用时,通常前面要加定冠词the。可以用来表示顺序、楼层、编号、日期中的日等。
2.3.1.用来表示顺序,如:
I am always the first to come to school.
我总是第一个来学校的。
2.3.2.用来表示楼层,如:
My aunt lives on the fourth floor.
我姑妈住在四楼。
2.3.3.用来表示编号,其结构为:the +序数词+名词=名词(首字母要大写) +基数词。如:
第九部分the ninth part=Part nine
第四课the fourth lesson=Lesson Four
第六段the sixth paragraph= Paragraph six
温馨提示:编号较大时,一般仅用第二种表达法。Room 101,表示101号房间。
2.3.4.用来表示年、月、日: "年"用基数词, “日用序数词”,如:
1949年10月1日一写法:Oct. 1st, 1949.读作:Oct.(the) first,nineteen forty-nine.
2017年2月28日一写法:February 28th,2017读作:February, (the) twenty-eighth,two
thousand and seventeen.
2.3.5.序数词作"几分之几”时,有复数形式。如:
1/5→one fifth; 2/3→two thirds;4/7→four sevenths;1/2→a half;1/4→one fourth =a quarter;3/4→three fourths =three quarters;50%→ fty hundredths ( fty percent).
2.3.6.有些序数词可以构成固定词组和习语,如:
on second thoughts再三考虑
frst of all首先
at first当初
from first to last从头到尾
on second thoughts再三思考
second to none名列前茅
形容词(adj.)
遇到一个生词的时候要先查字典,看看这个词有几个词性,每一词性下对应的意思是什么;其次,查找这个单词衍生出的其它词性的单词,例如:credit(信誉)是名词,加上词缀-ible之后变为credible(可信的;可靠地),作形容词和副词。
英语形容词可以根据词尾来识别。常见的形容词结尾如下:
●-able/-ible: credible, achievable, gullible, capable, illegible, sensible, remarkable, horrible
●-al: annual, functional, individual, logical, essential
●-ful: awful, cheerful, doubtful, faithful, forceful
●-ic: terrific, cubic, manic, rustic
●-ive: intensive, adaptive, attractive, dismissive, inventive, persuasive
●-less: doubtless, endless, fearless, helpless, homeless, breathless, car, groundless, restless
●-ous: adventurous, famous, generous, courageous, dangerous, tremen, fabulous.
副词(adv.)
说到副词对于初学者来说还有一个大块儿头是一定要记忆的,就是副词的十三种分类。记住这个的话,副词的主要脉络就抓住了。比如:副词表示方式、程度、时间什么的。但是,这里只说第一种,因为入门就是从简单的开始说,副词记住就是作状语,来修饰动词的。就这么简单。在句子中的位置放哪里都行。下图是作者整理的总结性归纳。图一和图二进行衔接观看。
图一
图二
冠词(art.)
不定冠词
a,an是不定冠词,只用在单数可数名词前面,表示“一”的意思。a用在以辅音开头的词前面;an用在以元音开头的词之前,如:a day;a boy;an apple等。
定冠词
the是定冠词,表示“这”“那”“这些”“哪些”的意思。可以用在单数、复数可数名词或不可数名词之前。
冠词的基本用法
(1)单数可数名前可用定冠词或不定冠词。
I have a cute dog.我有一只可爱的小狗。
(2)复数形式可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。
(The ) cars are important in the westem counties.汽汽在西国家非常要。
(3)不可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。
Oil is lighter than water.油比水轻。
(4)专有名词前一般不用冠词。
Beijing is the capital of China.北京中国的首都。
不定冠词a,an一般有any或one的意思,但不强调数目概念,只用来泛指事物,说明其名称或种类。
(1)当第一次提到某人或某物时,用a或an起介绍作用。
She is a teacher.她是一位老师。
(2)表示泛指某一类人或物。
A snake is a cold-blood animal.蛇是一种冷血动物。
(3)表示某一类人或事物的任何一 个。
This is a cat.这是一只猫。
(4)用于抽象名词之前,使抽象名词具体化。
It is a pity that you are late.很遗憾你迟到了。
The ltte child is a joy to his parents.这个孩子给他的父母带来了很多欢乐。
(5)用于物质名词之前,使物质名词普通化。
They made a fire to get warm.他们生火取暖。
注意:
(1) 当不定冠词所修饰的那个名词的第一个音(不是字母,而是读音)为元音时,不定冠词要用an,而以辅音开头时用a.
(2)在使用不定冠词时,要特别注意缩略词。
an unidentified flying object一个不明飞行物。缩略词: a UFO.
连词(conj.)
连词可以分成两类,一类是表示并列关系的连词。比如and, but, either…or, neither…nor等;一类是从属连词,用于引出从句,比如主语从句,宾语从句,状语从句等,比如that, if, when, so, for等。
并列连词又可以分成三类,一类是表示选择的并列关系的, 主要有or表示或者,否则,either...or不是...就是...,neither...nor....也不....例句如下:
What is your favoite,singing or dancing?什么是你的最爱?唱歌还是跳舞?
I like neither singing nor dancing.我既不喜欢唱歌也不喜欢跳舞.
Either you or he tells her the truth. 要么你告诉她真相,要么他告诉她真相。
另一类是表示转折关系的并列连词, 主要有but但是,while而等。 例句如下:
I like singing but dancing. 我喜欢唱歌但不喜欢跳舞。
I like singing, while my sister likes dancing. 我喜欢唱歌,而我姐姐喜欢跳舞。
还有就是表示并列关系的并列连词,比如and,bot...and,以及as...等。例句如下:
Don't waste food and time.不要浪费食物和时间。
This box is three times as big as that one.这个箱子比那个大三倍。
从属连词主要根据状语的类型来分类。引导时间状语从句的从属连词类型比较多,包括表示“当…时”的when,while,as或whenever;表示“在…之前或之后”的befroe和after;表示“自从或直到”的since,till和untile;表示“一…就…”的as soon as等。例句如下:
I was singing when she danced.当她在跳舞时,我在唱歌。
I sang when she was dancing.我唱歌时她正在跳舞。
She danced as soon as I sang.我一唱歌,她就跳舞。
引导原因状语从句的从属连词主要有:because,for,as,since等。例句如下:
I study s go to the best school.因为我想上最好的学校,所以我才这么努力
引导目的状语从句的从属连词主要有:in order that,so that,in case等。例句如下:
I study so hard in order that I can go to the best school.我如此努力是为了能上最好的学校。
引导结果状语从句的从属连词主要有:so that,so...that,such..that等。例句如下:
I studied so hard that I went to the best school.我学习那么努力,所以我上了最好的学校。
感叹词(int.)
英语感叹词有:indeed、Ah、what、dear、well、now、there、man、boy。下图是我整理的一个总结性笔记。
学习计划
在我们熟悉了解音标和单词之后我们就可以为自己制定学习计划了。以下是我总结出的学习计划,方法不一定适应每个人,但是希望会对大家有一个帮助。
1.我们可以将5500个常见词汇分为30-50个Unit,每天背诵一个Unit(100-200个单词),一个月就可以完成一轮背诵,然后第二、三个月进行第二轮、三轮巩固复习。当然,每天早上背完一个新的Unit之后,我们需要在第30分钟、晚上、第2天、第4天、第7天、第15天及第30天、对每个单元进行及时重复复习。
2.【具体方法】:早上:拿一张白纸挡住中文意思,只看英文单词开始背诵,勾出不认识的单词。背完一个Unit之后,立刻把勾出的单词再背一遍(依旧遮住中文意思),如果还是有某个单词不认识,就再打勾背诵;30分钟后:把勾出来的单词重新自测一遍;晚上:睡前把打了2次及以上勾的单词重新自测一遍。以此类推,反复记忆。
3.【注意要点】:一定要严格按照表格重复,不要偷懒!不要偷懒!不要偷懒!如果偷懒一次,漏下一两个单元,今天耽误了,那明天想补救就会很难。比如,你3月20号背诵了Unit 12,你不仅要在30分钟后和晚上睡觉之前复习两遍Unit 10,你还需要在背完Unit 12后同步复习之前背过的Unit 9、Unit 8、Unit 6、Unit 3。
作者在这边也分享一下自己学习单词的视频链接:https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html,该视频里可以帮大家有效的学习到单词的读音,同时在视频中也教给大家如何利用学到的音标来进行拼读单词。如果有兴趣学习的小伙伴们可以跟着视频进行单词的学习。
APP推荐
百词斩
全民用的最多最火的背单词神器,下载量高达3亿,评分超级高。关键是适合不同年龄层次的人,可根据自己的身份选择不同的单词文本,有小学、初中、高中、大学、四六级、专业六级、八级,适合零基础的成年人从头开始学习。还有不同的背单词场景,根据不同的图片背诵单词,记忆效果很好,对零基础的成年人很友好。
沪江开心词场
趣味性极强的背单词神器,成功解决了背单词枯燥无味的问题。这个APP最大的特点就是,在闯关的过程中,顺便把单词背诵了,轻松有趣,很适合成年人在上下班地铁上背诵。闯关的过程,也是检验你是否掌握单词的过程,不记住,闯不了关,让你干着急,激发你的闯关欲望。
扇贝单词
不仅可以背单词,还可以做笔记。和其他APP不一样,这个软件背诵单词的速度飞快,不过还会有第二轮的检验,反复巩固,加强背诵效果。背诵之前,还会问你认不认识这个单词,如果不认识,出现的频率会更高。
语法
我们认识了单词之后,就可以来了解每个单词组成句子的语法问题。其实任何一门学科都是由浅入深的,英语也不例外。学习语法就像造房子,首先要把基础的语法脉络理清,打好根基,之后再慢慢补充和拓展,让知识巩固起来。
英语语法最基础的就是简单句的组成,之后我们才会慢慢了解到并列句、复合句以及从句,以下是我总结出的语法内容,我们一起来看看吧!
简单句语法
所有的句子都是通过简单句而组合的,只不过句子的结构拓宽了一点, 词汇丰富了一点,从而演变为其他的长句。
1.主谓
主谓就是主语 + 谓语的组合,比如:Spring comes 。这句话中主语是spring ,谓语是 comes 。
主语就是引领句子的开头部分,是一个句子的主体,英文是 subject ,我们用字母 S 代替。谓语可以理解为动词,英文是 verb,我们用字母 v 代替。
2.主谓宾
根据字面的意思就是主语 + 谓语 + 宾语组合而成的句子,比如 : I love you .
这句话中主语是 i ,谓语是 love ,宾语就是在谓语后面的词,这里是 you。
宾语的英文是 object,这里用字母 o 代替。
3.主谓宾宾
主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾语的句子。
这里的两个宾语都是谓语动词所产生作用的。
比如 :I give you money .
这里的 you 和 money 都是 give 的宾语,give you 和 give money ,所以都是两个宾语。
4.主谓宾宾补
主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾补的句子。
比如 :It makes me happy .
这里的 me 是 make 的宾语,但是 happy 不是 make 的宾语。
happy 是 me 的形容词,是一个宾补,全称为宾语补足语,起到了补充说明的作用。
注意 :区分主谓宾宾和主谓宾宾补
主谓宾宾中的两个宾语都是谓语所产生的作用词,而主谓宾宾补中宾补是宾语的形容词,与谓语没有任何关系。
5.主系表
这里的系代表系动词。包含三个类别
A be 动词 : am is are was were
B 感官动词 (五官)
look 看起来
sound 听起来
smell 闻起来
taste 尝起来
feel 摸着....感觉......
C 变化动词
become / turn / go / get / grow
这里的表是代表表语,包括名词、形容词、介宾短语、不定式todo
比如 you are beautiful 这句话中,you 是主语,are 是系动词,beautiful 是表语。
并列句语法
简单句通过不同的连接词就成为了不同的句子,通过并列词成了并列句,通过从属连词成了复合句。下面我们就一一讲解 :
并列句:简单句+并列词+简单句
并列词一般有:and/or/but/so/while/yet/for/however,
1.表示并列:
and,not only...but also...,neither...nor...
Her father is a doctor and her mother is a teacher .
2.表示选择:
or,or else,otherwise,either...or...
Hurry or you won't make the train.
3.表示对比、转折:
but,whileyet,however,never,
I like tea while she likes coffee.
4.表示原因:for
I am thirsty , for it is hot .
复合句:简单句+从属连词+简单句
从属连词有:that /wether/if。
从句语法
名词性从句
当名词性从句作为句子的不同成分时,又被称呼为不同的名字。
当作为主语时,称为主语从句。
当称为宾语时,称为宾语从句,同样表语从句以及同位语从句。以下我们来举个栗子 :
主语从句 What she said is wrong .
宾语从句 I said that she was wrong.
表语从句 The fact is that he doesn’t really try.
同位语从句 The news that he will come back is ture.
记住一点,不管什么从句,你把它当成一个”长一点的名词”。
那如果这个长名词在句子中作主语,就是主语从句,作宾语就是宾语从句。
同位语从句就是相当于一个长点的名词对另外一个抽象名词进行解释说明。
定语从句
修饰限定名词,汉语中“的”前面的内容。
关系代词引导的定语从句
1.who指人,在从句中做主语 Yesterday I helped an old man who lost his way.
2. whom指人,在定语从句中充当宾语,常可省略。
Mr. Ling is just the boy whom I want to see
3. which指物,在定语从句中做主语或者宾语,做宾语时可省略
This is the pen (which) he bought yesterday.
4. that指人时,相当于who 或者whom;指物时,相当于which。
5. whose通常指人,也可指物,在定语从句中做定语。
指的是谁的。Do you like the book whose cover is yellow?
关系副词引导的定语从句
when where why
状语从句
修饰动作的发生的时间、地点、原因、方式。
1.时间状语从句
常用引导词:when, as, while, as soon as, before, after, since , till, until
特殊引导词:the minute, the moment, the second, every time, the day,the instant,
I was fat when I was a child.
2.地点状语从句
常用引导词:where
特殊引导词:wherever, anywhere, everywhere
Keep it where you can see it.
3.原因状语从句
常用引导词:because, since, as, for
特殊引导词:seeing that, now that, in that, considering that, given that.
My friends dislike me because I’m beautiful .
4.目的状语从句
常用引导词:so that, in order that
特殊引导词:lest, in case, for fear that,in the hope that, for the purpose that, to the end that
study hard so that you can pass the exam.
5.结果状语从句
常用引导词:so … that, so… that, such … that,
特殊引导词:such that, to the degree that, to the extent that, to such a degree that,
He got up so early that he caught the first bus.
6.条件状语从句
常用引导词:if, unless,
特殊引导词:as/so long as, only if, providing/provided that, supposing that, in case that, on condition that
If you ask him, he will help you.
7.方式状语从句
常用引导词:as, as if, how
特殊引导词:the way
Think as i think
8.比较状语从句
常用引导词:as(同级比较), than(不同程度的比较)
特殊引导词:the more … the more … ; just as …, so…; A is to B what /as X is to Y; no … more than; not A so much as B
The house is three times as big as ours.
9.让步状语从句
常用引导词:though, although, even if, even though
特殊引导词: as(用在让步状语从句中必须要倒装),while ( 一般用在句首 ),no matter …, in spite of the fact that, while, whatever, whoever, wherever, whenever, however, whichever
Though I believe it,yet I must consider.
时态、语态问题
时态的本质是:时+态。
所以学习时态,一定要把时和态分开来看待。
I am a teacher.
这句话,时间是“现在时”,状态是“一般态”
英语里有4种时间:
过去,现在,将来,过去将来
英语里有4种状态:
一般态:非完成,非进行
进行态:动作的延续
完成态:在截止时间时,完成了的事情
完成进行态(几乎不用):过去是,到截止时间是,将来还是的事情(强调截止时间)
如下图,两个是我整理的笔记内容。
学习计划
1.从阅读时理解语法,再用语法书夯实理解而成的专业知识。举一个典型的例子。冠词the看似简单,实际上用法难懂变化多端。一本详细的语法书通常会记录数十条应用the的规则,及其不计其数的不可抗力事件,并且除外中依然存在除外。
2.学精语法,英语语感比规则关键。培养阅读英文的好习惯。仍以the为例。每一次读书的时候难免会遇到the字数十次,而每次都是看到不同情况,不同类型的句型。
3.读书时碰到疑惑,前去阅览语法书。这时候,语法书里的复杂规则就恰好派上用场了。由于你明白自己要请,都知道这种语法规则用于具体的语句。
以下几个图片是我在网上进行搜索归纳的总结性笔记,一列为一种总结内容,图一至图四为整体内容,图二衔接图一结尾,图三衔接图二结尾,图四衔接图三结尾。
图一
图二
图三
图四
给大家讲了这么多书面上的语法问题,作者在这里给学习英语的小伙伴们介绍一下我在学习英语时候借鉴的视频。视频中老师充分讲解了初步学习英语适用的语法问题,在讲解的同时还为大家用例句进行了说明。视频链接如下:https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b)
推荐书籍
《英语魔法师之语法俱乐部》
本书内容非常简单,可以帮助语法薄弱的学习者慢慢理解语法。它分为三个部分:初级句型、中级句型和高级句型。初级句型共讲解了五种基本句型;中级句型有四种,即形容词从句、名词从句、状语从句和倒装句。另外这本书的冠词、不定式和动名词的语法相比其他语法书的讲解更透彻。
《English Grammar in Use》
本书的语法范例,主要是以情景为例,将抽象的语法概念更具体化、也易于理解。书中材料均来自英语母语国家,表达地道,让学习者可以学以致用,让学习的效率更好。全书图文并茂,内容生动,对语法知识点进行分类对比,可以让学习者快速梳理思路,学习起来事半功倍。
《柯林斯英语语法》
《柯林斯英语语法》的体例和所有的英语语法书都不一样,不是按照句型排列的,而是按照表达法和表达功能排列的,而内容也侧重于灵活实用的功能语法讲解,强调语法和词汇的结合。
句子
通过了单词和语法的认识,持之以恒记忆对话、课文中的佳句是丰富我们语言,积累句式的好方法。而能对熟悉的句子进行变通也是学习英语的重要技巧之一。现在虽然考试不考句型转换,但是句型转换可以加深我们的记忆和知识的拓展。(想详细了解英语造句内容的可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识英语基础https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b)
句子成分
句子的组成部分,包括主语、谓语、宾语、定语、状语、表语、补语、同位语和独立成分9种,其中,主语和谓语是主要成分有,表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语、同位语和独立成分是次要成分。
一、主语
主语是句子叙述的主体,可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词和主语从句等来承担。
The sun rises in the east. (名词)
He likes dancing. (代词)
二、谓语
谓语说明主语所发出的动作或具有的特征和状态。谓语由动词来承担。
We often speak English in class.
三、宾语
宾语是动作的对象或承受者,常位于及物动词或介词后面。宾语可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词、宾语从句等来担任。
除少数句子(如祈使句和感叹句等)外,一句话必须同时具有主语和谓语所表达的意思才能完整。主语是针对谓语而言的,是一句话的主题,谓语用来说明主语的情况,为主语提供信息。例如:They are working.主语是they(他们),那么他们在做什么呢?看来没有谓语are working 是不行的。在正常情况下,英语的主语和谓语的位置与汉语一致,也就是说主语在前,谓语紧跟其后。
He pretended not to see me. (不定式短语)
I enjoy listening to popular music. (动名词短语)
四、定语
定语用于描述名词,代词,短语或从句的性质,特征范围等情况的词叫做定语,定语可以由名词,形容词和起名词和形容词作用的词,短语担任。如果定语是单个词,定语放在被修饰词的前面,如果是词组,定语放在被修饰词的后面。
Guilin is a beautiful city. (形容词)
China is a developing country; America is a developed country. (分词)
五、状语
状语说明事情发生的时间,地点,原因,目的,结果方式,条件或伴随情况,程度等情况的词叫状语。状语一般由副词、介词短语、分词和分词短语、不定式或相当于副词的词或短语来担当。其位置一般放在句末,但也可放在句首或句中,修饰动词、形容词、副词等。
Light travels most quickly. (副词及副词性词组)
He has lived in the city for ten years. (介词短语)
六、补语
补语的作用对象是主语和宾语,具有鲜明的定语性描写或限制性功能,在句法上是不可或缺的。补语是起补充说明作用的成份。最常见的是宾语补足语。名词、动名词、形容词、副词、不定式、现在分词、过去分词都可以在句子中作宾补。
His father named him Dongming. (名词)
They painted their boat white. (形容词)
七、表语
表语是用来说明主语的性质,身份,特征和状态。表语须和系动词一起构成句子的复合谓语。表语一般放在系动词之后。表语可以由名词,形容词或起名词和形容词作用的词和短语担任。
常见的系动词有: be, sound(听起来), look(看起来), feel(摸起来), smell(闻起来), taste(尝、吃起来), remain(保持,仍是), feel(感觉)
八、同位语
同位语当两个指同一事物的句子成分放在同等位置时,一个句子成分可被用来说明或解释另一个句子成分,前者就叫做后者的同位语.这两个句子成分多由名词(代词)担任,同位语通常皆放在其说明的名词(代词)之后。同位语和补语的区别在于:补语不能缺少,同位语可以缺少。
九、独立成分
独立成分,是当一个词、短语或从句用在句子里面,与句子的其他成分只有意义上的联系而没有语法关系时,它就称为独立成分。常见的独立成份有呼吁、惊叹语、答语、插入语、介词短语、非谓语动词所构成的短语及形容词、副词所引起的词组等。
陈述句
陈述句是陈述一个事实或者说话人的看法。它包括肯定句和否定句两种。陈述句在书写时句末用句号,而在朗读时则用降调。陈述句的核心是非常基础的。这个句子里有一个名词和一个动词。句子可以有其他成分,如形容词、副词和其他词。但是最简单的形式就是名词和动词。
陈述句的基本句型:
(1)主语+连系动词+表语
(2)主语+谓语(不及物动词)
(3)主语+谓语(及物动词) +宾语
(4)主语+谓语(及物动词) +间接宾语+直接宾语
(5)主语+谓语(及物动词) V.+宾语+宾语补足语
肯定句
The river flooded.河水泛滥了。(主谓 )
He has a sense of humor.他有幽默感。(主谓滨)
He can teach you English.他可以教你英语。(主谓+双宾)
He painted the desk blue.他把书桌涂成了色。(主谓滨宾补)
He is a doctor.他是一名医生。(主系表)
否定句
The river did not/didn't flood. 河水没有泛滥。
He does not/doesn't have (has not 1 hasn't) a sense of humor.他没有幽默感。
He can not/can't teach you English. 他不能教你英语。
He didn't paint the desk blue.他没有把书桌涂成蓝色。
He is not/ He's not/ He isn't a doctor.他不是一 名医生。
疑问句
一般疑问句
通常用来询问一件事情或一种情况是否属实,其回答通常是yes或no,因此这类问句又叫做“是非问句”。下面是句型。
Is there something wrong with this machine?这台机器有问题吗?
Have you got today's milk?你拿到今天的牛奶了吗?
Shall we go on?我们继续向前吗?
Will he not agree with you?他不同意你吗?
Haven't you any sisters?你没有姐妹吗?
Don't you like this movie?你不喜欢这部电影吗?
特殊疑问句
特殊疑问句是对句中的某一部分提出疑问,通常以who、where、when、why等疑问词开头,因此又叫“wh-问句”。下面是句型。
Who are you?你是谁?
Whom are you going to play table tennis this afternoon?今天下午你和谁打乒乓球?
Whose glasses are broken?谁的眼镜打碎了?
Which shoes do you like?你喜欢哪双鞋子?
What do they want to do?他们想要做什么?
When does she want to practice?她想要什么时候练习?
Where is the restroom?洗手间在哪里?
Why did you leave?你为什么离开了 ?|
How do you study English?你怎么学习英语?
选择疑问句
选择疑问句是对问题提出两个或两个以上的答案供对方选择的疑问方式。下面是句型。
Shall we go by bus or by train?我们乘汽车还是乘秋车?,
Shall I give you a hand, or you can manage?要我帮你,还是你自己解决?
Which do you prefer, coffee or tea?你要哪一样, 咖啡还是茶?
Coffee or tea?咖啡还是茶?
Which do you lie best, singing, dancing or skating?唱歌、 跳舞和溜冰,你最喜欢哪样?
反义疑问句
反意疑问句又称为附加疑问句,英语称为tag question,是一种常用于口语的疑问句式,主要由“陈述句(或祈使句) + 疑问句”构成。下面是句型。
陈述句有 be 动词时,以该be动词形成反问;陈述句有助动词(will、shall、can、have...)时,以该助动词形成反问;陈述句只有动词时,按主语人称及该动词时态,置 do、does、did 形成反问。下面是句型。下面是句型。
Study hard, will you?要用功,好不好?
Don't do it, will you?不要做这件事,好不好?
Let me go, will you?让我走,好不好?
Let's stop here, shall we?我们在这里停下,好吗?
There is wifi at this cafe, isn't there?在这个咖啡厅有无线网络,对吗?
The clock is slow, isn't it?表走得慢,对吗?
Your are good at math, aren't you?你擅长数学,对吗?
John is going to study English, isn't he? John会学习英文,对吗?
祈使句
祈使句是英语中的一个句式,也是用于表达命令、请求、劝告、警告、禁止等的句子。祈使句最常用于表达命令,因此在学校文法中也常称为命令句。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
感叹句
感叹句是英语四大功能句型之一,主要用来表示高兴、愤怒、厌恶或者欣赏等强烈感情的句子,句末通常用感叹号!结尾,说话时用降调。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
简单句
由一个主语(并列主语)和一个谓语(并列谓语)构成。只有一套主谓结构。主语可理解为“谁?”,谓语视为“做什么?”“是什么?”。
简单句五种基本句型:
主系表 SVP
主谓SV
主谓宾SVO
主谓双宾SVOO
主谓宾宾补SVOC
下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
并列句
是并列句由两个或者两个以上的简单句并列而成,有两套或两套以上的主谓结构。并列句的基本句型:“分句+并列连词/特殊符号+分句”。并列连词:and(和,而且) but(但是) yet (但是) for (因为) so (所以)。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
特殊句式
存在句
存在句在英语中是用来表示人或事物的存在、出现等意义,而且大都是用于描述性文章中。存在句可以从结构,句型来分析,可以有多种时态形式。相关的语法重点有:存在句的谓语动词,存在句非限定形式,存在句主谓一致等。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
省略句
在英语中,名词可以省略,动词可以省略,动词当中不但系动词这样的可以省略,连实意动词也是可以省略的,只要它已经出现过了。会使用省略句是英语水平走向高阶的一个标志,在使用省略句的时候,不要担心对方看不懂或者听不懂。只要你用的正确,不存在别人不能理解。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
倒装句
为了强调、突出等词语的目的而颠倒原有语序的句式叫做倒装句。在倒装句中,颠倒了的成分可以恢复原位而句意基本不变,句法成分不变。英语倒装句的7种形式,希望能帮助你理解英语句子。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。
强调句
强调句型是一种特殊句式,用于表示说话者强烈的感情或意愿。强调就是通过某种手段使句中某一部分所包含的信息比一般情况下显得更重要。强调句型的结构如图所示:
学习计划
【第一步】:看大标题,图片,小标题,看完之后大概猜测文章是关于什么的,目的在于对文章有个模糊的印象。
【第二步】:重点略读,主要读每段第一句和最后一句,大概了解每个段的内容,目的在于对文章结构有个整体把握,比如典型的结构——介绍问题、给出原因、提出解决方法、说明潜在风险、对未来进行判断。
【第三步】:全文略读,读的时候让尽可能多的信息进入眼眶,略读次要信息,抓重点信息(核心观点、重要前提、重要假设),并对重点信息进行精读,同时对觉得不错的内容再进行标记。目的在于掌握重点信息,方面以后复查或者积累写作素材。(这时候不懂的单词可以圈起来,只要不影响文章大意理解就不查,等到最后一步再查)
【第四步】:不断来回查找信息,对比是否存在疏漏,目的在于梳理文章结构,掌握文章整体脉络。
【第五步】:带着结构重新略读阅读信息,精读标记信息,看是否理解清楚,是否需要进一步的查询工作。
学习计划制定好后,作者这边推荐小伙伴们可以在b站上跟着这位老师学习学习,他的视频内容充分的为大家解决了句型问题,同时还利用造句的方式帮助小伙伴们可以更加深刻的了解英语句子的组成部分,视频链接如下:https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b
阅读外文文章
《读者文摘》
读者文摘在全球多个国家和地区都有发行。1922年创刊,这是一本能引起大众广泛兴趣的内容丰富的家庭杂志。它所涉及的故事文章涵盖了健康、生态、政府、国际事务、体育、旅游、科学、商业、教育以及幽默笑话等多个领域。适用人群是英语初、中级水平学习者及考研党。
同时,由于内容具有思考价值、探讨性和实用性,中国英语考试中有不少题目和材料来源于这本杂志。非常适合考试党提高英语能力和语感,是夯实英语基础的大众型读物。
购买方式:直接联系中图订购纸本,这种刊物在国内订阅是完全许可的。都是英文原版,按期引进。读者文摘是那种小册子,时代是标准的杂志。现在国家对外籍刊物进口管理比较严格,自己从网上订电子版往往会被屏蔽掉。
《经济学人》
这是一份由伦敦经济学人报纸有限公司出版的杂志,创办于1843年9月,创办人詹姆士·威尔逊。杂志的大多数文章写得机智,幽默,有力度,严肃又不失诙谐,并且注重于如何在最小的篇幅内告诉读者最多的信息。该杂志又以发明巨无霸指数闻名,是社会精英必不可少的读物。
里面的文章十分经典,经常出现在考研的阅读理解里面,可见里面的用词、用句的高水平。还有很重要的一点,就是《经济学人》里面还会涉及大量的词汇、固定搭配以及长难句,不仅仅是提升阅读水平,对于词汇积累、语法提升等都大有好处。
就里面所有的板块和内容而言,个人最喜欢其中的 obituary 和 special report 部分,前者会写很多有趣的人,很有意思。后者则涉及政治、经济、社会、科技领域的时新专题报道,属于涨知识的必备栏目。
阅读方式:一些免费提供离线资源的网站,这块要用谷歌搜,或者用必应国际版,但很多更新更新着就不更新了,免费的可以搜一个关键词:西贝博客。还有国内一些网站提供付费的离线资源,这块是一种选择,只要会用指令搜索,就可以搜索进行查看。
还有就是通过发邮件到经济学人官方,咨询他们有哪些授权渠道商,再通过这些渠道商去订阅。
英语中期学习
听力
我们在锻炼听力的时候一定不要听那些东拼西凑的英语磁带,而是选择一个听力材料就彻底把它拿下。材料里的每一个单词、每一个短语都要听清楚。为了达到这一点,你必须听写。
明确学习任务
第一步是先纠正自己的音标,这是最基础的,我们之所以听不懂是因为我们发音不标准,我们也听不出来英语发音。所以首先必须纠正好自己的音标。
第二步是要扩大自己的单词量,好多人不注意这一点,认为听力的单词量有限,但是一定要把自己的单词量扩大到一定的范围。
第三步是训练听力,首先训练单个单词,先听单个单词,然后在逐渐的听句子,这是很主要的,要循序渐进。
第四步是在听听力的时候,一定要在自己听不懂的地方多听几遍,并把相关的单词和句子抄下来,经常去阅读。
第五步是每天坚持听听力至少2个小时,这是非常关键的一步,不要怕辛苦,坚持下来就行。
第六步是可以坚持看美剧或者坚持听外国的音乐和相关的歌曲,对自己的听力都有很大的帮助。
听力的基础练习可以在b站上搜索发音词典(这是用户)进行用于听力练习,这个老师的视频中开头部分就为大家制定好了听力规则,在观看视频的时候也可以充分的锻炼自己的英语听力。视频的链接如下:https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click&vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b
学习小技巧
1、学会抓关键词
在听力过程中,我们要学会抓其中的关键词。在语段之间的停顿时间,快速浏览选项,对比其不同之处,在听的过程中通过关键词判断说话者的身份,帮助自己搜索相关背景知识。
2、学会划分意群
很多人在听的时候都是逐个单词地听,想要听懂每一个单词。其实这样做是没有必要的,也是很难做到的。因此,我们要学会划分意群来听,分词组分词块来听会帮助你节省很多时间,并能让你更快地理解句子是什么意思。
3、学会提前思考
在听力开始之前,你就要浏览完材料,结合选项开始思考。这段话要讲什么,目的又是什么。并学会猜测,包括对话题的预测、甚至通过常识进行答案的预测。这样才能在考试之中处于主动的位置,所以,听听力要积极主动。
4、学会做笔记
好的笔记能够让你的思路清晰,让你了解听力内容的结构。在听力的开头结尾时就要集中精神,记住相关信息,因为那很有可能就是听力的重点。有时考点在出题时是按照顺序来出的,因此笔记能帮助我们排除一些干扰选项。
5、学会注意数字
要注意以下几方面:常规数字的连读,百分数,分数,小数,百分比,电话号码,航班号,驾照号,信用卡号等等。
推荐学习网站
BBC Learning English
我一定要把它放在第一位,因为只要想到网路上的免费英文学习资源,第一个要推荐的绝对是BBC Learning English。
这个被公认为全球最佳的英文学习网站,不只具有英文单字词汇、文法、发音、听力、会话、阅读以及学习测验等丰富多元的学习教材,而且也一直持续更新教学内容。
除了可以用网路学习之外,也可以免费下载mp3语音和文字稿到电脑,当作持续自学进修练习的免费教材。
TED
TED Talks是可以一边听演讲一边训练英文听力的网站。在这里有不同领域的专业人士所发表的科学、娱乐、文化、教育、艺术等等专题英文演讲影片,除了训练正式英文的听力之外,还可以增长知识,开拓自己的视野。可以观看约10~20分钟TED Talks练习英文听力,听不懂时,还可阅读演讲稿理解影片内容。
English Online France
English Online France是一个非常有趣的在线英文听力训练网站,依照初级、中级和高级区分的英文听力训练教材共超过一百个项目,包括听写练习与测验的MP3语音教材以及听力练习与测验的影片。
口语
语言不是教会的,而是在使用中学会的。交际能力只能在交际中得到最有效的培养。一个优秀的语言学习者应具有强烈的语言交际的欲望,应力争语言训练的各种机会。应该不怕因犯语言错误而被别人讥笑。(口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索,也可以结合下文讲解,在该连接中看视频配合学习https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b)
明确学习任务
1. 一定要用完整句子对话
面对任何问题,都不能只回答表面内容,一定要在此基础上展开回答。如果别人问你一个问题,你只回答 Yes 或者 No,那如何提高口语呢?即使遇到了一个你根本不了解或者不会的问题,也千万不要用:“Sorry, I don’t know”或者“No”来回应。比如别人问了一个最基础的问题,“Where are you from?” 你千万不能只说:“I come from Beijing.”正确的做法是:先说明你来自北京,然后介绍一下北京的风土人情、家乡美食等等,最后再和对方互动一下,问你去过北京吗?或者你觉得北京这座城市怎么样呢?
2.多使用一些复杂句和从句
然后在平时练习过程中,要将简单句和复杂句交错使用,不要一直用简单的句子,这样会显得你的水平很 Low,也不要一直说很复杂的句子,因为很容易出错。在变换不同的句式的时候,记得不要出错。避免一直说简单句的最好方法就是,多说一些稍微复杂一点的从句,比如定语从句、条件状语从句、主语从句等等,同时一些相同意思的句子也不要用重复表达,要学会多尝试用不同的句式说出来。
3.通过美剧学习口语
通过美剧学习英语口语也是很多人可能有尝试的方法,对于上班族来说可以一边放松心情的同时学习英语。我建议可选择那些与日常生活比较贴近、故事情节较强的影视材料。例如金色年代。
口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索MrYang杨家成,这个老师讲解的每个视频内容虽然简短,但是老师在讲解前就利用学生的错误发音进行纠正,充满趣味性的同时也能认识到口语发音方面的错误。我这边为大家找到一个不错的视频内容,链接如下:https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b,如果需要的话可以试着看看一看。
英音发音学习
1.建立英音的肌肉反射
在我们开始在美音和英音间做出实质性的发音改变之前。我们首先要知道,发音的改变是要体现在每一个音上的,这样的改变才能导致整体上发音的变化。这包括说话过程中嘴型的变化,以及嘴部肌肉运动方式的变化。这是一个整体上的变化。并不只在有某个变化音的词里,你才能听到这样的变化,而是在每个音节上都可以听的出来。
所以想要练习一口标准的英式英语,第一步也是必不可少的一步就是练习音标。将每个音标老老实实的学习,通过肌肉发射,对后面的英式英语的口语练习能有很大的帮助。
2.建立英音语言环境
学一门语言,最好的当然就是处于一个特定的语言环境内。既然我们是在国内,没有办法实现英式英语的环境,那么我就可以通过听力来实现输入的问题,通过口语来实现输出的问题。
而对于锻炼听力,最推从的方法就是听万能的BBC了。你要知道,在BBC,不仅仅只有新闻的,BBC还有很多栏目,比如BBC Learning,就是可以通过上面的视频进行练习口语听力的栏目。
3.建立口语交流机制
现在互联网这么发达,我们完全可以通过sns来和世界交流。你只要学会FAN墙,就可以通过Facebook、Twitter、Whatsapp来找到愿意和你交流的人,如果他愿意学习中文是再好不过的了,这样互助互利是最持久的。不过记住,我们是要练习英式英语,所以最好找英国,或者加拿大的。
4.英式发音技巧
“R”不发音,不卷舌
T不发D音,发T音或不发音
请注意,“H”并不总是发音
单词“been”的读音是“bean”,而不是“bin”
结尾降调
美音发音学习
1.准备好学习的视频参照物
仅仅是自己照着音标、课本练习朗读,不能使自己的发音改善。学习发音视频教程,才是最容易、最直观、最简单的方法。因为,可以直观地看到美国人的嘴形、舌头的位置,这样可以很容易自我调整。
请在免费WiFi下,请自行百度:美式发音训练视频教程(汇总贴)。可以很容易找到美国Paul老师的视频教程。
2.制定学习计划,每天学习1集视频
每天观看1集视频,并且在安静、不被打扰的环境下学习。跟着视频一起,自己张口练习。练习时,不用去记忆生词,只需要张口练习发音就好。
学习完1集视频后,找找自己熟悉的单词、简单句子,按照刚刚学会的方法轻松、张口朗读。
嘴巴重新习惯需要时间。所以,请在学习第2、3、4天,轻松复习第1天学习的发音,并张口练习。这时,不用重新看视频,只需要读一读单词、简单句子。
3.巩固训练
在平时自己朗读自己喜欢的文章时,特意留意学会的新的发音。这是进步的最后一步。如果自己没有调整,还是按照自己以前的发音方法,那就没进步了!
如果按照这样的步骤,认真练习,任何一个自己不会的发音,每位朋友都可以在1周内熟练掌握。1个月内就可以掌握所有的标准美式发音了。
4.强化训练
如果学习过美国Paul老师的教程,还觉得不够。再推荐一个视频教程:
美国 Lisa 老师的——Lisa美语视频教程。请按照同样的反复,每次学习30分钟吧
5.美式发音技巧
当字母R出现在最后一个字母位置的时候,要发卷舌音。
当字母R的后面紧跟一个辅音字母的时候,这里的R要发音/r/
美式发音中的第二个特征,是关于美式浊化音。比如letter这个单词,其中的字母t就需要百分之五十浊化成发音/d/,有点类似ladder了。.
口语app
扇贝口语
这是一款旨在让用户“听得懂、说得出”的英语口语学习app,适合所有阶段人群,扇贝口语的课程系统完善,而且形式比较丰富,包括角色扮演,发音打分和故事模式,通过跟读以及听音复述和智能打分的形式,帮助培养开口习惯,纠正发音错误。
流利说英语
这是一款智能口语打分软件,内置各种以场景为主题的课程,你可以跟读模仿,然后系统会根据你的发音情况进行打分,他的练习材料非常丰富,从教材到职场,从生活到影视剧,而且都有难度划分,逐渐升级。
英语后期学习
练习
后期就要把你珍藏的真题拿出来了,从头到尾掐准时间(可以在开始的时候把时间写在卷题上,结束对照一下时间),作文可以先不写(前5套真题左右,把作文专项练习一下),一套真题两三天左右吃透,半个月时间把作文好好练习一下(文末附有大小作文模板以及视频),做完对照答案,(如何分析和做阅读,前面的文章已经讲过了)分数依然不重要,重要的是知道自己的薄弱地方,单词、语法、阅读速度还是注意力的问题。
背单词
单词不用说,该背还要背,这个时间可以有侧重点的背,同时还需要把重点放在真题中单词上来,一定要注意熟词僻义。
阅读
仔细思考做题过程中的这个题做错了,为什么做错,我当初怎么想的,答案又是怎么说的,有没有了解出题人的意图,带着这些问题,把错的选项分析一遍,做个小结,在题旁边标注,属于哪种错误,是粗心大意还是单词或者翻译错误等;其次是单词,这个单词我背过吗,是生词还是背过忘了,然后查出这个单词,记在自己的单词本或者在单词出处记下来,第二天背下来。
作文
怎么构思,如果这次试卷就是考试,我该从哪下手,我是不是又用了,老掉牙的词,背的好词好句有没有用上等;最后就是总结,把阅读、单词、作文遇到的问题做个总结,做个规划去处理,然后第二天去复习,直到这张试卷你认为没有什么价值了,那么你复盘总结就是成功的。
总结
最后说一下完成这个阶段所需的时间,我建议用两个月去完成是比较合适的。不要拖太长时间,不要在学习的舒适区呆太久。我们是需要感觉到自己在进步,需要有很多正反馈才能继续坚持学习的。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语是国际网络语言,是金融界语言,是空中交通管制语言,是流行音乐的语言,涵盖了人类生活的方方面面,学好英语就如同打开了一扇世界之窗,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"我国是经济大国,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"普及英语更是国情需要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX6vMqZxgns9mjfIR7aq1sd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuxF06Stq6O0au8uSuOPYpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"背词的方法因人而异,但是万变不离其宗,就是要多写、多读,还要多用。背单词的目的不单单是要会念会写,既然是从零开始,那么首先要掌握的必然是26个字母和48个国际音标的发音和写法了。我这边先为大家介绍一下音标的读法:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnh6EDeaDDgCKE7rfIdqGbkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"元音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnb49IWExsMuUEFu2UaJXJve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.单元音:前元音[i]、[e]、[ae] ;中元音︰[A]、[o:];后元音︰[u:]、[u]、[o:]、[o]、[a:]","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniR0xoQAwPp10oxZK30iSEb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.双元音:开合双元音:[ei]、[ai]、[oi]、[ou]、[au]、[ie]、[eo]、[u=]","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnplvNfSsOsmD0Ew7pLWWvYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3辅音:爆破音:清辅音[p]、[t]、[k];浊辅音:[b]、[d]、[g];摩擦音:清辅音:[f]、[s]、[O]、[h];浊辅音:[v]、[z]、[]、[6]、[r];爆破音:[t]、[tr]、[ts];浊辅音:[d3]、[dr]、[dz];鼻音:[m]、[n]、[n];半元音:[0]、[w]。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnr4W5QwCQzCNSki5B4w4f1f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(学习音标的话可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识音标","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=2050891487235808454"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=2050891487235808454","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":")","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmrhR5MK4nmR5LR8O6yQbeT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习单词视频链接:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEgeoWLZT4M4vORBJtoqLLe"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/30a0fb6ae5fc49c784433ef71e2c81e6","width":541},"text":"","id":"doxcnairL6iMHNXUIUXQWFns3Xf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":545,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/806f1274e6754f8fa045d38422b80f70","width":801},"text":"","id":"doxcn3CuDAaHWIiqedjSEzdZQAh"}],"text":"","id":"doxcn53I7b7m3kN67hW4gpQX3RL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以下的内容是我总结出的关于单词的一个分类总结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn53I7b7m3kN67hW4gpQX3RL"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"名词(n.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCEvxlGEHLswaa0vbrbckDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语名词是用来表示人或事物名称的词。按照不同的分类标准,名词可以分为专有名词和普通名词;可数名词和不可数名词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlh4Q7ODsYMrPE3dOHqNoNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、专有名词(Proper noun)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnR6TnhMLEYpJw1ryAxAmzrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它是特定的某个人、地方或机构的名称。专有名词的第一个字母必须大写。如:Newton牛顿,San Francisco旧金山,Russia俄罗斯,United Nations联合国。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBCCyEqVmEbSdNcB9muoCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、普通名词(common noun)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl1ianjNpY7UeYT7NONx8Tc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它是某一类人、事物或某种物质或抽象概念的名称。如:lawyer律师,market市场,computer计算机,rice大米,magazine杂志,freedom自由。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK6apgNhL7YDhIk2YR0LASd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、可数名词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO5sgpnXlfExWljLK6k8jvc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可数名词是指能以数目来计算,可以分成个体的人或东西,因此它有复数形式。如:cup(杯子),cat(猫)等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNkCrVRH82Vs0gk5p63jEWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、不可数名词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrOfaRKPfZJ2Zo3f8H7sg3c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不可数名词是指不能以数目来计算,不可以分成个体的概念、状态、品质、感情或表示物质材料的东西;它一般没有复数形式,只有单数形式,它的前面不能用不定冠词a/an。如:milk(牛奶),bread(面包),coffee(咖啡)等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLP6OPA4MTCcx2rDoRg7rgb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"动词(V.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniYNTDByFinTiEhgxl7a7be"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语动词简称“v.”。 一般就是用来表示动作或状态的词汇。基本上每个完整的句子都有一个动词,要表示第二个动作时可使用不定词、动名词、对等连接词、从属连接词或增加子句等方法连结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJ8Q65VgXDg6bepX5Vlwrlg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":263,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"动词(V.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c32267c6dd10461b8283ca3e5ea7e6c1","width":394},"text":"","id":"doxcnxTqUgHQi8WqmTzrpQu4ivd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"代词(pron.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfsEIzKKEq0j2RWhn1N48od"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"代词是代替名词的一种词类.大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能.英语中的代词,按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为:人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词、连接代词和不定代词九种。(如下图列举几种)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndsFHK3R6gNvxsJd1aUxkHf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":455,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"代词(pron.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/151af1aa0fb14aa39e7c0516d102101e","width":759},"text":"","id":"doxcnAsAOXgbji1P5RzMlotVHgf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"介词(prep)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIRtesECJsl86mR1qUYgs9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"介词是一种用来表示词与词,词与句之间的关系的词。在句中不能单独作句字成分。介词后面一般有名词代词或相当于名词的其他词类,短语或从句作它的宾语。介词和它的宾语构成介词词组,在句中作状语,表语,补语或介词宾语。(部分介词的用法如下图)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu1XVviQ72RjwYgSua9K8xb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":438,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"介词(prep)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2220502a5c91443e886cd5b0fbb7adda","width":644},"text":"","id":"doxcnbEPt5AzCqILJzhzL5bXq3d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"数词(num.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAq7rSQz3DQTTZQhJl39uYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"数词是指表示数目多少或顺序多少的词。英语中的数词分为基数词和序数词,基数词是表示数目多少的数词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1wgNeJ6qn8Yao2SmB6vMUd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnovWPOlFExe9UzzvYp5D9Nb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词用来表示数目多少,它包括表示数字的所有单词,记忆这些数字可以用数字构成分类记忆法。下图是我整理的一个简单的总结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCP0gi16U8k9D1h0ggZPxEe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":465,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ce11edda66244aab0c0ed55d4107563","width":746},"text":"","id":"doxcnz8OW1aZaKBlutmiDFjMZvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"基数的作用","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOUnBqmYZWWcD5ebTKQwRmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图,是我整理的关于基数作用的归纳。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrhwSd4gdMvXljnnexunADf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":530,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5bc24f37038a4dd689dd16109f68b992","width":795},"text":"","id":"doxcnu6JCG3zhbQ2JZHIYFCeg7n"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNd2QMlUsW4a7QQxY4Bz9jg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词用来表示次序,在汉语中表示为“第几”,如:第一(first)、第二(second)、第三(third)...。序数词在书写时可以缩写first缩写为1st,second缩写为2nd,third缩写为3rd。下图是我总结整理的一个具体变换样式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7wJeogWPgEKgp2DJpUjovd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":248,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/55b5956998b44a49aa1220de1b60b254","width":439},"text":"","id":"doxcn8IJuGKCRF4sdMOsC68UIGd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词除了第一,第二,第三或个位数为一,二,三结尾的序数词外,其它序数词都是以-th结尾的,缩写也是对应的数字加-th,如fourth(第四)缩写为4th。同时也要注意第五、第八、第九、第十二的拼写变化。下图是我总结整理的变换样式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnb17IQMLHEk3C6TcRW5PXie"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":305,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ce2900cdba8544a1aaf11a4761ac57c2","width":563},"text":"","id":"doxcn6U6rQAkruuAM1tVzDR7QNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"20-90整十位数序数词需要将对应的基数词词尾中的y变为i,然后加eth构成。 21-99非整十位数序数词需要十位数用基数词,个位数用相应的序数词。十位数和个位数之间用连字符“-”连接。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnog1pLNpDDqAqGebm8xMW5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图是我整理的20-90整十位数序数词和21-99非整十位数序数词的部分内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjb9X9jgK4or1tSLa93Ukyd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":255,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8086d8fc824847afaccd238a3d8ca0b8","width":406},"text":"","id":"doxcnj9iMee8eyg0TsyAAnAQKld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"序数词的用法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1zQvWJnkEguR0fWt0XUXzh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词在使用时,通常前面要加定冠词the。可以用来表示顺序、楼层、编号、日期中的日等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8R1OLRlbnmUNBbYNOZI3Ce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.1.用来表示顺序,如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3BOQ063TyoGw6kGwe98SQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am always the first to come to school.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhFPHKUz2nRivPKgw9Y7kkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我总是第一个来学校的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRA2j1N5MF9lRQnKDE6jbqe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.2.用来表示楼层,如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnORD5KBBDjLRkPHxnXvVu5g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"My aunt lives on the fourth floor.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAtW1eyAgbUMMvUO34hXf8m"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我姑妈住在四楼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndV8H1OWQ7ZRZh61zziVGee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.3.用来表示编号,其结构为:the +序数词+名词=名词(首字母要大写) +基数词。如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQi6GBYiKZ9RypRLGstSonc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第九部分the ninth part=Part nine","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJGDvyoRlf13B6fZk6S37Ib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四课the fourth lesson=Lesson Four","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnntosWHt503kQCJRNraH9Tf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第六段the sixth paragraph= Paragraph six","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6JQFe7QOZuUFsV3sUwnwMd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"温馨提示:编号较大时,一般仅用第二种表达法。Room 101,表示101号房间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnASpg96TjmioiSgBPlCDR7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.4.用来表示年、月、日: \"年\"用基数词, “日用序数词”,如: ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYUQWucoGUt2Tdl0pPHlzDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1949年10月1日一写法:Oct. 1st, 1949.读作:Oct.(the) first,nineteen forty-nine.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntcPUSm22TTPF3CCTNbYhtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2017年2月28日一写法:February 28th,2017读作:February, (the) twenty-eighth,two","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno6PL39A3Vfjayd4yy3ARZZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"thousand and seventeen.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6bri8oRhtnjIxRA2CMfCZd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.5.序数词作\"几分之几”时,有复数形式。如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWulPJ9ZStHilTAu14qiKqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1/5→one fifth; 2/3→two thirds;4/7→four sevenths;1/2→a half;1/4→one fourth =a quarter;3/4→three fourths =three quarters;50%→ fty hundredths ( fty percent).","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpVYZOz8vVd6PUUk7ahvCFg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.6.有些序数词可以构成固定词组和习语,如: ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBu1TNOlgctvRBdDXzI4XYe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"on second thoughts再三考虑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL50XgJiaMu8NzIfgIKHkPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"frst of all首先","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEmu4pu0u3J7JxoVPtdzgdf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"at first当初","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrtiVST8ICM0IHlsldPtSib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"from first to last从头到尾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM6R6Asbxv5FaYt4CAPagwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"on second thoughts再三思考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndX8mtXgkZI2ee63TaOpx9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"second to none名列前茅","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnR1IIFsDaBmw7yPpCoq3ccf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"形容词(adj.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnebm8nfkllzjMjXkoFXGVNK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"遇到一个生词的时候要先查字典,看看这个词有几个词性,每一词性下对应的意思是什么;其次,查找这个单词衍生出的其它词性的单词,例如:credit(信誉)是名词,加上词缀-ible之后变为credible(可信的;可靠地),作形容词和副词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyMqyHOtXSEadbbOs7hb3Ac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语形容词可以根据词尾来识别。常见的形容词结尾如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0nh7wQ05TVDsox28qM19Dc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-able/-ible:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" credible, achievable, gullible, capable, illegible, sensible, remarkable, horrible","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpHo2orVvzX8MZ8n7Mh2yEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-al:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" annual, functional, individual, logical, essential","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnspwpQ9oPCLzynHHexaKlkT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ful:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" awful, cheerful, doubtful, faithful, forceful","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaxzjCIiMWym1Qp5x17pobg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ic:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" terrific, cubic, manic, rustic","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyLv6TOhxiY5GzmxzytVGIg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ive:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" intensive, adaptive, attractive, dismissive, inventive, persuasive","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZ6qXOIEBfUPOy3k5ymrDaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"●-less: ","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"doubtless, endless, fearless, helpless, homeless, breathless, car, groundless, restless","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZnhqTT6irXSy1Qc36p2mEg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ous:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" adventurous, famous, generous, courageous, dangerous, tremen, fabulous.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6A5f4GIZ1f9bV95fRjzOob"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"副词(adv.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY4K7kYFLB50w4U46uanZRh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"说到副词对于初学者来说还有一个大块儿头是一定要记忆的,就是副词的十三种分类。记住这个的话,副词的主要脉络就抓住了。比如:副词表示方式、程度、时间什么的。但是,这里只说第一种,因为入门就是从简单的开始说,副词记住就是作状语,来修饰动词的。就这么简单。在句子中的位置放哪里都行。下图是作者整理的总结性归纳。图一和图二进行衔接观看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjsOeDiLcaY5OTNNsUcrTRd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":428,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"副词(adv.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fb96301675234ac48478f5ba034ab6f7","width":637},"text":"","id":"doxcnctrOmPeJgC8S8Gb66TaJt6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图一","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBSvGMnH5nuJHgL1H7y7Yg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":412,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"副词(adv.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/95b36c589bf1477d98dbce931beeb6d3","width":635},"text":"","id":"doxcn1modnqtebcTjCaqTOR68k9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图二","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqDcDQ5LWl79VebIF4K4JFh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"冠词(art.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniUVR0tZOrjRqQK1h0Ou6ld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"不定冠词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFYjjhDrCwcWOA7ETG9bVUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"a,an是不定冠词,只用在单数可数名词前面,表示“一”的意思。a用在以辅音开头的词前面;an用在以元音开头的词之前,如:a day;a boy;an apple等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1ubgb6aXZ7Bc9eS0kPT46g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"定冠词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfi2HNoomvn17DTcIYkgc09"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"the是定冠词,表示“这”“那”“这些”“哪些”的意思。可以用在单数、复数可数名词或不可数名词之前。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBparDtLKVxYcR9GvviFz1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"冠词的基本用法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnby0Uyt6vA5a0OgGZO8R9TR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)单数可数名前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnen9rEqIh5wr1DyXJLM4pDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I have a cute dog.我有一只可爱的小狗。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxn2fdC3csmbbzZUxdQySWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)复数形式可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS8UdMEZhM36UlFVYuuz88U"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(The ) cars are important in the westem counties.汽汽在西国家非常要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnejQxE0ObCzRl49Zw8Mkq5w"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)不可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9HwLBBNXyxnXz18KPYNKOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Oil is lighter than water.油比水轻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndCOSG1zaN1RTJM6zXwhPwB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)专有名词前一般不用冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbLyKedELK0ZQHetc2qvLlc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Beijing is the capital of China.北京中国的首都。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFKHIGNrOdtq7ZDOOrDeAeb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"不定冠词a,an一般有any或one的意思,但不强调数目概念,只用来泛指事物,说明其名称或种类","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkHNa28SDN6Cph6cAtbwEgb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)当第一次提到某人或某物时,用a或an起介绍作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLNrD9qIvnZA7AVlFmEggNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"She is a teacher.她是一位老师。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxqtPLYChGJVOX2ex4UZCuc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)表示泛指某一类人或物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnefWis0FFsWLkWr0cf3eXdd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A snake is a cold-blood animal.蛇是一种冷血动物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKbikLl4nEr4mXUtXbgJ9pb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)表示某一类人或事物的任何一 个。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqPkrN3VdxO5OIzF8rzxFlA"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This is a cat.这是一只猫。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhxJFy1p8IOJnESgClWa6Tb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)用于抽象名词之前,使抽象名词具体化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNgkY45Ul9TbMWHxbLBcABe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"It is a pity that you are late.很遗憾你迟到了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj7fYGtJ9xwbzhcBUwlSCng"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The ltte child is a joy to his parents.这个孩子给他的父母带来了很多欢乐。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5aN09PLUQc5I3Tz5iYpoNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(5)用于物质名词之前,使物质名词普通化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn30GLVplhVUCKSRSOkMMo1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"They made a fire to get warm.他们生火取暖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIcYtcymoKKzcucKclvGEMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"注意:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn19vNhHNag5VnNodx3zNxT5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":" (1) 当不定冠词所修饰的那个名词的第一个音(不是字母,而是读音)为元音时,不定冠词要用an,而以辅音开头时用a.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBvYWKfziOFfvG1ad9fVFcd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)在使用不定冠词时,要特别注意缩略词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn58yFtBw66IIwDaZ3C95LEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"an unidentified flying object一个不明飞行物。缩略词: a UFO.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrhZ71AK9Q8SoQYndoiZFyb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"连词(conj.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5ltxUFxOFfSAoDke4vyajc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"连词可以分成两类,一类是表示并列关系的连词。比如and, but, either…or, neither…nor等;一类是从属连词,用于引出从句,比如主语从句,宾语从句,状语从句等,比如that, if, when, so, for等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpK9ncNqDTc9CaVilhT3Jhc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"并列连词又可以分成三类,一类是表示选择的并列关系的, 主要有or表示或者,否则,either...or不是...就是...,neither...nor....也不....例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuuNgYATQKgT9yCvRo46zse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"What is your favoite,singing or dancing?什么是你的最爱?唱歌还是跳舞?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGjvj48VBiz9KDIkm6e33uh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like neither singing nor dancing.我既不喜欢唱歌也不喜欢跳舞.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnetCcs49rR98ehs8SWALA2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Either you or he tells her the truth. 要么你告诉她真相,要么他告诉她真相。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngQNBhmwSU5nlrLkPMvj4gf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"另一类是表示转折关系的并列连词, 主要有but但是,while而等。 例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnldk9C8HN6cpjGWIuZIsL0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like singing but dancing. 我喜欢唱歌但不喜欢跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvLchdOUrD1rqyz0tzoi6lg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like singing, while my sister likes dancing. 我喜欢唱歌,而我姐姐喜欢跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPqYrMeKe1pLgKwzwE0u9Df"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"还有就是表示并列关系的并列连词,比如and,bot...and,以及as...等。例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn81q42VaPhwB34mKZkhHYVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't waste food and time.不要浪费食物和时间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfktjQAKXprUub3d0Kfd7Df"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This box is three times as big as that one.这个箱子比那个大三倍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncU8nJZJpElc8hXZcCtLaNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从属连词主要根据状语的类型来分类。引导时间状语从句的从属连词类型比较多,包括表示“当…时”的when,while,as或whenever;表示“在…之前或之后”的befroe和after;表示“自从或直到”的since,till和untile;表示“一…就…”的as soon as等。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBAFUHs2OEIpYxk12TqBLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I was singing when she danced.当她在跳舞时,我在唱歌。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLAREmDqwVTcVyeMfekp8Dd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I sang when she was dancing.我唱歌时她正在跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9nZGHg3qjRbxcpbCeQk7Dd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"She danced as soon as I sang.我一唱歌,她就跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7R7I1pQxMhebtZ70zwTbVe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导原因状语从句的从属连词主要有:because,for,as,since等。例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4ALH2rXBhCbfLxyRJ2q9oc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I study s go to the best school.因为我想上最好的学校,所以我才这么努力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZZudbpp1b7AOJtX4HLDrvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导目的状语从句的从属连词主要有:in order that,so that,in case等。例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNtRaJ4Vv5uKKBM85ZS8Hid"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I study so hard in order that I can go to the best school.我如此努力是为了能上最好的学校。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZ2XyPb2NfO9wmu1WwtTgVq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导结果状语从句的从属连词主要有:so that,so...that,such..that等。例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz0RL2HuHfBmXZpbd29YVFb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I studied so hard that I went to the best school.我学习那么努力,所以我上了最好的学校。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzFkfvrRcyWRslP4YNaR2wb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹词(int.)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniNo5Lt2yplNLe2agTxtUyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语感叹词有:indeed、Ah、what、dear、well、now、there、man、boy。下图是我整理的一个总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDvFxM9TJTIietGQn6RItMd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":603,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹词(int.)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/83ae9a1d84284fc687acae7ca3b68c7d","width":914},"text":"","id":"doxcn2mfJ14h5MQ1872rJaYD7ge"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncOir01JItbm8zkBMQIFrMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在我们熟悉了解音标和单词之后我们就可以为自己制定学习计划了。以下是我总结出的学习计划,方法不一定适应每个人,但是希望会对大家有一个帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6SyAUawTd0bOXmIEyq7Th"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.我们可以将5500个常见词汇分为30-50个Unit,每天背诵一个Unit(100-200个单词),一个月就可以完成一轮背诵,然后第二、三个月进行第二轮、三轮巩固复习。当然,每天早上背完一个新的Unit之后,我们需要在第30分钟、晚上、第2天、第4天、第7天、第15天及第30天、对每个单元进行及时重复复习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXZrxfyR3uLIJucYleZmfug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.【具体方法】:早上:拿一张白纸挡住中文意思,只看英文单词开始背诵,勾出不认识的单词。背完一个Unit之后,立刻把勾出的单词再背一遍(依旧遮住中文意思),","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"如果还是有某个单词不认识","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",就再打勾背诵;30分钟后:把勾出来的单词重新自测一遍;晚上:睡前把打了2次及以上勾的单词重新自测一遍。以此类推,反复记忆。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW6zJRsNTiqwrslqkdVHGgf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.【注意要点】:一定要严格按照表格重复,不要偷懒!不要偷懒!不要偷懒!如果偷懒一次,漏下一两个单元,今天耽误了,那明天想补救就会很难。比如,你3月20号背诵了Unit 12,你不仅要在30分钟后和晚上睡觉之前复习两遍Unit 10,你还需要在背完Unit 12后同步复习之前背过的Unit 9、Unit 8、Unit 6、Unit 3。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBOKtBWoGR6lvFb2PoVOtkG"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":623,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/932ea040dbdd4751ac4bc6f9ae5ab66b","width":948},"text":"","id":"doxcnOFskaqaB9SjBk45NQep5oc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"作者在这边也分享一下自己学习单词的视频链接:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",该视频里可以帮大家有效的学习到单词的读音,同时在视频中也教给大家如何利用学到的音标来进行拼读单词。如果有兴趣学习的小伙伴们可以跟着视频进行单词的学习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTCkkzyQZTOBUXECbvYv2Wf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"APP推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK09UosVIi2YiwQHFV86yCd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"百词斩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjHXslIAexQp0yTProWlEBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"全民用的最多最火的背单词神器,下载量高达3亿,评分超级高。关键是适合不同年龄层次的人,可根据自己的身份选择不同的单词文本,有小学、初中、高中、大学、四六级、专业六级、八级,适合零基础的成年人从头开始学习。还有不同的背单词场景,根据不同的图片背诵单词,记忆效果很好,对零基础的成年人很友好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0CtsMkPF3eTYq1eeCCgiUe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":472,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"百词斩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fbfef7748a924c678b23b91155cd175d","width":705},"text":"","id":"doxcnerUpvZmVMFL415XQ3QSH6b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"沪江开心词场","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfmEVymN9J6brAtEO8nWtrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"趣味性极强的背单词神器,成功解决了背单词枯燥无味的问题。这个APP最大的特点就是,在闯关的过程中,顺便把单词背诵了,轻松有趣,很适合成年人在上下班地铁上背诵。闯关的过程,也是检验你是否掌握单词的过程,不记住,闯不了关,让你干着急,激发你的闯关欲望。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYBcUZCaoSITDt6e3u8sKzf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":413,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"沪江开心词场","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2144d956c812406e9adfa86e4cadc5e1","width":619},"text":"","id":"doxcnEIIrzeOWtYG6s4bZMYXaWv"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"扇贝单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrBHwj7AdcE2gFJvFpXxaGi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不仅可以背单词,还可以做笔记。和其他APP不一样,这个软件背诵单词的速度飞快,不过还会有第二轮的检验,反复巩固,加强背诵效果。背诵之前,还会问你认不认识这个单词,如果不认识,出现的频率会更高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlePYP6B3qvZFrr1gHL6yKN"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":525,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"扇贝单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/69721704242f4e83a45f841440324b26","width":785},"text":"","id":"doxcnpaLd0wRL7VZ23gphHs0wph"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCxFyqXKxXgSk6M6CkwLYEd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们认识了单词之后,就可以来了解每个单词组成句子的语法问题。其实任何一门学科都是由浅入深的,英语也不例外。学习语法就像造房子,首先要把基础的语法脉络理清,打好根基,之后再慢慢补充和拓展,让知识巩固起来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPOeGocuMzPCdkNQBdmHxjg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语语法最基础的就是简单句的组成,之后我们才会慢慢了解到并列句、复合句以及从句,以下是我总结出的语法内容,我们一起来看看吧!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn27kKkfooGNBXIP4Zxx3Z8b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaJy8VEpjdj6hlFLRREf2Dg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所有的句子都是通过简单句而组合的,只不过句子的结构拓宽了一点, 词汇丰富了一点,从而演变为其他的长句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG1g4SMQNGSLQaJhbNS2u4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.主谓","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmSsdyyIbBacwGufN9q1Ljy"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓就是主语 + 谓语的组合,比如:Spring comes 。这句话中主语是spring ,谓语是 comes 。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVkN3z1OEZX66FHA74jLG2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语就是引领句子的开头部分,是一个句子的主体,英文是 subject ,我们用字母 S 代替。谓语可以理解为动词,英文是 verb,我们用字母 v 代替。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvO6pufvGXZAnG9B5mCS8ub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.主谓宾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmYsoQlFh2Vg4paDNGw6bcb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"根据字面的意思就是主语 + 谓语 + 宾语组合而成的句子,比如 : I love you .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbtx9eCItlnoOZQkq3k1Fhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这句话中主语是 i ,谓语是 love ,宾语就是在谓语后面的词,这里是 you。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkROuofxsCDFtOur8IpHyDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语的英文是 object,这里用字母 o 代替。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniN76YN2qs3OiVRGSv0p6vc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.主谓宾宾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnThUEgQqMU70kOj1b4CSQYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾语的句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLPqIHpvrh27HH092gOT4oh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的两个宾语都是谓语动词所产生作用的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTeMZtDsE6ttx0Xrrd5vKaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 :I give you money .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2pcOY1lf9ggGINF9T1O4Jl"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的 you 和 money 都是 give 的宾语,give you 和 give money ,所以都是两个宾语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAdsX6Hwd12M5h5tvdR7Xec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.主谓宾宾补","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrTqqGQ2wNHk6kvbuvuXYze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾补的句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvVbyOMLWBe5OLURd0FZCkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 :It makes me happy .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpuev3tXTY45i7tAMXH8mgb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的 me 是 make 的宾语,但是 happy 不是 make 的宾语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj1jiujWYbkApSgX8njYdne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"happy 是 me 的形容词,是一个宾补,全称为宾语补足语,起到了补充说明的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOtZhb7oXorBivpETAwnHZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意 :区分主谓宾宾和主谓宾宾补","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsaXCewUaMSIFiUFYjKxYmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾宾中的两个宾语都是谓语所产生的作用词,而主谓宾宾补中宾补是宾语的形容词,与谓语没有任何关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAmzqMJ5W3shDYYdTBCzT9c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"5.主系表","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9Os59ogFDKLfyxMiGdkhQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的系代表系动词。包含三个类别","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntkh1Czp5EzORdX1aL4b58g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A be 动词 : am is are was were","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGjzv2rQWkZcH2gtgJiRAlf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"B 感官动词 (五官)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuGzjUgHpHLyfq1Y8Whafjh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"look 看起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRQ6Kn3egjiLYtvBYfllzoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"sound 听起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAp44KkbWgO0whufxhMPhZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"smell 闻起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKQNBIRWNxwkBYHmzhHUIbc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"taste 尝起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSpGrlCfNd7fu5MjVZnGDwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"feel 摸着....感觉......","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDSnsqUOkpiOZRvKB717V6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"C 变化动词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDnZOPCHrsiUvjgYYDQz36b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"become / turn / go / get / grow","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxcK22Lfg7dOiKvh6iVIR4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的表是代表表语,包括名词、形容词、介宾短语、不定式todo","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM0Qsi6sVQ1lQdVpdB4W43d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 you are beautiful 这句话中,you 是主语,are 是系动词,beautiful 是表语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlu1gGIOyBcyiYk7G6zBcGh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6K5WyFO9t3xyXzGmJumjCX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句通过不同的连接词就成为了不同的句子,通过并列词成了并列句,通过从属连词成了复合句。下面我们就一一讲解 :","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8bhZbi9IlyJd7r551DbNtc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句:简单句+并列词+简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJjw6p4uviFj384dseJb2Mb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列词一般有:and/or/but/so/while/yet/for/however,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0xGsWUZkMHCckTkzzaOyxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.表示并列:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn27j7rX5678xpGTJ0XuhVHb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"and,not only...but also...,neither...nor...","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA7kLDR0jeB84Ofv04m7F8c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Her father is a doctor and her mother is a teacher .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxwbAhygM7A7FhOcX5wo6Zc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.表示选择:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6vbMtVlXLoc4s4eIC4Woew"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"or,or else,otherwise,either...or...","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntPQounOFqkqGWKjY3fEsrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Hurry or you won't make the train.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4zMWhhDgyStp6fn5cfqCpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.表示对比、转折:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7ovsvA1tEQCm4N4RYJQcAC"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"but,whileyet,however,never,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCATnSoOHXbbwBTVBJAlE0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like tea while she likes coffee.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX43vgUOKbiPPtlXexw5Owe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4.表示原因:for","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyRCBm4cLabeGoN6z2KpT7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am thirsty , for it is hot .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmnvydZUKe0g0rCgnLRIxnb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"复合句:简单句+从属连词+简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZBqbcKAkuwKo4V3rdXDk1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从属连词有:that /wether/if。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntFHd9a34MVmPvDKAMqvSFe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"从句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJZqqCmGi3IQMLrakiBPIHc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"名词性从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLDUabdoQXotYo468TrAglf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当名词性从句作为句子的不同成分时,又被称呼为不同的名字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndZm4Fot0gwpFTFEQXAQNNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当作为主语时,称为主语从句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRqtpDhC0iURGHaJkYhaIqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当称为宾语时,称为宾语从句,同样表语从句以及同位语从句。以下我们来举个栗子 :","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8rE1CL4XhBkcFSAn56SOnb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语从句 What she said is wrong .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu09Y7LyO4xluUx9FRZo86W"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语从句 I said that she was wrong.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3CnOkb1yIB3pvDNkpA8v1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"表语从句 The fact is that he doesn’t really try.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzc6fLFEeQjjreChZzbVCbe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语从句 The news that he will come back is ture.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMkCHCX4gJvts46v5fbPDbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"记住一点,不管什么从句,你把它当成一个”长一点的名词”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx6EcNa7gJXReAqxIDkUpth"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"那如果这个长名词在句子中作主语,就是主语从句,作宾语就是宾语从句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfoHRJCXnkKJ6KoWRA6963S"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语从句就是相当于一个长点的名词对另外一个抽象名词进行解释说明。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZGgiKPR3Hd49uDpmQAT2qi"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlLd9Lf8BZFw89envDMpwNe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"修饰限定名词,汉语中“的”前面的内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk11n8EwFH0hxVcCfIoEhef"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"关系代词引导的定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGb18qxj1ZSpaHaTraL2Xfc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.who指人,在从句中做主语 Yesterday I helped an old man who lost his way.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn19AF8EqfjswU1uQ8fYqjpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2. whom指人,在定语从句中充当宾语,常可省略。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2isjftuM4vRySpCopRsxEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Mr. Ling is just the boy whom I want to see","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnISuz5ChabNzCWx7W1RWh7c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3. which指物,在定语从句中做主语或者宾语,做宾语时可省略","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyUxL7PkeYA5GpLALH2bQ5c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This is the pen (which) he bought yesterday.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFzUyHQf7gLI6JaNt6092lO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4. that指人时,相当于who 或者whom;指物时,相当于which。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzr9vw3cdap0CSf5tPTXIb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5. whose通常指人,也可指物,在定语从句中做定语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoY8cakONmsdHcBCWAjZZRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指的是谁的。Do you like the book whose cover is yellow?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlnHzXxRxNy1P6xsKAyt8Xd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"关系副词引导的定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTyuo7WXgIOPuSRs5t31kNe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"when where why","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmOMggk4tuYr2Spl8l4HNsf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnetlithDV41CEd5qrnBOnSh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"修饰动作的发生的时间、地点、原因、方式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna99jgP4VRqKUDFCh1c0Vqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.时间状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK557GoXuRB0DepI9eUEKVg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:when, as, while, as soon as, before, after, since , till, until","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY9A3WRHvEoZyRH4mgBxWBd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:the minute, the moment, the second, every time, the day,the instant,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO9mpSScZPXVqMdMxTV5cig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I was fat when I was a child.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUvKv5TzXCc7qPGjfkmXre6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.地点状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhrRk2C9ELJZJVRBRFS217b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:where","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDPoCjDYcuHEdKpc5uTxNTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:wherever, anywhere, everywhere","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyse40io4DSVHmpndgooDRk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Keep it where you can see it.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBE3v8P8OvbFztN2CEJHyPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.原因状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKgw4c1MB3hciTwGsIHjD1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:because, since, as, for","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpEIyogb586tuihCV0oW2jc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:seeing that, now that, in that, considering that, given that.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGxscoAEJ5Hdr7z3X43MDxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"My friends dislike me because I’m beautiful .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnTL2ta9nONJbiLE9UwMlwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4.目的状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSC7TsYeNceQ8DSYpw8Hy1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:so that, in order that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDJovz1SBH3hMLfu5A1gbX5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:lest, in case, for fear that,in the hope that, for the purpose that, to the end that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugOpDvFF16uZHkeI3takyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"study hard so that you can pass the exam.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX7o1MZIjrqwbKzgKqWMeMh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5.结果状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6JgIgQ5oAdYmVRBnISWiLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:so … that, so… that, such … that,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncA6YkRxHow0L2KdBaFJeie"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:such that, to the degree that, to the extent that, to such a degree that,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl56POCYiYeSN1q2fAHcBHd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He got up so early that he caught the first bus.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFD9lnwoLuipHftNbM8tYjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6.条件状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNDWXvBCRyhkXuXxvbeG0hb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:if, unless,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkzKtd2JK04n2D60buHq7lg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:as/so long as, only if, providing/provided that, supposing that, in case that, on condition that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnutMRwJ7rM6y457Wge0i2cd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"If you ask him, he will help you.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngjxiUiCjgdn5evgZ8yW83c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7.方式状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7IZWCwsvJeUciduGkyKwQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:as, as if, how","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUbZEvewwKGKsbxCq3G0PMc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:the way","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsILfEq5J7eJEWbkDTYFoAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Think as i think","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqMqw1ImirgHb4SEhVuDbre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8.比较状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfFrkpc1lo30QWxGEV4g4lh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:as(同级比较), than(不同程度的比较)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRZZkeyqPct5gPPL7Sdpd0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词:the more … the more … ; just as …, so…; A is to B what /as X is to Y; no … more than; not A so much as B","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpqloCbQ0lWphQhi7W3WGUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The house is three times as big as ours.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnP43ykkHwBZZf28Z4XjsPxd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9.让步状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXexLVWzZYULCNnnhpaC0lE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词:though, although, even if, even though","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniGeI6QqkEmcEB87bc7QDZb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词: as(用在让步状语从句中必须要倒装),while ( 一般用在句首 ),no matter …, in spite of the fact that, while, whatever, whoever, wherever, whenever, however, whichever","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndam24WmxWEl6DGz8itqsJh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Though I believe it,yet I must consider.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQcBctl7G18X76WRBw0X8zf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2ALi5xvrnpCECATJSYi8Aa"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"时态的本质是:时+态。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL0RzBG8YNjomvF4EJnMoEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所以学习时态,一定要把时和态分开来看待。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUwbsFqf514uQDXAiB5xr4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am a teacher.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjOHxFwdf9610xLo0S60HCe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这句话,时间是“现在时”,状态是“一般态”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6yMyrRRViyI6FfWaktCU4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语里有4种时间:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni0dp910IoQD9QmFJOdiTTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"过去,现在,将来,过去将来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntjdIrt1MCv88xMT18trxIf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语里有4种状态:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2p5k90Evt9vdcUYpzv3bDg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般态:非完成,非进行","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnyPmiDBiluGbbx0fQvIp4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进行态:动作的延续","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniK7Iyckr6AJ5NBxfqhXN2d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"完成态:在截止时间时,完成了的事情","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Oo93t06MB5iqyom10fpdc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"完成进行态(几乎不用):过去是,到截止时间是,将来还是的事情(强调截止时间)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyJHMdd3b1btfA2I4bBvfXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图,两个是我整理的笔记内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJUPWwnm2bwJkrv0Z3F3nab"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":424,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2dc0dab104834b4bb1f7d53a2f7a46c1","width":655},"text":"","id":"doxcnacTHReq9vY7EdPLRySxNuR"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":468,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c756989bbd1044669a5be67dcca136ab","width":732},"text":"","id":"doxcnjvcu0bJIHneLs2da29o5sf"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwgE16aKvniXgn02YKIuAgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwgE16aKvniXgn02YKIuAgg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.从阅读时理解语法,再用语法书夯实理解而成的专业知识。举一个典型的例子。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"冠词the看似简单","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",实际上用法难懂变化多端。一本详细的语法书通常会记录数十条应用the的规则,及其不计其数的不可抗力事件,并且除外中依然存在除外。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn13CYDTYmGFMYhO4Z0G0K6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.学精语法,英语语感比规则关键。培养阅读英文的好习惯。仍以the为例。每一次读书的时候难免会遇到the字数十次,而每次都是看到不同情况,不同类型的句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO7utA8kzs7fho4Rnuqhshx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.读书时碰到疑惑,前去阅览语法书。这时候,语法书里的复杂规则就恰好派上用场了。由于你明白自己要请,都知道这种语法规则用于具体的语句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCuAo8ooj0JDnIeeXJC9rqd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d20390155029456ba85d3be1b02f7dcb","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnIxTn5tMBhHbk6etfGhoFQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWRAe34frk1DPhorGHasOYe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以下几个图片是我在网上进行搜索归纳的总结性笔记,一列为一种总结内容,图一至图四为整体内容,图二衔接图一结尾,图三衔接图二结尾,图四衔接图三结尾。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHM7jS22SIvOiOR7gesRIJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图一","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCYGhPQ8DSRSQ7k8bVkAmbb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1156,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9695cee9acd141eeb4f9542e91566552","width":1623},"text":"","id":"doxcnhOznOxYYndRfHlBebxV8If"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图二","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzrImd5S33fFzYkuLMB1Thc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1106,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b4e7741267af4905a893bab3415491a3","width":1625},"text":"","id":"doxcnBVLTykjbKK4Ic2SInpWwvq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图三","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjChnYpwrYqwW8VTRNwVhys"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1138,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9e2e930112d64db68cb988a6985bfe6f","width":1623},"text":"","id":"doxcnZ4IPuwd5kjKsPoKgyWNVqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图四","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMAzKKhpUpFSmKdoFngg9uj"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":909,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/beb01fb9ec8049cd924ed826b6db69d5","width":1624},"text":"","id":"doxcnC8K6ks6ssQhrZE1BIokaSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"给大家讲了这么多书面上的语法问题,作者在这里给学习英语的小伙伴们介绍一下我在学习英语时候借鉴的视频。视频中老师充分讲解了初步学习英语适用的语法问题,在讲解的同时还为大家用例句进行了说明。视频链接如下:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":")","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCMgGOx32f12plxMYnR8Sdn"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnttxR0Tfpm1yJbn7S4UNEPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《英语魔法师之语法俱乐部》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVgJWo7kmf56Z05lOQ9Y1gb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"本书内容非常简单,可以帮助语法薄弱的学习者慢慢理解语法。它分为三个部分:初级句型、中级句型和高级句型。初级句型共讲解了五种基本句型;中级句型有四种,即形容词从句、名词从句、状语从句和倒装句。另外这本书的冠词、不定式和动名词的语法相比其他语法书的讲解更透彻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOIgcKtZmYbC4WxA1uvXhTc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":637,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a455616550e34d90afd72c7fb6375029","width":960},"text":"","id":"doxcnHlZtGWMWCnWcSJaS7G4qkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《English Grammar in Use》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTFM7ROjBTxghbsJPkGrCbd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"本书的语法范例,主要是以情景为例,将抽象的语法概念更具体化、也易于理解。书中材料均来自英语母语国家,表达地道,让学习者可以学以致用,让学习的效率更好。全书图文并茂,内容生动,对语法知识点进行分类对比,可以让学习者快速梳理思路,学习起来事半功倍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZIILWbHHkQuGmi4aBZ9Ufe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":526,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b2c42c5de9ce4434ae8f984e64a7088a","width":789},"text":"","id":"doxcnT1MSFjFggedQUbMWRQ1dDc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《柯林斯英语语法》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKGu8LJqVqDUPil6fnZxXxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《柯林斯英语语法》的体例和所有的英语语法书都不一样,不是按照句型排列的,而是按照表达法和表达功能排列的,而内容也侧重于灵活实用的功能语法讲解,强调语法和词汇的结合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzaz1Rtt5HB4TM8DwO808je"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":686,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/30982e4142d548c4968007b96f2e4ace","width":1027},"text":"","id":"doxcnqES1yHBd0cMdKAa5i1hBWc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnn0nGWZYIAYYa18gNM31Wff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过了单词和语法的认识,持之以恒记忆对话、课文中的佳句是丰富我们语言,积累句式的好方法。而能对熟悉的句子进行变通也是学习英语的重要技巧之一。现在虽然考试不考句型转换,但是句型转换可以加深我们的记忆和知识的拓展。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"(想详细了解英语造句内容的可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识英语基础","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":")","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXMDWrzox2UdAqyFCO3eNgd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子成分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM73tNQ9AXsi2zaT4N8OvAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子的组成部分,包括主语、谓语、宾语、定语、状语、表语、补语、同位语和独立成分9种,其中,主语和谓语是主要成分有,表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语、同位语和独立成分是次要成分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkhxsoXgRJo4rro7rLtpDjc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、主语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY5BM1z3Yjy6Ujzvc0hYCnc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语是句子叙述的主体,可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词和主语从句等来承担。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS0s7KZQb6YMEZ1DaX3uaWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The sun rises in the east. (名词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny6JIEUIEvJh9eyVh8mR8ah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He likes dancing. (代词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLoN8qoA6jOuwdEIgwexjmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、谓语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncIHCil4IIPTW55ckct5QDc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"谓语说明主语所发出的动作或具有的特征和状态。谓语由动词来承担。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrQS8YKWUYuTCNnIjiobeMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"We often speak English in class.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3HaNT5GpxU81Uv8iAVBKgg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2cRy3khvk0MCLzFM23VXXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语是动作的对象或承受者,常位于及物动词或介词后面。宾语可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词、宾语从句等来担任。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3VHOgsEAtOXmk2KX4Fwcbb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除少数句子(如祈使句和感叹句等)外,一句话必须同时具有主语和谓语所表达的意思才能完整。主语是针对谓语而言的,是一句话的主题,谓语用来说明主语的情况,为主语提供信息。例如:They are working.主语是they(他们),那么他们在做什么呢?看来没有谓语are working 是不行的。在正常情况下,英语的主语和谓语的位置与汉语一致,也就是说主语在前,谓语紧跟其后。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzCGQVlui4dthWYjWX9XYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He pretended not to see me. (不定式短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFvgKUJPmOIylvs138Utvyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I enjoy listening to popular music. (动名词短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniWGjGM3HER20HF4mawNmyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、定语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugXIexeJ5aLiGIrYBJFAhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定语用于描述名词,代词,短语或从句的性质,特征范围等情况的词叫做定语,定语可以由名词,形容词和起名词和形容词作用的词,短语担任。如果定语是单个词,定语放在被修饰词的前面,如果是词组,定语放在被修饰词的后面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvYOixbx0BYHx66pGNn0sjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Guilin is a beautiful city. (形容词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYdvIN7Khzk0f3rVjkgcJEH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"China is a developing country; America is a developed country. (分词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAaaWG7VikQJdMEg4IN4djd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、状语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYXLZriQiPslgZmDPhT8Zse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"状语说明事情发生的时间,地点,原因,目的,结果方式,条件或伴随情况,程度等情况的词叫状语。状语一般由副词、介词短语、分词和分词短语、不定式或相当于副词的词或短语来担当。其位置一般放在句末,但也可放在句首或句中,修饰动词、形容词、副词等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnev42QgmX28dduOgV46GdKc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Light travels most quickly. (副词及副词性词组)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIRCImB7FIwJ26I2qfFmHbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He has lived in the city for ten years. (介词短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbijUYPOyzMS4BDHufAQAph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、补语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpZly8E7GCl1mKApuWPZjyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"补语的作用对象是主语和宾语,具有鲜明的定语性描写或限制性功能,在句法上是不可或缺的。补语是起补充说明作用的成份。最常见的是宾语补足语。名词、动名词、形容词、副词、不定式、现在分词、过去分词都可以在句子中作宾补。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZdDpX7V2RszuRXLVpS6e2c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"His father named him Dongming. (名词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRjdSvxsVQUbvsb8jzZdWfc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"They painted their boat white. (形容词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyKEQQuQc9YccxX5a5itOjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"七、表语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnANZ6TfZoCI37m2KoXON5yh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"表语是用来说明主语的性质,身份,特征和状态。表语须和系动词一起构成句子的复合谓语。表语一般放在系动词之后。表语可以由名词,形容词或起名词和形容词作用的词和短语担任。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaHnDxNnj08Ff7UpCLb29og"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常见的系动词有: be, sound(听起来), look(看起来), feel(摸起来), smell(闻起来), taste(尝、吃起来), remain(保持,仍是), feel(感觉)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkYVDBK7YbzuMDpjzRRmeug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"八、同位语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl039rxzRXbLkHRViJ6Lieh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语当两个指同一事物的句子成分放在同等位置时,一个句子成分可被用来说明或解释另一个句子成分,前者就叫做后者的同位语.这两个句子成分多由名词(代词)担任,同位语通常皆放在其说明的名词(代词)之后。同位语和补语的区别在于:补语不能缺少,同位语可以缺少。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4gmNyprrTgWRQHv5N04obc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"九、独立成分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQXXdZhlyzzPKr1t1GtP1Pd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"独立成分,是当一个词、短语或从句用在句子里面,与句子的其他成分只有意义上的联系而没有语法关系时,它就称为独立成分。常见的独立成份有呼吁、惊叹语、答语、插入语、介词短语、非谓语动词所构成的短语及形容词、副词所引起的词组等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoWr4o2ODMQotKBHk6wbq2d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyq0bIM74F6EZYYWy6hh9Lf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句是陈述一个事实或者说话人的看法。它包括肯定句和否定句两种。陈述句在书写时句末用句号,而在朗读时则用降调。陈述句的核心是非常基础的。这个句子里有一个名词和一个动词。句子可以有其他成分,如形容词、副词和其他词。但是最简单的形式就是名词和动词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVp3pyjHZ1o89YsMOU2Rl1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"陈述句的基本句型:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMYXr3LzD0cFkj0FEkjmCkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)主语+连系动词+表语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX0gKKGtyQCL6opKZMCXr8f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)主语+谓语(不及物动词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfH6bkRz1iIZ2t9vIiRRksc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)主语+谓语(及物动词) +宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlczsezkRhMsHzPd8Aoxw5f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)主语+谓语(及物动词) +间接宾语+直接宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO3dv72R3uS9wNNc4wWTfRg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(5)主语+谓语(及物动词) V.+宾语+宾语补足语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnt33KmVGc4GesAK1fzdyPoc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"肯定句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlfQ75ODhofVvrUVDmON8Ke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The river flooded.河水泛滥了。(主谓 )","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnofCMsXnZ6ev4xSdNSFKB7e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He has a sense of humor.他有幽默感。(主谓滨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1JQPc3MfxW8gdDfMKB9o2b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He can teach you English.他可以教你英语。(主谓+双宾)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW7HEZOK2x8ZiecRJsc57Ne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He painted the desk blue.他把书桌涂成了色。(主谓滨宾补)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmNsaB5AOmqF0MeT3Gt1g4p"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He is a doctor.他是一名医生。(主系表)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneriwUiAI3OWrkNNs7Vko2f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"否定句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBaGQt354sbBKzsNPqz8QPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The river did not/didn't flood. 河水没有泛滥。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIkNL2yZvzT6tSMhAPi5e2W"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He does not/doesn't have (has not 1 hasn't) a sense of humor.他没有幽默感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhjiSTi0GZyouew9DMRbqdb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He can not/can't teach you English. 他不能教你英语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrYqJGDjdXDMokXmGMWV2Ke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He didn't paint the desk blue.他没有把书桌涂成蓝色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpLAdCk3F0udFVjhRORcgOe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He is not/ He's not/ He isn't a doctor.他不是一 名医生。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYFKGig5anbAJhpwdGUMTLg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnD0TdW6iWNi2rgvbWNuzH7e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz3fWdWu6dYRJAs9BxHfadk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通常用来询问一件事情或一种情况是否属实,其回答通常是yes或no,因此这类问句又叫做“是非问句”。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoMTLxBXUg63m3YB4BAH6Rc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Is there something wrong with this machine?这台机器有问题吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYCf98jmmG9fLEdUvfZVlah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Have you got today's milk?你拿到今天的牛奶了吗? ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnACDsS2X0n9rKX8aXhpTLhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall we go on?我们继续向前吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbqUsTz9bHHcli9fZLe0hCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Will he not agree with you?他不同意你吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmtQG7lHPJZoHr9K75hJLdD"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Haven't you any sisters?你没有姐妹吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN2idvuqJtvtl2N96wP6y0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't you like this movie?你不喜欢这部电影吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSf5mWamlbnO53a40lF6cff"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDxYuR4fYrM7rJvKsRvjjgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊疑问句是对句中的某一部分提出疑问,通常以who、where、when、why等疑问词开头,因此又叫“wh-问句”。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntFPlTuXGpUYJ7nfxRLkZGb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Who are you?你是谁?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6lEONTnSd6DbEMe3y6m3WE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Whom are you going to play table tennis this afternoon?今天下午你和谁打乒乓球?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncRRlEvQuNPcIfJ4b9KTgtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Whose glasses are broken?谁的眼镜打碎了?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI5whj7J8WXAjeV78zhsEQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which shoes do you like?你喜欢哪双鞋子?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnpmOZr3KXytK5usOnhuMEd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"What do they want to do?他们想要做什么?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvU1DTLJ2kVkIvLFK3XHXbe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"When does she want to practice?她想要什么时候练习?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrZc7rs7NKiryQIvDUgKrmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Where is the restroom?洗手间在哪里?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnttbEBfqQfomY4G0xYgEINf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Why did you leave?你为什么离开了 ?|","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2mYEg4oMjgBf2EE0Zw21Tb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"How do you study English?你怎么学习英语?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhoVGbbUloIx3LKFX4PVNTg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlpZWiDpowGm0csSHzFxQZg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择疑问句是对问题提出两个或两个以上的答案供对方选择的疑问方式。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn967odvYj0RR5keeNO5U9de"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall we go by bus or by train?我们乘汽车还是乘秋车?,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnr5r1RLK5BR9dYpFudVzS5c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall I give you a hand, or you can manage?要我帮你,还是你自己解决?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL0B5kOAnR8vaHJVjqa5pWe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which do you prefer, coffee or tea?你要哪一样, 咖啡还是茶?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGpSTLACZXguAekYDOYoWAj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Coffee or tea?咖啡还是茶?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4Mjip9XpYZGdBhatcrF3ue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which do you lie best, singing, dancing or skating?唱歌、 跳舞和溜冰,你最喜欢哪样?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIGlJ6JDtSLXz10dPpfwdtc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"反义疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0kRglqChzA8pZK9AstF7fc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"反意疑问句又称为附加疑问句,英语称为tag question,是一种常用于口语的疑问句式,主要由“陈述句(或祈使句) + 疑问句”构成。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE3PtziIk0a9RZB63oo5hcv"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句有 be 动词时,以该be动词形成反问;陈述句有助动词(will、shall、can、have...)时,以该助动词形成反问;陈述句只有动词时,按主语人称及该动词时态,置 do、does、did 形成反问。下面是句型。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRCl1Pd9EzwAyzCzQYOZvXa"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Study hard, will you?要用功,好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnufZ5wiE0UF5m3sJqsJamQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't do it, will you?不要做这件事,好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZXfFQ996Cadw2LlEQLAGUb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Let me go, will you?让我走,好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne2RXcPwowdoD5HdwSbgLLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Let's stop here, shall we?我们在这里停下,好吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU02QQ6JNcnL73C1lpiadyF"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"There is wifi at this cafe, isn't there?在这个咖啡厅有无线网络,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvdI6BMTcZj0Fao6JnlqZkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The clock is slow, isn't it?表走得慢,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzNxN0fYWeCjWho80EOwhpf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Your are good at math, aren't you?你擅长数学,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuIUoXgdL9z4qpX3vwkpswd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"John is going to study English, isn't he? John会学习英文,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSJtc2x7GlFKrBHLCpT6I7f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUlMxrzw1ADWZOX2RwRsTqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句是英语中的一个句式,也是用于表达命令、请求、劝告、警告、禁止等的句子。祈使句最常用于表达命令,因此在学校文法中也常称为命令句。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8yexivfY5nXi70BEvxOObb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":553,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4c03a42953f0478a8235a64272e9d131","width":915},"text":"","id":"doxcnHeINouDJUcRgghMw6TWLvb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpwIVxv1aU51hkxjvqT2syg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句是英语四大功能句型之一,主要用来表示高兴、愤怒、厌恶或者欣赏等强烈感情的句子,句末通常用感叹号!结尾,说话时用降调。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnowqJgF7c9vAXFKGWl4alfc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":701,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c45f9ca9b5db492c816bf334a39817ce","width":1079},"text":"","id":"doxcnxzaNej89cvkmYGGT1yNeMz"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8hpxbXoQZw8QBNE5bKPCXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"由一个主语(并列主语)和一个谓语(并列谓语)构成。只有一套主谓结构。主语可理解为“谁?”,谓语视为“做什么?”“是什么?”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn22RGQBMXTyQY141ic8wQLg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句五种基本句型:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnseRcAD6RspymnAePU59pgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主系表 SVP","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpUiYrLpMY9vOTF0BaQX2P4"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓SV","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngnNsOmd7jHEFxkQAC8PwGW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾SVO","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjPv65QbjbcC7O7TafsNehg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓双宾SVOO","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnh6CbV42IgCVBYh3hWCdo2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾宾补SVOC","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYXGOWIRYZCqnbTGiRHVjdg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVfhjECy4SPLEoEmmovQ7ad"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":366,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/209ed9c279194d449c04709817ce01ad","width":552},"text":"","id":"doxcnWtKiWieERz8SIrKGYo0kof"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvK1dZSJ9beTgUSAZ764Fif"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"是并列句由两个或者两个以上的简单句并列而成,有两套或两套以上的主谓结构。并列句的基本句型:“分句+并列连词/特殊符号+分句”。并列连词:and(和,而且) but(但是) yet (但是) for (因为) so (所以)。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnevPcYXZIbS14HlLwjdzi4e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":555,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/509a2fb7d8314abc82c8e092d40111e8","width":890},"text":"","id":"doxcniKNFBENGpNchVaL0zXqWzb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊句式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJqFcNuCUWaiEYYcscGJAyn"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnthBrV1bxnITixNJEHXVfPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句在","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"英语","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中是用来表示人或事物的存在、出现等意义,而且大都是用于描述性文章中。存在句可以从结构,句型来分析,可以有多种时态形式。相关的语法重点有:存在句的谓语动词,存在句非限定形式,存在句主谓一致等。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw8u6iz34h3LpTMSN7jupDf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":437,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/73afbf7743cf404ba512639eae92f403","width":684},"text":"","id":"doxcnGPMzTRHTrd4vGWFfGTSUGe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"省略句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrte54LEyfxQTHQm5RvlrSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在英语中,名词可以省略,动词可以省略,动词当中不但系动词这样的可以省略,连实意动词也是可以省略的,只要它已经出现过了。会使用省略句是英语水平走向高阶的一个标志,在使用省略句的时候,不要担心对方看不懂或者听不懂。只要你用的正确,不存在别人不能理解。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkMcL8HKVuxNaXyPpt28Efe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":416,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"省略句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7db2fd9c00fd480eb7e4326e50c9f033","width":671},"text":"","id":"doxcnSZ6iUEtW58RMKnedHkF4ig"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"倒装句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxlJiYoDl36mUGAHR6HQM1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了强调、突出等词语的目的而颠倒原有","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"语序","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"句式","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"叫做倒装句。在倒装句中,颠倒了的成分可以恢复原位而句意基本不变,句法成分不变。英语倒装句的7种形式,希望能帮助你理解英语句子。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuySu7eg6Dix9u0iXEgQx0c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":524,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"倒装句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d0fc7aa9c8734ea6b4ee294e99c3dc7a","width":719},"text":"","id":"doxcnvyO2dKHfKIEnF60fdAK4Se"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvQk7sQmCrcRMdHiqlMykXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句型是一种特殊句式,用于表示说话者强烈的感情或意愿。强调就是通过某种手段使句中某一部分所包含的信息比一般情况下显得更重要。强调句型的结构如图所示:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm0i33Lp9pAuWCC4Sz5ZD9e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":740,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b91cf42bfeac4f219b734bce59b8836c","width":1153},"text":"","id":"doxcncxZueckJE2V9unMRc11e6b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7THJYFgeUAP738ZX2HMeCR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第一步】:看大标题,图片,小标题,看完之后大概猜测文章是关于什么的,目的在于对文章有个模糊的印象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhKhRjn3qXjfJVQjrN5quWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第二步】:重点略读,主要读每段第一句和最后一句,大概了解每个段的内容,目的在于对文章结构有个整体把握,比如典型的结构——介绍问题、给出原因、提出解决方法、说明潜在风险、对未来进行判断。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5O2dw1bWolFjkW38mCgPz9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第三步】:全文略读,读的时候让尽可能多的信息进入眼眶,略读次要信息,抓重点信息(核心观点、重要前提、重要假设),并对重点信息进行精读,同时对觉得不错的内容再进行标记。目的在于掌握重点信息,方面以后复查或者积累写作素材。(这时候不懂的单词可以圈起来,只要不影响文章大意理解就不查,等到最后一步再查)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniHEGSXYT2nxppKRBWZ45Jf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第四步】:不断来回查找信息,对比是否存在疏漏,目的在于梳理文章结构,掌握文章整体脉络。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDhhkkvtV8rRvNC7bsza23b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第五步】:带着结构重新略读阅读信息,精读标记信息,看是否理解清楚,是否需要进一步的查询工作。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDwn7yFvE5euPKdiyVuR5Nb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划制定好后,作者这边推荐小伙伴们可以在b站上跟着这位老师学习学习,他的视频内容充分的为大家解决了句型问题,同时还利用造句的方式帮助小伙伴们可以更加深刻的了解英语句子的组成部分,视频链接如下:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX1Lyz1eF3mUpTa7q8yvaih"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnclB8F8RfjWQS1ZGaTmk5ff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《读者文摘》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoJdmQYzbm4zf4ejQOqXtFd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"读者文摘在全球多个国家和地区都有发行。1922年","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"创刊","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",这是一本能引起大众广泛兴趣的内容丰富的家庭杂志。它所涉及的故事文章涵盖了健康、生态、政府、国际事务、体育、旅游、科学、商业、教育以及幽默笑话等多个领域。适用人群是英语初、中级水平学习者及考研党","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwqhJKJCHzbYd2LwLLxaw1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同时,由于内容具有思考价值、探讨性和实用性,中国英语考试中有不少题目和材料来源于这本杂志。非常适合考试党提高英语能力和语感,是夯实英语基础的大众型读物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJblhctnFwrFB9szmOPAYoe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"购买方式:直接联系中图订购纸本,这种刊物在国内订阅是完全许可的。都是英文原版,按期引进。读者文摘是那种小册子,时代是标准的杂志。现在国家对外籍刊物进口管理比较严格,自己从网上订电子版往往会被屏蔽掉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAg6lna6AEISLMHnMWaPlwg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":700,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed45d9432f6d48038eaf53b1b50fd0b0","width":1050},"text":"","id":"doxcn7BHlMZEgR0Bfxl0wKN106c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"经济学人","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5qVgfWzE8N3RdjJLxGYUKd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一份由伦敦经济学人报纸有限公司出版的杂志,创办于1843年9月,创办人詹姆士·威尔逊。杂志的大多数文章写得机智,幽默,有力度,严肃又不失诙谐,并且注重于如何在最小的篇幅内告诉读者最多的信息。该杂志又以发明巨无霸指数闻名,是社会精英必不可少的读物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzM2fPOheGGYJCa8pAJv8e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"里面的文章十分经典,经常出现在考研的阅读理解里面,可见里面的用词、用句的高水平。还有很重要的一点,就是《经济学人》里面还会涉及大量的词汇、固定搭配以及长难句,不仅仅是提升阅读水平,对于词汇积累、语法提升等都大有好处。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKeyyDDxNWtjPCOgp5h8LXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"就里面所有的板块和内容而言,个人最喜欢其中的 ","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"obituary","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" 和 special report 部分,前者会写很多有趣的人,很有意思。后者则涉及政治、经济、社会、科技领域的时新专题报道,属于涨知识的必备栏目。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU2lGZISzbtOQJ0hgF9ht9f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读方式:一些免费提供离线资源的网站,这块要用谷歌搜,或者用必应国际版,但很多更新更新着就不更新了,免费的可以搜一个关键词:西贝博客。还有国内一些网站提供付费的离线资源,这块是一种选择,只要会用指令搜索,就可以搜索进行查看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBDBhwGuTF6Y9q0K8UZgFWf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"还有就是通过发邮件到经济学人官方,咨询他们有哪些授权渠道商,再通过这些渠道商去订阅。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneDYgFa6dIluIcKzeAknWhd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":663,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a6c09a1dd0b64fc58b21d0d3a96ef076","width":973},"text":"","id":"doxcn8jxBuGxQxPmQXTyuRKzfde"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语中期学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZt8uMGUPRo8V8im591dVif"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"听力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK0epC41eglSTzsosGbIavh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们在锻炼听力的时候一定不要听那些东拼西凑的英语磁带,而是选择一个听力材料就彻底把它拿下。材料里的每一个单词、每一个短语都要听清楚。为了达到这一点,你必须听写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9XUbwIIzg8oDX83HZyXKxe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"听力","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fa24511943ad423e9bed1e34a320dde5","width":452},"text":"","id":"doxcnKv48CpMJjLajyYXc0pouae"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzMd0ooJutFMUz0OZqeCwqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一步是先纠正自己的音标,这是最基础的,我们之所以听不懂是因为我们发音不标准,我们也听不出来英语发音。所以首先必须纠正好自己的音标。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEdM2LsfAKWR6HNHVmhg2gc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二步是要扩大自己的单词量,好多人不注意这一点,认为听力的单词量有限,但是一定要把自己的单词量扩大到一定的范围。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhNSI81bh6GMHiZw0Uvx2xd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三步是训练听力,首先训练单个单词,先听单个单词,然后在逐渐的听句子,这是很主要的,要循序渐进。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3yasqt8PVyvdfJ1Hj4oFpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四步是在听听力的时候,一定要在自己听不懂的地方多听几遍,并把相关的单词和句子抄下来,经常去阅读。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnreD2PtoRVzFOjkk7tAasUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第五步是每天坚持听听力至少2个小时,这是非常关键的一步,不要怕辛苦,坚持下来就行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPkUHlTFddlEBYsC3MgrCIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第六步是可以坚持看美剧或者坚持听外国的音乐和相关的歌曲,对自己的听力都有很大的帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx3R4068GWCDbQifRgcWJPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"听力的基础练习可以在b站上搜索","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"发音词典","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"(这是用户)进行用于听力练习,这个老师的视频中开头部分就为大家制定好了听力规则,在观看视频的时候也可以充分的锻炼自己的英语听力。视频的链接如下:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8FVl4pJ2vSGrePfW1MGvce"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习小技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkN1wpXb0j2dCuwdq84efWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、学会抓关键词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0EqyWTvUywCro4XBoYxNwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在听力过程中,我们要学会抓其中的关键词。在语段之间的停顿时间,快速浏览选项,对比其不同之处,在听的过程中通过关键词判断说话者的身份,帮助自己搜索相关背景知识。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnydSflSO3XiLXE3DbacpQmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、学会划分意群","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5TJgyVHqlUnLeWhL7TiXve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"很多人在听的时候都是逐个单词地听,想要听懂每一个单词。其实这样做是没有必要的,也是很难做到的。因此,我们要学会划分意群来听,分词组分词块来听会帮助你节省很多时间,并能让你更快地理解句子是什么意思。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7h0dyChjbb7sCui3hA6GOd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、学会提前思考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQspMHU3xk0sDWGGXNVlPmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在听力开始之前,你就要浏览完材料,结合选项开始思考。这段话要讲什么,目的又是什么。并学会猜测,包括对话题的预测、甚至通过常识进行答案的预测。这样才能在考试之中处于主动的位置,所以,听听力要积极主动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3ClKnJ9e1gQZcjtwET6MBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、学会做笔记","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUE0RmQjdnQTdu1LPmsSOee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"好的笔记能够让你的思路清晰,让你了解听力内容的结构。在听力的开头结尾时就要集中精神,记住相关信息,因为那很有可能就是听力的重点。有时考点在出题时是按照顺序来出的,因此笔记能帮助我们排除一些干扰选项。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMXGUhlbc57SMPMlRspWP9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、学会注意数字","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZTIPpQBWtOnyymvmy64sgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要注意以下几方面:常规数字的连读,百分数,分数,小数,百分比,电话号码,航班号,驾照号,信用卡号等等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrsFTyiPi7cEpejGRDc0bPb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCif7BdZShCkdR6zlvkAGhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"BBC Learning English","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQ6fzjxKQxaSONRpBG7zBe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我一定要把它放在第一位,因为只要想到网路上的免费英文学习资源,第一个要推荐的绝对是BBC Learning English。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyt4VyHUNlepoNZrZcjnwpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这个被公认为全球最佳的英文学习网站,不只具有英文单字词汇、文法、发音、听力、会话、阅读以及学习测验等丰富多元的学习教材,而且也一直持续更新教学内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqApD00g0lOexyWgq0ZOQGc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除了可以用网路学习之外,也可以免费下载mp3语音和文字稿到电脑,当作持续自学进修练习的免费教材。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfOLXyRgbV7xNPhKMpDSVne"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":448,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e913fb04c2264cf988f77a15dfd0d31a","width":687},"text":"","id":"doxcnjIQsMQiGBRrao7JobdIF1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"TED","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneYelIUmcvEwovBCnWOA4jg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"TED Talks是可以一边听演讲一边训练英文听力的网站。在这里有不同领域的专业人士所发表的科学、娱乐、文化、教育、艺术等等专题英文演讲影片,除了训练正式英文的听力之外,还可以增长知识,开拓自己的视野。可以观看约10~20分钟TED Talks练习英文听力,听不懂时,还可阅读演讲稿理解影片内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUta5inyr6K3SDQvaSC2G2e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":799,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d2002cfa50c14029b7f00abac5e79b4e","width":1201},"text":"","id":"doxcnWUlwAtqF05xze1WKEyJ69d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"English Online France","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2LpG4czz6oM0cDt2Gd0mJO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"English Online France是一个非常有趣的在线英文听力训练网站,依照初级、中级和高级区分的英文听力训练教材共超过一百个项目,包括听写练习与测验的MP3语音教材以及听力练习与测验的影片。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2NkXL6X0kZcPo7uVMWNfLI"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":619,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9cef53fb83ee456f855abafe1b682163","width":971},"text":"","id":"doxcn4ptkZ85t8TasnhUru8hQVd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3YjJRnkXUEZbKQQhh7jk0O"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"语言不是教会的,而是在使用中学会的。交际能力只能在交际中得到最有效的培养。一个优秀的语言学习者应具有强烈的语言交际的欲望,应力争语言训练的各种机会。应该不怕因犯语言错误而被别人讥笑。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"(口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索,也可以","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"结合下文讲解,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在该连接中","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"看视频配合学习","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":")","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrcC1IGOuALt9pw7qUyz2Fv"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":596,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3fef193ad9d34d5c99e0c1d5e166215f","width":896},"text":"","id":"doxcn6mVn3Q0JYzoycJgoXxBh0c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnua575Ls8kF2CYx7wDtH5Gf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":" ","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一定要用完整句子对话","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn80chwA8vggV1g74yIymvyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"面对任何问题,都不能只回答表面内容,一定要在此基础上展开回答。如果别人问你一个问题,你只回答 Yes 或者 No,那如何提高口语呢?即使遇到了一个你根本不了解或者不会的问题,也千万不要用:“Sorry, I don’t know”或者“No”来回应。比如别人问了一个最基础的问题,“Where are you from?” 你千万不能只说:“I come from Beijing.”正确的做法是:先说明你来自北京,然后介绍一下北京的风土人情、家乡美食等等,最后再和对方互动一下,问你去过北京吗?或者你觉得北京这座城市怎么样呢?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8Am29JWp2EnJRUJbgM0cAs"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.多使用一些复杂句和从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEHGw7CDtKePv09IVO9GJub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"然后在平时练习过程中,要将简单句和","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"复杂句","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"交错使用,不要一直用简单的句子,这样会显得你的水平很 Low,也不要一直说很复杂的句子,因为很容易出错。在变换不同的句式的时候,记得不要出错。避免一直说简单句的最好方法就是,多说一些稍微复杂一点的从句,比如定语从句、","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"条件状语从句","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"、主语从句等等,同时一些相同意思的句子也不要用重复表达,要学会多尝试用不同的句式说出来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntl5ggqZs1SveFYXERCKt7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.通过美剧学习口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzPBHKebdTWoMlsEiSqDjMb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过美剧学习英语口语也是很多人可能有尝试的方法,对于上班族来说可以一边放松心情的同时学习英语。我建议可选择那些与日常生活比较贴近、故事情节较强的影视材料。例如金色年代。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqc0oBahh961fx6AGeNXnxh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":352,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0cc317719f8e46358e6469afbdddf745","width":530},"text":"","id":"doxcnUawhbt9LAbMNtGyT5rjQje"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"MrYang杨家成","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",这个老师讲解的每个视频内容虽然简短,但是老师在讲解前就利用学生的错误发音进行纠正,充满趣味性的同时也能认识到口语发音方面的错误。我这边为大家找到一个不错的视频内容,链接如下:","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",如果需要的话可以试着看看一看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAniyl28BcwrOMGSXZMG7Sd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英音发音学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8jUdHxtD0q2Ca9U9XMhKcw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.建立英音的肌肉反射","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2Bgwdg1Q7WFlotEPgFlzzg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在我们开始在美音和英音间做出实质性的发音改变之前。我们首先要知道,发音的改变是要体现在每一个音上的,这样的改变才能导致整体上发音的变化。这包括说话过程中嘴型的变化,以及嘴部肌肉运动方式的变化。这是一个整体上的变化。并不只在有某个变化音的词里,你才能听到这样的变化,而是在每个音节上都可以听的出来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9xr07pVHQAHJOjIbjJsxeb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所以想要练习一口标准的英式英语,第一步也是必不可少的一步就是练习音标。将每个音标老老实实的学习,通过肌肉发射,对后面的英式英语的口语练习能有很大的帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc25ajSh9MJ9ZuAwKzwIk5e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.建立英音语言环境","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDI3rJYrt2kCNtJSfaMWJmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学一门语言,最好的当然就是处于一个特定的语言环境内。既然我们是在国内,没有办法实现英式英语的环境,那么我就可以通过听力来实现输入的问题,通过口语来实现输出的问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnItlQCgm0HI7U8XL0lN3nGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"而对于锻炼听力,最推从的方法就是听万能的BBC了。你要知道,在BBC,不仅仅只有新闻的,BBC还有很多栏目,比如BBC Learning,就是可以通过上面的视频进行练习口语听力的栏目。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwHmPWhIlSmkDLEJTASgmag"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.建立口语交流机制","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz7znoLcR8PJs5NGgEiTumf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现在互联网这么发达,我们完全可以通过sns来和世界交流。你只要学会FAN墙,就可以通过Facebook、Twitter、Whatsapp来找到愿意和你交流的人,如果他愿意学习中文是再好不过的了,这样互助互利是最持久的。不过记住,我们是要练习英式英语,所以最好找英国,或者加拿大的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrRBvMT5kQV0UBb8xf8Pcxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.英式发音技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPmSElkK8Ln9GVw9xhfqG7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“R”不发音,不卷舌","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQqIl9vYv6nZ8N7aadglUd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"T不发D音,发T音或不发音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjwqt9HXoI1nICAJGGHbsCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"请注意,“H”并不总是发音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLAMcR2eJySZiDSAWw12USd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":" 单词“been”的读音是“bean”,而不是“bin”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpGGCrWQLAA9NEhwglolxKe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结尾降调","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6aeWLuqOC8x6mEvNnAis2b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"美音发音学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN4ta7kwp7Fx0qE7s5mec4f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.准备好学习的视频参照物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndaDJTU1LsVAhezCVIpznMX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"仅仅是自己照着音标、课本练习朗读,不能使自己的发音改善。学习发音视频教程,才是最容易、最直观、最简单的方法。因为,可以直观地看到美国人的嘴形、舌头的位置,这样可以很容易自我调整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJ66dwrjnfif5ARMng7doIe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"请在免费WiFi下,请自行百度:美式发音训练视频教程(汇总贴)。可以很容易找到美国Paul老师的视频教程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntlV04Lro46oKCrXu0IO6Yg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.制定学习计划,每天学习1集视频","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj4goxfOdeUXbx4eZFNzA4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"每天观看1集视频,并且在安静、不被打扰的环境下学习。跟着视频一起,自己张口练习。练习时,不用去记忆生词,只需要张口练习发音就好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnykbhvgkb9sTQ7ddwKsjyBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习完1集视频后,找找自己熟悉的单词、简单句子,按照刚刚学会的方法轻松、张口朗读。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHXjtIW65YnYS2zzXQJGd0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"嘴巴重新习惯需要时间。所以,请在学习第2、3、4天,轻松复习第1天学习的发音,并张口练习。这时,不用重新看视频,只需要读一读单词、简单句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIV3Peio8xvVmfsmovzgDze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.巩固训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHh7WVDzXhSnPOLp84zocph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在平时自己朗读自己喜欢的文章时,特意留意学会的新的发音。这是进步的最后一步。如果自己没有调整,还是按照自己以前的发音方法,那就没进步了!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhKpCrCrsybqYTSoO0Gclod"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果按照这样的步骤,认真练习,任何一个自己不会的发音,每位朋友都可以在1周内熟练掌握。1个月内就可以掌握所有的标准美式发音了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN7Qg39OmoVkLqRiHmeMjmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.强化训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzbxdiLmiMlIUvH1PtxyOdc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果学习过美国Paul老师的教程,还觉得不够。再推荐一个视频教程:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9gQ1q9mWplJ1yGiT1XLXyb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美国 Lisa 老师的——Lisa美语视频教程。请按照同样的反复,每次学习30分钟吧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXVSsf7wDN37P91JfWo9uCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"5.美式发音技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsEyPamcvvVZqGAqoRoYgCf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当字母R出现在最后一个字母位置的时候,要发卷舌音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx2CWfpVikAHBBqUvcFkrYM"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当字母R的后面紧跟一个辅音字母的时候,这里的R要发音/r/","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbx7h6y4AyScuOvfmYVCwwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美式发音中的第二个特征,是关于美式浊化音。比如letter这个单词,其中的字母t就需要百分之五十浊化成发音/d/,有点类似ladder了。.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIlr6VccCrAYZDvKKmjr6wh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNn5aRsPSY0uClTNB0zjMjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"扇贝口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1xQDPd73gaCqWyXvrmrAXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一款旨在让用户“听得懂、说得出”的英语口语学习app,适合所有阶段人群,扇贝口语的课程系统完善,而且形式比较丰富,包括角色扮演,发音打分和故事模式,通过跟读以及听音复述和智能打分的形式,帮助培养开口习惯,纠正发音错误。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1vvkLtwpDzIFC4yV706Cfg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":680,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f6dce05c82bf4dd6b121e78ba47fd80a","width":1022},"text":"","id":"doxcnmOPKf8UJLtgeRfIAXrDLF7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"流利说英语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrfswMxU8HpX3xfjfcmtkAh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一款智能口语打分软件,内置各种以场景为主题的课程,你可以跟读模仿,然后系统会根据你的发音情况进行打分,他的练习材料非常丰富,从教材到职场,从生活到影视剧,而且都有难度划分,逐渐升级。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsHMd5SyxNVjHdPYDl9Jsmb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":461,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2043c818292c4f86b5a58216126c49a9","width":694},"text":"","id":"doxcnMiK9GeJjwjvWS8FLcwOJua"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语后期学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhmUCRSpuEGPbSm3kfTZrNb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCHSR2t6m306E2wX8Zw26Eg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"后期就要把你珍藏的真题拿出来了,从头到尾掐准时间(可以在开始的时候把时间写在卷题上,结束对照一下时间),作文可以先不写(前5套真题左右,把作文专项练习一下),一套真题两三天左右吃透,半个月时间把作文好好练习一下(文末附有大小作文模板以及视频),做完对照答案,(如何分析和做阅读,前面的文章已经讲过了)分数依然不重要,重要的是知道自己的薄弱地方,单词、语法、阅读速度还是注意力的问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn98ChRZY7cmLmdgPed0hv3c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":481,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3551ef9f3c724f4991e531507c6605dd","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnX6Cvuhb5Vwd8SFv6qa3U9f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"背单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBzS2BYNc6jNdNFMpHBDqQm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"单词不用说,该背还要背,这个时间可以有侧重点的背,同时还需要把重点放在真题中单词上来,一定要注意熟词僻义。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8xAWJv4iv65s79M9Ow50c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":480,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"背单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/07afafd991d44a1085aff17a8ff11ad3","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnyoBqoRdtTyyodHXEWeYTSd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnimOTAvabfb8dXPzyQ4AAcg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"仔细思考做题过程中的这个题做错了,为什么做错,我当初怎么想的,答案又是怎么说的,有没有了解出题人的意图,带着这些问题,把错的选项分析一遍,做个小结,在题旁边标注,属于哪种错误,是粗心大意还是单词或者翻译错误等;其次是单词,这个单词我背过吗,是生词还是背过忘了,然后查出这个单词,记在自己的单词本或者在单词出处记下来,第二天背下来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhUSj3jzBNrgZQJMOD8XFTb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":465,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/54b405eb55d04519b7181899e35529ee","width":696},"text":"","id":"doxcnFvq6HeNlKFyAqAEkQkbX3g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"作文","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpLzO97jEckwVUFvKIivhpg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"怎么构思,如果这次试卷就是考试,我该从哪下手,我是不是又用了,老掉牙的词,背的好词好句有没有用上等;最后就是总结,把阅读、单词、作文遇到的问题做个总结,做个规划去处理,然后第二天去复习,直到这张试卷你认为没有什么价值了,那么你复盘总结就是成功的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNNUhjM8lgrGQEXuuMqRUEg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"作文","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed636c887c314c3e9d0f3880020bb113","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcncDWKFnzQEF5EJ3EQW6a7cg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"总结","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIWNLRiDucBDag6O7zsyuNj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"最后说一下完成这个阶段所需的时间,我建议用两个月去完成是比较合适的。不要拖太长时间,不要在学习的舒适区呆太久。我们是需要感觉到自己在进步,需要有很多正反馈才能继续坚持学习的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX7UKfpZFcM1TGk9kUVSUjf"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E本站涵盖的内容、图片、视频等数据系网络收集,部分未能与原作者取得联系。若涉及版权问题,请联系我们删除!联系邮箱:ynstorm@foxmail.com 谢谢支持!